Tag: joanna

Your Red Thread & Building Authority (Part 2)

Your Red Thread & Building Authority (Part 2)

Transcript

Excellent.

In the last session, just as we all file back in, if you don’t have to be off camera,

please come on camera we can see your lovely face.

Katie said I would love a session on setting up an agency for the record. Anyone else. That’s pretty awesome.

I anybody who’s been in ten XFC or past masterminds with me knows I get very frustrated when people are like, no.

No agency, and I’m like, there’s so much opportunity. It’s making me crazy.

So it’s good.

Yeah. So we can definitely talk about that. Well, like, definitely in the new year. So, Jessica, for you, I know you have homework around agency thinking.

Just have some questions ready to go in the new year. And then when we see, you know, that stacking up, we can just book something, somewhat randomly pop. Possibly in January.

But Sarah is here. And if Sarah, if you can make a note of that to follow-up. Noted. Thank you very much.

That’s what the check mark was for. There’s no no. No. Oh. Loading. Oh, shoot. There’s a check mark.

Did you put that in chat?

Yeah. Ah, there’s a check mark. Okay. I didn’t see it. My bad.

Alright, here we are. We are talking about what you are planning to do. In Q1, just calendar year, Q1. I don’t know what your fiscal year is, but, that is January, February, March. How are you going to be acting on your authority building plan the page, what have you decided to do? I would love a volunteer, just a reminder that A lot of the things that you might take and apply to your own plan are that phrase caught not taught, right? So you might pick up on things to do on your own plan by watching us talk through someone else’s plan.

So please do paid this as a moment to take your notes, and apply to the session to, your own, sheet.

Who would like to volunteer instead of being called on by me, which is the alternative if there are no volunteers?

Jessica, do you want to? I saw a random flipping of the hand, and I’ll take that as a I don’t mind. You’ve torn me apart before Joe. It’s I’m open to your feedback. Okay.

Let’s see what you’ve got. K. Now remember, I’ve been sick for the few days. So this is the result of my illness.

So just share my screen. Yes, please. Okay. Yeah. Because I can tell you this is not the detail I would normally need to, but sorry.

Okay. Alright. So we have I will own e commerce sales strategist.

Do you see updating that based on what we just talked about last time?

In the last session just now? Yeah. I think that it would I would just change it to that seasonal sales, probably.

Since, yeah, it sounded like everybody had a resounding the seasonal sales could lead you to, being the Bernee Brown of yeah. So, yes, I would.

Why wouldn’t you say I will own, quote, unquote, be the Bernee Brown of e commerce by January twenty twenty six? That’s a real question. There’s it sounds like an assumption, but it’s not.

Mostly it’s just a self confidence issue.

Like, I I listened to you when you said put in the idea of seeing that in a LinkedIn profile.

It’s bold and I yeah.

But then I have something to live up to. So, yes, I could say that.

I think that you will say that. That’s what I recommend that you do. Just put it in there.

And then now you have a bigger objective, which I find always better. The ten x is easier than two x idea.

By January twenty twenty six, okay, so that Jeff can retire from the hardcore labor that he does. Okay.

My target of e commerce CEO is head of growth in CMOs. We’ll see my name two times a week, every week because the following efforts.

You have you are doing a lot Yeah. For the same things across all quarters.

Your book, seasonal sales psychology, but you don’t have a talk associated with that. You’re going to have one, but there’s no note there. So the book is Seasonalsales Psychology and you want to be in first draft writing by March. Is that accurate?

No. I think with the book, it was so the beginning of January would be come up with the book concept. A rough draft of it and then outline it but no, I think by March, I’d still I guess I was hoping that in March, I’d be gathering the research the data and start potentially drafting in q two.

Okay. So if you like any of the questions, etcetera, look to me, like, you were getting into the first draft, but you’re saying that’s, like, the more complete version of the outline? Yeah. That’s what I’m thinking. Perfect. Okay. Cool.

You will have a bunch of content.

So you’ve got the signature offer, and then you’ll be doing How come this the newsletter is only January?

Oh gosh. Sorry. I yep. Because I over oversight. It’s an oversight. Okay. So you will do more in January, February, March.

No. So the goal with the newsletter would be at minimum. So here’s what I had to do because this I don’t know for whatever reason the check marks work for me, but then breaking it down as hard. And I had to think about how would I do all this content and make it consistent.

And so the only way I could think about it was, okay, I’m gonna do my big thing will be podcast YouTube. It’ll be a video. Video. And then I’m going to commit to recording.

I at least fifteen minute video every week and then I’m going to modify, repurpose whatever in all these other channels.

That was the only way I could think of it. Really. So that was kind of why I checked off so much and the why I put things there was because I kind of had that in my mind one video could become all sorts of things including like a weekly newsletter would be some some version of whatever I talked about in the video that week. Does that make sense?

Yes. Everything should be working together. Absolutely. I’m only slightly So I’m wondering, you have research for the book happening in February and March.

But you need the research for the book in order to write the newsletter, do the podcast, and even have a medium blog.

So that all needs to move up.

Further.

Okay.

Yeah. So yeah.

If you’re going to start. Otherwise, if the research does happen in February, then the newsletter of the podcast, and the blog can’t start until February because what are you gonna write about? You’ll need research. Yeah. So I would update that. Also, where is your note on You just told us something about this, plan that you have for the podcast on YouTube, but I don’t see it noted anywhere on here. Well, I just put just nap.

But then you have that podcast on YouTube, but where’s Then you had a whole thing you talked through, but it’s not written anywhere on here.

Oh, yeah.

Yes. I can write I didn’t am write that in. Yeah. That’s just something I know because I’ve done I I don’t know. I don’t know how I know that, but I know that strategy.

Okay. I would write it in, put it under place. So it’s super clear to you. Yeah. Even when you get a cold, you’ll always remember what is going on. Right? So that’s my measure, like, if I’m sick or tired.

Will I still be clear on what to do?

Why do you have what was your reasoning for a blog on your own domain?

Like at wright and Maine dot com or something like that. I think because I think because of the I know the it’s not I think because I had started building SEO on it and I had gotten some results from it that I thought, well, if I keep doing it and it’s only a repurpose, like, if I can you easily use AI to turn my video transcript into an SEO optimized blog post.

Why wouldn’t I post some version of it on my blog? I guess that’s why.

Okay.

But sharepoint, maybe it’s not worth the time. Well, and we’ll see because spoiler alert, the next initiative after after everybody’s done with Q1 with filling this in is then you go and you block out your calendar in full. So that’s where you’ll see, do I have time for a blog?

I would recommend pulling back on initiatives rather than adding more. How many of these are you currently doing? Do you have a newsletter right now? No.

Do you have a podcast on YouTube right now? No. Not enough of it. Have a blog on your site or None of it, Joe.

You know none of it other than the I’m listening to those everyone. Right? None of it. Like, the book.

If you have none of those things yet, suddenly starting all of those things is a recipe for disaster largely. Right? So it’s setting yourself up for failure unless something else is changing like like, well, I’ve just hired two people. Then maybe, right?

And this is for everybody. So it’s nice to want to do all the things. Then we have to focus on just the things that we can do that are the best levers to pull. So If you are looking at that now, you’ve got newsletter or podcast that appears on YouTube, medium blog and your own blog.

What would you have to get rid of two of those. What would what would go?

Oh, I well, I’d I’d keep the YouTube videos. Because it’s the main content.

And then I’d probably just start the newsletter.

Cool. So let’s just uncheck.

Blogs, both of them. Okay.

And then you can make the bold move to delete.

That content underneath those columns.

Then that leaves you with something that you might actually be able to do. Potentially. Right? And then you can focus better on those things. Keeping in mind.

Lenny’s newsletter, a few people in Europe talked about it already. Lenny doesn’t have a blog, Lenny has a newsletter, Lenny has a podcast as well. Those are the two things. Lenny doesn’t even have a book. So you don’t have to do everything you just have to do one or two things consistently and like have your point of view, do them really well, keep showing up and doing them.

So yeah, that’s for everybody.

Figure out what that talk is going to be. And does it have to happen in q one? Do you have to start thinking through this in q one? What conference season?

And this is where you’re thinking through for everybody, when you’re thinking through, where do I want to speak on stage? Then you need to go and look at when those events happen. So if you’re like, I want to speak at, social media marketing world or whatever it’s called, well, that happens in February. So Let’s scrap that.

You can work on that on pitching them or getting in front of them in some way. Next fall. They’re gonna be thinking of their speaker lineup.

So think through where you want to talk, and we’ll think through more of this stuff as we go. Don’t worry. It’s not like, oh my gosh, there’s so much to do now, but we’re at the point where we’re starting to put the basic roadmap together. Like, and then we’ll work out some kinks in that. But with that, if you are not planning on doing talks in Q two, or even Q three, like the beginning of it.

Then don’t worry about that as something to work on right now. You can instead move those along to q two and three. So right now you have, I see under column under row twelve, pitch and execute this, seasonal sales offer and, etcetera, etcetera, just cut those paste them in Q2 or Q3. Then you know you have it, but it’s not puttering up. Oh, shit, I have so much to do.

Okay?

You’ve also got under book all of your outline stuff. So maybe put that under book outline instead of under book, and, then you don’t have to worry about the writing of it either. It doesn’t look like I have a job project to do in q one.

And then the product high service, cool, figuring out YouTube, LinkedIn, email list, What’s your thought on the email list? So you have outside of the newsletter, you wanna an email list, you don’t have a core lead magnet under the first block.

So what are you what’s your plan? What’s your future use of the email list?

Well, sorry. So The only reason I checked that after I had attended Purna’s product packages, productized services, and I’m still kind of thinking through this whole package productized service of the seasonal sale and when Printer was talking about she was talking about you know selling your pack just through email. And I was like, oh, that’s a really good point. If I have the newsletter, that’s not really, you know, I’ll need I’ll need automations and sale a sequence around selling that package. So that was that was honestly that was why I checked it at that point. I was like, oh yeah, I need to think about that later.

You’re right. There needs to be other things before we probably even get there. Yeah. Potentially.

Right? So, there’s lots of good ideas. And you have to rank Burna’s package idea, where does it fit? And it might, but is it gonna be a Q1 initiative for you?

I would move email list out. I would cut it, move it down to q two or q three.

Yeah. And then you’ve got guesting on podcasts.

So next to those ones all down in this third block, where it says guesting sponsoring, use the notes column, that big merge, those merge fields right next to it, to tell yourself what it is, and then to tell us too. So, are you are you guessing on podcasts which ones are they, or are you planning on sponsoring them? Because maybe you have more money than you have time.

And so think through that and then put a note there. So you’ve got research, e commerce podcasts, and then pitch them.

Pitch assets to those podcasts? Well, so, yeah, I don’t have, like, the, you know, a lot of times, like, the media kit and all the info that I’ve I know they ask for. So I just put that in as a I need to make sure I have all of the stuff for pitching them.

So you’d have to create unique assets for these podcasts.

Well Is that accurate? Yeah. I mean, I need something. Yeah. If they’re asking for my, you know, my, all the imagery or the info about me, like, all that stuff. I have not put together hack with all that stuff. Oh, so, like, your headshot and your files and, like, links.

Yeah.

But I haven’t done a lot of pitching. So this was literally again. No. That’s okay. It just feels like it’s so it’s like a like, a five minute job.

So I don’t think it belongs on your sheet. Okay. Yeah. It’s just that once you actually do it, and I think it’s a fair thing to talk about. Like, It doesn’t it’s it’ll be.

Jessica Noel is, and then you’ve written it because you can edit it later and just throw your headshot in there.

Call it a press kit, and it’s it’s done. So but it’s good that you have it. Don’t get me wrong. It’s just a little low level for this.

It’d be a nice thing to check off your to do list. It would happen really fast, and you’d be like, cool. I’ve got one done. So that could be a good reason to put it on you if everything feels too big.

But make sure you list out what podcast you want to be on. Put that under the notes field right next to it. Same seeds for YouTube and delivering your core webinar. Cool that you have those noted under begin in other queues.

Just put those over in. Leave these columns blank because this is the more you have in here, the harder it is on your brain. In my experience at least. Okay.

Any additional notes or thoughts or Jessica on q one efforts and efforts overall?

Have some feedback.

I need SOPs so bad. So please. I’ll repeat that chain. It’s, so I’m a bit of a project geek. So I I everyone looks at project management a different bit differently.

How I look at this is there’s, you have your quarters, but there’s actually twelve weeks. So the way I I’ll just tell you how I would approach it each is deliverable. So the book is a is a deliverable.

I would take that book and break it down over twelve weeks and then put the many deliverables within that and focus on Joanna says, like, focus on the twenty percent of the book that’s gonna achieve eighty percent of the result. Right? There’s little things that you’ll you’ll pick up as you you go to publish. Like, you’re not gonna be able to think of everything.

Like, focus on in each week. One would be I’ll share something after as well, like, finish chapter two or finish draft of chapter three. Like, very be very specific and the exact outcome that you wanna accomplish during that time. And another trick is to also make sure that it’s a noun, like, just to anything you put in there as long as it’s a noun, then you can pretty much rest assured that it’s it’s deliverable.

Right? And then when you get into creating tasks and stuff, then ask then add your verb, But be very careful. Like, a book is is a big project. Like, it’s a I’m I’m working on a book now.

But it I you may find it helpful to just to do that, like, take the book, break it down into twelve weeks, then figure, okay, what are you gonna use to, promote that book? Okay. You’re gonna have your podcast. So then how can you connect the two. Okay. You’re gonna need this to do this and then fit that into the twelve weeks somehow, like thinking blocks like that. That’s what I do.

A good tool that uses a, not a mind map. A, yeah, I think it’s a mind. No work breakdown structure. You know, they start at the top.

And then they go down and just use nouns and you should be you should be good to go. I’ll share mine how I did it, and it may help. Oh, it’d be great. Thank you.

Yeah.

Others, you’ve gone through this yourself. Yeah.

Chris? I have a question for Jessica.

Since I thought about it as well, and I came to a decision for mine, but how are you dealing with the newsletter and email list. Do you have two separate ones? So the substack ones and your websites one? Or what?

My plan was to do, yeah, I was gonna do like a subs sub stack and then my, own, my own site website. Yeah.

List. Yeah. Which I need to which I just completely am starting from zero because like I said, I stepped away for about a year and a half. So those that all had to be cleaned. Yeah.

Have you thought I already about how are you using the websites one? So I are you gonna send, I don’t know, like, sales emails?

Or No. You don’t have a lead magnet?

No. No. Based off of what we talked about today, I I yeah. I’m not sure. I have to think that through. I’m gonna take some time to think about that.

Good. And share?

Sure.

Well, thanks, Jessica.

That’s great. So, next steps for you and for everybody will be to start digging and first go through really clean up, what you’ve got there with an eye on, like the reality of it. Focusing only on the most important things to do. And then it’s time to start breaking it down into a way that you can act on it.

I strongly recommend using your calendar, maybe even just creating a separate calendar in Google calendars, that’s like my to do list so that it doesn’t interfere with other things. However, I do my to dos all my project management right in in my main calendar.

So I find it really useful. I find that most of the tools people try to use to manage their time They just, especially as a solopreneur, you just end up going back to your calendar. Like, it’s the single point of, like, it’s everything. It’s your, it’s your life. On the page, so go in and start blocking. And that’s where I know people struggle with theme days.

But you gotta block your time out to get those projects done. If you’re not doing it consistently, you might as well not do it at all. Because it’s just gonna be a big distraction and a waste of time.

So that’s your challenge in time for January one.

K. Can you get that done, Jessica?

Nice. Okay. Cool.

Fantastic.

K. Who wants to go next? We’re only gonna look at one more.

I don’t wanna go, but can I ask one quick question about the book? Yeah. Is that alright?

Yeah, so I have an idea for a book. I’ve I basically wanna do like, the evergreen course formula. So, like, kind of like the product launch formula, but an evergreen version.

But I I would when you said the before about getting it in airports at the top. I was like, yeah, I would quite like that.

But to do that, I I think I I I believe I need some impressive case studies, like, proof that I’ve made people millions if I’m gonna make it like this amazing book. So would you recommend I do a book now that’s kind of smaller fry, but still on day whenever green and hold out for that. Or, yeah, I’m not sure whether I should wait until I’ve got studies or just do something now? This is the the constant question is do I wait? Do you know how many how many people get their shit done by by waiting?

Like, none. Yeah. But if I if I write a book that without those case studies, it won’t be as epic as it would be if I did it later.

Like, I mean, is it just a case if I write a different book and hold out for that one? I mean, I get what you’re saying, and I hear people ask this question all the time, like, do I wait? But The time. But then you also say be patient and think long time. So But it’s all You can also yeah. And on the go ahead, Chris.

I was saying you you you can also update the book. I see a lot of authors, like, write the book and then do the updated or revised edition, right, where you can add those stuff in the case studies.

Yeah. That’s And the feedback is custom here. Right? In most cases, I have and I’ve talked about this in past, like, masterminds. Like, the number of what I would call monsters I have created is hi.

People who run with an idea when they’re not ready for it, and you’re like, whoa, pump the brakes on that. But I would start, and in your case, Abia, do know a good amount. Not a lot about you, but I’ve known you for a little bit now.

Don’t hold yourself.

Back.

There are three fears that people have rejection, which is what you’re talking about, judgment, and success.

If success is a fear for you and if rejection is a fear for you, know that those are fears.

They’re not necessary early real. Now that’s what I’ve been coached on. Those are the three fears that I’ve been coached through.

And I would say, take that to heart. You’re afraid of rejection. Is it real?

Look at all of the books that are published out there that don’t you don’t have to have fifteen studies.

You’ve got one pitch that you’re going to either pitch to, publisher or to self publishing organization like page two. These are the groups that will help you get your book out, and a traditional publisher will get it into airports. So if you wanna go the traditional publisher route, route, you have to then write, and now is the time to write your pitch letter that you would send to an agent. How can you make your book sound awesome? And that’s as far as you really have to go with it.

Is that you have done this before. So you don’t there’s two I find that there’s way too many people who say I’m not ready yet, I’m not ready yet, and then they watch as people who are less ready than they are go flying past them.

That’s me saying that has created monsters before who then slam into a wall when they go running by and it’s like, holy shit, I wasn’t ready for this at all, and like they slam into a wall or they fall off a cliff. That’s a possibility.

It is, but that’s the risk we take as entrepreneurs too that I might fly into a wall or fall off a cliff.

Very rarely does it actually happen, though, especially if you’re conscientious with the way that you’re going about it and even asking the question proves that you are conscientious about this. So I would say Go with the big idea first, go with the big dream first, and then let actual rejection.

Stop you or hold you back or bring you back to a point. And I don’t mean one point of rejection. I mean Holy shit. I’ve been pitching this It’s my six hundred pitch, and I’m still getting rejected. It’s probably time to rethink this, not the first one. Don’t let the fear of rejection.

Stop you. Let someone actually reject you. Then, then you can actually work with that. Does that make sense?

Yeah. Yeah. That’s helpful. Thank you. I know it’s scary. I’m gonna do it. I’m gonna do it.

People it’s not scary for it, and they’re doing it.

Yeah.

The fears. The three fears. Alright. Anybody else have a question or something that they wanna share with Abby even?

No.

Cool.

Randall says, so if you are thinking traditional publisher, should we be identifying perspective agents now and quoting them on social media. Potentially, a lot of them have newsletters as well that are really, really useful.

So like go one sub stack and just look for, literary agents, yeah, if you wanna go traditional.

Yeah. And there’s a lot of information out there, out there about going traditional versus not.

April Denver is self published.

Both times. So you don’t you don’t need to go traditional at all. Nobody expects it anymore, but if you wanna be in an airport, Maybe. Maybe.

Okay.

Are we ready? Yeah. Self publishing. Pay two is like sixty grand, I think, to have them help you publish, but that’s a lot of hand holding along the way.

Page two, everybody there comes from a traditional publishing background. So you’re getting all of the benefits, without having to wait two years to publish. And have earned seven percent of this. This way, you earn a hundred percent, and I don’t think you should go into this.

To make money off your book, but it’s an important consideration. When you think of how many books you might actually sell, because you’re gonna be the one doing all the promotional work anyway, whether you go traditional or self publishing, it’s your platform that’s going to sell it. So there’s a lot to be said for self publishing.

Cool.

Who wants to share?

Monique.

Can I ask this is so curious? I have spent some time on this notion of how to publish, and I’m I’m guessing there’s some curiosity around it. So I looked at page two They have a case study where there’s actually an author who gives their article about like their whole process. So it’s really worth, I think, a read to anybody who’s interested.

Nice. Just page page two alone has an interesting resource.

The self publishing route though, can you describe that? Like, I’ve heard a little bit about it. And the idea that you’re just doing it through Kindle and you’re kinda getting it out there, is there a version between page two and self publishing that is a bit of guardrails, you know, to get you and and maybe there’s somebody out there who’s offering a workshop or a course on it.

I’m smiling at Jessica.

So Jessica has we have I worked for copy hackers on contract for a year getting our Rich rider series out the door.

Abbie Ghost wrote most of those, like, two of the three books as well.

So there’s definitely talent in the room that can walk through, like, how to self publish without going the page two route. Those for me when I asked them to work on these projects for us. Those were Lead magnet books, just using Amazon as a search engine, really. So, that was the idea there, like a better qualified searcher finding us on Amazon.

It wasn’t authority building.

It was a different initiative there. But Jessica or and or Abby, do you wanna share anything with Monique, or is this like a separate conversation we might need to have? I think we should. I think it’s a really great conversation.

I would be when I’m sorry. I forgot who was king. I apologize, but whoever was talking about traditional publishing, my question was why why why do you want to go traditional you’re doing all the work. And I don’t know.

So, I definitely think it’s worth a workshop. I know, Abby, you’re has tons of ideas about how to if you wanna talk to somebody about getting a book written, Abby’s your girl. And she she doesn’t I’m so excited, by the way, can I just say, heck? Yeah.

I feel like this is the unlock I need. And I’d even love to dangle this idea about as you’re writing a book, do you release a chapter as a lead magnet? Like, is there that push on some aspects of using chapters as they get written as material. And I just I’d love to throw it out there because it feels so big.

Like, kinda feels like this thing that’s bigger than than it should be, but if it’s broken down and used and played with in different ways, in a in a way that’s a process, it would really change my my calendar that I haven’t quite nailed down just so you know.

I think it’s just works up, Joe, in my opinion. Yeah. We could we should definitely talk about it as we get into the new year for sure.

Because there’s a lot to be said there. Right. Yeah. Everything’s content, release it, release chapters if you want to, release it over time. But but strategically, right? Like, so you’re not just putting your important chapter out to crickets.

So what can you do to really push and make the most of one or more released chapters.

Also, this fear of how big your book has to be, if you go traditional, they make you write an eighty thousand words book, and that’s just it. Eighty thousand words doesn’t matter unless you are seth godin. And, like, otherwise, you’re writing eighty thousand words and good luck getting them to sixty to eighty and good luck getting them to say anything to a thirty thousand word book, which is, again, what, April. April and I have a separate thing that we do together, which is why I talk about her quite a bit and her book publishing and her workshops so, yeah, that’s thirty thousand words for obviously awesome, self published, made thirty thousand words because you can read it in the average four hour flight, which is what her audience does.

So you don’t need a massive book, you don’t need to follow all the old rules, either. Like, traditional publishers, they’re called traditional for a reason. Like, it’s not a flattering word.

You can do a lot on your own. But yeah, let’s let’s talk about those. I did chat out also Tim Gral, who has worked with a lot of traditional, traditionally published authors like Daniel Pink to get them on the best seller list, follow him it’s absolutely worth everything.

Just one insight. One insight is that one unlocked. Right? Stacey?

I just wanted to say there’s someone I know from a a a member group of consultants that I’m in who does that thing, you know, the cut she’s got a traditional publishing background, and she does the sixty to seventy five thousand dollar you know, package to help people do their book. But she also she has a a a newer service that’s, I think, in the maybe fifteen hundred dollar range, where she kind of gets you all teed up. So you get kind of the benefit of all the goodness of her background and knowledge, and and a map of a of, you know, the the game plan for you to do. I think that I’m gonna do that for my, my next book, but she’s somebody, you know, she may be willing to, you know, do a visit in talk to us or something like that.

If there’s a if there’s enough interest, I’d be happy to, check into that or whatever. Yeah. That’s cool. I think that’s a it sounds like it’s an in between option that’s, you know, giving you the benefit of her expertise, but without the, without the high price tag of the, you know, do it for you route.

Yeah. I’m also curious what the people who, yourself, included Stacy, people who are using AI to help generate ideas and, like, find gaps and ways in, would say about, like, just the getting started too, not the not the help with writing necessarily, but, thank you. I’d I’d be happy to to share information about that at some point in this session if you want to. I did a challenge, maybe, I don’t know, three years ago, to write a book in seven days with AI, and then I did.

Brode and published a book on Amazon in seven days.

Not much of a book. It’s kind of a bar book, but it’s but it but I did it. So Yeah. Yeah.

I know, like, writing the book is a different thing and not recommended for AI, but, like, the starting stuff. Totally. Cool. Okay.

Awesome. So we’ve only got ten minutes left.

Who would like to quickly share their sheet.

What they’ve got? Right. Thanks, Christopher.

Right. Sharing.

Can you see my screen? Mhmm.

Oh. Okay.

I will own message market for a B2B SaaS by end of twenty twenty five, so I can make, two hundred thousand with thirty k of it and passive. So hundred and seventy in services and thirty k in, okay, product course sales and pay for my living expenses course sales while setting myself up to reach one million per year by twenty twenty six. My target of market managers, heads of growth, product marketing and founders will see my name. Two times a week every week because Yeah. Actually, one thing wrong here is that the two two hundred k is actually by end of twenty twenty four. But I will own message market fit by end of twenty twenty five.

Change it. Yeah. That’s because I don’t think I can own it by end of twenty twenty four, but I can reach to another k. I think you own it now. Sorry. What’s the, yeah, like is it I I am so curious about deadlines.

I I like a realistic anything. I like real.

But at the same time, like, there’s also the why not now question? Like, why not? Like, I saw that you had posted that someone said did you invent the term message market fit or something like that?

Yeah. I don’t know. So there’s, like, a signal.

I see some people using it in d to c.

Few maybe fewer in b to b, but I don’t know. Maybe it’s the fact that I still haven’t haven’t got, like, a clear idea of how to structure my processes, and it’s something that I’m gonna work on, like, the beginning of the year. I don’t know, maybe as I started working on it, then I see, like, a clear value prop that I can offer.

Maybe I get more confident.

Right now, maybe I don’t feel as confident, but maybe just a temporary thing.

Yeah. Confidence is weird that way. You will build the train and the tracks at the same time. In business. So you are building your authority while also coming up with your authority in a lot of cases. Like, what’s your IP?

And, you have to own it immediately, which is tricky, but just know that it’s not unnatural. It’s what everybody does unless you’re in academia, in which case, oh lord.

Okay. So we have the marketing manager’s heads of growth product marketers and founders. It’s a lot of people.

They are. Let’s see where you think they are.

Can you scroll down so we can see more, just to the bottom section, the very bottom one?

Oh, you have okay. So you wanna get in front of these people. I don’t see anywhere on your sheet.

Where those people are.

I mean, I’m using I think they mostly are LinkedIn and Twitter.

But I added Instagram and YouTube just because I’m doing the podcast as the starting thing for all my content. Basically, So podcast, then I’m gonna repurpose us to YouTube videos, and then I’m gonna repurpose all of the content on LinkedIn and Twitter mostly. Which I think we can swear those people are mostly LinkedIn and Twitter as well. Maybe second to Harry.

Where do you have a list of where those people are?

Well, what do you mean a list? Like a social list? Or just Yeah. Like, what does your what does the head of growth at intercom.

Where do they consume content that’s tied to master market fit? Yeah. I’m seeing most of the on LinkedIn.

Definitely. LinkedIn and newsletters of other people in b two b. Okay. So newsletters of other people. Yeah.

How do you know?

How do you know they’re on LinkedIn or the reading other newsletters?

Just been even just in the past couple of weeks, I’ve been doing outreach for the podcast, so I have nine people booked. And I’ve been looking at a lot a lot of posts. I see a lot of, Yeah. I’ve been basically filtering LinkedIn for these roles, and I’ve been reaching out and seeing them comment on other people’s posts.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. So these are people that you want to hire you Yeah. Who are on LinkedIn.

Yeah. Exactly. Cool. When it comes to newsletters, what newsletters are they reading?

Yeah. So probably stuff Lennie’s newsletter.

April done for his positioning newsletter.

I follow this other one. It’s called growth waves, even though it’s a bit more d to c.

But there are a couple of newsletters, mostly on sub stack, beehive, yes. Some people have their own, unconvert kit.

Can’t can’t come up with the names now. But I’m seeing some of them.

Okay. It sounds really gassy. And, like, that’s sort of the stage we’re in, but This is also something that everybody needs to be thinking through. There’s no point in just randomly doing stuff.

Right? So if your objective here is to get in front of let’s narrow it down to heads of growth at B2B SaaS. So if they’re ahead of growth, I would also indicate in your before you say B2B SaaS, like, or or along with that, how big they are? Are they a hundred million a year?

Are they ten a year? Are they early stage or series B? Where are they? Put it in there because that will dictate where you go.

And with that, if their heads are gross, there are Slack communities that have that are filled with women’s CROs, special Slack groups just for them. With three hundred women’s CROs in there, just sharing with each other how they do things. So I want you to think more about where your prospect really is. I’m saying this to you, Christopher, but that’s for everybody.

Mhmm.

Randomly putting stuff out there.

It’s hard. It’s a hard play. It’s it’s time consuming it’s exhausting when it doesn’t work.

So So you so you would have slack in under, like, under these. Right? And that’s just a great time. That’s an example.

This is the part where you go, oh, I didn’t know they were on Slack. I wonder where else they are. And then you go make a list. Of all the places they are.

I chatted out. You sparktoro.

That’ll help you find people who are influencing your audience. It’s what? Forty nine dollars a month to find out where your people are at so you can go pitch them.

So, yeah, there’s communities galore when it comes to SAS. There are private communities, goal. It’s something that it’s something that I can also ask sneakily in my podcast, like, at the end, I’m I’m just gonna ask, tell tell our audience where do you like to go to for some content to read stuff. Totally.

Yeah. Because Lenny’s newsletter, you can’t pitch. You can’t get there. He invites a very select group of people in.

So but who’d where does Lenny go? Who who does Lenny like watch? These are the kinds of things that you need to go out and do. And then he needs, of course, ignore Lenny because he’s like, possibly because it’s so difficult, to get on there. There’s other ways to grow your authority. So we have to choose really good one. And I know you didn’t say Lenny’s newsletter, but it’s an example that comes a lot up a lot in B2B SaaS and in tech in general.

So that’s homework for you. Where are your people at? Where are the people who influence your people at? How do you get into that network?

And faster.

If you you can own message market fit, you can own it faster.

And then you really need to be clear on, I think, what might clutter things up a bit for you is you’ve got, you want to do course sales while also doing services.

I don’t know what percentage is what when it comes to your one million a year for twenty twenty six? Is it still gonna be? Course sales are like is that fifteen percent of your total income, twelve percent, something like that, or are you ramping up more at time in which case you need to work on growing your email list now. You need to work on mastering Instagram so that you can use many chat and other tools to sell on Instagram and DMs and things.

Right? So this is the kind of stuff to start thinking through. And just like I said, this is different feedback than what I gave Jessica By the way, we were focusing on something else for Jessica. We’re focusing on something else for you.

Everybody in the room has to focus on all of these things and more.

But you’ve got a lot loaded up in q one just like Jessica did. So don’t because you don’t have any of these things. You’ve got your podcast. Right? That’s good. You’re working on that. That’s great.

But all the other stuff glad that you have your book, etcetera, down in q two and three. Your book outline though, unless do you plan on writing a book, Chris?

Yeah. It’s something I I right now, maybe not, but also maybe because I’m a bit still unclear on Like the whole plan.

Yeah. Choose.

You have to decide. Is it happening in twenty twenty four or not? And it’s la you’re allowed to say no. But then you have to have something else that you work on as hard as you would work on a book.

Yeah. Probably, then I would say right now, if I had to say now, I will probably say no to the book in twenty twenty four. Good. Then uncheck it right now.

Boom.

Oh, maybe the talk, the talk, maybe not even the talk.

Okay. Stuff already. So uncheck those next to them so that they’re no longer Yeah. Extraction.

Yes. Cool. So then we have your newsletter and your podcast sound like the big swings for content you are making, then you’ll have content that you are creating with other people, which you have down below. So get really clear on what authority you’re borrowing, like whose authority you’re borrowing, and the only way to know that is to go do some research.

Yeah. I hear you right here. Basically, I’m gonna do the research in January, basically.

Yeah.

I mean, Yeah. To me, that seems like a really minor thing. Like, you could get a VA to go research this for you. And, like, here’s twenty five dollars.

Like, my that’s it. It’s done. Right? So, be careful what you’re spending your time on.

Yeah. I mean, I I also added here, like, research just because I know this is gonna be quite a light activity.

Just because I have a lot of other stuff that I’m doing. There’s a lot. Your your first month is a lot of thinking.

So making lists, doing research, defining a value prop, adapting a process brainstorming.

There’s a lot of thinking there, and you’re you’re not gonna feel like you’re making a lot of progress. So just like go in and just like Shane was saying put nouns in place if that helps you better express to yourself that you’re going to be working on a thing, because there’s just there’s too much thinking there.

For somebody who’s the only doer in their organization.

Yeah. Actually, something that I mess up. It’s which is the podcast I’ve already booked. I know, like, eight episodes for for January. So this needs to be updated.

What’s the value for the podcast? Like, why do people listen to your podcast?

Let me let me look it up. Where do we have it?

Here, I have a document. Is it interview style?

Yes. Interview with, basically, marketers, founders, product marketing people.

I ask a question, Joanna, while you’re I love what you were saying about finding them in communities.

And this is one of the things that I’ve been noticing.

Like, Saster community, I offer it. It’s, with Jason Lemnick. He I’m kidding. It’s amazing, but I’ve never felt the ability to, like, reach out or to showcase Yeah. Experience or insights. So I don’t know if there’s a POV at some point on that.

You know, once you get in and or how you get and then not burning yourself in that moment where you’re, like, trying to find your people slowly, but quickly enough that you’re kinda creating opportunity. So Yeah. I mean, I think a good thing about a Slack community when you get invited into it. So make sure you’re in there for the right reasons.

It’s it’s the like new forum where in the past you could be part of a forum or like a more public online community and get a lot more out of it.

This way you’re just in there sharing value with other people, and then they hire you. And that’s like or and then they say like, wow, you know that. How did you know that? Can you teach our group about this? Can you run this?

So One, it’s, yeah, getting allowed into these groups, but there are so many of them. There’s so many of them. West has product led growth as a free Slack community.

And they’re not all good. Don’t get me wrong, but some are a really great place. To spend your time and add value, and then it comes back afterward. Yeah.

So just There’s lots. Dan, Dan Martel has another one. Like, there’s lots out there. Just again, if you don’t want to do the research, hire a VA to look up where these where these are.

And that’s their job. Yeah. I love it. Cool. Yay.

Duh, duh, duh, duh, duh, duh, duh, duh, duh, duh. So what did you wanna show us here, Chris? Just to see my screen here. Yep.

Okay. Yeah. So the podcast, by by position. So, basically, interviewing b2B as founders, operators in marketing, growth, and product, we dive into deep into their messaging strategies from how to do research, implement and test their copy, The goal is to help B2B pros understand their customers and turn their knowledge, plus their own expertise into powerful high converting copy that resonates.

Yeah, and basically I’m gonna do this. This is this interview segment that I’m doing to start.

Combination of interviews and casual chats with b to b as leaders discussing their company’s messaging strategy approach to research and copy writing, I see peak creation internal alignment on voice positioning anymore.

So this is kind of the idea for now.

This is the document that I’ve been sending people, like, super rough just to to book these interviews.

Mhmm. Anybody have any notes for Chris?

And probably, I definitely need a clearer and more, like, personalized value proposition for sure.

I just think you need to make sure that what you’re doing is going to light you up enough that you can promote it. Really well. You’re creating a product here. That’s what it is. It’s a content product.

You need to spend a lot of time promoting it.

So just make sure it’s the podcast you would stop everything to listen to. I know that sounds like, oh, man, that’s so big. You can do it. That’s your if that’s your job, tell yourself that’s my job to make this the best freaking podcast.

What what do I love about a podcast? You to find that out, you put your headphones in and you go for a walk listening to your favorite podcast, and then you like steal all the ideas for how they run it. Right? Of them are higher production value and cost a lot of money.

So you have to figure out, are you willing to invest money in this? Are you willing to sell to thirty thousand dollar projects and spend that money on an incredible podcast production company or not. Right? You don’t have to do that, but that’s your objective is to say what product am I building here?

And how do I make it the product that when I promote it, I will love talking about it. That’s where you need to get. And if this is it, cool. Done.

Solved. And if you think, well, that’s not what I’m doing it for, I just wanna, like, get get stuff out there. Just know that there are a lot of podcasts, just like there are a lot of newsletters and a lot of blogs and a lot of YouTube channels that people put content on, but nobody shows up for. This isn’t for you, Chris.

This is for everybody.

So whatever you’re creating, make sure you have a clear value prop and it does inspire you. It does light you up. Okay?

Mhmm.

K. Let’s look at your sheet. I have my my reasons and, yeah, yeah, I see points.

Cool.

Okay.

Any other notes for Chris on this?

I guess I was just gonna say, because I I to build off of what Joe said to you about all the podcasts out there, I’ve been noticing that I kind of have gotten sick of a lot of the podcasts. I used to like when podcasts were just kind of coming out and They all take that interview style and that’s what my old podcast was like too and I I was just curious have you seen the the, YouTube channel, the hot wings, hot, whatever where they interview celebrities while eating hot wings. Have you seen that? Oh, yeah.

I think it’s all the media. Yeah. Good. Okay. So the thought I had as you were talking about it was, I was like, messaging is such an abstract thing that of people like hire a brand voice for and then they never implement and no one it’s so abstract.

And I was like, I wonder what the hot wing’s version of a messaging thing would be. Like if you had to do that same kind of a hook where it’s not just interviews, there’s some sort of unique twist on it. I don’t know. I was just curious what your podcast would be like if you had to come up with something that was a little bit out of the box and diff does that make sense?

Yeah. Yeah. Totally. Because I feel like I don’t know. For me, I’m just not hooked the way I used to be in podcasts.

And I feel like it’s You have an opportunity because your topic is I think for a lot of people, so I don’t know. Hard to grasp. At least is for me. So I don’t know.

I was just was curious if I put that challenge to you of what would your hot wings version of your podcast be like. Yeah. What would you do with that? You know?

That’s great. Yeah. That’s great. Thank you. And and and it’s one thing that I’ve been thinking about as I as I’m building this thing.

I’m super curious about, like, these people learning, like, the insights from the company. So I think that’s motivating for me, but also I want to make want to make this thing kind of unique and, yeah, I’ve been thinking about some stuff. I have nothing, like, defined yet, but this is a great idea. I I will definitely keep in mind.

Yeah. Finding that hook. Exactly. Like, the interesting or funny or expected thing.

Does anybody have any ideas? Nope.

Anyway, I think it’d be really fun to play with what you can do.

Doesn’t have to be that difficult either.

Yeah. Cool. Do have an idea. And this is Chris. Like, you have, messaging market fit.

Remind me. Right? Yeah. Message market fit. Yep. Yeah. You may wanna because there’s product market fit.

There’s all those other great, you know, you may wanna I love this idea of picking a fight with one, you know, in sort of bringing people on who stand for each of them and, like, you’re kinda in a lot of ways growing each other’s opportunity to define.

Just much like I’ve I’ve kinda created value creation as an area, but like value led growth is the area that I’m ultimately wanting to grow towards and there’s customer led growth, there’s product led growth, you know, and so it’s kinda I’ve been debating. Do I you know, gently and kindly and have a, like, a fun debate about, like, what’s what happens first and why, you know, what the opinions on customer led growth versus product led growth versus value led growth is. And that’s sort of the area that I’ve been behind value propositions and value creation been really thinking about.

So find your cousins. I guess put them in a room together. It’s like that fun Yeah. Yeah. So far into, like, the stuff that I’ve been looking into, there’s definitely product market fit. So a lot of people are discussing which one two goes first.

I see a lot of people saying it should get product market it should validate product market fit.

First showing, like, draft messages, then you get the problem market fit, then you test message market fit again. It’s like a back and forth. Yeah, there’s a lot of, things that I could use.

Yeah.

You gotta win those those listeners.

Yeah. Problem solution fit. Yes, Stacy just said. Exactly. All the all of them. It’s great.

Cool.

Dig it. Chris, thank you for sharing. Thank you, guys. Thanks. Next steps for everybody. Refine what you’ve put together and, simplify it for q one. You can’t do everything in q one.

I think we also have learned, like, also don’t focus on just thinking in that time in q one or in January, make sure there’s some doing going on so that you’re making progress. It’s good to think first, but there’s gotta be something that you can start acting on, good to get those wheels in motion.

Organize this in your calendar or your your task management solution, whatever, work for you right now for managing your time, use it to put this, that you’ve just graded together, so you actually get it done. And if you feel uncertain about something or if it’s like, oh, this feels hard or you’re avoiding it for some reason, bring it to the group.

Avoidance usually means like you should just work through it because it might just be something to stop doing or to do differently.

So so bring it Monique? Yeah. You wanna share your oh, wait. In the new year, you wanna share it?

Or I I could do it now. I mean, I I loved FYI, I have a young family. So I found like some of the sessions are when I’m shuttling kids around. So I haven’t been able to maybe throw myself in the hot seat, and I have listened to all the chats and the sessions and loved everyone’s feedback. So I don’t wanna take the space now if, others are playing for, but I’d love to just put it out there to know, share what I have been thinking and get everyone’s collective thoughts on it because I know I’ve been doing a lot of slacking less talking.

What is out there right now? And then I know everybody is dropping off because we’re over time, but what is it? Just tell us the thing, and then you can, like, name it and claim it. So I have been claiming value propositions, for tech companies.

And then as I’ve worked through it, and I know there’s been some discussion around, and I forget what universe of like DMs or not is value creation has really come out of that for me in a bigger sense, but it’s more strategy than it is, a singular focus. So what I’ve been really thinking about is product led growth, as it is sort of the catch phrase du jour, I would say. But it’s around really being I always look at it if there’s vision statements, there’s mission statements, there’s brand positioning statements, and where in my world of previously, like, the value proposition is where the work of creating aha moments for what you’re solving for for the user is it’s where everything comes together from under underneath it.

Benefits and features kinda all get distilled. Like Dropbox was as we all probably know was cloud storage, but it really created this point of differentiation around syncing storage and documents across all your devices as the value prop.

So that’s the work I’m doing and I have frameworks and I have work I’ve developed That’s a little bit different than, because I am link Canvas certified as a with Ash. I’ve done that work with him. And, and see the value of it, but I’m in strategizer. I’m familiar and used it a lot, but the value prop canvas, I kinda go a little bit in a slightly different direction but not entirely off mark. So I have experience.

Sometimes it’s capturing that.

Either through IP and frameworks that I create or just leveraging tools that already exist and taking my experience of getting really hard work done of being tight on value props. It’s really hard for technical founders.

And I’ve been consulting and helping founders and they’re really struggling with their value props. And so from the technical stand standpoint, they need help.

And that is the work that I’m doing.

I would love thoughts. Is value props for tech companies enough? Like is there enough work to be done out there or is the value creation or the value led growth?

Something that feels like is some, you know, a bigger platform for me to live in and that’s in a nutshell.

Where I’m at?

I have given you my thoughts on that previously.

So I stand by my original note for you, Monique.

But yeah, I know we’re at the end of our time, and I know Stacy, do you want to comment on this, or is it something unrelated to what Monique is saying? Oh, no. I was gonna I didn’t realize we were out of time. I was gonna show my, my spreadsheet.

Oh, okay. I mean, I can stay who I have a hard stop twelve minutes, but I can stay on, for those of us that would be awesome if if I can get, like, a couple minutes, that’d be great. Sure. Absolutely.

Yeah. Anybody have any notes for Monique about value propositions for tech company value? What was the other one? Value creation for tech companies? Mhmm. Yeah.

For value led growth? May maybe the only thought that I have if you use value led growth would be probably to clarify the distinction between product led growth and value led growth because I’m not I’m not sure, like, would people understand what the difference is and Yeah. I mean, product is value as well. So what kind of value are you talking about? Specifically, maybe There may be there’s a different way of saying it or you can preface it or add something after that makes it clear.

Just the that’s the only result that I have.

Yeah. Mhmm. Good. Okay. Let’s discuss over in Slack too, Monique, but thank you for sharing it.

I still get value propositions for tech is perfect. But Okay. Yep. I think April’s built something huge on positioning, which sounds small out of the gate.

And then you’re like, oh, no. It’s massive, the need. And I think the same is true for value proposition, massive need.

Okay. Cool. Stacy, please share, and we’ll wrap up in ten.

If everybody if anybody has to go, cool beans, got it. Thank you for staying on. If you can stay, that’s great, and give some notes to Stacy and maybe take some for yourself.

And, yeah, then I’ll follow-up in Slack with next steps.

Alright. Okay. So I My thing is not necessarily to build my own authority, but to to build the authority for my my one thing is my product. So it’s establishing the the product, Sassy, as the ultimate AI sidekick for marketing professionals.

And the hot minute is my, super short, podcast where Sassy is actually the host of the podcast. And it does a little, promo. It’s, you know, be become a smarter marketer in a minute a day.

And then So I have that starting going through the cycle of the letters of the alphabet. Season one would be twenty episodes. So there’s like a is for whatever, b is for whatever. That’s what the daily episodes are. That would, start January second.

I’m not sure if five days a week is the right thing if I should do it two times a week or three times or seven or whatever. So I’d love thoughts on that.

My website I’m working on now launching that by the end of December, including an explainer video. I have a a customer story project in process as well. And then I also have, an email series that’s like an evergreen educational thing called Sassy Sharp’s Secret LanguageLab Lab that goes through one literary device and in a in every email and explains the literary device and gives examples of it. These are all things that the, the software can do, like, if you want, you know, anaphora headlines or something like that. So so there’s that. That’s a one hundred email sequence.

And then narrative campaigns are story based campaigns for each different market segment. So I have all all these different segments that use my software, fractional CMOs, copywriters, messaging strategist, brand strategist, I have different, different messaging sort of dialed in for each one of those.

And then as far as the, channels, what I wanna do is take op minute and syndicate it everywhere since it’s short form, I can can launch it as a podcast, but also put it on all the socials as well.

And then my main promotion is a dark social syndicating the podcast, and then I’m just gonna get a publicist because that’s easier, and I don’t have time to futz with all that stuff myself.

Love, getting the podcast, getting the, publicist.

Any notes? I’ve been doing a lot of talking. Who would like to share?

I would just like to say Stacy. I’m in awe of how quickly you act on everything I feel like we’re on opposite ends of a spectrum. So, yeah, just my note being, like, love the ambition of the, like, the hundred email sequence and the daily publication.

Yeah.

And also the decisiveness with which you said get a publicist.

Thank you.

Agree. I think what you are able to accomplish in a short period of time is a lesson in making action and just going with it and testing.

I think you asked a question about how often frequency podcast frequency. Yes. Yeah. I I feel like do what you’ve like, it seems like you can do things really quick and and if it’s easy for you to do it? Why not? Because once you got them created, you can probably just keep using them. Right?

So twenty six.

Once those are done I figure I can do a season, and then I can, you know, release that, and then I can probably have a little bit of a pause in between, and and re promote, you know, sort of like the way a television season does reruns.

Repromote the existing ones, on social.

But, so it’s it’s like if I do, you know, if I do four days a week, I can stretch it out for to be six and a half weeks worth of promotion. If I do five days a week, it’s gonna be, you know, five days five weeks worth. So, I I was thinking, you know, seven days a week would just be too much.

You know, I don’t I’m I’m more interested in, like, if if something is good and it only takes two minutes to listen to, would you listen to it every day, or is that too much?

What’s that NPR has every morning? They have like a five minute podcast that goes out. What’s it called? Don’t remember.

Because I don’t listen to podcast, but listen to NPR, and they always say it, and they’ve been saying, like, advertising this thing for couple years now, so I doubt it’s not working.

I do like the idea of daily.

In a season, of course. So you’re not committed to life in doing this. It’s it’s do you think seven days a week instead of just five? It I’m really making it actually daily.

I was thinking five since it’s a business podcast. I don’t know. And when do people in business list in two podcasts. So, like, that’s kind of when does it fit into their routine?

Where is it? And so if it’s like, I only listen to podcasts when I on the treadmill.

And I go on the treadmill three days a week, then we can’t plan our, like, then we have, you know, you can. Guess at what day they’re on the treadmill and when. Right. Well, and also if if the episodes are really short, they’ll probably listen to two of them back to back Oh, yeah.

You’ll just Binge. And you might wait a long time though for them to stack up. Like, most of us do with, like, series on net Flicks. Like, I won’t watch it until there are six episodes.

We’re also just gonna be annoyed. So you might wait longer. But I don’t know. It depends on how sophisticated your podcast listener is.

Do they have these routines established that you’re trying to fit into?

Two minutes sounds like because also with it being, like, syndicated on social, they could also listen to it in their instafeed or, you know, on tip talk or whatever, you know. Yeah. Yeah. Which is interesting. If I can get the same content on Instagram, Anyway, there’s, I think, something to think through there.

When do you listen to your podcasts?

I don’t listen to podcasts.

Well, I think that’s interesting. I don’t. I don’t. That that that’s why I made this so short. Like, I don’t have time to listen to people talking for an hour to get one nugget. I want just the nugget.

That’s the that’s kind of the philosophy behind this. That’s what’s funny is just so also on PR. There was a whole episode last week about, podcasts and why people listen to podcasts. And the the interviewer asked that question. Like, why do you? And someone called in and was like, I don’t because it doesn’t make sense for you to, I just read the newspaper.

And what the these these guests were all saying was, that’s why I like podcasts. They force you to sit quietly and just listen to something for a while. So the medium itself, it creates fans out of people who just want to than listen for a while. So that doesn’t mean people won’t want a two minute podcast every day, but it’s it’s worth considering, especially if you’re not somebody who listens to podcasts.

So you’re it’s like writing a book when you don’t read books. You’re probably not gonna go about it the right way without doing a bunch of research on it and then starting to read too. So probably worth doing. Listen to a bunch of podcasts, see what is cool about them, like the ones that you do like, the ones that are top rated out there.

And then if two minutes a day is still your hook, then I would think through when should a person slot this into their day is it walking into the office? When do they already have their earbuds in and they’re listening that you can then stack on top of that experience that they already have. Does that make sense? Mhmm.

Yeah. Yeah. I feel like it’s such a natural fit for, like, while you’re making your coffee first thing in the morning, like, and the hot goss. I just feel like you could be, like, while you’re waiting for the Nespresso machine to heat up, yeah, you just put your airpods in and listen to this like, perfect length of time.

Yeah. It takes two minutes to brew carbon espresso.

Yeah. So maybe it’s not called the hot minute. Maybe it’s something that’s more directly tied to having to the time that you’re standing in front of the coffee machine. It forces a habit on people. I’ve already recorded a bunch of the episodes in its hot minutes. So I don’t know if I wanna go back if we do everything.

That’s fair. But I would maybe position it in your marketing around. So help people know when to listen to. Right.

Yeah. I think that, yeah, kinda giving him a hint of, like, of of of watching it. I even talk about a coffee and tea in the, in the in the little intro blur, but changes every day. So it’s like, you know, it mentions mentions hot beverages.

Oh, that’s good. Right? So there’s, like, there’s a thing there. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

I know we’re at the end of our time. Okay. Thank you so much. Oh, this is great.

Yeah, I’m sorry we didn’t get to talk more about it, but cool. Exciting. And I love how clean and slimmed down. It is.

That doesn’t mean everybody needs to do it that way if you’re watching the recording. It doesn’t have to look like Stacy’s. Don’t worry, but this is good.

Okay. I’m an animalist.

That’s good.

Thank you. Thanks everybody for staying on too. And, then I’ll follow-up Slack. So we’ll see you over in Slack afterward. Okay. Thanks y’all. Bye.

Transcript

Well, we’re gonna dive, like, right in. Right in. Right in. And for those who are just joining CSP, perhaps you haven’t, done, obviously, your q one goals with us, but maybe you had them yourself and have had a bit of time to reflect on what you had set forth for yourself and where things have landed, what essentially has gone according to plan, not according to plan, better than plan, kind of, what the heck just happened.

This was never part of the plan plan. But, really, this is an opportunity to to share, and I’d really encourage everyone to take some space on this on this session. Right? We could go square by square and just hear about your reflections from q one, what your takeaways are, what you’ve assimilated and digested and taken away from it, or maybe even if you need a little bit of conversation reflection to get that from the group as well.

Cool. Has everyone taken at least some moment even if it was a passing casual moment, to reflect on their q one?

Sweet.

Cool. We’ll we’ll open it up, like, right away. Like, who feels ready to go and just share about what those reflections have uncovered. And, yeah, floor is yours.

I’ll start off since I’m a newbie, and I don’t know what to expect.

But I did have a meeting last week, and one of the things I learned was that I am on track to hit last year’s revenue goal, but that’s not my goal. My goal is to double last year’s revenue goal. So I’ve got some work to do, but it’s good to know that the business is trending in the right direction since last year was my highest revenue year. And, we did have a rocky start, meaning, a lot of work to do in January for different clients, and they were doing challenges.

And the economy was economying, so some buyers were not buying in the speed that they normally did. But we finished, March strong because we had our highest, revenue month, for the month of March for one of my clients who I’m on a base pay plus commissions sched structure. And this was our first month on that structure. Actually, January and February, we were testing it, and I did not hit the revenue goals that I wanted.

And then this month hit it out the park. So I was able to apply some of the lessons learned, and now I need to multiply those results. Mhmm.

But those are the two reflections that I have just from talking to Joanne last week.

Mhmm. Amazing. So would you say that, like, the March you just had, right, if that continues if that trend line continues, does that get you towards that doubling your revenue goal?

It can. Yes. But I need to do that with probably two more clients, to really solidify it. But at least I have an idea on what it takes.

The problem is I need two more of me, to really do that because I’m tired.

I’m, like, still in my pajamas, because I’m so exhausted.

And yesterday, I was sick, and I still had to do work. So I need to figure out something else because I can’t do March over and over again and then expect to be healthy. It’s just not gonna be it’s not gonna happen.

Yeah. Do you mind, like, just since it’s your first call, just giving us, like, a little bit of an overview? Like, what’s your agenda?

Alright. So I’m Aquania Esquarnet, the one bold enough to show up on a meeting with my mom.

And and I am the creator and founder of the Purpose of Money, a platform that teaches, women how to build wealth one dollar at a time through life insurance, real estate, and investing.

However, my email marketing business is actually my secret six figure business. I started in twenty twenty, and I did it because a client who I interviewed for online magazine and I wrote blogs for asked me to write emails to launch his digital book, which became a digital course, which became his million dollar business.

And then he referred me to all his friends. So I’ve built a email marketing business with no website, no public really announcement that I do this, but referral only, which means I’m also limited to the income that people refer to me. Right?

So last year, I made a decision to do a eighty twenty. So twenty percent of my revenue, I would like to continue to come from financial coaching and life insurance and real estate investing. And I want the other eighty percent to come from email marketing because when I looked at my numbers last year, I saw that most of my revenue was from email marketing.

With that said, I don’t really have I’m I my brands as the email strategist is ghostwriter for IG influencers, mostly people of color who talk about taxes, financial literacy, taxes and financial literacy for the most part, and a couple of coaching clients. They have digital products and digital coaching programs.

And, I do storytelling based email marketing.

So the reason I joined this program specifically is because I’m not really a sell, sell, sell, email person. I like to tell a story, hook you to the story, introduce the product.

But I do have a desire to become a stronger sales copy person. And so another one of my goals is to improve my sales copy so I can get to the sale conversion faster and then, scale my business so that I don’t have to do all the writing.

Mhmm.

Amazing. Got it.

And reflecting back on, like, what went really well in March. Right? Obviously, that revenue share, that base plus percentage.

What was the thing you delivered, right, and kind of the strategy behind it?

Yeah. So the thing that I delivered well was automations.

Not just setting them up, but creating emails in advance. I am a a habitual procrastinator.

So I like to do things in real time. I get ideas on emails in real time. So sometimes it does behoove me to write them in real time because something on the news might inspire a trend that does really well. But there are some of my clients who their lives planned out way more than mine, and they could just have everything set up and go. So my life was a little easier for the set up and go automated emails, but I still have room to pivot if the automated emails weren’t working.

That happened this past weekend. We had a challenge for a client. It started on Monday, and I was eight tickets away from my goal to pass the last challenge. And the fancy HubSpot automation was not converting.

So I I knew it wasn’t the or I suspected it wasn’t the copy. I suspected it was HubSpot and the fact that it’s a new URL domain.

So I took those emails out of HubSpot, put them in our old platform MailerLite, excluded the people who already opened the email, and I made, like, fourteen sales in a day. So I realized, you know, in real time, sometimes it’s not the copy, sometimes it’s the tech, and I have to be available to pivot. But that’s what I also did well in March is I pivoted. I I set it up, but then I watched it, and I monitored, and I changed.

Mhmm.

So yeah. So that went well. What didn’t go well is some of my clients, also pivoted their strategies, and I’m kinda grateful I didn’t do all the emails because then I would have just been doing double the work. Mhmm.

I think what didn’t go well is the VA that I have that I have draft some things that I’m comfortable with her writing.

The copy was not spot on, so I ended up having to rewrite all of it. And it was surprising because she’s been with me over a year, and her quality of work used to be better.

Mhmm.

So I’m I am contemplating, finding a replacement, or at least someone who’s a dedicated writer and not just an admin support role.

Mhmm.

And so those are the biggest things that I can mention.

Very cool. So it sounds like heading into q two, the two things that you are desiring the most, right, is, like, leverage since you can’t replicate it yourself month after month. Right? Mhmm.

And that leverage, right, can come through people. It can come through systems. Right? I’m not sure if AI is applicable in your case or if you found a way to integrate it yet.

Yeah. Mhmm.

Yeah. I do use chat GPT. I pay for it. I train it, and it has helped produce faster. There’s some stuff I still say is crap and I throw it out, but, I started as a base and then I make it better.

Mhmm.

That’s the extent that I use AI. Now if there are other ways to use AI, please tell me. Because I do wanna remain relevant, and I don’t like when people read stuff and they know it’s AI. So, like, what’s that balance? How do you still look like a human writing for a human?

Mhmm. Certainly. Yeah. There’s ways to dial in the output for sure. And, obviously, that’s worth practicing and refining, right, because of what it saves you in terms of, you know, your own personal time as well as potentially hiring and then chiefing and reviewing.

Correct? Mhmm. So there’s that aspect, and then there’s the whole systems aspect, right, and all the other things you could do to create leverage. And I’m not sure if you’ve connected with Shane yet.

He’s our, coach inside CSP who is, like, the master of all things AI. Right? So I definitely encourage you to show up to his sessions and, like, just tell him how it is. Right?

Like, this is what’s going on. Right? How do I create a system for this? Or where’s what’s something I’m not yet seeing because I don’t know what I don’t know in terms of AI capabilities?

But in terms of creating leverage, it sounds like that might be one of the quicker opportunities. And then the other one, which you’ll likely encounter over and over again in CSP, is essentially refining what your signature offer is. Right? Like, really getting it down to something that’s replicable from client to client to client so that there’s less customization, less reinventing the wheel in terms of how you get clients to how your sales process is to how you deliver it. Right? If all three of these things can be fairly standardized with, like, eighty eighty percent standardization between them all, that’s gonna save you a lot of time, and you could get more efficient in all those processes. Does that make sense?

Yes. And I never thought about that.

Sweet. Cool. Well, there’s gonna be a lot to think about, and I don’t wanna overwhelm you on the first call. I’m just grateful to have you here and have you set the standard that’s showing up for PJs. It’s totally cool, and I might follow that I might follow that lead next time.

But I will get dressed. I have a webinar later, so I will get dressed. But today, I just wanna focus on the work and not the look.

Awesome. Cool. Well, thanks so much for, leading us up. Appreciate you. Cool. Who wants to step in next?

I get Caitlin, do you want to or me?

You go ahead. You spoke first. I’ll go I’ll go after.

Okay. So I just did some reflection on my q one, and I had big goals for q one, that I don’t think were realistic or sustainable.

So looking back at that, I was like, okay. Because, you know, there’s a lot of things I wanna do. Get start writing my book.

I was I had a big goals for prospecting, which I did some of it, but then I ended up selling one of my standardized offers, which was really cool.

Mhmm.

And so I got busy with that. And then I was like, oh, no. Since I have to do this, like, I’m I’m starting to see the cracks and everything, and I’m like, okay. I need to optimize some things.

Right? So I’m working with Shane, and we are gonna create some systems and optimize the offer, which is a little bit nerve wracking because, you know, Joanna was like, it needs to be able to be done in, like, five to six days, and that’s not gonna happen with what we’re creating. But Mhmm. It’s okay.

But yeah. So I did at least hit my goal for closing at least one, standardized offer. And, yeah, I don’t really have a lot to say.

Amazing. And the offer the standardized offer that you did close, is that one completed yet? Like, fully delivered?

Yes. They are setting everything up right now to test it, and I can’t wait. So that’ll be awesome.

Yeah. Very cool.

And then the one you’re kind of, like, refining right now, is that essentially It’s like the it’s a yeah.

It’s just adding on to this because right now, I’m writing advertorials and sales pages. But then we’re gonna add in the ads, the checkout page, like a nurture sequence, and then figure out, like, what metric I can map to each one of those so that we can prove that we’re increasing revenue with everything that I do.

Very cool. And, like, I know I know delivering it in five days sounds like a stretch, but, like, based on what you’ve analyzed so far, like, what is the conservative goal of, like, delivery?

Well, it depends on what I all take on. So for this project, since I really wanted a case study, and, hopefully, that’s what we get out of this, I stretched myself more than I should have, and I was like, I’ll do the design too because I have a background in design. So I did the design, and that ended up taking really, really long.

So if I were to, like, take that off the plate and have the systems built, I think that it could probably be done within, I would say, two weeks. I’m being, you know, maybe Yeah. Conservative there. But, yeah, two weeks.

But, yeah, we’ll see how it goes. Mhmm.

Amazing. Cool. And right now, you have, like, everything you need for building the systems and testing, you know, different kind of, I’m not sure if you’ve integrated AI into it. I’m sure you are if Shane’s involved.

But We haven’t got that far yet.

We’re just, like Mhmm. Kinda just seeing what we got, and then we’re gonna start building the system. So the dust hasn’t quite settled yet, but it’s going to.

Amazing. Cool. Well, keep us posted on that. And I guess, like, what is, like, the one thing in q two that would define it as a success? Like, a fully back on track like that.

I guess just having knowing that the system is ready to go and that, you know, it’s I can I can launch it because I I’m also doing my SQL? Right? Because I realized during the audit that I didn’t really have one. So I’m doing two things for q q two. So, the way that I’ll know that I’m successful for q two is to have those two systems built, the SQL funnel, and optimizing my offer and the positioning of it and then just mapping everything out for the next client.

Sweet.

So those are two big rocks, in terms of, like QL, is your sales qualified lead funnel.

Somebody asked in the chat. I just saw it pop up. But yeah. So Yep. Yeah.

Yeah. I mean, I think if you know those two things, right, that could really set you up for an epic q three and q four.

But Exactly.

Did you feel like you need and want to attach a revenue goal to this quarter, or is it really about playing more the mid curve in?

Right now, it’s just the system that I want built.

Then after I see how that’s functioning, then I can Yep. More accurately attach that goal to it. Awesome. Yeah.

Very cool. Is there, like, one thing you’d want any of us to hold you accountable to this quarter, like, on any kind of check-in or just make sure you’re on track?

Just that I get those two things done, I guess. I mean, that’s yeah. That’s my goal.

Awesome. Yep. Thanks, Cody.

And we got Katie who is enduring the ice storm in solidarity with me. I just saw your email that went out, and I’m like, it’s not just me. Someone else is enduring it.

I know. Right?

Yeah. We’ve had legit ice storms here in Quebec. And, because it’s April, right, and q two, and you don’t expect ice storms in q two, I totally ran out of, like, driveway salt to, like, de ice things, and I have, like, a big, long, slopey thing because I’m in the mountains.

But one thing I learned today is that if you don’t have salt, you can use fireplace ash, and you feel extra witchy when you use fireplace ash. So yeah. Exactly. Right? I feel witchy today. That’s my mood.

And it worked. So there we go.

Oh, gosh. You had tornadoes, Cody.

Yeah. I live in Kansas. So, it’s like in in April, we get tornadoes, and, they’re all over the place. There was, like, three or four of them in the state within, like, two hours of time.

And my daughter is terrified of tornadoes because we actually had one a couple years ago in our city, and we could see it from our porch. And I took pictures of it in video, and that was huge. You know? And ever since then, she’s been really scared of it. So now, like, it’s a big you know?

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I don’t blame her. Like, tornadoes are freaking scary.

Right? They are. Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Well, I mean, hopefully, these ice storms and tornadoes and all forms of natural disasters chill out in q two. That’d be nice.

Cool.

Who’s up next?

I’ll go. Yeah.

Yeah. Hello.

And welcome, Aquania and Myrna.

I think those are our two new ones. Nice to see you.

So, q one.

So I have, like, a a course side of my business, and, you know, then I’ve got the clients. And so with my workload, I just wanted to get consistent on Instagram.

Mhmm. And I did that. And that is, like, all I needed to to do in q one. So it’s like that layer is in there.

We did also do stuff, like, built out, like, a robust testimonial, like, video testimonial, collecting system.

I used the one inside copy school.

So that felt good and just like other SOPs, SOPs and stuff are always happening over there.

So did that.

Over on the client side of things, I’m actually excited because it really was the bare minimum that I had to do. Like so the CRO stuff, like, the standardized offer and then the news retainer.

I did I wanted both of my copywriting clients, my main ones, to transition over into that, but one did. So Mhmm.

That was kind of all I wanted there.

I did want to do more market research for my standardized offer, and so I kinda need I did a little bit, but this coming quarter, I wanna do more.

So yeah. So, I mean, that that was q one. It was just getting through the workload and getting consistent on Instagram and the bare minimum for setting the foundation of starting to layer in the standardized offer.

And now I’m so happy because quarter two, one of my retainer clients, we parted ways. And that is, like, the best thing that I think could happen because now I’m like, I have space now I to build up the standardized offer, and that’s, like, my conversion rate optimization offer. Yeah. And that is what I want to sell from here on out.

So, yeah, my first q two goal is just to get my SQL up. Like, I was purposely not even working on that because it just wasn’t a focus. I just needed this, like, course stuff. So get my SQL stuff just in nine grid or something on Instagram, just some initial information.

I don’t have the bandwidth yet to create content, for that side of my business. I have a separate Instagram account for my CRO stuff. So just nine grid SQL because I have some networking stuff coming up this month.

And I’m launching my course, doing a live launch. So I wanna just keep it at that. And then if I could maybe have, like, one more baby step with my CRO stuff, like like, maybe towards the end of the quarter, find the bandwidth to also properly be, like, building an audience around that.

Okay.

And I did yeah. Yeah. That’s that’s it. I I did buy, like, a a course the other day from Latisse Hudson of, like, just setting up Facebook and Instagram ads.

So maybe if I do, like, just a really even if it’s just audience building Yep.

I like her promise of, like, just three or five dollar in ad spend a day. Mhmm.

So I think maybe playing with that, doing the beginnings of that for the course side of things for next quarter.

Yeah. That’s a superpower if you can acquire that skill. It takes so much pressure off. But I love that. I love how you’ve, obviously, like, let go of one of those retainer clients and feel amazing about it.

I definitely resonate with the relief when you let go of something that was taking up a bunch of bandwidth that isn’t the thing. Right? Isn’t the thing now. Is it isn’t the thing later, and it just liberates that energy.

So, yeah, I love that.

In full transparency, they let go me.

No.

We’re we’re we’re gonna phrase it the other way around.

Yeah. But they were, like, they were very easy to work with for, like, over a year, but they did there’s lots of stuff, like, a couple little, like, red flag things. Like, we would sell out their launch every time we live launched. Like, I made her so much money.

We just had another not I made her. I was a part in making that. But they were the type where, you know, we’d make, like, one twenty five, one fifty sales in a launch, and then they’d be like, alright. They they would just wanna randomly double it for the next launch instead of Yep.

Instead of mapping the math. And I would try to so I I they were always disappointed. And I’m like, you had a multi six figure launch, like, again, and we had to, like, stop sending the sales emails again because you sold out of your seats. So it’s all good.

So the client that I do still have, she is, like, my dream client. I am, like, fully in control of their marketing in all their back end. They trust me with everything. But yeah.

So Cool.

Yeah. Clients are gonna client. That’s, like, the one thing that has been true for the last ten years that I’ve been doing this at least.

I have I have, like, a similar case, like, a client that, like, the last launch I did for them, like, just absolutely crushed. It was one of their most successful. And, like, now it just delivered everything for the next one, and it’s, like, sabotage city. Right? It’s like, where did this come from? And it’s like, I took in a client. So Mhmm.

Yeah. Yeah.

But that’s awesome. I think, like, if I could just, like, add one thing. Like, I’ve been having so much fun just, like, testing and playing around with Instagram ads. Like, the cost per lead on that and, like, high quality leads from boosted carousels to webinars has been crazy good.

So if you can have if you can have carousels that feel like organic content Yeah.

But yet slide into, obviously, the thing thing.

Yeah. The cost per lead on that has been amazing on US based audiences.

All you’re doing is just boosting here and there, or do you also have So I’m boosting every carousel, essentially.

I haven’t been testing with boosting reels, like, one piece one style at a time.

But carousels, especially if you can master the art of the first slide having a really compelling hook while also still being hyper relevant to your audience. Right? You don’t wanna make the mistake of, like, a crazy good hook that’s going to resonate with too many people that just ain’t it. Yeah.

But if you can master that balance, yeah, I’d be so curious to see what your cost per lead is. Right? I think the the one challenge I’m seeing, right, is, like, obviously, people going from Instagram straight into, you know, another ecosystem, like, where they’re not in a buying state. They’re in, like, a dopamine scrolling state.

But if you can capture the email on that next thing, do. Right? You can also test that with, ManyChat instead. But, yeah, different ways to go about it, but definitely seeing positive indicators on the Instagram side.

And Awesome.

It so beats, like, posting four times a day to try to grow organically. So yes.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. Thanks for that. And I’m glad those are working out for you. That’s I’m happy for you. That is awesome.

Cool. So, like, what’s one thing that would really make q two, like, an epic, this worked quarter for you?

Having the SQL funnel done and starting to create content, on that side of things, just the beginning of things, Having a sec somehow without having that set up, still, like, getting a client. I I am there’s a couple cool things happening this month in person.

Mhmm.

So if I could turn a relationship there into a CRO client, that would be an epic win. And then if my launch did decently, just somewhat decently, that would be an epic win.

And yeah.

Awesome. Cool. Well, we will be following up on all of the above.

Okay. Cool.

Awesome. Thanks, Caitlin.

Thanks, Ray. About to ask questions.

Go for it. Kayla, are you up for a receiving question?

So your client who because I have this issue with one of mine, but we normally combat it with data. Right? Like, hey. Last time you did this, and so based on the leads, the conversion rate, like, the most you’re going to make is this. And then the the low goal is this, which you proved they made. Right? So are they basing their their feelings on data, or do you think they just wanted to work with someone else?

I think so. The for the first thing, like, they do claim to be doing a lot of stuff, like, in terms of data.

Mhmm.

But, they, like, kinda keep me at an arm’s length. Like, I’m so and I kinda haven’t pushed it. But with, like, their goals, I would kinda question it and be like, hey. You’re, like, you’re you’re doubling your sales goal without doubling your email list or, like, close to doubling your email list. Like, that is certainly a stretch, but they would be like, we’re confident we know, like, based on how their Facebook ads are doing, based on how x y and z. They’re like, we we’re confident we know that we can get there. And it would be like a mystery of, like, how they could get there.

But, you know, with your second question, yeah, I think there also is, like, a level of they said they wanna bring it in house. They want to be able to pivot quickly.

They said that, like, they didn’t always have and their one valid thing is I’m terrible with deadlines. Like, I will be the first one to tell people that I struggle.

And and it’s just because my workload is too big that I couldn’t let anyone go because financially, I’m like, no.

So I know that that hindered me. Like, so if anything for me to, like, review and look back on, I’m like, I know that. But I would, like, unabashedly just be like, I’m late. You’re getting it when you’re getting it. So that did kinda knit me and kick me in the butt this time. But, yeah, I I for, like, I I don’t know. Like, I don’t know if it is a performance thing or if they just wanna in house, they just wanna take over, they just think that they can do better.

I don’t know.

That’s really good, and it’s actually really helpful for me. So some I have one client who also is taking their email marketing in house, but to save money. And I couldn’t take the in house job because it was too much of a cut for me. And then the other thing that you said that, so I can definitely relate to that, and that is happening with some people.

But, yeah, I do try to focus on data, and I try to keep my own stats as much as possible.

But I understand what you’re saying, and I think you’ll be happier.

So Yeah.

Yeah. Thank you. Yeah.

Awesome. Who wants to jump in?

I’m happy to go.

Yeah. You’re up, Katie.

Okay. So I opened my goal setting doc and then got kind of overwhelmed with frustration, so I didn’t read the whole thing.

I think maybe, Cody, this is similar to what you said, but, like, my my key one goals were very ambitious and perhaps, you know, written from that belief that, like, I will become a new person in the new year who has different habits and and, like, a different relationship with time management.

So the goal that was accomplished was that I closed my first ever client for my signature offer.

So that’s great. That’s a huge win, especially since I have been marketing it since, like, September.

And this was the first one I feel I’m like, life habit of mine is that I always go to the biggest, most complex thing and then just keep going with that versus starting with an easy sell and then working up to the big complex thing. Mhmm.

But this is the second time I have proven that if you wait long enough, it will eventually work. So it’s not the fastest way, but it did work.

But that has obviously unlocked all these other challenges of per my goals.

Like, what I what I did read was twenty twenty five will be a success if at the end of the year, I employ five people and I’m generating four hundred k in revenue.

And that was based on I would really like to be hiring copywriters because I like strategy and marketing and sales, and I don’t really like delivery.

Like Mhmm. I just all of my really, like, excitement about the project kind of goes up in smoke, like, once the project’s closed.

Mhmm.

So in this ideal world, I’m hiring a copywriter.

Also, I’m you know, we’ve got the optimization retainer on the back end. So I’m I’ve got this one project sold, then we’re going into the optimization retainer.

I would like to hire and train and keep selling.

And yet, in the real world, never delivered this offer before. So, like, zero SOPs exist. I’m very much making like, not that I’m making up as I go along because I have been refining the framework, but I’m applying the framework for the first time.

I’m kind of figuring out, like, do these hypotheses actually Mhmm.

Work. Right.

So that I’m like, the the this this will go live mid May.

Retainer kicks in June first.

And you know what? I’m still marketing, but I also like, do I even have the bandwidth to sell another one right now?

Like, I could book a call. I mean, I’ve I’ve said that I only wanna sell one signature offer a month, so, like, they would be starting in May.

But I still don’t even know that I have the capacity on my own to be, like, you know, on calls with people, like, doing the doing the sales qualifying stuff.

So I don’t know if it’s that I need a reality check or that I need, like, some systems in place to help with that. But, yeah, I’m, like, celebrating the win while also kind of looking forward for this quarter being like, what is a realistic expectation, and how can I get that get the realistic expectation as close to my ideal as possible?

For sure. What’s the price point on your offer again?

Twenty k.

Right.

So if you did close one tomorrow at twenty k, would you be able to figure it out, like, between maybe getting like, a second one?

Yep. If you sold a second one tomorrow, like, would that excite you, and would you be able to, like, get the help you need to deliver it, or it would put you into panic mode?

It would probably put me in panic mode, but I tend to do well ish in panic mode. Like yeah. I feel like yeah. Go ahead.

So so you’ve created like, you’ve already done the work for the one you sold. Right?

Like, it’s being deployed in May No.

It’s so I did they bought the audit. I broke off the the research phase as an audit. They bought that. So that has been delivered. And now, just on Tuesday, we had the kickoff call for, like, the copy like, the actual execution and implementation. So the writing and the implementation is happening over the next four to six weeks.

Got it. Cool. So that’s gonna be your opportunity, right, to systematize it even, like, minimum viable SOPs for it. Right? Like, don’t get, like, the perfectionist mindset here and feel they need to be, like, beautifully and perfectly documented.

Okay.

But but just gauntlet thrown.

Okay.

Like I’ve seen this a lot.

But, like, simply, like totally. Like, document your process of delivery, right, from, like, what am I thinking about? What am I doing? What am I delivering? Right? And you could definitely use AI systems to turn that into a checklist. Right?

And then, right, once you’ve done that, you’ll either have some SOPs, right, to ideally maybe partner with somebody, right, who is already fairly competent. It’s probably not gonna be refined enough to take somebody who’s never in copy before, right, and have them deliver, like, up to your standard.

Or perhaps you’ll have the confidence of, like, next time I do this, perhaps I could do it in half the time, right, where your dollar per hour literally doubles. Right? And I think that’s an ideal place to get to first.

One thing I’ve noticed with standardized offers is, like, you know, the efficiency scale. Right? Like, from project to project to project. Right?

I get better. I get faster. I get more confident, and my systems get tighter. Right?

So, ideally, right, you can get to a place of confidence following this one where almost you’re like, I want to do the next one. And just like, I love the goal of seeing how much I can make per hour. Right? Like, I’m like, you know, make the sale for ten grand, fifteen grand, and, like, how many hours can I do this and then still deliver up to my standard? Right?

And I would challenge you to do that. Right? Like, calculate how many hours it takes, create the SOPs, and then, like, get excited about slashing the time to deliver the same quality in half. Right?

And see if we can I like that?

My ADHD likes the gamification of that. It’s like, normally, I hate time tracking, but I’m like, I like the idea of challenging myself to be better.

Yeah. It’s so much fun. Like, I mean, at least I geek out on it. Because this wasn’t a game that I was able to, like, play with myself, like, two years ago.

Right? Like, without AI, without a standardized offer, this game doesn’t exist. Mhmm. But with those two yeah.

Like, it is within the realm of possibility to cut delivery time in half the second time you do something, which I think is really fascinating and really cool to lean into.

So, yeah, I’d, I’d encourage you to bring some joy in that gamification if that’s how your brain kind of aligns with it.

And once you’ve done that, I’d say, like, once you’ve delivered the second one or the third one at a level of efficiency that, like, you know, gives you confidence to sell more of these things, that’s when maybe you can consider, like, getting some help. And maybe at that point, like, you’re so freaking efficient with this thing that you just feel amazing making twenty grand in five days because that’s what you could do. Right? And I don’t think anyone would really complain about making twenty grand in five days of work. So, yeah, see where that lands. But in the meantime, if, like, your funnel is, like, obviously working and up to speed, like, I’m guessing that’s where this client came from, like, from your workshop funnel?

Or no.

This came from a a direct pitch.

Okay. Very cool. Yeah. Yeah. Nice. Is that something that you’re gonna be replicating, like, in your marketing process?

Or Yes.

But, yeah, I have kind of gone into this. I’m, like, potentially success sabotaging mode of being like, okay. Now pull back all pull back all marketing in case somebody else reaches out and you can’t handle it. But, yeah, I do think that pitching works really well just because the offer is contingent on their existing offer suite and ecosystem.

It helps for me to hand select.

Right. Very cool. I love it. Get out of self sabotage mode. I think it’s the ice storm that’s messing with your brain.

Right? No one want like, I definitely didn’t wanna do work today. Like, I saw that and, like, I’m gonna self sabotage every opportunity I ever have because I just wanna stay in bed. But no.

You got this.

I think it’s I did work in the dark with a candle burning, and it was really cozy, so I thought I want the witchy vibe.

Because you lost power or you wanted the witchy vibe?

I just wanted the witchy vibes.

Right? Nothing wrong with that. Cool.

I think. Right.

Yeah. Congrats on that sale. I think it validates it. Your marketing works. Your sales works. And now, obviously, you’re refining delivery, and that’s gonna give you confidence through q two. So, yeah, keep us posted.

Thanks, Katie.

Alright.

Anyone else wanting to share their q one, their q two, their own version of their own witchy vibes?

Or I guess I’ll go.

Alright. You’re right.

Let’s just say that, my q one went to shit in a very quickly.

Went to shit in February. I got really, really sick. So February was lost, half of March.

So now I’m basically starting over.

But, really, it’s q two is about being consistent with the newsletter, actually creating a newsletter, and then getting my SQL funnel built up.

So really getting that authority and then the funnel going.

Cool. Which one has, like, priority for you?

Like, obviously, we’re gonna get Priority for me priority for me is gonna be the newsletter, really building that authority Mhmm.

For my standardized offer.

Yep. Sweet. What do you see as, like, the connection between the newsletter and selling your standardized offer?

Really, the newsletter is gonna be around, my standardized offer is, lead gen and sales funnels.

Mhmm.

So, it’s really kind of everything to do with funnels, emails, ads, CRO, just kind of building my authority that way.

I do have a project I’m working on right now. So, hopefully, I’ll have well, according I I did see Cody. I did see Shane’s deal the last month. Mhmm. Oh, you lucky duck you.

Yeah.

Nobody’s sure what they mean. And then all of a sudden, it’s like, oh, hey.

Let me help with that.

That’s like, yay.

But I liked his idea of you don’t need the the case studies is, like, you need to show the metrics and the ROI of what you can offer the company.

And since I don’t have any case studies right now, it’s like, oh, I like that idea. That, I could sell.

Yeah. I I thought that was very eye opening too.

Yeah.

So it’s like, okay. I don’t need to worry about a case study. I just need to get these get the newsletter consistent, get the funnel built, and then, really, when I get somebody in, you know, pitch them with the ROI calculator and show them what I can make them.

Yeah.

So that’s kind of where I’m going for q two.

Oh, so by the end of q two, we have a newsletter that is up and running. Is it a weekly newsletter?

Or biweekly.

Biweekly. So twice per week or once every two weeks?

Once every two weeks.

Is there a standard of what biweekly means, or am I right task which one it is? Because I’ve been confused my entire life.

Biweekly is you usually once every two weeks.

Okay. So what would be twice per week?

Or wait. No. Biweekly. Not weekly. Monthly. God.

Bi monthly.

Not enough coffee this morning. Sorry.

Not enough.

Alright. We gotta reload. It’s both. Right? You could anyway.

It’s both. Yeah. No. Biweekly is bullshit. Yeah. That would be way too much. Yeah.

Yeah.

I remember, like Oh, bimonthly.

So once every two weeks. So two newsletters a month.

Very cool.

So never promise a month.

Let’s just leave it.

There you go. Never promise your clients biweekly calls because they’re definitely gonna expect one and you’re gonna deliver the other.

So Yeah. So Cool.

Sweet. So we look forward to seeing newsletter established biweekly and your SQL funnel. Correct?

Yep. Yep.

Sweet. Awesome. Cool. Alright. Who has not shared yet? I’ll go. Perfect. You’re not.

Do, and separately, since I since I’m just starting all this, I had already made, kind of a a year’s plan, and I realized that that’s probably the problem.

I shouldn’t be doing a yearly plan. I should really just be doing right now now a quarterly plan. So, the quarterly plan that I put together, it just it didn’t even happen. It it’s and and I listened to all of you talk, and I wrote down a lot of notes because I was like, well, why are my goals not realistic and sustainable? Why does everything feel so overwhelming?

I think part of it is that I didn’t know what I was committing to. I wasn’t sure if the path that I’m on is even the right one. So it felt like I’m writing these goals, and I and I was still developing my vision of what I want out of all of this.

It’s kinda why I’m here. And Mhmm. But I didn’t really know, like, you know, I’m I’m I was starting to do things before I’d actually thought through things. Mhmm.

And I realized also that I do everything myself, and I don’t have enough time to execute everything. You know? I’m I’ve got a a three day a week client retainer project for the rest of the year that I am working on that does take up time.

I have this little client that I just cannot seem to just offload and get done.

I’ve got a personal I’ve got a major move happening.

So I’m like, oh my god. This is all you know, it’s all taken all of this out. But at the same time, I know, you know, it’s partly my own standard of work is too high. I do I don’t have necessarily a standardized offer system, and and that’s something we’re actually working on right now.

And and I also feel like some of it is a mindset problem. It’s my inability to focus on one thing instead of trying to do all of the things at once, which is a big panic. Right? It’s, I feel like I’m constantly on a hamster wheel and panicking about what I haven’t done versus just getting something done. Mhmm.

So if I ask myself, well, what do I wanna get done in q two?

I I think the answer is that I need to do something that revolves around systems and creating systems and not revenue goals because I’d Yep. Because I do have a revenue, you know, revenue coming in no matter what with this other client that covers what I need.

Perfect.

Yep.

So that that’s first.

You know, I think that, you know, there’s a lot of things I could be doing first. Clearly, I could be doing things like, you know, working on my visibility, my authority. I could be billing I have, like, zero email list because I usually I don’t get clients that way. Mhmm. But that’s not gonna work for what I wanna do. And so or do I focus on defining and building that standardized offer that I need to be building along with really developing this framework that I’ve been creating?

Yeah.

So yeah. Or should I be testing it on an actual real client? And I’m worried that if I test it out on a real client at this point, because it’s not really done yet, is that it will dis distract me from actually building up the system.

Mhmm. Right. Well, you touched upon, like, one thing that is, like, super relevant to everyone, and it resonates with me. Right?

That, like, capacity is always gonna be a constraint. And when I make goals, I overestimate capacity. Like, just guilty of it. Right?

For some reason, I think that my business exists outside of me as a human being with biology. Right? And, you know, doesn’t quite work that way. Right?

Like, you know, kids get sick. People get sick. Right? People get tired. Ice storms happen.

I slip on ice. Tail bones break. All these things happen.

And sometimes you just don’t wanna, and then you do wanna. Right?

So, yeah, it’s like capacity as a constraint could be a limiting factor, could be a beautiful thing. I think once you get real really honest with it, right, like, it just cuts away so many of the things that you could be doing, but it just doesn’t crack the list. Right? Like, from everything you just said, there are a few things that serve you, like, long term, right, with where you wanna go.

Right? I think, like, systems, a standardized offer is part of a system. Right? And I think if your financial needs are covered in the interim, that’s like a beautiful place to start.

Right? Like, you can create leverage from this position you’ve already earned. Right? You can leverage all the stuff you’ve already done, all the financial resource you already have and have ongoingly, and use this period to set yourself up for the next chapter of your business.

And I think that’s a great place to be, and it just begins with acknowledging capacity. Right? You just said it. Like, I have two days per week, right, to really dial this in.

Right? That’s, like, how many hours per week realistically. Right? Because I don’t know if you can hit eight hour days.

I can’t hit them, and I’m Yep.

Like No.

Not right now. I’m in that one. Yep. Now with the correct today even trying to move and all that stuff. Yeah. I’m lucky if I get four hours a day of solid work right now.

Totally. And magic can happen with four hours a day if they’re being properly applied. Right? Yeah.

So it’s like there’s so much danger in overestimating how many hours you have and then running into the reality of, like, oh, shit. I don’t have that. That’s where overwhelm comes into play. That’s where self defeat comes into play.

Right? But it’s, like, eight hours a day. How are you going to, you know, apply those to really be a pivotal turning point?

It it’s, it’s burnout. I mean, you know, I’m coming off of two years of of severe burnout with Mhmm. This client that I let go in January.

Right.

And I’ve shifted to a client that is much more appreciative, much more the work is much more strategic. It’s not just a shit ton of copy and, you know, like like, I was doing an entire launch in on in three weeks. Everything being designed, copy, and everything. And I just I was doing that for three years, and I can’t do it anymore. And Yep.

I think I’m still getting used to the idea of space Mhmm.

And what it what space does mean and and, you know, and what does it mean to be not burned out. But I think it’s also about trying to do something consistently that will restore the confidence that I have in my abilities. Because right now, I think that that client has just trashed my confidence.

Mhmm. And we were doing consistent six figure launches. It’s it’s crazy. You know? And and but we were doing, like, ten launches a year, and I can’t Mhmm. You know? I I I need to focus that energy on myself, and and that’s a really hard shift right now.

Yeah. And you’re just coming out of that. Right? You said that that stopped in January?

Yeah. Yeah. And I picked up this other client in February.

So Yeah.

Luckily, this client is just it’s it’s a totally different pace, and they wanna do things right. And it’s it’s just so different, and I’m doing different work.

Yeah.

I’m not really copywriting anything.

I’m doing, like, strategy, and I’m doing wireframes, and I’m doing, you know, helping with that kind of work. And so it isn’t the Mhmm. It’s definitely like Sherbet right now. Mhmm. All very different.

Does your system relax if you assure that it’ll never have to do that shit again and run through that? Like, does it mean when you say that?

Yeah. It’s interesting. I hadn’t really thought of it that way. But yeah. Yes. I mean, the day that I quit, I was like Yeah.

Being on air, and there was a different palatable release, I guess, that happened. Yeah.

You know?

Just yeah. It it is.

It’s it but I think my nervous system is still, like Mhmm.

It makes sense. Right? It’s been running on that for a while.

I think It’s a lot it’s a lot of PTSD from being there.

Yeah. What might be useful and, like, take it as an invitation, not as a hard recommendation. But from this place that you’re in right now, you get to set your own standards, right, for what this chapter of your business and career look like. Right? And it could be, like, three to five things that you’re available for and not available for. Right?

And just repeat them and just assure your system that, like, these standards are nonnegotiable. Right? We’re not gonna settle for this kind of dynamic where we’re on a constant creation cycle, right, without Yeah. The ability to take a breath, right, where your new standard might be working with clients who appreciate you.

Right? That’s not a standard for every copywriter. Some copywriters will just, like, do the job if that’s the job and the relations are what they are. Right?

But, like, you do set that standard for yourself. And I think coming from a place of burnout, that would probably help you a lot.

It it does. And that and that actually was the standard for working with new clients at this point. Mhmm. It’s a it’s a very different standard because I’m, you know, I took a cut in in what I’m bringing home in revenue, and that’s okay for now. Yeah. But I see it as a necessary reset in order to you know, I made this I made this expert a lot of money over the last five years.

And Mhmm.

You know, her her parting words to me were basically like, well, I wasted all this money on marketing over the last Oh, gosh.

And I was like, oh my god.

You know? And and coming from that sort of abusive feeling, it’s I just will I’ve learned a lot to never put myself in that position again.

Yeah. Yeah. I’m sorry that lesson was so harsh, but I’m happy to see that you are translating those into pretty fierce boundaries. And, hopefully, over the coming weeks and months, your system will continue to relax, and you’ll feel essentially, the new chapter that you’re leaning into from it.

But, yeah, it’s it’s crazy. Client clients will climb. Right? We said it earlier. Right? Like, I’ve had clients too in the past, right, where, you know, I’ve tried to convince them with data and beliefs can be rigid.

Right? What they want is rigid. Right? And, obviously, data and calculators and ROI improving all this is super helpful and necessary.

Like yeah. Some arguments, some battles, some dynamics just aren’t meant to sustain is what I realized. And I think that when you have confidence in your abilities and your skills and your who you are, right, it’s like there’s no such thing as, like, you know, losing a client. They’re scanning the opportunity.

Like, what you can do with cleared up bandwidth and cleared up mental space and cleared up energy, like, it’s probably far more valuable than what we settle for in suboptimal situations. So, yeah, I think that’s something to proceed with confidence on. And I could just keep yapping for two more minutes to, like, fill the space, but I wanna know if there’s any, like, closing thoughts, reflections from anyone here. And, yeah, floor is yours.

Hey, Roy. Can I just quick share mine?

Yep. Oh, of course. Sorry.

No. No. No. You’re cool. I first quarter, I just let myself off the hook with all things authority. I didn’t have to worry a ton luckily about client stuff because I was booked.

Mhmm. So and this is gonna sound insane, but second quarter, I’m not letting myself off the hook with authority. I’m figuring it out, but I think it’ll match. My number one target is I kind of have three core offers that I really need to decide what’s the standardized offer and what’s really either needs to be cut or maybe further down the line as I develop the book agency stuff. It’s at the different stages of writing, publication, and ongoing.

So, anyway, so the target is to sell at least one of each of those offers in this quarter for all sorts of other reasons. Right? It’ll I have to build my authority to get those in. I have to do cold, warm, all that kind of stuff. And then also the SOPs and all that will continue to get better as I do it. So, yeah, that’s basically it.

Yeah. And do you feel like you have, like, a clear pathway for selling all three offers?

Like, do they have similar marketing or a similar avatar?

Similar in that yes. Just different stages because, obviously, they’re different stages of the process. But, yes, I think so. Prana and I walked through, how I could do it. So I have kind of a thirty day challenge. She’s kinda a gauntlet she threw down for me. So I have, content marketing kind of cold pitching, all the things, basically.

And I’m guessing you’re already a few days into the thirty day challenge?

I am. Alright.

So when should we be following up with you?

Let’s see. Well, I it ends officially on April thirtieth, so May first. And the only thing I might need accountability on is I did get a project in closed yesterday, but it wasn’t one of the three. It was, like, a pre project to prove value to my standardized offer, and I tend to do that. I instead of holding to my guns or really figuring out the sales call or what I need to do to convince them on the standardized offer, I’ll adjust and you know? Does that make sense? And so I kinda created another freaking offer, and I it’s I don’t wanna do this, but it might convince them to invest in the standardized offer after this project.

But Is it is it profitable for you to prove yourself in that way?

Like, it’s a next question out of rhetorical one.

No. Yeah. I figured it out, and it’s it is profitable. It’s something I can quick turn around. And, I mean, I always love I don’t like turning turning away good decent money. So, for me, it gets me excited anyway.

Mhmm. And I love the person. So yeah, the I think it’ll be okay, but I could be sing singing a different tune in a few weeks. Who knows?

Alright. I think it’s a good test. Right? But, ultimately, like, you know, with three and a half offers, that could get complex pretty quick.

Yes.

And I’m sure by the end of the month, you’ll have greater clarity on what stays and what goes.

Exactly. That’s what I’m that’s all I want is just clarity.

So Very cool.

Awesome. And sorry if I’m missing you.

I was looking at, like No.

No. No.

It number squares. Thank you.

Yeah.

I appreciate the time.

Awesome. Beautiful. Well, any, closing thoughts or reflections?

Is there time for a question?

Yeah. Totally. If anyone doesn’t need to jump off, definitely feel free. But, yeah, I’m, I’m not in a rush, so go for it.

Okay. Thank you.

So totally switching gears.

I’m working on so this is the first time I’m in my client’s tech, and we set up a split test of their evergreen sequence. So we’ve got the control, and then we’ve got the new sequence.

And I realized yesterday, I might have made a mistake.

In the automation, should I have so the the old sequence, it has, like, the thousands of people who went through it before. So when I just do quick glance looking at, like, open and click rates, it’s the the thousands of people. And then, obviously, the new one is, like, the sixty people who came in yesterday.

Mhmm.

Did I mess up? Like, I because I’m thinking, like, I should have just duplicated the old sequence, like, started everything at zero.

Mhmm.

So my question is, should I just go to the client and try to make this change now, or is there a workaround I could do for April and then make that change in May to, like What’s it? Figure out the What what system are they in?

Kit.

Kit. Are you able to just kind of, like, track the monthly of the old ones so that you’re not seeing all the old data?

I haven’t figured that out easily. I I haven’t.

Maybe. I don’t think so, though, because there’s no filters to to customize, like, date range when I’m looking at the reports of a sequence.

Right. I would double check just to see if there’s any ways to filter the data to only get a snapshot of the last seven days, fourteen days. Right? Because you you definitely want to have a comparable side by side time period of both. Right?

Because, like Yeah.

Those thousands of people who’ve been through that sequence before, I’m guessing that’s been over the last year or two.

Or Yeah.

Yeah. Right? Mhmm.

So different context. Right? You know, different exposure. You definitely wanna compare, like, leads now versus leads now, right, to get a true accurate snapshot.

So, yes, if that’s not possible via, filtering, if at all possible, yes, to, like, duplicate it right and, yeah, get it clear. Yeah.

Yeah.

Okay. Is anyone more techie than I am have any, feedback on that? Yep. I think just like oh, go ahead.

I was gonna say, yeah, Caitlin, your your gut is right. You should have duplicated and then set that against your new.

Yeah. I’m not familiar with kits, so there has to be a way to filter date filter, or there should be.

Yeah. I’ll ask their support team.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I there was so much other stuff. I was, like, figuring it out, and it was taking all so long.

And then I’m like, shoot. What, like, an obvious oversight? Like, how did I do that? But okay.

Cool. Thank you, everyone.

It’s easy to do. I’ve done that before.

Now you know. Lesson learned. But, yeah, you definitely don’t wanna have your funnel go up against results from a different context, right, and people who’ve experienced different things. So yeah.

Cool.

Alright. Well, hopefully, no more natural disasters.

And, yeah, I’m still here for the witchy stuff. So keep that up, spreading ashes, lighting candles, and doing all the things. But, yeah, have an amazing day to everyone, and definitely keep in touch on the chats and reach out on any follow ups from anything today or even just things you’re looking on that you feel I could help with. I’m here for it. So welcome to the new folks. Thanks for showing up and sharing so bravely and awesomely, and, talk to you guys soon. Bye for now.

Media Training – Part II

You're a Media Brand (Part II): Publishing & Promoting on Social Media

Transcript

Excellent. Well, everybody is, I know, filing in, but we have a good amount to cover today.

So, you should have today, part two of you are a media brand. This one is on publishing and promoting.

So publishing and promoting media, it’s basically a better word than content, which can sound quite dull.

Media shouldn’t be dull. It’s gotta entertain and engage and do all of those things. But that’s what this is about today. We’re gonna focus on LinkedIn, not because it’s the thing that you should use, but because so many people when I say use Instagram, they’re like, can I just use LinkedIn?

Fine. So I’m giving in, but this is also a good thing for you to apply to Instagram, and anywhere else that you might be well, you’re creating your content for you, but then there’s the question of where are you publishing it and where are you promoting it.

We are going to have Ross Simmons in in April. More on that soon. I wanted him in this month to talk about repurposing content or media, but he won’t be able to come in until April. So just know that we’ll be talking about repurposing a good amount over the next few weeks. And it’s something that if you’re watching this and you think, oh, I

have to, you know, there’s some oh, yeah. I have to create that to create that. I hope if you have content creation or media creation on your calendar, you also have at least the same size work block for content promotion.

You probably already have everything you need to really build your brand saved on a drive somewhere. So let’s spend less time rattling off making stuff and more time just promoting the really good shit you’ve already got. That doesn’t mean you don’t have to create anything new, especially if what you have is not on brand for what you’re doing now. But we’ll get into that. Okay. So I’m going to share my screen, and then we’ll get.

Share. Good. Excellent. So you already have a copy of this. Also, I believe that Sarah sent out a copy of the homework you have that you need to do this Thursday or Friday. It’s a work block. It’s in your calendar already, the Copy School Pro calendar.

We’ll talk about it at the end of today’s session, but just know that there’s more to do this week. So you got a you got a heavy week. Last week, you did this sheet. If you didn’t do this, you will struggle with what follows. So you will need this sheet from boldly week that was be bold boldly.

Say bold things boldly.

Okay. So you need to have completed this.

If you haven’t, you have to go complete it. Go do this right after the session so that you can do everything else that follows. Okay? So this is this one shown here is from last week.

Alright.

Today, we have I want us to go through and complete this and really start identifying what’s getting in the way, because sometimes what’s getting in the way of getting your voice out there, getting your name out there is just that you don’t know what your voice is. You don’t know what you’re here to say, and so that’s what last week was about. Like, let’s start nailing down what you’re going to really lean into for your brand, for what you talk about.

Then the question is, alright. What else is getting in the way? So if you’ve already got that stuff sort of sort of figured out, it might just be, oh, well, now I just have to go do it. Okay. Fine.

But there’s usually a whole bunch to it. Hold on. I see chats coming. I just wanna make sure that I’m not missing anything critical.

Oh, yeah. If, Sarah, can you chat out the link to the PDF Yeah.

For this You got it.

I’m just grabbing it right now.

Gotcha. Thanks so much. Okay.

So what I would like you to do is go through and fill in the next two sheets, not fill in the solution. Just go through and put a check on any of these things that are true for you. So what I want you to do is, basically, we’re gonna do, like, a quick look at constraints, what’s getting in the way. So page one is creating and publishing LinkedIn posts.

If it’s Instagram, then sub that in if you’re not doing LinkedIn. Don’t waste this. Say, oh, I don’t do LinkedIn. I’m not doing anything today.

No. Then do Instagram or do whatever the hell else you’re doing. If it’s YouTube, whatever it is.

But go through first and check off, which of these are the challenges. You don’t have to fill in the solution

yet. We’ll we’ll try to get through a bunch of those today.

But we wanna do that on page on this page as well as on the next page. This is technically page three and page four. Those are the only two, and then just stop. Now if you’re like, woah.

It’s everything, and you check off all of them, well, that’s gonna be really hard to address. So if you’re finding that you’re going through so read through them first and then choose a maximum of five.

Just five on this page and five on this page, and make them the really critical stuff that you know is really getting in the way.

So, for example, what is getting in the way of you creating and publishing LinkedIn posts? I don’t know what to talk about specifically. Sometimes that’s true. But could that be pretty easily solved if you just, like, sat down and put a work block in to, like, figure that thing out? Maybe. And then other ones might be a bit more dramatic for you.

Oh, no. Other copywriters are the only people who react to my LinkedIn post. That could have a lot to do with you don’t know what to talk about specifically. So you’d wanna choose between those two so that you’re not just, like, dumping every possible problem on your lap, and then, like, now you have this whole giant undertaking of figuring out LinkedIn. So just just go with five. Okay?

Per page, you’ve got it’s an it’s a quick assessment. Let’s just do until three, ten after the hour. So kinda whole last through.

Okay.

If you have questions, let me know.

No solution yet. Just check off if the problem is true for you.

I know there’s okay. Good. Perfect.

Okay. Did anybody have to limit themselves to five as they went through, or were you were you okay? Yeah? A little bit of limiting?

That’s cool. That’s fine. That’s fair. This is like nobody is repurposing and promoting. So it’s totally fair if, if you had a lot of a lot of checks here.

Now we’re not gonna dive into the solution yet, and it’s not that there is a single solution. You already surely, when you look at this and you go, oh, it’s other people already saying what I say or would say, a solution, you can come up with that. Say something different. Say it differently than other people are saying it, or don’t worry what other people are saying and just start saying the thing that you need to say.

So we don’t have to get too precious about finding the most perfect solution. You really just have to first identify, okay. These are the biggest things that are getting in the way.

Now does anybody want to ask a question or share a thought about any of the points that you checked off on either of these, such as, hey. I have no fresh ideas. What the hell do I do? Or anything like that.

No? Not yet? Andrew, you do?

Yeah. I have I have a question about the the other copywriters. They’re the only ones who react to my LinkedIn posts.

I I was just wondering I don’t know if this is the right time for it, but, like, I often think about, like, that I’m making the content I’m making seems very applicable to other copywriters. And, like, how do I go up a level to the things that the people who hire copywriters are thinking about and care about?

So Yeah.

I think that’s a really good, observation and, you know, challenge.

What seems to be true, and I’d love others’ thoughts on this as well, but what seems to be true for us is the less love that a post gets, the better it is for actual quality leads. So if you’re saying something that everybody loves, you’re getting a lot of engagement with, then it’s not as good. So we were posting about solution designs two weeks ago knowing the average beginner copywriter will never give a shit about this. They don’t care, and that’s good.

Did we get a lot of love on them? Nope. But did we get some pretty cool leads and contacts out of it? Yep.

The right kinds.

So say more boring things. Just say it in a bold, nonboring way. I would say, yeah. That’s a starting point. That’s what we’re seeing. It doesn’t mean it’s the answer, but it’s an answer.

Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Jess?

Yeah. One of the things or, actually, I think two of the things kinda go hand in hand for me is, like, posting to the sound of crickets and I think specifically on LinkedIn because I am just starting to get into it, so I don’t really have a lot of, like, people on there.

But that kinda goes hand in hand with, like, I don’t wanna publish crap and contribute to the LinkedIn landfill.

Like, when I go on and I see some of the stuff that has so much, like, engagement that I’m like I’m like, what? It like, is this even adding anything? And then, yeah, I just, like, I find myself kinda spiraling when I’m on there, and then I just wanna, like, hide away.

Yeah. Yeah. I get that. Others are nodding as well.

So okay. Do you find also, Jess, that it’s copywriters that react to your stuff or your ICP?

Copywriters and not my ICP. Definitely not my ICP. Like, people who, you know, I went to college with, which, like, I went to college to be a massage therapist. So it’s like you know what I mean? Like, people like that. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah.

So one of the things that I often wonder is, and that I’ve found helpful is, when other people get a say in your business.

So other people are posting about things you wanna post about, and you’re just gonna let them be the only ones posting about that thing. So to me, I’m like, they don’t get to tell me what I’m gonna post about. Let them post whatever stupid bullshit they wanna post whether they think it’s good or not. I know that I’m really good at what I do, and I’m going to post what I wanna post. And if it’s already been said, well, it hasn’t been said by me yet, so I’m going to see it. And I feel like that’s part of the thing where you, like, have I don’t know.

I don’t like to think of other people making my business decisions. And if it’s just that someone else is already saying it, if they’re saying it crappy, then perfect because you’re not going to say it crappy. Like, you’re gonna make it good.

And then if they’re saying it well, great. Then you’ve already had validation of a sort that it’s a message possibly worth putting out there unless you’re seeing that they’re not getting engagement, then you’re like, cool. Now I’ve seen that I shouldn’t publish that, or maybe they are behind the scenes getting interesting, engagement from the right audience.

But we all know that one of the biggest things that’s holding everybody here back is, oh, no. There’s so much crap out there. I can’t possibly participate.

Meanwhile, it’s like what’s that? Idiocracy?

That show do you remember that movie Idiocracy?

Yeah. But I’m not saying it’s the LinkedIn is filled with idiots. I think it’s just it’s an example of, woah. You let all the wrong people do all the talking, and then all the wrong people do all the talking.

So you better, like, find a way in is a take on it. Yeah. Just start saying things. They don’t get to tell you not to say things just because they’re posting shit.

Yeah. Claire?

This isn’t really related to all of the things here, but it somehow is a bit. But, I I’ve started to struggle with the format with, like, the highly repeatable social media format for videos and for text posts.

Because now when I when I go on to LinkedIn, I know and I know that until I’m, like, at five thousand followers, I have to comment. I have to add people, and that’s how you grow. Mhmm. Because that’s tons of people have told me, and I I’ve seen it work. We’re, like, in the beginning, but I I can’t stomach commenting on other people’s posts because I’m like, oh, look. An emoji. Everything is broken up line by line.

But I do the same thing.

So you you don’t wanna comment on the post because you don’t like the format of the post or you or what?

No. It’s just more like if it starts to feel the more obvious the formatting, the more I feel like, oh, this is just another marketing sales thing, not something worth reading.

Okay.

Does that make sense?

You have a higher expectation of what people should engage with.

Perhaps I’m just, like, a bit upset that people do engage with it.

I know.

And how like, what’s the good in that?

I I I hear you, Claire. Don’t get me wrong. Yeah. I know. I while they’re growing their businesses.

Yeah. I hear my I hear myself. I just wish I didn’t feel like, ugh, I’m writing marketing stuff every time I started. You know?

How can you stop feeling that way?

I do a do a do if it’s something that you stop feeling.

How do you get past it?

Pull up pull up your boots, icebox.

Just, like, shut up.

Put on your big girl hot and you’re like, move forward.

This is me building my business.

This is what biz dev needs, so this is what I’m gonna do. It doesn’t mean you have to, like, succumb to all the crap you don’t like, but you’re in experimentation. What if you tried an experiment where you post that way for a month and see if it works?

It’s like Okay. Give it the thirty day cookie and move on.

Oh, Katie has a reframe for you. My ICP will be so happy to read some refreshing content. That’s actually good.

Yeah. That’s the difference here. Right? Like, we’re not talking this room isn’t filled with people who are bullshit artists.

So you already are more likely to make good stuff.

So what if it has to be formatted in a crappy way, or what if it looks like, you know, bro marketing or something? Because it’s not.

And then, Andrew, you have a post a comment. What if each post was designed with a specific person in mind? You just tried to make something that genuinely helps them. Yeah.

Yeah. If it’s getting in the way of your business, then you you gotta stop it, which is like, woah. That was obvious time, but, like, yeah.

Kind of. I know for a fact I have done and written and said things where I’m like, alright. Because for me, when I was starting out and building my business, it was whatever Google wanted. Whatever Google wanted, you had to do it exactly as and that was, like, fatiguing. I don’t wanna write for this nonsense. That’s not the right way to do it, but you have to. Okay.

So let’s move on.

Okay. I do want you to think about it this way. So I know that as business owners, we, quote, unquote, wear a lot of hats, obviously.

One of those is we’re our own content strategist, and so we have to be like, give ourselves performance reviews every so often for the different roles that we’re in. How are you doing as your own content strategist?

If you’re like, well, I didn’t get a chance to do my job this quarter, full stop, then that content strategist gets fired. Right? Like, there’s no two ways around it. So what is your content strategist, you, doing, and how do you coach them to be better? And that’s, like, self coaching. Then we talk about it here, of course, but it will come down to you sitting and staring at your screen being your content strategist.

Okay. So there is so much out there right now, like, really recent new insights into how to use LinkedIn well.

This actually, this blog post on Hootsuite was surprisingly useful.

I’ve found it useful. You may find it useful.

Just one second.

This sucks. Construction day is no joke. Okay. Alright. So you’ve had these ideas in front of you to remove constraints.

What can we do? So we wanna go back and look through your solution, the little parts that say solution, and start solving those constraints. So Zoom is being weird.

What does your schedule look like? Does anybody have a schedule right now for creating media every month?

Great. What does it look like? Does anybody wanna share what theirs looks like if you have one? You don’t have to show it.

But, like, what are you doing to make sure that you are creating media? Because we’re also gonna talk about promoting it. How what are you doing? What’s on your list?

What happens? How does it happen?

Claire, you nodded when I said, do you have a schedule? Do you wanna share how you get your sleep?

On Friday? Okay. So this schedule doesn’t work every week because some weeks I get overwhelmed, and then it’s like a bit of a bust.

But it’s not a bust if on Friday, I write the scripts or the ideas.

And then on Monday, I go and implement on those ideas.

So the long part for me is is writing. So, yeah, if that’s done on Friday, then on Monday, I can check the writing, film a quick video, which honestly takes no more than six minutes, edit the video, which weirdly takes an hour, and then pull up a quick post. I’ve recently switched it up by adding newsletter to this list of things to do, which, like, adds a ridiculous amount of time. So I’m trying to figure out how that newsletter, which is more of a blog, can be the core content for the video so that I spend my time on Friday writing the newsletter, and that’s, like, the core. But I found that blocking off half of Friday and all of Monday is the only way I get it done.

Okay. So half of Friday and all of Monday. Yeah. And how much do you produce? How many assets?

At least two videos, and one newsletter. And each newsletter has to have a LinkedIn post. Each video has to have a LinkedIn post. I’d given up on Twitter.

So now it’s just getting published to YouTube and, LinkedIn.

And I would like to add, a long form once every two weeks, but I found that my biggest barrier to that is, like, eloquence.

Just having the confidence to talk naturally and, like, in a flow reduces the amount of editing you have to do. So that six minutes just becomes six minutes of content rather than, like, an hour of editing.

Totally. Okay. So big undertaking. You said not every week. What happens on those weeks when it doesn’t get done?

Okay. Well, this week was interesting. So I had recorded videos last Monday, two videos, and then totally ran out of steam, like, completely. Just couldn’t face editing them.

So this Monday, I edited them and wrote a newsletter.

Yeah.

And, yeah, have scheduled them. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Done it. Yeah. Stuff gets in the way, then you get back to it. Great.

Thank you so much.

Yeah. Yeah. That’s good. A little forgiveness too. You’re doing a lot.

Yeah. We I yeah. Content creation is a huge part of my week too, and you don’t see a lot of the results really quickly. Right?

You don’t even see a product, very quickly. But there it is. Anybody else? Is everybody spending at least one and a half days a week on media?

No. Getting some no’s.

One day a week ish?

If it’s divided into two hours here, one hour there, two hours there, it’s not really gonna produce that much. Right?

Okay. Zero days a week right now says Johnson. Well, then at least we’ve identified a constraint.

Right? So there, a big constraint to growth is nobody knows you’re out there doing anything.

So, Katie says one day plus a lot of messing around.

Great. Andrew’s putting two and a half two half days in your calendar right now. Yeah.

Okay.

Other things to do. So make sure that you have a repeatable schedule. So most of what we do that’s gonna make us successful as business owners is just repeat, repeat, repeat, and do it in a habit building kind of way, which requires that you put it in your calendar.

That’s why I have asked people to share screenshots of their calendars because that shows what your priorities are. And if it’s not in there, it’s not a priority.

So we gotta make a schedule, and, ideally, I recommend that you do a month’s worth of content all upfront.

So I very reluctantly filmed our LinkedIn videos in one morning. It was two hours with a videographer and then handed all the editing off to that person. It’s not as expensive as many people think it is, to get the whole thing done.

Yeah. It’s a but you have to do it, And then that turns into a month worth of content.

Claire, do you have a question about that?

Yeah. Do you script your videos? Yeah. Yeah. Start to finish? Like, no. Wow.

Yep. I then you just read it.

Then it’s done.

But that’s for that’s when I hire someone to record me and then produce it. I do have more coming up now that are, like, more how to videos, and those are less scripted and more talking points. Yeah.

Yeah.

Okay. Lizel says, is it one month’s worth of content planned one day and then create another due to all at once? Yeah. I like to so I have in my calendar planning it on one day and then scripting on another day, which usually turns into two days because I know that I will run out of steam.

And, because I also know that sometimes I’m just I can’t push through and so fine, then there’s a backup for what I need to do with that block of time in case I don’t do it. But there’s always at least two work blocks for scripting, and I just try to haul us through them. They really they can be quite short. Right?

Like, these do not have to be really long scripts, so, like, don’t overthink it, especially when you’re just trying to get, like, get the wheels moving.

It doesn’t have to be really, really long, and then film it all at once and then walk away from it. And I film in the morning so that I have energy. You should film at the time of day that you have energy to do it. So try to work block around that.

So there’s this theory that I’m thrilled to announce posts are both horrible and awesome, so it can be worth trying to do. And I’m thrilled to announce so and so just became a client. I’m thrilled to announce I’ve just launched my newsletter, whatever that might be.

Try it out. And these are, again, ideas to remove those constraints or, like, solutions to put in above. Create sub blocks for your work work blocks. That’s more of what I’m saying right here.

That’s what that’s what I do, and it helps. I don’t do repurpose with AI, though. I don’t use AI as much as I ought to. Comment on other people’s posts.

This one’s a biggie. Repost other people’s posts.

Commenting, you might get fifty eight and you don’t pay attention. A lot of them are bots. Reposts are very rare, and I know for me, I look to see who reposts because you might get four, five, six. That’s a small group of people who are really amplifying your message.

So if you want to get on the radar of your ICP, a persona that you’re targeting, repost their stuff instead of just commenting on it. And then it acts as content that you’ve created too. Right? It’s not yours, but you repost with your message above it, and now you’ve got more that’s going out into into LinkedIn.

Obviously, if you’re scheduling, I like to use Sprout Social. That’s because we’ve been grandfathered in I know it’s a bad term. With free Sprout Social since they were clients of ours a few years back, and I’m not leaving because I like saving money where you can. So there you have it.

Nice. That’s awesome, Claire. Exactly.

Set a reminder on your phone. Okay. This is the have you heard of the golden hour on LinkedIn?

The golden hour, if you’re not using it, it is what gets people ahead. And I that’s I have good friends who swear by the golden hour and now have they get six hundred likes engagement, whatever, on every post they have. They get tons of comments. It’s just like it blows up, and that’s because they followed the golden hour rule, which is basically as soon as your post goes live if you don’t make it live and you don’t know, make sure you set a reminder on your phone. Again, if you’re using Sprout Social or another scheduling tool, to post on LinkedIn or Instagram or wherever, I know that the golden hour is particularly for LinkedIn.

You need to be engaging quickly. That includes pinging people that you know, texting your friends, and saying, like, hey. Can you go over here and please engage with this properly engage with it? Like, leave a comment. Say something here.

And if you’ve included anybody in it, then making sure that you not just tag them in the post, but reach out directly to them and say, hey. That’s this is the post I was telling you I was going to do. Can you go comment on it, or can you repost it or whatever that thing might be? And don’t be afraid to ask.

You’re in biz dev. Ask someone important to repost your post if you believe it will help that grow, and it has to happen in those first sixty minutes.

So make sure that you’re doing that.

That can also be a solution. Right? So we’re talking about solutions now to those problems.

Using a this is not one that I’ve tried. This is one that I saw out there. I think it was on Reddit or something. So this is also a list for us, by the way. Use AI to find snippets in your meeting recordings like these recordings, and then you can go and talk about it afterwards. Measure and optimize, obviously, document and analyze how you crafted each post, track it. This is a note that’s pasted directly from my notes.

That’s why the capitalization is off because that was a note to self that I pasted in here. Make sure you are always tracking time of day, ease, difficulty of subject, and hook.

Final post of each month can be if you don’t know what to post about it, that is a constraint for you. Final post each month can be an analysis post of what you did on LinkedIn. It’s not going to necessarily be right for your ICP, but it keeps LinkedIn saying, oh, this person’s engaged, and people like those posts. So if you don’t know what to post and it’s the end of the month, post a recap of what you did and how it worked. Again, this is not gonna get you clients necessarily, but it might help LinkedIn better see that you are somebody who post things that are interesting to people.

Try broad versus narrow hashtags and then document what you’ve learned. There’s different schools of thought, different camps. Just try different things and see what works for you. But, again, we are all people who are in experimentation.

If you don’t write it down and identify what worked and what didn’t work and why you believe that’s true, it’s not a very good experiment. Like, you’re not that’s not good. So make sure you’re always documenting, degrees of tone. So if last week when you came up with what you’re going to say boldly, the bold thing said boldly, try a different tone, but then really push it.

Like, really try it. If there’s something that you hate that other people are doing, try it too. You might cringe and not like it very much for yourself. It’s one post.

You can replace it with others. More will come ahead of it. Don’t worry. Your ICP isn’t necessarily going to read through all of your posts from the last three years, so don’t worry too much about it.

And, of course, become obsessed with the LinkedIn algorithm. Does anybody have any other notes on what has worked for them on LinkedIn in getting engagement?

Anything you want to share with your fellow entrepreneurs?

No one.

I have one thing.

Claire, thank you.

So I added people like, connected with people, CMOs specifically, with the message like, hey. I see we’re in into the same kind of marketing stuff that I’d follow along.

And I got, like, lots of connections through that. And I think that through that, I got my one and only lead off Oh.

LinkedIn. Someone my post was pushed to them because I probably connected with them. Yeah. But yeah.

Okay.

Great. Thanks.

Anyone else?

Okay. So if no one has any notes, is LinkedIn what is LinkedIn doing for your business right now? Does anybody have any takeaways on what LinkedIn and that could be, I haven’t figured it out. It sucks. Liezl?

Yeah. So last week, I was posting a well, I posted a lot, commented a lot, and DM ed a lot.

And what I was surprised to find out is that while, yes, the people engaging on my post were people who were, like family and friends or, you know, whatever, the people who were viewing my posts and going to my profile were actually my ICP.

And they were following me even if they weren’t connecting with me. So I have a lot of followers of people who I actually want or was looking to pitch for my workshop or, you know, wanting to partner with. And now they are following me, and they do see the posts. So that was something that was really cool.

Okay. Nice. Great.

Okay.

Cody?

I think just being on there in general, helps just because, like, I had that one, cofounder reach out to me because I connected with him. He didn’t necessarily come for my for my content, but he did like, I connected with him, and he was like, oh, she helps with the thing that we might need help with. Right? So just by just being on there, I think, is important.

So my content hasn’t done, like, amazing. I mean, it gets engagement.

But as far as bringing in leads, it doesn’t bring in a lot of leads. So I think the way that I’ve got the most leads is just by just being there.

Yeah. Totally. Awesome. So another vote for just just show up. Just keep showing up. Keep doing the thing. Jessica?

I was just gonna share last I think it was last week, I posted something in reaction, which is how I do social media. I see something, and then if I feel really reactive about something, I’ll post about it. So I saw a post about why should we post at this point, you know, especially Americans, it kinda feels. So I posted about that. And as it turned out someone and I haven’t posted in forever.

I got a lead, and while the lead was not an ideal client whatsoever, it was interesting because he kind of confirmed something I’ve been kinda debating in my mind and Abby’s been coaching me on. So it kind of was like another just another, oh, yeah. Maybe I do need to explore that offer at some point. And then he also pointed out something on my LinkedIn profile that stood out to him that was also reiterated.

I like, other people had mentioned it, and I was sitting there going, okay. How can I maybe optimize my website more for that point? Because it seems to be an important Joe, basically, he was like, oh, I saw you were the head of cop publishing for copy hackers, and other people have noted that. And I was like, oh, maybe I need to lean on that a little bit more.

I guess I don’t lead with that very often.

Yeah. Nice. Good. So you’ve got good VOC that’s helping you actually modify how you’re not necessarily positioned, but one of your primary messages.

Yeah. Exactly.

Dig it. Love it.

Claire says it’s building her credibility.

Awesome. So I’m imagining based on the fact that causing stress got some laughs, that you have quite a lot of we all there’s lots of work to do here. So what I’d like you to do now is for the five things, Max, that you checked off on each of these lists, go back and quickly come up with a solution. Just come up with the damn thing. You knowing it’s it’s a decent guess, ideally informed by these ideas, but also just this conversation.

And and if you can’t come up with a solution, then circle that, and we can talk about it.

Awesome.

Johnson just posted a giant list of insights.

Cool. Alright. I’m gonna give you, five minutes or well, at quarter two, we will pause or we’ll we’ll stop the work of billing and solutions.

Okay. So that is time. You may not have all of the solutions in place. That’s okay.

But you need to. So what I would love you to do, please, I’m sure you’re already living in your calendar. If you’re not, you will get there.

I wanted to show you what my work blocks look like for a week. I think that it is very important to if you’re gonna get this stuff done, you gotta make sure it’s a priority or else everything else becomes a priority.

So this is my this is an example of one week. I think this was in February or something.

And, this is how I block my week out. So for me, I’ve got daily team meetings almost daily, and those are less and less like, those are, like, twenty minutes of just, like, let’s check-in first thing in the morning to make sure, like, we’re good to go. Mondays, there’s a four hour block for, social posts.

If it’s not a block, also, it doesn’t get done.

I have had people say, Joe, when are you gonna get this thing to me?

And I’m like, that’s in my calendar for an hour in three weeks. So you it’ll be done. After that hour is up in three weeks. And no sooner. We can’t move things around just because.

So, every Tuesday, one to hour block for new initiatives, and that really usually looks like our podcast or our newsletter, and sometimes also for the copywriter skills assessment, which is the new thing that we’ve, created.

Wednesday is writing day. That is for a big book project that I have. Thursday, more writing. Saturday is also more writing. Sunday is generally more writing as well, but that’s typically when the newsletter gets done too.

And every Friday is a block to work on emails and automations. And then there’s room in between those things for other stuff. It doesn’t turn into a lot of room, but that’s when other stuff happens. So, yep. That’s meetings happen around that, copy reviews, everything else happens around that.

I clear my inbox after hours, usually on my phone, sometimes on my laptop, on my lap while playing ball with Grover.

Weekends are some big swing stuff, and, I do like my job quite a bit. So when it’s the holidays and I don’t have anything else to do, I will very likely be working on something here. But I think what’s critical is unless my calendar says I’m allowed to do the thing, I don’t I don’t do the thing. And some people have VAs to tell them to do this stuff.

I think that calendar does a very, very good job of that. So what I would love you to do is block out time. Andrew, well done. You already said that you have blocked out time now for content creation and promotion each week.

What does that look like? And I know that work life balance is a big thing. So that’s obviously always underlying every conversation we have. Then there’s the other part about making money and building your brand and how that often doesn’t get to happen from nine to five.

So when else can you get stuff done if your current calendar doesn’t allow for you to write a book during the week? It’s gotta be on the weekend then. When do you have time on the weekend? Like, work block everything.

I have my eyebrow appointment in my calendar for work because it will affect my writing time, and then it makes me mad to have to go get my eyebrows done. Alright.

So remember all of those things. And what I want to leave you with is thinking through and giving yourself a real rating. You don’t have to do this now. This is what you need to go and do afterward.

Really think about where you’re at with your book, analyze, walk yourself through it, where you’re at with your newsletter, where you’re at with your podcast or YouTube channel, whatever that other thing is that you’re working on, and if there’s something else that maybe isn’t doesn’t fit into any of these. You’re gonna do a TV series. I don’t know, but whatever that thing is that you’re built.

Oh, I thought someone was playing the saxophone.

Don’t worry about it. It’s a real Monday here at Bios.

And then how is your lead gen going? So where are you at with your workshop? With your workshop funnel, with strategic partners, have you pitched anybody?

And your authority on LinkedIn and or Instagram?

So do you need help, or you’re doing great? And then if it’s I need help, then it’s time to get really, like, intentional with that. If you need help, you need help, and that means there’s gotta be a prioritization that happens. And it can’t always be, oh, I just won’t do that work.

Because then months go by and you haven’t done that work, and the leads are all gone. The leads come in from this work that we are talking about here. This is how they find you. So you have got to prioritize doing it.

And I know I know that it can be a big, it can feel like a big expense to hire someone to do this stuff for you. It is rarely the expense that we tell ourselves it’s going to be. There are a lot of people who need work and don’t charge the rates that you might imagine they would. So go find freelancers to help you with this stuff.

Alright.

That is it for today.

For the training side of it, we can break and have questions now. The usual, put up your hand, start with the win.

Today, it will be, what’s your win, and then we’ll go from there.

The we’re scheduled for forty more minutes, so we’ve got time for questions. But if you have to leave because you’ve got a good blocked calendar and you don’t have time after this, then well done.

Awesome. Let’s get cracking. Jessica, you’re up first. What is your win?

Does this still have to be money? I can’t remember. Sorry.

Just a win that’s, like, a real win, not like a sad win. Like, oh, it showed up. Like, okay. Good. But, like, what’s a win win, though? Like, something winning?

I mean okay.

I’ll I’ll try. I got feedback from my so I’m doing that book doctoring service where, you know, it’s kind of a mix of ghost writing and editing. Someone already had a manuscript drafted.

I delivered that to my client Friday. She reviewed over the weekend, and she emailed me and was like, I love this book. It’s so amazing. You know, whatever. And I honestly was like I was like, wow. I’m emotional, and it’s not even my book. So I was really excited about that.

That’s a great win, Jessica.

Well, it wasn’t it I mean, it’s money ish. She’s a paying client. But so yeah. Perfect.

Okay. So this is kind of still along the content thing, though. So when I asked you, in our one to one about, like, my you know, you had told me to fill fill out the org chart and seeing all the different services that potentially my agency could offer. I guess where I I struggle also with this content thing is, right now, I’m not doing what I think would be my standardized offer for sure in terms of, look. I’ll help you sell your book more. And but right now, I could write at least twenty thousand words about what book doctoring is, how to do it, how to do it with your you know?

And I could promote that, but do I want to? It’s like, I think I’m struggling with if I had one standardized offer, okay, I can reverse engineer the social and the content for that. But because I’m not focusing on one clear service just yet, I guess I’m I’m struggling to know what to promote and even the content to create.

So you could write twenty thousand words right now on book doctoring. Do you believe that that content would get in front of the people who want to sell more of their books?

No. No. No. No. Yeah.

So you don’t think it would get there at all?

I mean, I guess I’d have to think it through a little bit more, but maybe. But I think the book doctoring thing is more like it’s hitting on that pinpoint of, is this book any good? What if I publish a book and it sucks? Or, you know, it’s not written as well. I think I’m hitting more on that pain point with that service than I am with selling, which, I mean, yes. A quality book sells. Don’t get me wrong.

But, yeah, I think that, you know, to me, if we know that we’re trying very often to wake people up to the problem with our content, so that they reach out to us, which part of of book doctoring would open that loop that only your service could close.

So it feels to me like there’s something there. Right? Like, it’ll get in front of people and start them down a path of seeing your name in their feed more and more often.

And even if they only know you up front as the the book person, what I’m worried about is waiting for the act like, the perfect content, and now you start saying something.

I’d rather you not wait for the perfect. I’d rather you just, like, start putting stuff out there right now because you have a block in your calendar, and it says you have to write and publish something, and so that’s what you’re gonna do. So just push push those twenty thousand words out, however that comes out, and then see what that frees up in your mind or exposes in your mind for the next thing to say, even if it’s not going to get you the perfect leads right now. Will it get you on some radars?

Maybe. Now if you’re like, but I don’t want people to come to me for book doctoring services.

Do you have book doctoring on that org chart?

Yes.

Good. Okay. So then you do kind of want them to come to you because down the road and now, you could start making money on it. Right?

Like, it is part of your plan. Yes. So cool. Yeah.

Okay.

Yeah.

Okay. I’m, as per usual, way overthinking.

Okay. Thank you. Good. That’s good. We talk through these things. Awesome. Thanks. Awesome. No. Great.

Claire, what’s your win?

My win is that I have been trying to hire a social well, I’m not a social person. A VA for well, since, you know, like, last year.

Okay. What’s the win there?

That I finally my my stepsister was like, I really need to find something to fill my time. And I was like, you know what?

Oh, I already found it.

It’s close to a win.

Yeah. So she’s doing great. She’s Good.

I already actually know her that well.

So she’s kind of felt, but okay. Alright. Distant family.

So it’s Okay.

But, Nice. Good. Thank you. Well, I feel like the universe conspired.

My question is go back to your calendar. So I wanted to ask you about how to be more strict with your first, how to be more strict, and second, when do you take breaks? Because I know that sitting down for eight hours is bad for the back.

Yes. How do you structure those?

But I have the app that tells me to stand, and I follow-up.

Yeah. So it’s time to stand, and then I get to close a circle, close a ring.

But that’s like and I have a standing desk. I don’t use it, though, very well because I don’t use stand up.

I don’t like typing on a standing desk. Things wobble. I get motion sickness really, really easily, and that actually does it for me. And then I have to lay down for a while, which sucks.

So I don’t like to use my standing desk, but I do just follow the rule of stand. I have my dog walk, blocked out, and I do the dog walk because it’s in my calendar. And if they wanna go sooner, I’m sorry. We’re going when it’s when it’s blocked.

Yeah. Block it. If you’re not standing, put a work block in that says, like, it’s a ten minute work block for you to stand and walk around your backyard or wherever the hell. Yeah.

Yeah? Okay. Cool. Yeah. So every forty five minutes then for for you, take, like, a quick little loop.

Is that what it is? It’s whenever my watch says, okay. No. Except when I’m here, and then it pings me. It’ll probably ping me right away, and I ignore it when I’m sitting right here. Yeah. Got it.

That’s super helpful.

Well, I have to drop it.

Thank you. Sure. Absolutely. Thanks, thanks, Claire. Katie, what’s your win?

I hit publish on my website on Friday.

I haven’t told anyone about that, so I’m still fixing I’m still fixing, like, Well, now you can do one of those posts.

The whatchamacallit?

I’m thrilled to announce.

I’m thrilled to announce. A post. I would say. Yes. Excellent. Yes.

I forgot. It’s been so long since I published a website. I forgot about all of the little back end things that take so long. Yeah.

So, yeah, feeling really happy about that. Great. My question is around our content publishing and repurposing topics. Specifically, like, I’m gonna talk about my status quo routine, not my aspirational routine, which is I write a newsletter, and then, usually, I turn that into a blog post.

And I also pull either pull bits of that for social media or, you know, riff on what I’ve said in in different ways on social media.

But what I would like to do is be using long form, like, either video or audio and then pulling from that to populate the other things. I guess it’s just like, I feel I don’t feel right about repurposing content to email. It always feels like the email newsletter should be like, that’s that’s where I wanna invest. That’s the relationship that I hold the dearest.

And so I’m like, it I don’t know. I then I get in my head because if I’ve, like if I put it to my email list, I’m like, oh, well, the same people don’t wanna see the same thing from me on social media right away.

So then I get in the weeds trying to be like, what else should I put on social this week? And then, like, five days goes by, and then it’s the next week, and I have to do the whole thing over again. So I I guess just, like, what is your hierarchy for repurposing, and do you have any best practices around what not to do?

Repurpose everything. Just you’re probably wrong about what you just said. Right? Like, who cares that you said the same thing across three different spaces? It’s just Katie’s on message. Like, I think that’s okay.

I wouldn’t let it stop you because look what it’s done. It means you don’t five days go by and you haven’t done the thing. Right? So it’s getting in your way. Is it real? Do you have good reason to believe that people will retaliate?

They will be unhappy to the point of going like, oh, Katie. Don’t you have anything new to say?

Probably not.

I do feel I do feel like people can be trained not to open your emails if you’re constantly if it’s like, I see it on social media, and then five minutes later, it’s in my inbox that I’m like, I I already read this.

That’s a high class problem.

If someone is both following you on social media and reading your email and going, I have so much Katie in my life, then your marketing is working. So I wouldn’t I I wouldn’t let it get in my way. I know that it never hurt CXL.

I’d I was similar. I didn’t wanna publish a blog post as my email. And Pep was like, I published a blog post as my email. And I was just like, every time I open his email, I was like, oh, why?

But I kept opening his emails and so did others, and he built a really good brand around it. So I would say, yep. Get out of your head about it. Just go do it.

Do it until people start, like, really getting, like, Katie, stop sending me these things. Then they’ll unsubscribe too. And I know that you wanna nurture that relationship. You don’t wanna lose it.

I don’t I would argue you’re not gonna lose it because you’re saying you’re posting the same thing in a few different places.

And if you do find that you are losing it, then there are ways to use cookies to figure that stuff out, right, and segmentation.

And can you do anything with, like maybe it’s a good time if someone does go from your newsletter to you said you have then a post, and then you have social media. So you’ve got a blog, which means you’re driving traffic, which means there’s a cookie, which means if you set up retargeting ads on LinkedIn, which we’re gonna do another video or a lesson on that in a couple months. But short version is set up cheap text based retargeting ads, on LinkedIn. All that but what I’m really talking about here is just, like, know who’s hit your website. If they click through, they they landed on that blog post, then you set up retargeting in LinkedIn.

And what I’m saying by that is not that you’re gonna be doing ads in LinkedIn, but you can set it up so that LinkedIn knows that somebody did x. And although they may see your post, on social media on LinkedIn oh, wait. You do Instagram a lot, don’t you? Same diff. It’s still it’s still, the the thing.

Then you can just you can start serving ads through there so that they’re not just inundated with the same message. They might get a fully different ad from you that’s super cheap, and it’s based on that retargeting. So I would worry less about it and see how can we use this moment instead, to make sure that they’re if they’re that engaged with me, I should put an ad in front of them that has it’s just a testimonial ad, or something else like that. Does that make sense, Katie? Yeah. That makes ton of sense.

I like that as, like, seeing it as an opportunity instead of an obstacle.

And, also, when you said, is this real? I was like, oh, no. It’s not real.

So You were like, Joe, stop talking.

Already done. It’s not real. Got it. Okay. Awesome. Okay. Thanks, Katie. Liesel, what’s your win?

My win is I’m getting replies. So I’m doing interviews for my book, and I’m getting replies from people who are pretty high up there. So I’m excited about that.

Exciting.

I know. It’s fun. I’m excited.

When is your book writing and research work blocked in your calendar for?

Well, so I’m working on that actually today and tomorrow.

Yes. Excellent. But the part of, like, the research, that’s what I have a question about. So given that my brand stands, like, I’m the best in the world at making retention inevitable, k, and my moat is my book. K?

K.

I have three different angles that I’m trying to choose between. I don’t know I I’m in my ACP’s head, but not as well as I would like to be, so I wanna run them past you if that’s okay.

K. So the first angle is that SaaS teams think UX and onboarding are going to fix retention, but that’s just a Band Aid. I wanna show how to engineer retention by merging product led growth, UX, and conversion psychology so that users stay because they want to, not because they have to.

And there’s actually a couple of studies that just came out about that, which are super interesting. However, the next one is PLG brings users in and UX makes the product usable, but SaaS hasn’t figured out how to keep users engaged long term. So I’m gonna bridge that gap by applying ethical persuasion principles to retention without the scummy tactics. They’re the same persuasion principles that pro marketers use. However, I show how to shift them.

And then retention isn’t a system or is the system not a metric. So retention isn’t just a marketing or product KPI. It’s an entire system that SaaS teams need to engineer from day one. And so I’m gonna lay out the playbook for making retention inevitable by aligning PLG, UX, and behavior driven messaging.

Which one of those do you think would resonate the most or none of them?

No. The third one’s, like, for me, it was winner winner.

That was me too.

I wanted to check.

Okay. That’s good. It does feel like the other ones are precursors. Like, you need to first get people to eliminate their focus on UX, on onboarding as if that’s the solution, the only solution at least, and PLG, what’s what’s broken there. So yeah. And then that leads to retention as a system, not a metric, which is, like, good.

Yes.

Awesome. Yeah. And I’m planning on interviewing not just, like, CMOs at, like, fifty plus fifty million plus companies and a hundred plus, but also the smaller ones to see if that there’s any patterns. I’m focusing on the larger ones, because I feel like those are my ICP anyway. But I feel like there might be patterns that ones who are newer might be able to use to get there. I don’t know.

I think that’s great. And I also when you’re talking to the CMOs at these large organizations or larger ones, they were likely leading marketing at a smaller one before. So they were VP of growth or they were, like, head of growth or some smaller title, because smaller SaaS companies don’t hire CMOs. Even large SaaS companies often don’t hire CMOs, strangely.

So then you can, in those interviews also, like, ask them, does this feel any different from when you were at that smaller brand or whatever that can be? So Yeah. You can you can start seeing what they say. Thanks.

Oh. Awesome. Love it. Thank you. Excellent. Good. Wonderful. Build that moat. Alright, y’all. Anything else?

We good? Okay. Excellent. You’re, on Thursday, I wanted to mention this. Thursday, you have a work block for auditing your SQL funnel so that next Monday, we can talk about it. So if you haven’t got that worksheet, it will be in Slack, and Sarah will email it out, unless Sarah already did email it out, in which case it’s in your inbox.

But that is going to be really, really tactical. If you don’t have an SQL funnel or a sales funnel, then you still need to do the the audit no matter what, and we wanna see where things are starting to kind of fall apart so that you can fix them. Cool. Excellent.

Wonderful. Alright. Then we’ll otherwise see y’all later, maybe this, Friday for feedback. K. Have a good week, everyone.

Bye.

Transcript

Excellent. Well, everybody is, I know, filing in, but we have a good amount to cover today.

So, you should have today, part two of you are a media brand. This one is on publishing and promoting.

So publishing and promoting media, it’s basically a better word than content, which can sound quite dull.

Media shouldn’t be dull. It’s gotta entertain and engage and do all of those things. But that’s what this is about today. We’re gonna focus on LinkedIn, not because it’s the thing that you should use, but because so many people when I say use Instagram, they’re like, can I just use LinkedIn?

Fine. So I’m giving in, but this is also a good thing for you to apply to Instagram, and anywhere else that you might be well, you’re creating your content for you, but then there’s the question of where are you publishing it and where are you promoting it.

We are going to have Ross Simmons in in April. More on that soon. I wanted him in this month to talk about repurposing content or media, but he won’t be able to come in until April. So just know that we’ll be talking about repurposing a good amount over the next few weeks. And it’s something that if you’re watching this and you think, oh, I

have to, you know, there’s some oh, yeah. I have to create that to create that. I hope if you have content creation or media creation on your calendar, you also have at least the same size work block for content promotion.

You probably already have everything you need to really build your brand saved on a drive somewhere. So let’s spend less time rattling off making stuff and more time just promoting the really good shit you’ve already got. That doesn’t mean you don’t have to create anything new, especially if what you have is not on brand for what you’re doing now. But we’ll get into that. Okay. So I’m going to share my screen, and then we’ll get.

Share. Good. Excellent. So you already have a copy of this. Also, I believe that Sarah sent out a copy of the homework you have that you need to do this Thursday or Friday. It’s a work block. It’s in your calendar already, the Copy School Pro calendar.

We’ll talk about it at the end of today’s session, but just know that there’s more to do this week. So you got a you got a heavy week. Last week, you did this sheet. If you didn’t do this, you will struggle with what follows. So you will need this sheet from boldly week that was be bold boldly.

Say bold things boldly.

Okay. So you need to have completed this.

If you haven’t, you have to go complete it. Go do this right after the session so that you can do everything else that follows. Okay? So this is this one shown here is from last week.

Alright.

Today, we have I want us to go through and complete this and really start identifying what’s getting in the way, because sometimes what’s getting in the way of getting your voice out there, getting your name out there is just that you don’t know what your voice is. You don’t know what you’re here to say, and so that’s what last week was about. Like, let’s start nailing down what you’re going to really lean into for your brand, for what you talk about.

Then the question is, alright. What else is getting in the way? So if you’ve already got that stuff sort of sort of figured out, it might just be, oh, well, now I just have to go do it. Okay. Fine.

But there’s usually a whole bunch to it. Hold on. I see chats coming. I just wanna make sure that I’m not missing anything critical.

Oh, yeah. If, Sarah, can you chat out the link to the PDF Yeah.

For this You got it.

I’m just grabbing it right now.

Gotcha. Thanks so much. Okay.

So what I would like you to do is go through and fill in the next two sheets, not fill in the solution. Just go through and put a check on any of these things that are true for you. So what I want you to do is, basically, we’re gonna do, like, a quick look at constraints, what’s getting in the way. So page one is creating and publishing LinkedIn posts.

If it’s Instagram, then sub that in if you’re not doing LinkedIn. Don’t waste this. Say, oh, I don’t do LinkedIn. I’m not doing anything today.

No. Then do Instagram or do whatever the hell else you’re doing. If it’s YouTube, whatever it is.

But go through first and check off, which of these are the challenges. You don’t have to fill in the solution

yet. We’ll we’ll try to get through a bunch of those today.

But we wanna do that on page on this page as well as on the next page. This is technically page three and page four. Those are the only two, and then just stop. Now if you’re like, woah.

It’s everything, and you check off all of them, well, that’s gonna be really hard to address. So if you’re finding that you’re going through so read through them first and then choose a maximum of five.

Just five on this page and five on this page, and make them the really critical stuff that you know is really getting in the way.

So, for example, what is getting in the way of you creating and publishing LinkedIn posts? I don’t know what to talk about specifically. Sometimes that’s true. But could that be pretty easily solved if you just, like, sat down and put a work block in to, like, figure that thing out? Maybe. And then other ones might be a bit more dramatic for you.

Oh, no. Other copywriters are the only people who react to my LinkedIn post. That could have a lot to do with you don’t know what to talk about specifically. So you’d wanna choose between those two so that you’re not just, like, dumping every possible problem on your lap, and then, like, now you have this whole giant undertaking of figuring out LinkedIn. So just just go with five. Okay?

Per page, you’ve got it’s an it’s a quick assessment. Let’s just do until three, ten after the hour. So kinda whole last through.

Okay.

If you have questions, let me know.

No solution yet. Just check off if the problem is true for you.

I know there’s okay. Good. Perfect.

Okay. Did anybody have to limit themselves to five as they went through, or were you were you okay? Yeah? A little bit of limiting?

That’s cool. That’s fine. That’s fair. This is like nobody is repurposing and promoting. So it’s totally fair if, if you had a lot of a lot of checks here.

Now we’re not gonna dive into the solution yet, and it’s not that there is a single solution. You already surely, when you look at this and you go, oh, it’s other people already saying what I say or would say, a solution, you can come up with that. Say something different. Say it differently than other people are saying it, or don’t worry what other people are saying and just start saying the thing that you need to say.

So we don’t have to get too precious about finding the most perfect solution. You really just have to first identify, okay. These are the biggest things that are getting in the way.

Now does anybody want to ask a question or share a thought about any of the points that you checked off on either of these, such as, hey. I have no fresh ideas. What the hell do I do? Or anything like that.

No? Not yet? Andrew, you do?

Yeah. I have I have a question about the the other copywriters. They’re the only ones who react to my LinkedIn posts.

I I was just wondering I don’t know if this is the right time for it, but, like, I often think about, like, that I’m making the content I’m making seems very applicable to other copywriters. And, like, how do I go up a level to the things that the people who hire copywriters are thinking about and care about?

So Yeah.

I think that’s a really good, observation and, you know, challenge.

What seems to be true, and I’d love others’ thoughts on this as well, but what seems to be true for us is the less love that a post gets, the better it is for actual quality leads. So if you’re saying something that everybody loves, you’re getting a lot of engagement with, then it’s not as good. So we were posting about solution designs two weeks ago knowing the average beginner copywriter will never give a shit about this. They don’t care, and that’s good.

Did we get a lot of love on them? Nope. But did we get some pretty cool leads and contacts out of it? Yep.

The right kinds.

So say more boring things. Just say it in a bold, nonboring way. I would say, yeah. That’s a starting point. That’s what we’re seeing. It doesn’t mean it’s the answer, but it’s an answer.

Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Jess?

Yeah. One of the things or, actually, I think two of the things kinda go hand in hand for me is, like, posting to the sound of crickets and I think specifically on LinkedIn because I am just starting to get into it, so I don’t really have a lot of, like, people on there.

But that kinda goes hand in hand with, like, I don’t wanna publish crap and contribute to the LinkedIn landfill.

Like, when I go on and I see some of the stuff that has so much, like, engagement that I’m like I’m like, what? It like, is this even adding anything? And then, yeah, I just, like, I find myself kinda spiraling when I’m on there, and then I just wanna, like, hide away.

Yeah. Yeah. I get that. Others are nodding as well.

So okay. Do you find also, Jess, that it’s copywriters that react to your stuff or your ICP?

Copywriters and not my ICP. Definitely not my ICP. Like, people who, you know, I went to college with, which, like, I went to college to be a massage therapist. So it’s like you know what I mean? Like, people like that. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah.

So one of the things that I often wonder is, and that I’ve found helpful is, when other people get a say in your business.

So other people are posting about things you wanna post about, and you’re just gonna let them be the only ones posting about that thing. So to me, I’m like, they don’t get to tell me what I’m gonna post about. Let them post whatever stupid bullshit they wanna post whether they think it’s good or not. I know that I’m really good at what I do, and I’m going to post what I wanna post. And if it’s already been said, well, it hasn’t been said by me yet, so I’m going to see it. And I feel like that’s part of the thing where you, like, have I don’t know.

I don’t like to think of other people making my business decisions. And if it’s just that someone else is already saying it, if they’re saying it crappy, then perfect because you’re not going to say it crappy. Like, you’re gonna make it good.

And then if they’re saying it well, great. Then you’ve already had validation of a sort that it’s a message possibly worth putting out there unless you’re seeing that they’re not getting engagement, then you’re like, cool. Now I’ve seen that I shouldn’t publish that, or maybe they are behind the scenes getting interesting, engagement from the right audience.

But we all know that one of the biggest things that’s holding everybody here back is, oh, no. There’s so much crap out there. I can’t possibly participate.

Meanwhile, it’s like what’s that? Idiocracy?

That show do you remember that movie Idiocracy?

Yeah. But I’m not saying it’s the LinkedIn is filled with idiots. I think it’s just it’s an example of, woah. You let all the wrong people do all the talking, and then all the wrong people do all the talking.

So you better, like, find a way in is a take on it. Yeah. Just start saying things. They don’t get to tell you not to say things just because they’re posting shit.

Yeah. Claire?

This isn’t really related to all of the things here, but it somehow is a bit. But, I I’ve started to struggle with the format with, like, the highly repeatable social media format for videos and for text posts.

Because now when I when I go on to LinkedIn, I know and I know that until I’m, like, at five thousand followers, I have to comment. I have to add people, and that’s how you grow. Mhmm. Because that’s tons of people have told me, and I I’ve seen it work. We’re, like, in the beginning, but I I can’t stomach commenting on other people’s posts because I’m like, oh, look. An emoji. Everything is broken up line by line.

But I do the same thing.

So you you don’t wanna comment on the post because you don’t like the format of the post or you or what?

No. It’s just more like if it starts to feel the more obvious the formatting, the more I feel like, oh, this is just another marketing sales thing, not something worth reading.

Okay.

Does that make sense?

You have a higher expectation of what people should engage with.

Perhaps I’m just, like, a bit upset that people do engage with it.

I know.

And how like, what’s the good in that?

I I I hear you, Claire. Don’t get me wrong. Yeah. I know. I while they’re growing their businesses.

Yeah. I hear my I hear myself. I just wish I didn’t feel like, ugh, I’m writing marketing stuff every time I started. You know?

How can you stop feeling that way?

I do a do a do if it’s something that you stop feeling.

How do you get past it?

Pull up pull up your boots, icebox.

Just, like, shut up.

Put on your big girl hot and you’re like, move forward.

This is me building my business.

This is what biz dev needs, so this is what I’m gonna do. It doesn’t mean you have to, like, succumb to all the crap you don’t like, but you’re in experimentation. What if you tried an experiment where you post that way for a month and see if it works?

It’s like Okay. Give it the thirty day cookie and move on.

Oh, Katie has a reframe for you. My ICP will be so happy to read some refreshing content. That’s actually good.

Yeah. That’s the difference here. Right? Like, we’re not talking this room isn’t filled with people who are bullshit artists.

So you already are more likely to make good stuff.

So what if it has to be formatted in a crappy way, or what if it looks like, you know, bro marketing or something? Because it’s not.

And then, Andrew, you have a post a comment. What if each post was designed with a specific person in mind? You just tried to make something that genuinely helps them. Yeah.

Yeah. If it’s getting in the way of your business, then you you gotta stop it, which is like, woah. That was obvious time, but, like, yeah.

Kind of. I know for a fact I have done and written and said things where I’m like, alright. Because for me, when I was starting out and building my business, it was whatever Google wanted. Whatever Google wanted, you had to do it exactly as and that was, like, fatiguing. I don’t wanna write for this nonsense. That’s not the right way to do it, but you have to. Okay.

So let’s move on.

Okay. I do want you to think about it this way. So I know that as business owners, we, quote, unquote, wear a lot of hats, obviously.

One of those is we’re our own content strategist, and so we have to be like, give ourselves performance reviews every so often for the different roles that we’re in. How are you doing as your own content strategist?

If you’re like, well, I didn’t get a chance to do my job this quarter, full stop, then that content strategist gets fired. Right? Like, there’s no two ways around it. So what is your content strategist, you, doing, and how do you coach them to be better? And that’s, like, self coaching. Then we talk about it here, of course, but it will come down to you sitting and staring at your screen being your content strategist.

Okay. So there is so much out there right now, like, really recent new insights into how to use LinkedIn well.

This actually, this blog post on Hootsuite was surprisingly useful.

I’ve found it useful. You may find it useful.

Just one second.

This sucks. Construction day is no joke. Okay. Alright. So you’ve had these ideas in front of you to remove constraints.

What can we do? So we wanna go back and look through your solution, the little parts that say solution, and start solving those constraints. So Zoom is being weird.

What does your schedule look like? Does anybody have a schedule right now for creating media every month?

Great. What does it look like? Does anybody wanna share what theirs looks like if you have one? You don’t have to show it.

But, like, what are you doing to make sure that you are creating media? Because we’re also gonna talk about promoting it. How what are you doing? What’s on your list?

What happens? How does it happen?

Claire, you nodded when I said, do you have a schedule? Do you wanna share how you get your sleep?

On Friday? Okay. So this schedule doesn’t work every week because some weeks I get overwhelmed, and then it’s like a bit of a bust.

But it’s not a bust if on Friday, I write the scripts or the ideas.

And then on Monday, I go and implement on those ideas.

So the long part for me is is writing. So, yeah, if that’s done on Friday, then on Monday, I can check the writing, film a quick video, which honestly takes no more than six minutes, edit the video, which weirdly takes an hour, and then pull up a quick post. I’ve recently switched it up by adding newsletter to this list of things to do, which, like, adds a ridiculous amount of time. So I’m trying to figure out how that newsletter, which is more of a blog, can be the core content for the video so that I spend my time on Friday writing the newsletter, and that’s, like, the core. But I found that blocking off half of Friday and all of Monday is the only way I get it done.

Okay. So half of Friday and all of Monday. Yeah. And how much do you produce? How many assets?

At least two videos, and one newsletter. And each newsletter has to have a LinkedIn post. Each video has to have a LinkedIn post. I’d given up on Twitter.

So now it’s just getting published to YouTube and, LinkedIn.

And I would like to add, a long form once every two weeks, but I found that my biggest barrier to that is, like, eloquence.

Just having the confidence to talk naturally and, like, in a flow reduces the amount of editing you have to do. So that six minutes just becomes six minutes of content rather than, like, an hour of editing.

Totally. Okay. So big undertaking. You said not every week. What happens on those weeks when it doesn’t get done?

Okay. Well, this week was interesting. So I had recorded videos last Monday, two videos, and then totally ran out of steam, like, completely. Just couldn’t face editing them.

So this Monday, I edited them and wrote a newsletter.

Yeah.

And, yeah, have scheduled them. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Done it. Yeah. Stuff gets in the way, then you get back to it. Great.

Thank you so much.

Yeah. Yeah. That’s good. A little forgiveness too. You’re doing a lot.

Yeah. We I yeah. Content creation is a huge part of my week too, and you don’t see a lot of the results really quickly. Right?

You don’t even see a product, very quickly. But there it is. Anybody else? Is everybody spending at least one and a half days a week on media?

No. Getting some no’s.

One day a week ish?

If it’s divided into two hours here, one hour there, two hours there, it’s not really gonna produce that much. Right?

Okay. Zero days a week right now says Johnson. Well, then at least we’ve identified a constraint.

Right? So there, a big constraint to growth is nobody knows you’re out there doing anything.

So, Katie says one day plus a lot of messing around.

Great. Andrew’s putting two and a half two half days in your calendar right now. Yeah.

Okay.

Other things to do. So make sure that you have a repeatable schedule. So most of what we do that’s gonna make us successful as business owners is just repeat, repeat, repeat, and do it in a habit building kind of way, which requires that you put it in your calendar.

That’s why I have asked people to share screenshots of their calendars because that shows what your priorities are. And if it’s not in there, it’s not a priority.

So we gotta make a schedule, and, ideally, I recommend that you do a month’s worth of content all upfront.

So I very reluctantly filmed our LinkedIn videos in one morning. It was two hours with a videographer and then handed all the editing off to that person. It’s not as expensive as many people think it is, to get the whole thing done.

Yeah. It’s a but you have to do it, And then that turns into a month worth of content.

Claire, do you have a question about that?

Yeah. Do you script your videos? Yeah. Yeah. Start to finish? Like, no. Wow.

Yep. I then you just read it.

Then it’s done.

But that’s for that’s when I hire someone to record me and then produce it. I do have more coming up now that are, like, more how to videos, and those are less scripted and more talking points. Yeah.

Yeah.

Okay. Lizel says, is it one month’s worth of content planned one day and then create another due to all at once? Yeah. I like to so I have in my calendar planning it on one day and then scripting on another day, which usually turns into two days because I know that I will run out of steam.

And, because I also know that sometimes I’m just I can’t push through and so fine, then there’s a backup for what I need to do with that block of time in case I don’t do it. But there’s always at least two work blocks for scripting, and I just try to haul us through them. They really they can be quite short. Right?

Like, these do not have to be really long scripts, so, like, don’t overthink it, especially when you’re just trying to get, like, get the wheels moving.

It doesn’t have to be really, really long, and then film it all at once and then walk away from it. And I film in the morning so that I have energy. You should film at the time of day that you have energy to do it. So try to work block around that.

So there’s this theory that I’m thrilled to announce posts are both horrible and awesome, so it can be worth trying to do. And I’m thrilled to announce so and so just became a client. I’m thrilled to announce I’ve just launched my newsletter, whatever that might be.

Try it out. And these are, again, ideas to remove those constraints or, like, solutions to put in above. Create sub blocks for your work work blocks. That’s more of what I’m saying right here.

That’s what that’s what I do, and it helps. I don’t do repurpose with AI, though. I don’t use AI as much as I ought to. Comment on other people’s posts.

This one’s a biggie. Repost other people’s posts.

Commenting, you might get fifty eight and you don’t pay attention. A lot of them are bots. Reposts are very rare, and I know for me, I look to see who reposts because you might get four, five, six. That’s a small group of people who are really amplifying your message.

So if you want to get on the radar of your ICP, a persona that you’re targeting, repost their stuff instead of just commenting on it. And then it acts as content that you’ve created too. Right? It’s not yours, but you repost with your message above it, and now you’ve got more that’s going out into into LinkedIn.

Obviously, if you’re scheduling, I like to use Sprout Social. That’s because we’ve been grandfathered in I know it’s a bad term. With free Sprout Social since they were clients of ours a few years back, and I’m not leaving because I like saving money where you can. So there you have it.

Nice. That’s awesome, Claire. Exactly.

Set a reminder on your phone. Okay. This is the have you heard of the golden hour on LinkedIn?

The golden hour, if you’re not using it, it is what gets people ahead. And I that’s I have good friends who swear by the golden hour and now have they get six hundred likes engagement, whatever, on every post they have. They get tons of comments. It’s just like it blows up, and that’s because they followed the golden hour rule, which is basically as soon as your post goes live if you don’t make it live and you don’t know, make sure you set a reminder on your phone. Again, if you’re using Sprout Social or another scheduling tool, to post on LinkedIn or Instagram or wherever, I know that the golden hour is particularly for LinkedIn.

You need to be engaging quickly. That includes pinging people that you know, texting your friends, and saying, like, hey. Can you go over here and please engage with this properly engage with it? Like, leave a comment. Say something here.

And if you’ve included anybody in it, then making sure that you not just tag them in the post, but reach out directly to them and say, hey. That’s this is the post I was telling you I was going to do. Can you go comment on it, or can you repost it or whatever that thing might be? And don’t be afraid to ask.

You’re in biz dev. Ask someone important to repost your post if you believe it will help that grow, and it has to happen in those first sixty minutes.

So make sure that you’re doing that.

That can also be a solution. Right? So we’re talking about solutions now to those problems.

Using a this is not one that I’ve tried. This is one that I saw out there. I think it was on Reddit or something. So this is also a list for us, by the way. Use AI to find snippets in your meeting recordings like these recordings, and then you can go and talk about it afterwards. Measure and optimize, obviously, document and analyze how you crafted each post, track it. This is a note that’s pasted directly from my notes.

That’s why the capitalization is off because that was a note to self that I pasted in here. Make sure you are always tracking time of day, ease, difficulty of subject, and hook.

Final post of each month can be if you don’t know what to post about it, that is a constraint for you. Final post each month can be an analysis post of what you did on LinkedIn. It’s not going to necessarily be right for your ICP, but it keeps LinkedIn saying, oh, this person’s engaged, and people like those posts. So if you don’t know what to post and it’s the end of the month, post a recap of what you did and how it worked. Again, this is not gonna get you clients necessarily, but it might help LinkedIn better see that you are somebody who post things that are interesting to people.

Try broad versus narrow hashtags and then document what you’ve learned. There’s different schools of thought, different camps. Just try different things and see what works for you. But, again, we are all people who are in experimentation.

If you don’t write it down and identify what worked and what didn’t work and why you believe that’s true, it’s not a very good experiment. Like, you’re not that’s not good. So make sure you’re always documenting, degrees of tone. So if last week when you came up with what you’re going to say boldly, the bold thing said boldly, try a different tone, but then really push it.

Like, really try it. If there’s something that you hate that other people are doing, try it too. You might cringe and not like it very much for yourself. It’s one post.

You can replace it with others. More will come ahead of it. Don’t worry. Your ICP isn’t necessarily going to read through all of your posts from the last three years, so don’t worry too much about it.

And, of course, become obsessed with the LinkedIn algorithm. Does anybody have any other notes on what has worked for them on LinkedIn in getting engagement?

Anything you want to share with your fellow entrepreneurs?

No one.

I have one thing.

Claire, thank you.

So I added people like, connected with people, CMOs specifically, with the message like, hey. I see we’re in into the same kind of marketing stuff that I’d follow along.

And I got, like, lots of connections through that. And I think that through that, I got my one and only lead off Oh.

LinkedIn. Someone my post was pushed to them because I probably connected with them. Yeah. But yeah.

Okay.

Great. Thanks.

Anyone else?

Okay. So if no one has any notes, is LinkedIn what is LinkedIn doing for your business right now? Does anybody have any takeaways on what LinkedIn and that could be, I haven’t figured it out. It sucks. Liezl?

Yeah. So last week, I was posting a well, I posted a lot, commented a lot, and DM ed a lot.

And what I was surprised to find out is that while, yes, the people engaging on my post were people who were, like family and friends or, you know, whatever, the people who were viewing my posts and going to my profile were actually my ICP.

And they were following me even if they weren’t connecting with me. So I have a lot of followers of people who I actually want or was looking to pitch for my workshop or, you know, wanting to partner with. And now they are following me, and they do see the posts. So that was something that was really cool.

Okay. Nice. Great.

Okay.

Cody?

I think just being on there in general, helps just because, like, I had that one, cofounder reach out to me because I connected with him. He didn’t necessarily come for my for my content, but he did like, I connected with him, and he was like, oh, she helps with the thing that we might need help with. Right? So just by just being on there, I think, is important.

So my content hasn’t done, like, amazing. I mean, it gets engagement.

But as far as bringing in leads, it doesn’t bring in a lot of leads. So I think the way that I’ve got the most leads is just by just being there.

Yeah. Totally. Awesome. So another vote for just just show up. Just keep showing up. Keep doing the thing. Jessica?

I was just gonna share last I think it was last week, I posted something in reaction, which is how I do social media. I see something, and then if I feel really reactive about something, I’ll post about it. So I saw a post about why should we post at this point, you know, especially Americans, it kinda feels. So I posted about that. And as it turned out someone and I haven’t posted in forever.

I got a lead, and while the lead was not an ideal client whatsoever, it was interesting because he kind of confirmed something I’ve been kinda debating in my mind and Abby’s been coaching me on. So it kind of was like another just another, oh, yeah. Maybe I do need to explore that offer at some point. And then he also pointed out something on my LinkedIn profile that stood out to him that was also reiterated.

I like, other people had mentioned it, and I was sitting there going, okay. How can I maybe optimize my website more for that point? Because it seems to be an important Joe, basically, he was like, oh, I saw you were the head of cop publishing for copy hackers, and other people have noted that. And I was like, oh, maybe I need to lean on that a little bit more.

I guess I don’t lead with that very often.

Yeah. Nice. Good. So you’ve got good VOC that’s helping you actually modify how you’re not necessarily positioned, but one of your primary messages.

Yeah. Exactly.

Dig it. Love it.

Claire says it’s building her credibility.

Awesome. So I’m imagining based on the fact that causing stress got some laughs, that you have quite a lot of we all there’s lots of work to do here. So what I’d like you to do now is for the five things, Max, that you checked off on each of these lists, go back and quickly come up with a solution. Just come up with the damn thing. You knowing it’s it’s a decent guess, ideally informed by these ideas, but also just this conversation.

And and if you can’t come up with a solution, then circle that, and we can talk about it.

Awesome.

Johnson just posted a giant list of insights.

Cool. Alright. I’m gonna give you, five minutes or well, at quarter two, we will pause or we’ll we’ll stop the work of billing and solutions.

Okay. So that is time. You may not have all of the solutions in place. That’s okay.

But you need to. So what I would love you to do, please, I’m sure you’re already living in your calendar. If you’re not, you will get there.

I wanted to show you what my work blocks look like for a week. I think that it is very important to if you’re gonna get this stuff done, you gotta make sure it’s a priority or else everything else becomes a priority.

So this is my this is an example of one week. I think this was in February or something.

And, this is how I block my week out. So for me, I’ve got daily team meetings almost daily, and those are less and less like, those are, like, twenty minutes of just, like, let’s check-in first thing in the morning to make sure, like, we’re good to go. Mondays, there’s a four hour block for, social posts.

If it’s not a block, also, it doesn’t get done.

I have had people say, Joe, when are you gonna get this thing to me?

And I’m like, that’s in my calendar for an hour in three weeks. So you it’ll be done. After that hour is up in three weeks. And no sooner. We can’t move things around just because.

So, every Tuesday, one to hour block for new initiatives, and that really usually looks like our podcast or our newsletter, and sometimes also for the copywriter skills assessment, which is the new thing that we’ve, created.

Wednesday is writing day. That is for a big book project that I have. Thursday, more writing. Saturday is also more writing. Sunday is generally more writing as well, but that’s typically when the newsletter gets done too.

And every Friday is a block to work on emails and automations. And then there’s room in between those things for other stuff. It doesn’t turn into a lot of room, but that’s when other stuff happens. So, yep. That’s meetings happen around that, copy reviews, everything else happens around that.

I clear my inbox after hours, usually on my phone, sometimes on my laptop, on my lap while playing ball with Grover.

Weekends are some big swing stuff, and, I do like my job quite a bit. So when it’s the holidays and I don’t have anything else to do, I will very likely be working on something here. But I think what’s critical is unless my calendar says I’m allowed to do the thing, I don’t I don’t do the thing. And some people have VAs to tell them to do this stuff.

I think that calendar does a very, very good job of that. So what I would love you to do is block out time. Andrew, well done. You already said that you have blocked out time now for content creation and promotion each week.

What does that look like? And I know that work life balance is a big thing. So that’s obviously always underlying every conversation we have. Then there’s the other part about making money and building your brand and how that often doesn’t get to happen from nine to five.

So when else can you get stuff done if your current calendar doesn’t allow for you to write a book during the week? It’s gotta be on the weekend then. When do you have time on the weekend? Like, work block everything.

I have my eyebrow appointment in my calendar for work because it will affect my writing time, and then it makes me mad to have to go get my eyebrows done. Alright.

So remember all of those things. And what I want to leave you with is thinking through and giving yourself a real rating. You don’t have to do this now. This is what you need to go and do afterward.

Really think about where you’re at with your book, analyze, walk yourself through it, where you’re at with your newsletter, where you’re at with your podcast or YouTube channel, whatever that other thing is that you’re working on, and if there’s something else that maybe isn’t doesn’t fit into any of these. You’re gonna do a TV series. I don’t know, but whatever that thing is that you’re built.

Oh, I thought someone was playing the saxophone.

Don’t worry about it. It’s a real Monday here at Bios.

And then how is your lead gen going? So where are you at with your workshop? With your workshop funnel, with strategic partners, have you pitched anybody?

And your authority on LinkedIn and or Instagram?

So do you need help, or you’re doing great? And then if it’s I need help, then it’s time to get really, like, intentional with that. If you need help, you need help, and that means there’s gotta be a prioritization that happens. And it can’t always be, oh, I just won’t do that work.

Because then months go by and you haven’t done that work, and the leads are all gone. The leads come in from this work that we are talking about here. This is how they find you. So you have got to prioritize doing it.

And I know I know that it can be a big, it can feel like a big expense to hire someone to do this stuff for you. It is rarely the expense that we tell ourselves it’s going to be. There are a lot of people who need work and don’t charge the rates that you might imagine they would. So go find freelancers to help you with this stuff.

Alright.

That is it for today.

For the training side of it, we can break and have questions now. The usual, put up your hand, start with the win.

Today, it will be, what’s your win, and then we’ll go from there.

The we’re scheduled for forty more minutes, so we’ve got time for questions. But if you have to leave because you’ve got a good blocked calendar and you don’t have time after this, then well done.

Awesome. Let’s get cracking. Jessica, you’re up first. What is your win?

Does this still have to be money? I can’t remember. Sorry.

Just a win that’s, like, a real win, not like a sad win. Like, oh, it showed up. Like, okay. Good. But, like, what’s a win win, though? Like, something winning?

I mean okay.

I’ll I’ll try. I got feedback from my so I’m doing that book doctoring service where, you know, it’s kind of a mix of ghost writing and editing. Someone already had a manuscript drafted.

I delivered that to my client Friday. She reviewed over the weekend, and she emailed me and was like, I love this book. It’s so amazing. You know, whatever. And I honestly was like I was like, wow. I’m emotional, and it’s not even my book. So I was really excited about that.

That’s a great win, Jessica.

Well, it wasn’t it I mean, it’s money ish. She’s a paying client. But so yeah. Perfect.

Okay. So this is kind of still along the content thing, though. So when I asked you, in our one to one about, like, my you know, you had told me to fill fill out the org chart and seeing all the different services that potentially my agency could offer. I guess where I I struggle also with this content thing is, right now, I’m not doing what I think would be my standardized offer for sure in terms of, look. I’ll help you sell your book more. And but right now, I could write at least twenty thousand words about what book doctoring is, how to do it, how to do it with your you know?

And I could promote that, but do I want to? It’s like, I think I’m struggling with if I had one standardized offer, okay, I can reverse engineer the social and the content for that. But because I’m not focusing on one clear service just yet, I guess I’m I’m struggling to know what to promote and even the content to create.

So you could write twenty thousand words right now on book doctoring. Do you believe that that content would get in front of the people who want to sell more of their books?

No. No. No. No. Yeah.

So you don’t think it would get there at all?

I mean, I guess I’d have to think it through a little bit more, but maybe. But I think the book doctoring thing is more like it’s hitting on that pinpoint of, is this book any good? What if I publish a book and it sucks? Or, you know, it’s not written as well. I think I’m hitting more on that pain point with that service than I am with selling, which, I mean, yes. A quality book sells. Don’t get me wrong.

But, yeah, I think that, you know, to me, if we know that we’re trying very often to wake people up to the problem with our content, so that they reach out to us, which part of of book doctoring would open that loop that only your service could close.

So it feels to me like there’s something there. Right? Like, it’ll get in front of people and start them down a path of seeing your name in their feed more and more often.

And even if they only know you up front as the the book person, what I’m worried about is waiting for the act like, the perfect content, and now you start saying something.

I’d rather you not wait for the perfect. I’d rather you just, like, start putting stuff out there right now because you have a block in your calendar, and it says you have to write and publish something, and so that’s what you’re gonna do. So just push push those twenty thousand words out, however that comes out, and then see what that frees up in your mind or exposes in your mind for the next thing to say, even if it’s not going to get you the perfect leads right now. Will it get you on some radars?

Maybe. Now if you’re like, but I don’t want people to come to me for book doctoring services.

Do you have book doctoring on that org chart?

Yes.

Good. Okay. So then you do kind of want them to come to you because down the road and now, you could start making money on it. Right?

Like, it is part of your plan. Yes. So cool. Yeah.

Okay.

Yeah.

Okay. I’m, as per usual, way overthinking.

Okay. Thank you. Good. That’s good. We talk through these things. Awesome. Thanks. Awesome. No. Great.

Claire, what’s your win?

My win is that I have been trying to hire a social well, I’m not a social person. A VA for well, since, you know, like, last year.

Okay. What’s the win there?

That I finally my my stepsister was like, I really need to find something to fill my time. And I was like, you know what?

Oh, I already found it.

It’s close to a win.

Yeah. So she’s doing great. She’s Good.

I already actually know her that well.

So she’s kind of felt, but okay. Alright. Distant family.

So it’s Okay.

But, Nice. Good. Thank you. Well, I feel like the universe conspired.

My question is go back to your calendar. So I wanted to ask you about how to be more strict with your first, how to be more strict, and second, when do you take breaks? Because I know that sitting down for eight hours is bad for the back.

Yes. How do you structure those?

But I have the app that tells me to stand, and I follow-up.

Yeah. So it’s time to stand, and then I get to close a circle, close a ring.

But that’s like and I have a standing desk. I don’t use it, though, very well because I don’t use stand up.

I don’t like typing on a standing desk. Things wobble. I get motion sickness really, really easily, and that actually does it for me. And then I have to lay down for a while, which sucks.

So I don’t like to use my standing desk, but I do just follow the rule of stand. I have my dog walk, blocked out, and I do the dog walk because it’s in my calendar. And if they wanna go sooner, I’m sorry. We’re going when it’s when it’s blocked.

Yeah. Block it. If you’re not standing, put a work block in that says, like, it’s a ten minute work block for you to stand and walk around your backyard or wherever the hell. Yeah.

Yeah? Okay. Cool. Yeah. So every forty five minutes then for for you, take, like, a quick little loop.

Is that what it is? It’s whenever my watch says, okay. No. Except when I’m here, and then it pings me. It’ll probably ping me right away, and I ignore it when I’m sitting right here. Yeah. Got it.

That’s super helpful.

Well, I have to drop it.

Thank you. Sure. Absolutely. Thanks, thanks, Claire. Katie, what’s your win?

I hit publish on my website on Friday.

I haven’t told anyone about that, so I’m still fixing I’m still fixing, like, Well, now you can do one of those posts.

The whatchamacallit?

I’m thrilled to announce.

I’m thrilled to announce. A post. I would say. Yes. Excellent. Yes.

I forgot. It’s been so long since I published a website. I forgot about all of the little back end things that take so long. Yeah.

So, yeah, feeling really happy about that. Great. My question is around our content publishing and repurposing topics. Specifically, like, I’m gonna talk about my status quo routine, not my aspirational routine, which is I write a newsletter, and then, usually, I turn that into a blog post.

And I also pull either pull bits of that for social media or, you know, riff on what I’ve said in in different ways on social media.

But what I would like to do is be using long form, like, either video or audio and then pulling from that to populate the other things. I guess it’s just like, I feel I don’t feel right about repurposing content to email. It always feels like the email newsletter should be like, that’s that’s where I wanna invest. That’s the relationship that I hold the dearest.

And so I’m like, it I don’t know. I then I get in my head because if I’ve, like if I put it to my email list, I’m like, oh, well, the same people don’t wanna see the same thing from me on social media right away.

So then I get in the weeds trying to be like, what else should I put on social this week? And then, like, five days goes by, and then it’s the next week, and I have to do the whole thing over again. So I I guess just, like, what is your hierarchy for repurposing, and do you have any best practices around what not to do?

Repurpose everything. Just you’re probably wrong about what you just said. Right? Like, who cares that you said the same thing across three different spaces? It’s just Katie’s on message. Like, I think that’s okay.

I wouldn’t let it stop you because look what it’s done. It means you don’t five days go by and you haven’t done the thing. Right? So it’s getting in your way. Is it real? Do you have good reason to believe that people will retaliate?

They will be unhappy to the point of going like, oh, Katie. Don’t you have anything new to say?

Probably not.

I do feel I do feel like people can be trained not to open your emails if you’re constantly if it’s like, I see it on social media, and then five minutes later, it’s in my inbox that I’m like, I I already read this.

That’s a high class problem.

If someone is both following you on social media and reading your email and going, I have so much Katie in my life, then your marketing is working. So I wouldn’t I I wouldn’t let it get in my way. I know that it never hurt CXL.

I’d I was similar. I didn’t wanna publish a blog post as my email. And Pep was like, I published a blog post as my email. And I was just like, every time I open his email, I was like, oh, why?

But I kept opening his emails and so did others, and he built a really good brand around it. So I would say, yep. Get out of your head about it. Just go do it.

Do it until people start, like, really getting, like, Katie, stop sending me these things. Then they’ll unsubscribe too. And I know that you wanna nurture that relationship. You don’t wanna lose it.

I don’t I would argue you’re not gonna lose it because you’re saying you’re posting the same thing in a few different places.

And if you do find that you are losing it, then there are ways to use cookies to figure that stuff out, right, and segmentation.

And can you do anything with, like maybe it’s a good time if someone does go from your newsletter to you said you have then a post, and then you have social media. So you’ve got a blog, which means you’re driving traffic, which means there’s a cookie, which means if you set up retargeting ads on LinkedIn, which we’re gonna do another video or a lesson on that in a couple months. But short version is set up cheap text based retargeting ads, on LinkedIn. All that but what I’m really talking about here is just, like, know who’s hit your website. If they click through, they they landed on that blog post, then you set up retargeting in LinkedIn.

And what I’m saying by that is not that you’re gonna be doing ads in LinkedIn, but you can set it up so that LinkedIn knows that somebody did x. And although they may see your post, on social media on LinkedIn oh, wait. You do Instagram a lot, don’t you? Same diff. It’s still it’s still, the the thing.

Then you can just you can start serving ads through there so that they’re not just inundated with the same message. They might get a fully different ad from you that’s super cheap, and it’s based on that retargeting. So I would worry less about it and see how can we use this moment instead, to make sure that they’re if they’re that engaged with me, I should put an ad in front of them that has it’s just a testimonial ad, or something else like that. Does that make sense, Katie? Yeah. That makes ton of sense.

I like that as, like, seeing it as an opportunity instead of an obstacle.

And, also, when you said, is this real? I was like, oh, no. It’s not real.

So You were like, Joe, stop talking.

Already done. It’s not real. Got it. Okay. Awesome. Okay. Thanks, Katie. Liesel, what’s your win?

My win is I’m getting replies. So I’m doing interviews for my book, and I’m getting replies from people who are pretty high up there. So I’m excited about that.

Exciting.

I know. It’s fun. I’m excited.

When is your book writing and research work blocked in your calendar for?

Well, so I’m working on that actually today and tomorrow.

Yes. Excellent. But the part of, like, the research, that’s what I have a question about. So given that my brand stands, like, I’m the best in the world at making retention inevitable, k, and my moat is my book. K?

K.

I have three different angles that I’m trying to choose between. I don’t know I I’m in my ACP’s head, but not as well as I would like to be, so I wanna run them past you if that’s okay.

K. So the first angle is that SaaS teams think UX and onboarding are going to fix retention, but that’s just a Band Aid. I wanna show how to engineer retention by merging product led growth, UX, and conversion psychology so that users stay because they want to, not because they have to.

And there’s actually a couple of studies that just came out about that, which are super interesting. However, the next one is PLG brings users in and UX makes the product usable, but SaaS hasn’t figured out how to keep users engaged long term. So I’m gonna bridge that gap by applying ethical persuasion principles to retention without the scummy tactics. They’re the same persuasion principles that pro marketers use. However, I show how to shift them.

And then retention isn’t a system or is the system not a metric. So retention isn’t just a marketing or product KPI. It’s an entire system that SaaS teams need to engineer from day one. And so I’m gonna lay out the playbook for making retention inevitable by aligning PLG, UX, and behavior driven messaging.

Which one of those do you think would resonate the most or none of them?

No. The third one’s, like, for me, it was winner winner.

That was me too.

I wanted to check.

Okay. That’s good. It does feel like the other ones are precursors. Like, you need to first get people to eliminate their focus on UX, on onboarding as if that’s the solution, the only solution at least, and PLG, what’s what’s broken there. So yeah. And then that leads to retention as a system, not a metric, which is, like, good.

Yes.

Awesome. Yeah. And I’m planning on interviewing not just, like, CMOs at, like, fifty plus fifty million plus companies and a hundred plus, but also the smaller ones to see if that there’s any patterns. I’m focusing on the larger ones, because I feel like those are my ICP anyway. But I feel like there might be patterns that ones who are newer might be able to use to get there. I don’t know.

I think that’s great. And I also when you’re talking to the CMOs at these large organizations or larger ones, they were likely leading marketing at a smaller one before. So they were VP of growth or they were, like, head of growth or some smaller title, because smaller SaaS companies don’t hire CMOs. Even large SaaS companies often don’t hire CMOs, strangely.

So then you can, in those interviews also, like, ask them, does this feel any different from when you were at that smaller brand or whatever that can be? So Yeah. You can you can start seeing what they say. Thanks.

Oh. Awesome. Love it. Thank you. Excellent. Good. Wonderful. Build that moat. Alright, y’all. Anything else?

We good? Okay. Excellent. You’re, on Thursday, I wanted to mention this. Thursday, you have a work block for auditing your SQL funnel so that next Monday, we can talk about it. So if you haven’t got that worksheet, it will be in Slack, and Sarah will email it out, unless Sarah already did email it out, in which case it’s in your inbox.

But that is going to be really, really tactical. If you don’t have an SQL funnel or a sales funnel, then you still need to do the the audit no matter what, and we wanna see where things are starting to kind of fall apart so that you can fix them. Cool. Excellent.

Wonderful. Alright. Then we’ll otherwise see y’all later, maybe this, Friday for feedback. K. Have a good week, everyone.

Bye.

Bold Differentiation: Building a Strong Personal Brand

Bold Differentiation: Building a Strong Personal Brand

Transcript

Okeydoke. Alright. Welcome, y’all. Welcome to March. This is chaos month in, Copy School Pro, and we’re gonna start off, as we should, with the Cosmo quiz.

So this I don’t know if you had a chance to look at it, but this is my poor printout of it. Today, we’re gonna begin with the differentiation Cosmo quiz. It is in the document that was sent to you. Does anybody not have a copy of that?

It’s in your inbox.

I will show it to you as well quickly in case you’re like, what’s she even talking about?

This.

Okay. So this is what we’re talking about. It we’re here right now. For the next two weeks, we’re gonna get a little heavy on who are you and what do you sound like out there, because I’ve seen a lot of people being held back.

I don’t know what to post about. I don’t know what to say. There’s no traction. No one cares.

So let’s, like, push it. Let’s, like, make them care. Like, force them to care what’s what’s gonna happen. People will notice you.

Okay. That’s the idea.

So we’re gonna start with this really it’s a Cosmo quiz because it’s you’ll know. Anybody ever done a Cosmo or a Glamour quiz?

Yeah. Okay. Some of us are I did a lot of them as a teen, and I was always like, oh, you can game this so easily.

Sure. Fine. But just don’t then. So all you wanna do, we’re gonna take a little bit of time. You’ll choose one from each of these sections, and this is for you.

So you’ll it’s identifying you. So it’s in the first person, and if it’s in the second person, it’s you saying that to another person. So you’ll just choose one from each. Just go through and, like, tally it up on a piece of paper if you haven’t printed it off.

And then we’re going to tally up our points at the end. But don’t jump ahead and do that. We’re gonna take five minutes for this part, and then we’ll worry about tallies after. Okay? Five minutes. I’m gonna do it too.

Okay. Is everyone done?

No? Oh, okay. One more minute.

Okay. Let’s call it done. Now you go through, and this is very scientific and accurate, by the way. You go through and you’ll tally up the number of a’s, b’s, c’s, and d’s that you’ve got and pop them in here.

Do that right now and just, like, put up just, like, thumbs up or something so I know you’re done.

K. Abby and Andrew are done.

I missed you.

Jess is done.

And Stacy and Katie.

Cody.

Loving the blazer, Cody. Side note.

So Liesl’s gonna be a little bit late.

Jessica Johnson and Britney, we are waiting on you.

Okay. Since Jessica Johnson and Britney are off oh, Jessica said she’s done.

Great. Johnson, Britney, I’m assuming you’re on track or you’re busy doing something else, while we’re going through. So we’re going to move through to the point where we get our Cosmo quiz assessment.

More a’s than anything else. This is what’s up. More b’s than anything else. That’s what’s up. More c’s or d’s.

If these are true for you, if you got more c’s or d’s and nobody has to confess anything, I recommend that you go oh, good. You guys both done. I recommend that you go back through and do the assessment as a brand that you know of and admire. And I really do mean like a personality brand, like a person, and not necessarily like a like J. Crew. Like, J. Crew would get c’s across the board.

More like Gary v or anything like that. And you can start to better understand, some of the positives of kind of standing out and doing more. Does anybody wanna talk about a reaction you have to having completed this super important cosmo quiz?

Abby? Yeah.

I mean, I said it in the chat. I think the trouble is that it just, like, cycles too much. So, like yeah. I think one of my problems, and I’m not alone, and this group in having this is that some days, it’s like, yeah, like, I feel like I’m crushing it. And then other days, it’s like, I’m an absolute garbage person, and I shouldn’t be talking about copywriting because I suck so hard.

Yeah.

Okay. And others feel the same way, and that’s sort of the problem. Right? If you’re uncertain, then your brand reads as uncertain as well.

So it’s like a matter of pushing it, which is that question about, like, delusion that I had.

This I’m so I’m delusional of my self belief.

I think that that’s an important thing to be as, like, nutty as it may sound.

Don’t it’s just just like, if you’re gonna get out there and people are going to know your brand, it can’t be wishy washy. Right? Like, we can’t be.

We have to really say something. So that was the fun exercise to get us thinking about, and I do recommend that you go through it and retake the quiz as, again, Gary Vee or any of these other brands out there, that you know by name.

Now I wanna move on to getting a bit more real. So what I know is really common for copywriters, in particular, is, like, a tendency toward introversion and shyness, which isn’t really real because a lot of us think a lot of ourselves and think, no. I’m I’m actually pretty badass, and if more people knew that, like, dope.

But there’s also a sense of retreating into yourself.

So I want the the objective today is not just to sit here and be exactly who we are today. Otherwise, we wouldn’t take training. We wouldn’t wanna get better at anything. We would just, like, not show up. Like, ever, we wouldn’t even sign up for training like this and to have somebody encourage you, coach you to do more.

I know for a fact that the thing that is keeping most people when you have struggles in getting leads, it’s because nobody knows who you are. They might have heard of you once, but then they forgot about you. You gotta keep showing up. Your brand has to keep showing up.

So we wanna wake up your brand. Everybody can do this. We do this. I work on this with my coach.

We work on this stuff all the time. It’s it’s an always in progress challenge.

Okay. But what I would love you to do is take some time now to start working through this, and I’m gonna walk through these as we go. I’m not gonna give you, like, a ton of time to write in your answers. If you’ve already done the worksheet, then you already have your answers in there, and you might want to refine them a bit.

But I wanna be really clear. In order to be a world class brand, which is what your clients need to believe that you are, especially as you raise your rates, you have to have this shit locked down. You have to know in the whole world, I’m the absolute best at. When you if any of you already do hang around with people who are uber successful, they absolutely talk about themselves in ways that horrify the little like, for me, growing up in the nineties when, like, shoegazing was how you showed you were cool, when you were like, it was cool not to try, and it was, like, really lame to, like, talk yourself up.

So for me, I have, like, an allergic reaction to hearing this, but I know that it’s critical. I know that when x person says, oh, there’s nobody in the world that’s better than me at this, and that’s why Google hires me all the time, or they just don’t really support it. It just is.

You have to believe. You have to believe. You have to find a way to get there. You have to believe within the whole world.

Nobody, nobody in this room, nobody in any room is better than you at this thing. So start with and I want you to go bigger, like like, really knock through and make yourself feel like like your ego’s too big now. Like, calm down. Don’t, though.

Write it in the least calm down way possible. In the whole world, I am the absolute add in expletives if you want to. Best at what? Write it in now.

Write it anywhere now.

Don’t think forever about it. Just what’s your fucking thing? Just write it down.

When you read it back, you need to know it sounds delusional.

Then you’re probably on the right track.

K? Why do people not just love you, but, like, want to be you? Why?

Write that in next.

And if it includes that your hair looks dope on a regular basis, that is fine. That shouldn’t be the whole thing, but that can be a thing. List it out. List out all your awesome if you want to or just focus on one thing.

Also, don’t list out lots of things you’re good at. Just the one core thing that you’re good at and then other things that make you feel good about yourself.

K.

Alright. Now I had to do this animal kingdom exercise a couple times over the last year and a half, where gorillas and peacocks were, floated.

I recommend that you think about which which animal you are in the animal kingdom. And if you’re not sure, just choose a fucking badass animal. Something really even if it’s badass because it’s the cutest thing you’ve ever seen in your life, but it has to be it can’t be a worm. Abby. It can’t be a worm. It has to be something, yeah, that you can stand behind and that I would say if you’re not sure that people have a feeling about.

So in the animal kingdom, what are you?

Be a child about it. Don’t be smart about it. Don’t be too clever.

Just be a kid.

Okay? Alright. Now everybody who was like, sometimes I’m this, sometimes I’m that, this line is for you. When you have a twinge of self doubt, when something gets in your way, sometimes it’s a whole day of it, sometimes it’s just a just a blip.

What do you remember? What do you tell yourself? What is your motto? What is your thing to get you through?

You may already have it. If you don’t, homework is to go find it.

So what is that thing that you tell yourself when you have doubt about being that animal, about why people love you, about what your thing really is?

Nice, Britney. Nice.

Okay?

And that brings us to the last one, moat building, which is really what everybody AI taught us. You have got to build a moat around who you are, your skills, what you bring to the table, a moat that a bot cannot get through. So how are you building not just a moat, but a super fucking wide brand moat?

What are you doing? What is your thing? How are you making that moat happen?

Moe equals nobody can touch you.

It it shouldn’t probably isn’t a point of, differentiation. That’s like that’s that’s just what got the castle standing, but rather what’s the thing around you where you have to be increasingly widening it, adding new moats beyond the moat so nobody can drop a bridge and, like, hit your castle and destroy you. The moat that keeps you being Katie Peacock.

Untouchable. What keeps you untouchable? And if it doesn’t exist yet, that’s why it says I’m building because it probably doesn’t exist yet.

Okay. Alright.

Does anybody wanna share any of their answers? You don’t share all of them. Anything stand out for you that you feel like cool.

Otherwise, I’ll call on you.

Britney’s come on camera. Is that volunteering? Okay. Britney, let’s hear it.

It’s my sorry for not being able to get on earlier.

Oh, no worries.

So these are basic, but in the whole world, I’m the absolute best at seeing the real problem under the noise.

K.

People love me because I elevate every space, and I see the need and show up without asking.

In the animal kingdom, it’s funny, like, in my house, we have this joke, like, be a fucking tiger.

Okay. Because the spiritual meaning of that is intuitive, senses truth, grounded, leadership can be, you you know, silent, but then also can has power when needed.

Love. But, like, then also I’m like, I have a I kinda like the fox too. Like, good mane, clever, smart, like, gets the job done with few resources sometimes.

Yes.

So when I have a twinge of doubt, I remember sometimes a fox can be a fucking tiger.

So it’s just kinda like the world is our oyster. Right? Like, we can be who we need to be for the moment.

When we encompass kind of, like, that essence, like, the deep down essence.

And then the moat one, I don’t totally understand, but I guess for me, something as I have been building in the last six months, I just have to a, this is like a practical thing, but just, like, keep my reserves healthy so that I’m with. Meaning, like, everything I’ve read about negotiation is that the moment you go into, like, neediness, you lose. And so how do I blinkslate and just with or without you, this is happening.

So, like, a a reserve working on my daily value, like like, I’m just gonna be clear about what I offer and, just a radical commitment to to offering value, I guess, is my moat. But it’s too vague, I know, but I’m working on it.

Cool. And that’s a good thing to work on. Right? Like, I’ve been thinking about our moat for a couple years and have only just kinda got to a place where I’m like, I think this is I think it’s these things.

But the moat might actually be somewhat, like, a even a channel sometimes. Like, what’s the space you’re going to own completely so that anybody who’s, like so nobody can can touch you there. So it’s too late for anybody else who tries to get in, and that could be a book, could be a series of books. Right?

Those sorts of things. That that doesn’t mean it has to be that, though. So I would just, like, keep letting your brain work on, how do I build a moat? What does my moat look like?

How do I make sure that the fortress really is protected, not just by me and my skills, but by everything I’ve done with the channels around me to prevent anybody from coming and taking share from me.

So give it thought.

It doesn’t have to answer it immediately.

Yeah.

What do you think about, so I did some cold calling last week for, like I have a a smaller digital marketing thing, and it went it actually went great. And the feedback that I’m getting is people actually want to talk to the person. They don’t want your setter. They don’t want your salesperson.

They want the person. And so for me, that also plays into mode. Like, hey. Like, when when you’re working with our team, like, at the end of the day, if you need me, like, here’s my cell phone.

So I feel like that’s motive, but also finite. So I’m going you know? Yeah. The resources around your time are finite, but I do like like, just call me directly.

Like, let’s cut the fuss. You know?

Totally.

I that’s great. That’s awesome. And that’s something to think about and, like, figure out how that fits into a bigger brand strategy, having access to you. What does that mean?

In order for someone to want to have access to you, they need to have put you on some level of authority based pedestal. Doesn’t mean that’s always true, but it’s probably true that to get more people and if they care about talking to the person, I need to be the person. So going back through and revisiting everything on here to make sure that you’re, like, nailing it across the board, And then it’s a matter of, I think, then come with other questions around okay. But, like, I don’t scale.

Okay. Well, if you don’t scale, a lot of experts don’t scale, and they raise their rates accordingly. And you only call people who are very likely to be an absolute good fit because you have to choose the right people to call. But I think that’s cool.

I’m so glad that your cold calling went well.

Yeah. It was wild, actually. It was encouraging, and, and I I also was surprised that I had kind of a script, but, actually, people really just, like, almost want one sentence. It’s like the script got condensed to so much shorter than I thought.

But Amazing.

Nice open loop too because everyone’s like, what was the sentence? Tell me the sentence.

But that’s cool. That’s your IP. You have that? Good. That’s awesome. Okay. Also, I love show up without asking.

I wrote that down and circled it. I think if you can live that value, we show up without asking. It’s interesting.

So cool. Any other feedback for Britney?

No? Awesome. Thanks, Britney. Anybody else wanna share?

Anybody else feel anyone if you’re like, I don’t know about this part. Also, like, throw it out there. We can give you some some notes, some encouragement.

I do. You both?

Okay. So I’m struggling with, like, the whole in the whole world I’m the absolute best at.

I have life cycle marketing or, like, decoding human behavior and trust so that SaaS brands can have the life cycle marketing that runs smoothly. I don’t know. But I feel like the thing that I’m best at is seeing life cycle marketing in everything. And so, like, all different patterns of, like, marketing or life. And so I can see how it fits together. And so I can see how their people can then smoothly go through the funnel. But that’s a lot of words.

It’s a lot. And it’s, like, it’s not something that somebody would say about you Yeah. Yet. Right?

Because it’s it’s just not. Right. So what is it? Like, when you think about I’m not gonna name names, but think about somebody who has so much undeserved ego.

I think we all know who.

There’s many of them, but so much shocking amounts of self confidence in spite of everything.

That it it it drives their success in, like, stunning ways.

We can say a thing about each of those people. Any of those people that come to mind for you, you can say they’re really good at this. They’re they’re, like, not just really good that they’re they dominate that thing. Even if they’re not actually the best at it in the in the whole world. So if there’s a sense of I’m going back to nineteen eighties, Donald Trump. We’re not talking about current. Nineteen eighties Donald Trump, the art of the deal.

Everybody, he built a great moat with that. So I’m gonna I’m going to elevate my brand from being the New York guy who has buildings to being, like, the art of the deal guy globally.

Great moat.

In the world, it was assumed that he was the absolute best at putting deals together.

Didn’t really matter if it was true.

The point was not, let’s be let’s be rational. Let’s have proof for everything that we do. All the stuff that the rest of us actually do take seriously. Like, no. I have to be able to stand behind it. I have to prove it, though.

Throw that out for a while and just just be, like, really egotistical.

With that in mind, Liezl, can you, like, embarrass yourself with with how ridiculous your state like, I would push it really hard. If it’s finding patterns, then whatever that might be, k. Now make it, like, make us feel weird about your level of absolute, unordered self confidence there.

I’m trying to think. I don’t know. Okay.

I’m the absolute best at making life cycle marketing work. Doesn’t matter if, like, what where the market is going.

It doesn’t matter if there’s AI. It doesn’t matter if email goes away. I’m the absolute best. I’m making life cycle marketing work no matter the platform and no matter the medium, I guess, or market. Getting there.

I don’t know.

I think it’s getting there. Oh, we’re not gonna get there right now. But I think that it’s a good exercise to go forward, keep pushing on that, sharing them in Slack, or just, like, just, like, push it like, just talk it through with yourself, with your partner, like, whatever it takes, to get there. And then that’s who you are, and everything you say has to just be part of that.

Yeah? Awesome.

Yeah. Push it. Push it push it.

Cody says, mine’s a bit obnoxious, so I’ll share it. Can you come off mute and say it, Cody?

Sure.

So I put, I was using Chat GPT to help me since it knows me so well, and now I had a time limit. But, so it says an unmatched ability to sniff out hidden profit, optimizing shit so ruthlessly that every dollar in ad spend works harder. While everyone is guessing, I’m engineering conversions with the precision of a master strategist.

Nice. Badass. Great.

Cool. Optimizing shit so ruthlessly that every dollar in ad spend, I would just change works harder to some. I know. It this is a little weak. Yeah. No. But the start of it was so, like like, punchy in the face kind of, like, woah.

And then it was, like, works harder. So just fix that part. I know. I know.

I I caught it too.

But yeah. Yeah. That’s cool. Awesome.

Britney, what were you saying about can we give, Leisel examples using life cycle marketing? Is there anything you wanted to add there?

Britney’s busy. Okay.

But if anybody has any examples, okay, throwing it out to the group for Liesl, then, please, go back to that. Cool. Abby says I wanna be the absolute best at selling, period.

I am the absolute best at selling, period.

Yes.

Present tense. You’re already there. No one’s there’s no certification coming. There’s no stamp of approval coming.

You’re just there. Okay. Anybody else any other shares?

If it makes you feel uncomfortable, that’s good.

Okay.

I’ll share.

It feels the reason that it feels uncomfortable is because you literally taught me this, and so I’m like, can we just remove you from, like, people?

Remove. Let’s let’s just pretend you don’t exist. Okay. Cool.

So in the whole world, I’m the absolute best at life cycle email strategy. When I talk to people who think they know anything about, life cycle email strategy, they realize they need to sit down and listen because they don’t actually know anything.

So that’s that’s that.

K. In the animal kingdom okay. I don’t know why this popped into my head, but I picked a moose.

Okay. And yeah. It’s very Canadian.

Yeah. What came to me after was it’s because they’re elusive. They’re rare. Everybody’s always like, I want to see a moose in real life.

Oh.

People stop when they’re around. Like, you literally have to stop your car. If you see a moose, you’re like, oh my god. I need to stop. You’ve heard of a moose, and you’re like, oh, damn. But then when you see one, you’re like, oh, fuck. Like, I actually had no idea.

And then when I have a twinge of self doubt, I remember that there’s a white dude spouting shit on LinkedIn who doesn’t know anything, who’s acting more confident than you and making more money than you, and so that needs to change.

And then I’m building a super wide brand moat with the state of report that I’m doing, so the state of free trial onboarding sequences in twenty twenty five.

Nice. And I just decided this weekend, I’m gonna start a YouTube channel as well.

Okay.

Build that moat. Yep. Amazing. Okay. Wait. Why do people fucking love you?

Because I’m really smart and great at business, and people always think that I’m really cool.

Okay. Dig it.

And I like that. Cool.

Excellent.

Awesome. Good.

Okay.

Alright. Britney says you have Riz. Awesome. I said Riz in front of my nephew, and he nearly died. He was like, now That word’s dead.

Okay.

Jessica’s up on the absolute best at coaching people through writing and publishing their book. Try harder, Jessica.

Excellent.

Okay.

Wonderful.

Let’s Stacy, are you going to share yours?

Yes. I’m going to because it’s so weak that I need to share it so I can make it better.

Okay. Let’s do it.

I mean, it’s just it’s the the kernels of it are there, but hearing the oomph of the other ones was just like, oh my god. This is so weak.

So the the best in the world is I’m I’m doing this about my, about my software.

So Yeah.

It’s I I built the absolute best AI for marketing that creates the most value with the least amount of effort, which is Okay. Objectively true. It just doesn’t have enough oomph.

And people fucking love me because I speak my mind. I’m successful, laid back, can figure out anything. I’ve I’ve done I’ve lived a thousand lifetimes already.

I I don’t know. I guess they think I’m a cool person.

My animal kingdom is an albino Siberian tiger because it wasn’t enough to just be a tiger. It had to be a very, very rare thing, and the Siberian tiger is, like, the apex predator. So, that’s why I picked all of those, along with the tiger, spiritual aspects too. So it’s a complete package.

When I have a twinge of self doubt, I remember I’m Stacy Moore.

That’s so Oh, nice.

That’s baller.

I mean and that is really true.

So that part, I feel good about, the the strength of that one.

The moat, I don’t have anything strong there.

I just you know, the the the AI of choice for the best marketers in the world is is what I wrote.

So open to feedback.

Okay. Feedback.

Room. Everyone here knows how it’s supposed to sound, but we’re aiming for Nice, Abby. Awesome. K. Notes for Stacy.

Let’s start with in the whole world and the absolute best at.

Does anybody remember it?

I was expecting more because No.

Because it’s totally not memorable.

It was it was to do with your AI.

But, Stacy, I feel like we can always trust you to bring, like, the kind of Apex confidence. So I was expecting you to just be like, in the whole world, I’m the best at everything.

That’s funny.

I think that’s the problem.

Right? It was not memorable, and it’s not in keeping with what we know of you, Stacy, which yeah.

Anybody else have any notes to help Stacy out here?

We’re pushing it.

Questions for Stacy to help her?

Cody, Abby, looks like you’re both thinking.

Yeah. I was I was thought of one, but then I was like, it’s still not good enough. But, like, turning, like, chatbots or AI bots into, like, your world like, world class copywriter, like, something around that. Maybe. I don’t know. Because it’s like you make the AI, like, the the best copywriter, like, they could ever work with.

But it’s not enough.

Like, the easiest blank in the least amount of effort.

So that’s just like marketing talk. Right? But, like, what do those things like how do you make it obnoxious now so that we’re pushing it in the right direction?

I don’t know. I mean, I make AI that can do your job better than you so you can so you can wow your clients. I mean, it’s really the thing. You know? But it can’t because it has to have the people, but but that’s the, you know, the gist of it.

But it’s not a cop it’s not copywriting AI. It’s just it it’s writing is one thing. It’s strategy research writing. It’s so much more than copywriting.

Yeah. That’s one component. I’m looking at the at the comments.

Yeah.

So that’s fair. So if we get rid of copywriting, but then there’s the question, okay. Do your job better than you is nice. It’s obnoxious, but it’s also terrifying.

Yeah. It is. It it is, and it’s not it’s not the ethos of what I’m doing too, but but something in that direction that actually fits is Yeah. You know, is a good thing to think about.

Exactly. I would just think about that. Going in that direction of, okay.

So if do your job better than you is sticky, it’s just not what’s your dream. Who wished if you’ve always wished you could clone yourself Yeah.

You know?

But, like, you know, it’s not that it’s not that either because I don’t want I don’t want people to think it’s like an AI clone of yourself because it’s not that either.

Yeah. Yeah. I would just work on how do you make the do your job better than you fit now with what you really believe in?

Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Because it’s it’s something that we can we can see it now. We can, like, understand it and, like, feel slightly threatened by it and, like, wanna react to it. And that’s, like, what we’re going for. Right? A reaction to our brand.

Hopefully, the right reaction, but some people will find will be angry with us.

Okay. Alright. Thanks everyone for sharing. Your next objective, your homework is to do something super lame, which I do recommend.

I’ve actually got mine on order. This is my little little dude, is to create a visual of that animal.

Really bring it to life with AI and then get can put it in Canva and go get it shipped to you and put it next to your computer. And when you’re not sure who you are and what you do and why people do care, not just should care, but do care, then you could look at that.

That is it. Go through, revisit this.

Make sure you got a brand, a good brand that you stand behind. Alright. Next week, we will be talking about this as there’ll be a part two. Basically, it requires that you have done the work from this week to move forward in week two.

Those are the only two parts of chaos month that, like, work together. Okay.

Now we’re in that part of the day where we have q and a. You have a question. Please raise your hand.

We’ll start with what should we start with? Not a win.

Your goal for the month of March, a measurable goal. It can’t be qualitative. It has to be quantitative. What do you what is your goal? Target for March for March. Abby, you’re up first, so now you have you’re on the spot to come up with it immediately.

Just close another client, I think.

Put a number on that. One one client. One client at? What’s their value?

Oh, at fifty with an optimization retainer.

You already are doing that every single month. That’s Yeah.

So I wanna keep doing it. I wanna keep doing it.

I’m like lose momentum. Keep going.

I’m waiting for the, like, the the you know, when you think you’ve got it all figured out, and then the dip comes, you’re like, I didn’t have it figured out.

It’s all okay.

Alright.

Okay. So, yeah, my question is when someone comes to me and they don’t want, like, my standardized offer as it is, I don’t know what to do. Like, I will drop my prices. I will panic. Like, I just it’s a massive blind spot for me. So I got I got this email. I’m gonna pop it in the chat if that’s okay.

Okay.

So they want a sales page revision and an evergreen sales email series.

And I just don’t know what to do with that because I can’t be like, well, you need they want evergreen. It’s fifty k.

And I can’t be like, I I’m not gonna put it in VIP week. Like, I’d love to still close them at, like, twenty, thirty k, but I don’t know.

Dot what is happening here? Questions galore. Okay. Where did this email come from?

Like, is this, we’re reaching out to you first email or has it Yeah.

This was a, a lady someone filled in my, like, I want to work with you form.

Okay. So you haven’t spoken with them yet?

I booked a call for Friday, and I Okay. Wanted to check-in first because otherwise, I’ll just close, like, something stupid.

What makes you believe that this lead knows and is right about what they want?

Like, everybody has an idea. Like, you go to the mall and you’re like, I want new jeans, but then you, like, try on not jeans and they’re dope. And you’re like, never mind. I want these, and maybe I also want new jeans.

We don’t know. We just think we know. Right? And so I mean, extremely successful is, like, confident.

Right.

So you have looked into their brand, and it’s an extremely successful brand.

Well, she said her freebie is extremely successful.

Because it’s got forty thousand downloads?

Well, it it says a revision of our extremely successful free or free freebie, with sixty seven five percent over forty thousand.

Do you do you believe these numbers?

Do you believe that they have a seventy five percent open rate across nine emails? Yeah. You do?

Yeah. I get that because it’s a Everybody here.

By email eight, you’ve still got a seventy five percent open rate?

No. Across the emails. Like, it averages around that.

I have worked in email a long ass time, and that is suspicious to me. I’m like, hold on. Let’s open up. Show me show me your like, let’s go into your CRM right now.

So it’s not that, Abby. And I’m not like but I would look at this and go like, thank you for believing you know what you need. That’s that’s great. You’ve given some thought to this. Awesome.

Now you throw that part out and you back the conversation into the actual conversation that you always have. Get on the call. Thank you. I saw everything. I saw, like, your list. It’s a great grocery list. Let’s talk right now, though, instead about, like, what’s going on in your business right now.

Why are we talking today? If it’s because they need a sales page revision, they’ve come to the wrong place. You’re not a sales page revisionist. That’s not if they’re looking for that, they can find that anywhere online. There’s, like, a million people who will do that. So why did they come to you? What’s going on in their business?

Why you? Why now? Always those same questions.

So I would just back up.

There’s still a prospect for the project, aren’t they? Sales page revision, the it’s for an evergreen flow?

Yeah. So they want an evergreen funnel. They just don’t need the whole thing. So they say.

The course is older.

We haven’t really done much with it since the launch, but it’s core content for us, and I want it to be a bigger part of our environment.

So so what are we hearing? What do you hear when you hear that? Like, really quick reaction to reading that. Forget about just even I want it to be a bigger part of our environment.

That they they want an evergreen sales funnel that works.

Yeah. They want what does it I would like okay. So they their problem internally, they’re thinking and I think they meant ecosystem, but they said environment. I don’t know what that means.

But I would dig into that. Like, what do you mean a bigger part of, like, this world that you’re creating for your product lineup, I assume?

Get them to, like I’d start there. Talk to me about what’s going on with this.

And then looking at your ballpark project budget, we’re probably about halfway in between a VIP week and a full funnel because we have at least some of the assets already.

No. I think this is, like for me, Abby, I look at this, and I just get them into your standardized offer. Like, that’s your objective.

This is fine that they think they want these things, but the more they start talking Mhmm. Because you’re asking all of the questions you would ask anybody who it doesn’t even matter what they put in their intake form. Fine. Fine.

Great. Cool. It’s not that you ignore it, but you really don’t have to think that much about it. Find the parts that are their obvious, like, openings in a sales conversation.

Now we want it to be a bigger part of our environment. There again, I don’t know what that word means. You’ve done all of these things.

You’ve had success with this freebie.

Why are they coming to you right now for an evergreen funnel, though?

That’d be my like, that’s the question.

And what’s stopping them? Have they done a webinar before? Because you largely just do evergreen webinar funnels, don’t you, Abby? Yeah. Yeah. So I’m looking at that going, like, have you tried a webinar funnel before?

How did that go? Oh, you didn’t? Why not? The usual, like, sales questions. I wouldn’t worry about a single thing that they’ve said in there, But, like, pull on the obvious, for me, it for me, it feels like, wow. This is a good lead purely because they’ve given you so much information. They’ve told you things that are pretty revealing about the place that they’re at in their business.

They care about this or they wouldn’t have told you this much. They’ve looked through your offers, so they’re doing all of the good research that’s like buying signals.

But they wanna believe they’re a VIP week, which you have to get off your site. And maybe you’d be a full funnel, but they have some of the assets already. So all you have to do is move them from where they are toward, oh, we do need a full funnel. It doesn’t matter that some of the assets are ready already. Every funnel you start with, as far as they know, already has assets ready.

Mhmm.

It’s got nothing to do with adjusting price because you’re not doing some assets. That’s always the case. They’re not hiring you for assets. They’re not hiring you for what’s there to fill in the gaps. They’re hiring you for a high performing evergreen funnel.

That’s it.

Would you would you do the diagnostic then for something like this so I can show them, like, they’re not as in the green as they think?

Probably.

If I would do it in advance just to make sure, like, is this going to make me look better or worse when it’s done? If it’s a good diagnostic, it should always make you look better in the end.

But this is a different sort of scenario. So, yeah, I would try the diagnostic out first, make sure it works, walk them through it. Yeah. I don’t I guess I’m just wondering.

I think that more of it has to do, Abby, with you once again need to, like, look at your your your brand, who you are.

There’s no modifying your price. Why would you suddenly modify?

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Thank you. That’s helpful. Yeah.

And I don’t mean to if it’s coming off harsh, I don’t mean to No.

No. But I need it.

Yes. It’s fifty thousand doll that’s what your rate is fifty thousand dollars. If I walk into Louis Vuitton and I want a twenty thousand dollar bag, but I don’t need the handle that comes with it because I have my own handle. Nobody’s like, oh, then it’s only eighteen thousand.

The price is the price no matter what. That’s it’s just the price. It’s Fifty thousand dollars. That is the thing.

Let me walk you through how I get results for people with this funnel. Talk about your results, always your results, what you do, how great it works. Suddenly, they’re able to find fifty thousand, and those assets that exist don’t really matter. For this old course, they haven’t invested in, and they know that there’s money hiding in it.

You’re gonna unhide that money with your process.

Mhmm. That’s a really helpful mindset, chef. Thank you. By the way, they they said they wanted someone whose copy hackers trained.

Yeah. They did.

Just kidding. Just kidding. That’s awesome. Look. Everybody’s got your back here too, Abby. You already I think you do know.

It’s a mindset thing. Just practice.

Yeah.

Okay. Thanks, everyone.

Thanks, Debbie.

Job, Abby. Jess, what’s your measurable target, goal, whatever it might be, for March?

So my goal is to finish opting into the hundred free trials. So I’m at fifty four right now.

And this is as part of your bigger study?

Yes.

Excellent.

Yes.

So you’re gonna finish so you’ve got forty six more that you need to do this month.

Yeah. I can pretty much opt into if I like, in three hours because I’m taking, like, screenshots and stuff of things. Yeah. I can do, like, twelve in three hours.

It’s there’s a lot. There’s a lot. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Good.

Nice. So yeah.

So my question is when we first talked about this, you were saying to release this in partnership radar or find out who I reach it reach out to to, like, do this with?

What what would you recommend that I do at this time?

Yeah. Definitely. I think, I think what’s important to know is that behind the scenes at these organizations in their content teams, across all their teams. There’s boardrooms, breakout rooms that have whiteboards in them. And on those whiteboards, they write names of people that they would love to bring in. This happens all the time. So if a content team is sitting around brainstorming and they’re like, we need new we need some some sort of we need something in q three that’s all about life cycle emails.

Who do we know that can create some life cycle email report for us? Let’s say. Now we don’t know that that’s what they’re thinking. You have to make them think that with your marketing to begin with, and your job is to get your name on that board. So how do you get your name on the board?

What do you have to do to get seen by the people who are writing names on boards?

Do you have any ideas?

I mean, create content that they would see.

Promote content that you probably already have, but okay. Yes.

Yeah. I don’t have a ton of content, but I am starting to make it more regularly.

And it’s been really I actually have been having, like, a lot of fun with it, which is good.

Yeah.

Which is why the YouTube channel because I’m like, I think if I had more space to talk about things than, like, a three to five minute reel, then, yeah, it’ll just it’ll be really good.

So, so then we have to figure out how to get it in front of them.

Yeah.

K. So that’s a whole question.

There’s tools. Right? Like, we can go back through and look through LinkedIn sales navigator and other tools like that.

Unfortunately, you can’t target ads directly at people on LinkedIn, which I think is a major miss, but whatever. Mhmm. I get that is creepy. So, okay, there’s that. But then there’s, like, forming relationships as well. Mhmm. How do you figure out let’s say it takes three months to kind of ramp up a bit of a relationship, let’s say.

So you have to start now Mhmm.

In order to be on their radar at in the mid at the end of q two.

So how can who are the people that you need to form that relationship with? Let’s go into LinkedIn sales navigator, find everybody at HubSpot who and and other HubSpot like, businesses because a lot of them have shared little private Slack groups that they’re in together. So head of content at Intercom knows head of content at HubSpot. If their their influencers are talking about you, even lightly, they they reshare a post you did in that Slack group that they’re all in together or WhatsApp or whatever the thing might be.

Good. Now your name is circulating. So it’s like in sales navigator who’s a senior content strategist who is like a content acquisition, editor. If there’s one of those out there, that’s a no brainer to just flat out pitch them on that.

But find who they are, make a list in LinkedIn sales navigator, save them as a list. Great. And now you start to do your account based marketing approach, but in this case, it’s not selling a service. It’s selling you as you, expert.

They need to know. Does that mean you have to get on some podcast? You use SparkToro a bit to see what they’re reading, what they’re thinking about, where they’re doing that?

Yeah.

But when it comes down to it, it could also just be like, that’s a lot of plates spinning. You could also just, like, target one person. Say like Mhmm. Okay. Every week, twice a week, I’m going to do something. Do x thing for that person. And you might get so targeted that you just send them a gift.

Say, I have something cool for you. I don’t know how to get in front of you, so I’m sending you these donuts. I hope this is your address.

Whatever that might be, and they’re not used to getting those things. Right? They’re just a lowly content person. So there’s lots of ways around it. Direct might be the cheapest way.

Cool.

Yeah. Okay. Yep.

It’s gonna be really high value. I think that they just don’t yeah. I know it’s hard to start doing that that work, but yeah. Anyway, I’m excited for you. Okay.

Yeah. And well and just like some of these things that I’m finding are literally blowing my mind. Yeah.

I can’t wait to have a hundred and, like, break it all down. It’s like it’s so crazy.

So part two to the question is I’ve been trying to also collect other state of reports so that I kind of can break them down and see what people are including in these. So I have a couple, and I was just wondering if anybody or, Joe, if you know of any good ones that you read recently that you’re like, this was absolutely amazing. Like, Calendly has one on, like, the state of meetings and things like that. So, yeah, does that can anybody think of any reports?

CB Insights always does good state of reports, but they have their whole insights team now. Like, they’ve turned into just this giant research body, but they’ll, they’re good to look at CB Insights. Anybody else? Unbound, Sandra says maybe.

Experian. Yeah. Experian, Gartner. Amazing.

Yeah. Amazing.

Yeah.

Cool. Thank you.

Awesome. Okay. Good?

Cool. Thank you.

Thanks, Jess. Alright. Liezl. Measurable goal for March.

Yeah. Okay. So I have a couple. I wanna land two calls by the end of this week, at least. Okay.

And then schedule two workshops by the end of this month, but I’m hoping, like, by the end of next week as well. Nice. I just don’t know how heady of a thing it is.

Okay. Got this. I do.

My question is, so I created my diagnostic flywheel over the weekend. Great. And I I would like feedback on it if possible. It’s on my Notion board. Do you want me to just share my screen or how?

Share that screen. Let’s take a look. Anybody who has done a diagnostic or worked through it, it’s a great time to get your notes as well.

Let me know if you can see that.

Then.

Do you like it? Yeah. Okay. Good. It took me eight hours. So, you know, if I have to do it over again, that’s okay. I’ll just cry.

But it’s patterned after after, like, the product led growth flywheel because the people already really recognize that and really love that in the industry.

So that’s what I did. I want to do, like, these the same color as this or whatever, but these are the three breakdowns.

These are the phases.

These are the questions I ask Yeah.

Etcetera.

Right.

Just look at do you think my question is, do you think that this will give me the desired result of having them say, oh my gosh. We need to work with you right now.

Can you scroll back up to the flywheel?

Yep.

So when I complete this, what happens? So you walk me through it. Where does it start?

It starts, on analyze right here.

K. So retention.

Mhmm. Team insights behavior tracking. Then Then we move and that’s where we do, like, a red, yellow, green or a scoring of some kind on each of those? Okay.

Yep. So I was asking them yeah. So I’m part of a a life cycle marketing Slack group. And so a lot of these are panned after what people are who are experts in the field doing this every day actually ask in the Slack book or a group all the time. So these are things that help them also if I suggest.

Can I walk away with once this is done? Once I’ve gone through the diagnostic in your workshop, what do I what’s what’s changed for me?

You know where you need to improve. You know what you need to improve without knowing the how. So you could go do it yourself, but you feel just enough overwhelm and friction from it to say, you know what? I will have to do so much research to even figure out how to fill these little gaps or how to find this that I don’t want to. I wanna hire a lease.

K. And then I have, like, these pitch like, workshop pitches that me and Chad GPT came up with.

Okay.

But Yeah.

I think, like, the outcome so if I’m thinking about it as, like, okay. You’re so who’s someone that you would pitch this to? Not the person, but a brand.

I’m trying to think. Chili Piper comes to mind, but their sales led. Okay.

Let’s say Chili Piper.

We pretend. Yeah.

Cool. So Chili Piper, in their audience, there are a lot of people who should be hiring you. Okay. So you tell Chili Piper, hey. I’ve got this great diagnostic. You You don’t say it that way. That will help your users be better users of Chili Piper because they will know what to work on using Chili Piper?

Yeah. I’ll help them use Chili Piper faster.

Chili Piper is, like a intake form where they can just fill it out and get calls real fast from from people.

So yeah. Yeah.

So complete this and see to help your users take action faster so you can get more people through the funnel. And I know what they’re struggling with particularly. That’s why I chose Chili Piper.

But Yeah.

That’s really so cool. So I mean, it looks good.

The yellow, I think, maybe on the screen, the yellow is messing with my brain a bit. It looks like a rectangle. There’s something going on there. It might just be me. But the yellow is a little bit muted and, like, like, there’s a weirdness for me. But other than that, everything is really clear.

Yeah. I mean, I think if you can start, just pitch it to Yeah. People today. See what comes back.

Okay. So just pitch the flywheel, like, not even necessarily, like, a workshop.

No. The workshop. No. Don’t get me wrong.

You are Yeah.

Okay.

For two workshops scheduled this month.

They could both happen today. You could be done target met today. How do you do that?

It wouldn’t just be, hey. Look at this diagnostic.

Nobody knows what the fuck to do.

Right? So what I would frame it differently. Yeah. I would say, hey. Like, depending on what they’re struggling with, I can help you figure out where you’re where to begin or, not even that.

Yeah.

What to work on and what doesn’t need to work on.

Those guys are really big business question. What do I work on and what don’t I need to work on? Yeah.

But do I wanna get more targeted than that? Sorry.

My brain is like Yeah.

Well, it’s not gonna be that’s not like maybe it is. Maybe you do a single line pitch to a couple people that’s like, do your users need to know what to work on versus what not to be better users of Chili Piper?

Yeah. To watch this video or whatever. I don’t that’s not it. Yeah. But Right. Need to see I think you need to give a sample of who you are and Yeah.

What this diagnostic is all about by recording, not a custom one for every every brand. Just do one recording. The email can be custom. You’re just trying to knock through these things.

But do a video.

Put it on the landing page that has information about you, what makes you great, who’s trusted you before, why the right to trust you, what a workshop would look like, who you’ve presented for before. Just, like, really pull it out of the woodwork. Like, whatever Yeah. Anything.

Anything that you’ve done that’s remotely, like, oh, yeah. I somewhat indirectly consulted with that group. Cool. Right.

And then just walk through one section. So I’m just gonna give you a taste of what they will see in the workshop. And if you don’t love it, then you’re not gonna love the whole thing. But if you’re intrigued, if you think your audience will be intrigued, if they are struggling to know what to work on versus what not to work on, and that is possibly making them not as great a user of Chili Piper, then you can bring me in for this workshop.

I will run this thing for free, and I’ll promote it with my etcetera etcetera. But just show them, like, one part of it. Like, we’re gonna start with the analyzed part. Here’s how the workshop would run.

Here’s what this diagnostic is about. Walk them through it just like you would. And then Yeah. That’s it.

Call to action. Ping me. We can get this booked in this quarter.

Whatever it might be. Yeah.

But do you intend today?

K. I will.

You did the homework this weekend. Good job.

I did it. Thanks. Thanks. It worked hard. Thank you.

Cool. Any notes? Any other notes for Liesl other than Jess loves it?

Great. Thank you, Jess. Cool.

Alright. Andrew. Looks like last but not least, Andrew.

Hello. Hello.

Hello. Hello.

Mhmm. My, my measurable goal is that I will close one new retainer client this month.

Nice.

And that’s already on track. My question is around so this came up while we were doing the exercise around, like, what are you what are you the absolute best at, or what are you going to be the absolute best at? And something that has become clear to me is that, like, the the copywriting part, is probably not where, like, I’m the you know, I I right now, I’m working on a project with a partner.

Like, she’s a better copywriter than I am. She’s better at the, like, the research and all of that, and that’s that’s fine. That’s cool. That’s why I brought her in.

Yeah. And so where I sort of see myself wanting to move is, like, I and and as I was writing this out, it’s like, I want my thing to be around, like, finding the most valuable opportunities. So, you know, I work with b to b SaaS clients mostly on websites and landing pages. And so, like, the way I think of what I kinda wanna be known for is that it’s like, I’m gonna be the one who’s the best at, like, prioritizing the work that needs to be done of sort of, like, figuring out what you can ignore and where you’re gonna get the most bang for your buck and Mhmm.

Kind of, like, the most valuable opportunities.

And I guess, one, I’m wondering if that, like, is kind of a I guess I’m looking for, like, validation on that. And then I guess the second part is, like, I guess I you know, I’m starting to think more about, like, developing more CRO specific skills and, like, do I go down the route of, like, getting all the way in on, like, GA four and things like that that I’m, like, not super used to, or is that, like, a total waste of my time and, like, all of that kind of thing. So, like, I’d love it if I could be the kind of person who comes in. I look at everything holistically, and it’s like, here’s your number one spot.

Here’s number two. Here’s number three. Here’s how we can test this. And Mhmm. I chose an eagle because part of it is I don’t wanna be I’m, like, I’m above the little stuff.

And, like, and, like, I’m not going after seeds and worms.

Like, I’m going after like, give me an animal that’s, like, bigger than me.

Totally.

Yep. So, yeah, just just just that’s kinda where I am right now.

Okay. Cool. That’s fun.

I love that you’re getting there and that you’re seeing that.

Yeah. I wrote down we find and or something. I wrote down projects that crush.

I feel like there’s a lot of value in being that’s why people spend so much money on a direct response mailer, because it’s it’s going to crush, and it’s completely different from everything else you’re doing in marketing. It’s a pretty sure thing, and it costs a lot of money. But, like, you dedicate resources to that.

I don’t think so I think it’s great that you’re like, we’re gonna I I don’t mess around with piddly stuff. Good. Nobody in this room should either, and it’s good to position yourself as like, no. That’s not for me.

I don’t do that. It’s great that some someone else can work on your about page. It’s not gonna be the thing that’s going to explode your business. Like, let’s work on the thing that really will.

Otherwise, I’m I’m not of use to you. Great. And then what was the second part?

You had something else.

Oh, you had the No.

I said I said I I had the animal. I also said g a four, and you made a face.

Oh, yeah. No. So it reminded me when I was an early, like, a just starting out as a copywriter a year in, we worked I wrote copy for this, wealth investment fund guy.

And he had when you signed on with him, he he had a network of people who were great at things. Maybe I’ve told this before.

So if you need an estate lawyer, he doesn’t do a state law. He’s not an estate lawyer, but he knows a good one, and they’re part of his ecosystem, and you get private access to them. So that’s something to consider with things like GA four. You don’t wanna become a GA four expert. You don’t wanna go into that world full stop. It’s messy. It’s hard.

It’s hard all around, but you know it’s important. So who do you know that is good at that and that you can swap in and out of your team as needed? They don’t have to be full time. They’re just somebody that you bring in to work on a project upfront. That’s why I had Nicole Luke, who I worked with at Intuit. She’s an analytics, like, mastermind. Like, she’s freaking brilliant.

She didn’t wanna have a full time job, so I would just hire her to consult, come in for a couple hours. She’d build sad little amounts that I never talked her out of because I wasn’t her coach.

But you can go out and find those people and have them as, like, a secret private resource exclusively for clients.

And then you don’t have to know it. You just have to know who does know it and bring them in.

That helps. So and can I just ask so something that I kind of struggle with with this idea of, like, oh, I’m not, like I don’t know what my one thing is is, like, I wanna kind of have, like, a thing that I can pour a lot of, like that I can really, like, spend time on? Like, I carve out time every week to just work on developing this skill. Yes. And I’m trying to figure out what that is. I don’t know if there’s anything you can do to kinda, like I don’t know. Any guidance you can give to help me figure out what that is, but I don’t that’s a tough question.

I can keep, like, workshopping it with you as you bring new ideas. And I think that you’ve got something, though, with, like as a starting point. People don’t wanna work on low value stuff, and so much marketing feels like chaos. We’re all just guessing at everything.

We’re only doing this because we’re supposed to do it. No one really gave that much thought to it. And then a CEO or a CMO gets, like, annoyed. It’s like, can we just do something that’s gonna move the needle, please?

Like, I’m tired of posting comments on Reddit. What can we do? And you’re the guy who answers that.

I love that.

I think you just have to keep working it and then bring your ideas back, and we’ll get there.

I think it’s the big swing thing. I think that there’s something around that.

It’s the big swing doing business.

Swing, though. Right? Like a mailer. Like, it’s an eight part lumpy mailer kit. I’m not saying you do that.

I’m saying, like, that is a clear different tactic that nobody saw coming. Someone learned about it or they do it every year, and it always is, like, brings in incredible results. It’s a big swing because it’s so different from everyday marketing.

It’s not digital marketing. It’s old school. It’s like, it makes everybody feel uncomfortable in the room because we’re so used to, like, more ad spend, more emails.

So, yeah, I think that if you can figure out what big swing, how to revise that to get to a place where it’s like, it’s not just try something like a big swing homepage.

It’s like, what is it?

I don’t know.

You’ll get there.

K. That’s helpful. Thank you.

Cool. Awesome. Thanks. Alright. Y’all, we’re at the end of our time.

We’re either over if you have it in your calendar for sixty minutes or under if you have it in your calendar for ninety. It goes both ways.

But that’s it. No more questions in the room. So thank y’all. We will see you on Thursday for Ryze. Very cool session.

And, then, otherwise, we’ll see you next week for part two of you are a media brand. Alright.

Have a good one.

Bye. Thanks.

Worksheet 

Bold Differentiation

 

Transcript

Okeydoke. Alright. Welcome, y’all. Welcome to March. This is chaos month in, Copy School Pro, and we’re gonna start off, as we should, with the Cosmo quiz.

So this I don’t know if you had a chance to look at it, but this is my poor printout of it. Today, we’re gonna begin with the differentiation Cosmo quiz. It is in the document that was sent to you. Does anybody not have a copy of that?

It’s in your inbox.

I will show it to you as well quickly in case you’re like, what’s she even talking about?

This.

Okay. So this is what we’re talking about. It we’re here right now. For the next two weeks, we’re gonna get a little heavy on who are you and what do you sound like out there, because I’ve seen a lot of people being held back.

I don’t know what to post about. I don’t know what to say. There’s no traction. No one cares.

So let’s, like, push it. Let’s, like, make them care. Like, force them to care what’s what’s gonna happen. People will notice you.

Okay. That’s the idea.

So we’re gonna start with this really it’s a Cosmo quiz because it’s you’ll know. Anybody ever done a Cosmo or a Glamour quiz?

Yeah. Okay. Some of us are I did a lot of them as a teen, and I was always like, oh, you can game this so easily.

Sure. Fine. But just don’t then. So all you wanna do, we’re gonna take a little bit of time. You’ll choose one from each of these sections, and this is for you.

So you’ll it’s identifying you. So it’s in the first person, and if it’s in the second person, it’s you saying that to another person. So you’ll just choose one from each. Just go through and, like, tally it up on a piece of paper if you haven’t printed it off.

And then we’re going to tally up our points at the end. But don’t jump ahead and do that. We’re gonna take five minutes for this part, and then we’ll worry about tallies after. Okay? Five minutes. I’m gonna do it too.

Okay. Is everyone done?

No? Oh, okay. One more minute.

Okay. Let’s call it done. Now you go through, and this is very scientific and accurate, by the way. You go through and you’ll tally up the number of a’s, b’s, c’s, and d’s that you’ve got and pop them in here.

Do that right now and just, like, put up just, like, thumbs up or something so I know you’re done.

K. Abby and Andrew are done.

I missed you.

Jess is done.

And Stacy and Katie.

Cody.

Loving the blazer, Cody. Side note.

So Liesl’s gonna be a little bit late.

Jessica Johnson and Britney, we are waiting on you.

Okay. Since Jessica Johnson and Britney are off oh, Jessica said she’s done.

Great. Johnson, Britney, I’m assuming you’re on track or you’re busy doing something else, while we’re going through. So we’re going to move through to the point where we get our Cosmo quiz assessment.

More a’s than anything else. This is what’s up. More b’s than anything else. That’s what’s up. More c’s or d’s.

If these are true for you, if you got more c’s or d’s and nobody has to confess anything, I recommend that you go oh, good. You guys both done. I recommend that you go back through and do the assessment as a brand that you know of and admire. And I really do mean like a personality brand, like a person, and not necessarily like a like J. Crew. Like, J. Crew would get c’s across the board.

More like Gary v or anything like that. And you can start to better understand, some of the positives of kind of standing out and doing more. Does anybody wanna talk about a reaction you have to having completed this super important cosmo quiz?

Abby? Yeah.

I mean, I said it in the chat. I think the trouble is that it just, like, cycles too much. So, like yeah. I think one of my problems, and I’m not alone, and this group in having this is that some days, it’s like, yeah, like, I feel like I’m crushing it. And then other days, it’s like, I’m an absolute garbage person, and I shouldn’t be talking about copywriting because I suck so hard.

Yeah.

Okay. And others feel the same way, and that’s sort of the problem. Right? If you’re uncertain, then your brand reads as uncertain as well.

So it’s like a matter of pushing it, which is that question about, like, delusion that I had.

This I’m so I’m delusional of my self belief.

I think that that’s an important thing to be as, like, nutty as it may sound.

Don’t it’s just just like, if you’re gonna get out there and people are going to know your brand, it can’t be wishy washy. Right? Like, we can’t be.

We have to really say something. So that was the fun exercise to get us thinking about, and I do recommend that you go through it and retake the quiz as, again, Gary Vee or any of these other brands out there, that you know by name.

Now I wanna move on to getting a bit more real. So what I know is really common for copywriters, in particular, is, like, a tendency toward introversion and shyness, which isn’t really real because a lot of us think a lot of ourselves and think, no. I’m I’m actually pretty badass, and if more people knew that, like, dope.

But there’s also a sense of retreating into yourself.

So I want the the objective today is not just to sit here and be exactly who we are today. Otherwise, we wouldn’t take training. We wouldn’t wanna get better at anything. We would just, like, not show up. Like, ever, we wouldn’t even sign up for training like this and to have somebody encourage you, coach you to do more.

I know for a fact that the thing that is keeping most people when you have struggles in getting leads, it’s because nobody knows who you are. They might have heard of you once, but then they forgot about you. You gotta keep showing up. Your brand has to keep showing up.

So we wanna wake up your brand. Everybody can do this. We do this. I work on this with my coach.

We work on this stuff all the time. It’s it’s an always in progress challenge.

Okay. But what I would love you to do is take some time now to start working through this, and I’m gonna walk through these as we go. I’m not gonna give you, like, a ton of time to write in your answers. If you’ve already done the worksheet, then you already have your answers in there, and you might want to refine them a bit.

But I wanna be really clear. In order to be a world class brand, which is what your clients need to believe that you are, especially as you raise your rates, you have to have this shit locked down. You have to know in the whole world, I’m the absolute best at. When you if any of you already do hang around with people who are uber successful, they absolutely talk about themselves in ways that horrify the little like, for me, growing up in the nineties when, like, shoegazing was how you showed you were cool, when you were like, it was cool not to try, and it was, like, really lame to, like, talk yourself up.

So for me, I have, like, an allergic reaction to hearing this, but I know that it’s critical. I know that when x person says, oh, there’s nobody in the world that’s better than me at this, and that’s why Google hires me all the time, or they just don’t really support it. It just is.

You have to believe. You have to believe. You have to find a way to get there. You have to believe within the whole world.

Nobody, nobody in this room, nobody in any room is better than you at this thing. So start with and I want you to go bigger, like like, really knock through and make yourself feel like like your ego’s too big now. Like, calm down. Don’t, though.

Write it in the least calm down way possible. In the whole world, I am the absolute add in expletives if you want to. Best at what? Write it in now.

Write it anywhere now.

Don’t think forever about it. Just what’s your fucking thing? Just write it down.

When you read it back, you need to know it sounds delusional.

Then you’re probably on the right track.

K? Why do people not just love you, but, like, want to be you? Why?

Write that in next.

And if it includes that your hair looks dope on a regular basis, that is fine. That shouldn’t be the whole thing, but that can be a thing. List it out. List out all your awesome if you want to or just focus on one thing.

Also, don’t list out lots of things you’re good at. Just the one core thing that you’re good at and then other things that make you feel good about yourself.

K.

Alright. Now I had to do this animal kingdom exercise a couple times over the last year and a half, where gorillas and peacocks were, floated.

I recommend that you think about which which animal you are in the animal kingdom. And if you’re not sure, just choose a fucking badass animal. Something really even if it’s badass because it’s the cutest thing you’ve ever seen in your life, but it has to be it can’t be a worm. Abby. It can’t be a worm. It has to be something, yeah, that you can stand behind and that I would say if you’re not sure that people have a feeling about.

So in the animal kingdom, what are you?

Be a child about it. Don’t be smart about it. Don’t be too clever.

Just be a kid.

Okay? Alright. Now everybody who was like, sometimes I’m this, sometimes I’m that, this line is for you. When you have a twinge of self doubt, when something gets in your way, sometimes it’s a whole day of it, sometimes it’s just a just a blip.

What do you remember? What do you tell yourself? What is your motto? What is your thing to get you through?

You may already have it. If you don’t, homework is to go find it.

So what is that thing that you tell yourself when you have doubt about being that animal, about why people love you, about what your thing really is?

Nice, Britney. Nice.

Okay?

And that brings us to the last one, moat building, which is really what everybody AI taught us. You have got to build a moat around who you are, your skills, what you bring to the table, a moat that a bot cannot get through. So how are you building not just a moat, but a super fucking wide brand moat?

What are you doing? What is your thing? How are you making that moat happen?

Moe equals nobody can touch you.

It it shouldn’t probably isn’t a point of, differentiation. That’s like that’s that’s just what got the castle standing, but rather what’s the thing around you where you have to be increasingly widening it, adding new moats beyond the moat so nobody can drop a bridge and, like, hit your castle and destroy you. The moat that keeps you being Katie Peacock.

Untouchable. What keeps you untouchable? And if it doesn’t exist yet, that’s why it says I’m building because it probably doesn’t exist yet.

Okay. Alright.

Does anybody wanna share any of their answers? You don’t share all of them. Anything stand out for you that you feel like cool.

Otherwise, I’ll call on you.

Britney’s come on camera. Is that volunteering? Okay. Britney, let’s hear it.

It’s my sorry for not being able to get on earlier.

Oh, no worries.

So these are basic, but in the whole world, I’m the absolute best at seeing the real problem under the noise.

K.

People love me because I elevate every space, and I see the need and show up without asking.

In the animal kingdom, it’s funny, like, in my house, we have this joke, like, be a fucking tiger.

Okay. Because the spiritual meaning of that is intuitive, senses truth, grounded, leadership can be, you you know, silent, but then also can has power when needed.

Love. But, like, then also I’m like, I have a I kinda like the fox too. Like, good mane, clever, smart, like, gets the job done with few resources sometimes.

Yes.

So when I have a twinge of doubt, I remember sometimes a fox can be a fucking tiger.

So it’s just kinda like the world is our oyster. Right? Like, we can be who we need to be for the moment.

When we encompass kind of, like, that essence, like, the deep down essence.

And then the moat one, I don’t totally understand, but I guess for me, something as I have been building in the last six months, I just have to a, this is like a practical thing, but just, like, keep my reserves healthy so that I’m with. Meaning, like, everything I’ve read about negotiation is that the moment you go into, like, neediness, you lose. And so how do I blinkslate and just with or without you, this is happening.

So, like, a a reserve working on my daily value, like like, I’m just gonna be clear about what I offer and, just a radical commitment to to offering value, I guess, is my moat. But it’s too vague, I know, but I’m working on it.

Cool. And that’s a good thing to work on. Right? Like, I’ve been thinking about our moat for a couple years and have only just kinda got to a place where I’m like, I think this is I think it’s these things.

But the moat might actually be somewhat, like, a even a channel sometimes. Like, what’s the space you’re going to own completely so that anybody who’s, like so nobody can can touch you there. So it’s too late for anybody else who tries to get in, and that could be a book, could be a series of books. Right?

Those sorts of things. That that doesn’t mean it has to be that, though. So I would just, like, keep letting your brain work on, how do I build a moat? What does my moat look like?

How do I make sure that the fortress really is protected, not just by me and my skills, but by everything I’ve done with the channels around me to prevent anybody from coming and taking share from me.

So give it thought.

It doesn’t have to answer it immediately.

Yeah.

What do you think about, so I did some cold calling last week for, like I have a a smaller digital marketing thing, and it went it actually went great. And the feedback that I’m getting is people actually want to talk to the person. They don’t want your setter. They don’t want your salesperson.

They want the person. And so for me, that also plays into mode. Like, hey. Like, when when you’re working with our team, like, at the end of the day, if you need me, like, here’s my cell phone.

So I feel like that’s motive, but also finite. So I’m going you know? Yeah. The resources around your time are finite, but I do like like, just call me directly.

Like, let’s cut the fuss. You know?

Totally.

I that’s great. That’s awesome. And that’s something to think about and, like, figure out how that fits into a bigger brand strategy, having access to you. What does that mean?

In order for someone to want to have access to you, they need to have put you on some level of authority based pedestal. Doesn’t mean that’s always true, but it’s probably true that to get more people and if they care about talking to the person, I need to be the person. So going back through and revisiting everything on here to make sure that you’re, like, nailing it across the board, And then it’s a matter of, I think, then come with other questions around okay. But, like, I don’t scale.

Okay. Well, if you don’t scale, a lot of experts don’t scale, and they raise their rates accordingly. And you only call people who are very likely to be an absolute good fit because you have to choose the right people to call. But I think that’s cool.

I’m so glad that your cold calling went well.

Yeah. It was wild, actually. It was encouraging, and, and I I also was surprised that I had kind of a script, but, actually, people really just, like, almost want one sentence. It’s like the script got condensed to so much shorter than I thought.

But Amazing.

Nice open loop too because everyone’s like, what was the sentence? Tell me the sentence.

But that’s cool. That’s your IP. You have that? Good. That’s awesome. Okay. Also, I love show up without asking.

I wrote that down and circled it. I think if you can live that value, we show up without asking. It’s interesting.

So cool. Any other feedback for Britney?

No? Awesome. Thanks, Britney. Anybody else wanna share?

Anybody else feel anyone if you’re like, I don’t know about this part. Also, like, throw it out there. We can give you some some notes, some encouragement.

I do. You both?

Okay. So I’m struggling with, like, the whole in the whole world I’m the absolute best at.

I have life cycle marketing or, like, decoding human behavior and trust so that SaaS brands can have the life cycle marketing that runs smoothly. I don’t know. But I feel like the thing that I’m best at is seeing life cycle marketing in everything. And so, like, all different patterns of, like, marketing or life. And so I can see how it fits together. And so I can see how their people can then smoothly go through the funnel. But that’s a lot of words.

It’s a lot. And it’s, like, it’s not something that somebody would say about you Yeah. Yet. Right?

Because it’s it’s just not. Right. So what is it? Like, when you think about I’m not gonna name names, but think about somebody who has so much undeserved ego.

I think we all know who.

There’s many of them, but so much shocking amounts of self confidence in spite of everything.

That it it it drives their success in, like, stunning ways.

We can say a thing about each of those people. Any of those people that come to mind for you, you can say they’re really good at this. They’re they’re, like, not just really good that they’re they dominate that thing. Even if they’re not actually the best at it in the in the whole world. So if there’s a sense of I’m going back to nineteen eighties, Donald Trump. We’re not talking about current. Nineteen eighties Donald Trump, the art of the deal.

Everybody, he built a great moat with that. So I’m gonna I’m going to elevate my brand from being the New York guy who has buildings to being, like, the art of the deal guy globally.

Great moat.

In the world, it was assumed that he was the absolute best at putting deals together.

Didn’t really matter if it was true.

The point was not, let’s be let’s be rational. Let’s have proof for everything that we do. All the stuff that the rest of us actually do take seriously. Like, no. I have to be able to stand behind it. I have to prove it, though.

Throw that out for a while and just just be, like, really egotistical.

With that in mind, Liezl, can you, like, embarrass yourself with with how ridiculous your state like, I would push it really hard. If it’s finding patterns, then whatever that might be, k. Now make it, like, make us feel weird about your level of absolute, unordered self confidence there.

I’m trying to think. I don’t know. Okay.

I’m the absolute best at making life cycle marketing work. Doesn’t matter if, like, what where the market is going.

It doesn’t matter if there’s AI. It doesn’t matter if email goes away. I’m the absolute best. I’m making life cycle marketing work no matter the platform and no matter the medium, I guess, or market. Getting there.

I don’t know.

I think it’s getting there. Oh, we’re not gonna get there right now. But I think that it’s a good exercise to go forward, keep pushing on that, sharing them in Slack, or just, like, just, like, push it like, just talk it through with yourself, with your partner, like, whatever it takes, to get there. And then that’s who you are, and everything you say has to just be part of that.

Yeah? Awesome.

Yeah. Push it. Push it push it.

Cody says, mine’s a bit obnoxious, so I’ll share it. Can you come off mute and say it, Cody?

Sure.

So I put, I was using Chat GPT to help me since it knows me so well, and now I had a time limit. But, so it says an unmatched ability to sniff out hidden profit, optimizing shit so ruthlessly that every dollar in ad spend works harder. While everyone is guessing, I’m engineering conversions with the precision of a master strategist.

Nice. Badass. Great.

Cool. Optimizing shit so ruthlessly that every dollar in ad spend, I would just change works harder to some. I know. It this is a little weak. Yeah. No. But the start of it was so, like like, punchy in the face kind of, like, woah.

And then it was, like, works harder. So just fix that part. I know. I know.

I I caught it too.

But yeah. Yeah. That’s cool. Awesome.

Britney, what were you saying about can we give, Leisel examples using life cycle marketing? Is there anything you wanted to add there?

Britney’s busy. Okay.

But if anybody has any examples, okay, throwing it out to the group for Liesl, then, please, go back to that. Cool. Abby says I wanna be the absolute best at selling, period.

I am the absolute best at selling, period.

Yes.

Present tense. You’re already there. No one’s there’s no certification coming. There’s no stamp of approval coming.

You’re just there. Okay. Anybody else any other shares?

If it makes you feel uncomfortable, that’s good.

Okay.

I’ll share.

It feels the reason that it feels uncomfortable is because you literally taught me this, and so I’m like, can we just remove you from, like, people?

Remove. Let’s let’s just pretend you don’t exist. Okay. Cool.

So in the whole world, I’m the absolute best at life cycle email strategy. When I talk to people who think they know anything about, life cycle email strategy, they realize they need to sit down and listen because they don’t actually know anything.

So that’s that’s that.

K. In the animal kingdom okay. I don’t know why this popped into my head, but I picked a moose.

Okay. And yeah. It’s very Canadian.

Yeah. What came to me after was it’s because they’re elusive. They’re rare. Everybody’s always like, I want to see a moose in real life.

Oh.

People stop when they’re around. Like, you literally have to stop your car. If you see a moose, you’re like, oh my god. I need to stop. You’ve heard of a moose, and you’re like, oh, damn. But then when you see one, you’re like, oh, fuck. Like, I actually had no idea.

And then when I have a twinge of self doubt, I remember that there’s a white dude spouting shit on LinkedIn who doesn’t know anything, who’s acting more confident than you and making more money than you, and so that needs to change.

And then I’m building a super wide brand moat with the state of report that I’m doing, so the state of free trial onboarding sequences in twenty twenty five.

Nice. And I just decided this weekend, I’m gonna start a YouTube channel as well.

Okay.

Build that moat. Yep. Amazing. Okay. Wait. Why do people fucking love you?

Because I’m really smart and great at business, and people always think that I’m really cool.

Okay. Dig it.

And I like that. Cool.

Excellent.

Awesome. Good.

Okay.

Alright. Britney says you have Riz. Awesome. I said Riz in front of my nephew, and he nearly died. He was like, now That word’s dead.

Okay.

Jessica’s up on the absolute best at coaching people through writing and publishing their book. Try harder, Jessica.

Excellent.

Okay.

Wonderful.

Let’s Stacy, are you going to share yours?

Yes. I’m going to because it’s so weak that I need to share it so I can make it better.

Okay. Let’s do it.

I mean, it’s just it’s the the kernels of it are there, but hearing the oomph of the other ones was just like, oh my god. This is so weak.

So the the best in the world is I’m I’m doing this about my, about my software.

So Yeah.

It’s I I built the absolute best AI for marketing that creates the most value with the least amount of effort, which is Okay. Objectively true. It just doesn’t have enough oomph.

And people fucking love me because I speak my mind. I’m successful, laid back, can figure out anything. I’ve I’ve done I’ve lived a thousand lifetimes already.

I I don’t know. I guess they think I’m a cool person.

My animal kingdom is an albino Siberian tiger because it wasn’t enough to just be a tiger. It had to be a very, very rare thing, and the Siberian tiger is, like, the apex predator. So, that’s why I picked all of those, along with the tiger, spiritual aspects too. So it’s a complete package.

When I have a twinge of self doubt, I remember I’m Stacy Moore.

That’s so Oh, nice.

That’s baller.

I mean and that is really true.

So that part, I feel good about, the the strength of that one.

The moat, I don’t have anything strong there.

I just you know, the the the AI of choice for the best marketers in the world is is what I wrote.

So open to feedback.

Okay. Feedback.

Room. Everyone here knows how it’s supposed to sound, but we’re aiming for Nice, Abby. Awesome. K. Notes for Stacy.

Let’s start with in the whole world and the absolute best at.

Does anybody remember it?

I was expecting more because No.

Because it’s totally not memorable.

It was it was to do with your AI.

But, Stacy, I feel like we can always trust you to bring, like, the kind of Apex confidence. So I was expecting you to just be like, in the whole world, I’m the best at everything.

That’s funny.

I think that’s the problem.

Right? It was not memorable, and it’s not in keeping with what we know of you, Stacy, which yeah.

Anybody else have any notes to help Stacy out here?

We’re pushing it.

Questions for Stacy to help her?

Cody, Abby, looks like you’re both thinking.

Yeah. I was I was thought of one, but then I was like, it’s still not good enough. But, like, turning, like, chatbots or AI bots into, like, your world like, world class copywriter, like, something around that. Maybe. I don’t know. Because it’s like you make the AI, like, the the best copywriter, like, they could ever work with.

But it’s not enough.

Like, the easiest blank in the least amount of effort.

So that’s just like marketing talk. Right? But, like, what do those things like how do you make it obnoxious now so that we’re pushing it in the right direction?

I don’t know. I mean, I make AI that can do your job better than you so you can so you can wow your clients. I mean, it’s really the thing. You know? But it can’t because it has to have the people, but but that’s the, you know, the gist of it.

But it’s not a cop it’s not copywriting AI. It’s just it it’s writing is one thing. It’s strategy research writing. It’s so much more than copywriting.

Yeah. That’s one component. I’m looking at the at the comments.

Yeah.

So that’s fair. So if we get rid of copywriting, but then there’s the question, okay. Do your job better than you is nice. It’s obnoxious, but it’s also terrifying.

Yeah. It is. It it is, and it’s not it’s not the ethos of what I’m doing too, but but something in that direction that actually fits is Yeah. You know, is a good thing to think about.

Exactly. I would just think about that. Going in that direction of, okay.

So if do your job better than you is sticky, it’s just not what’s your dream. Who wished if you’ve always wished you could clone yourself Yeah.

You know?

But, like, you know, it’s not that it’s not that either because I don’t want I don’t want people to think it’s like an AI clone of yourself because it’s not that either.

Yeah. Yeah. I would just work on how do you make the do your job better than you fit now with what you really believe in?

Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Because it’s it’s something that we can we can see it now. We can, like, understand it and, like, feel slightly threatened by it and, like, wanna react to it. And that’s, like, what we’re going for. Right? A reaction to our brand.

Hopefully, the right reaction, but some people will find will be angry with us.

Okay. Alright. Thanks everyone for sharing. Your next objective, your homework is to do something super lame, which I do recommend.

I’ve actually got mine on order. This is my little little dude, is to create a visual of that animal.

Really bring it to life with AI and then get can put it in Canva and go get it shipped to you and put it next to your computer. And when you’re not sure who you are and what you do and why people do care, not just should care, but do care, then you could look at that.

That is it. Go through, revisit this.

Make sure you got a brand, a good brand that you stand behind. Alright. Next week, we will be talking about this as there’ll be a part two. Basically, it requires that you have done the work from this week to move forward in week two.

Those are the only two parts of chaos month that, like, work together. Okay.

Now we’re in that part of the day where we have q and a. You have a question. Please raise your hand.

We’ll start with what should we start with? Not a win.

Your goal for the month of March, a measurable goal. It can’t be qualitative. It has to be quantitative. What do you what is your goal? Target for March for March. Abby, you’re up first, so now you have you’re on the spot to come up with it immediately.

Just close another client, I think.

Put a number on that. One one client. One client at? What’s their value?

Oh, at fifty with an optimization retainer.

You already are doing that every single month. That’s Yeah.

So I wanna keep doing it. I wanna keep doing it.

I’m like lose momentum. Keep going.

I’m waiting for the, like, the the you know, when you think you’ve got it all figured out, and then the dip comes, you’re like, I didn’t have it figured out.

It’s all okay.

Alright.

Okay. So, yeah, my question is when someone comes to me and they don’t want, like, my standardized offer as it is, I don’t know what to do. Like, I will drop my prices. I will panic. Like, I just it’s a massive blind spot for me. So I got I got this email. I’m gonna pop it in the chat if that’s okay.

Okay.

So they want a sales page revision and an evergreen sales email series.

And I just don’t know what to do with that because I can’t be like, well, you need they want evergreen. It’s fifty k.

And I can’t be like, I I’m not gonna put it in VIP week. Like, I’d love to still close them at, like, twenty, thirty k, but I don’t know.

Dot what is happening here? Questions galore. Okay. Where did this email come from?

Like, is this, we’re reaching out to you first email or has it Yeah.

This was a, a lady someone filled in my, like, I want to work with you form.

Okay. So you haven’t spoken with them yet?

I booked a call for Friday, and I Okay. Wanted to check-in first because otherwise, I’ll just close, like, something stupid.

What makes you believe that this lead knows and is right about what they want?

Like, everybody has an idea. Like, you go to the mall and you’re like, I want new jeans, but then you, like, try on not jeans and they’re dope. And you’re like, never mind. I want these, and maybe I also want new jeans.

We don’t know. We just think we know. Right? And so I mean, extremely successful is, like, confident.

Right.

So you have looked into their brand, and it’s an extremely successful brand.

Well, she said her freebie is extremely successful.

Because it’s got forty thousand downloads?

Well, it it says a revision of our extremely successful free or free freebie, with sixty seven five percent over forty thousand.

Do you do you believe these numbers?

Do you believe that they have a seventy five percent open rate across nine emails? Yeah. You do?

Yeah. I get that because it’s a Everybody here.

By email eight, you’ve still got a seventy five percent open rate?

No. Across the emails. Like, it averages around that.

I have worked in email a long ass time, and that is suspicious to me. I’m like, hold on. Let’s open up. Show me show me your like, let’s go into your CRM right now.

So it’s not that, Abby. And I’m not like but I would look at this and go like, thank you for believing you know what you need. That’s that’s great. You’ve given some thought to this. Awesome.

Now you throw that part out and you back the conversation into the actual conversation that you always have. Get on the call. Thank you. I saw everything. I saw, like, your list. It’s a great grocery list. Let’s talk right now, though, instead about, like, what’s going on in your business right now.

Why are we talking today? If it’s because they need a sales page revision, they’ve come to the wrong place. You’re not a sales page revisionist. That’s not if they’re looking for that, they can find that anywhere online. There’s, like, a million people who will do that. So why did they come to you? What’s going on in their business?

Why you? Why now? Always those same questions.

So I would just back up.

There’s still a prospect for the project, aren’t they? Sales page revision, the it’s for an evergreen flow?

Yeah. So they want an evergreen funnel. They just don’t need the whole thing. So they say.

The course is older.

We haven’t really done much with it since the launch, but it’s core content for us, and I want it to be a bigger part of our environment.

So so what are we hearing? What do you hear when you hear that? Like, really quick reaction to reading that. Forget about just even I want it to be a bigger part of our environment.

That they they want an evergreen sales funnel that works.

Yeah. They want what does it I would like okay. So they their problem internally, they’re thinking and I think they meant ecosystem, but they said environment. I don’t know what that means.

But I would dig into that. Like, what do you mean a bigger part of, like, this world that you’re creating for your product lineup, I assume?

Get them to, like I’d start there. Talk to me about what’s going on with this.

And then looking at your ballpark project budget, we’re probably about halfway in between a VIP week and a full funnel because we have at least some of the assets already.

No. I think this is, like for me, Abby, I look at this, and I just get them into your standardized offer. Like, that’s your objective.

This is fine that they think they want these things, but the more they start talking Mhmm. Because you’re asking all of the questions you would ask anybody who it doesn’t even matter what they put in their intake form. Fine. Fine.

Great. Cool. It’s not that you ignore it, but you really don’t have to think that much about it. Find the parts that are their obvious, like, openings in a sales conversation.

Now we want it to be a bigger part of our environment. There again, I don’t know what that word means. You’ve done all of these things.

You’ve had success with this freebie.

Why are they coming to you right now for an evergreen funnel, though?

That’d be my like, that’s the question.

And what’s stopping them? Have they done a webinar before? Because you largely just do evergreen webinar funnels, don’t you, Abby? Yeah. Yeah. So I’m looking at that going, like, have you tried a webinar funnel before?

How did that go? Oh, you didn’t? Why not? The usual, like, sales questions. I wouldn’t worry about a single thing that they’ve said in there, But, like, pull on the obvious, for me, it for me, it feels like, wow. This is a good lead purely because they’ve given you so much information. They’ve told you things that are pretty revealing about the place that they’re at in their business.

They care about this or they wouldn’t have told you this much. They’ve looked through your offers, so they’re doing all of the good research that’s like buying signals.

But they wanna believe they’re a VIP week, which you have to get off your site. And maybe you’d be a full funnel, but they have some of the assets already. So all you have to do is move them from where they are toward, oh, we do need a full funnel. It doesn’t matter that some of the assets are ready already. Every funnel you start with, as far as they know, already has assets ready.

Mhmm.

It’s got nothing to do with adjusting price because you’re not doing some assets. That’s always the case. They’re not hiring you for assets. They’re not hiring you for what’s there to fill in the gaps. They’re hiring you for a high performing evergreen funnel.

That’s it.

Would you would you do the diagnostic then for something like this so I can show them, like, they’re not as in the green as they think?

Probably.

If I would do it in advance just to make sure, like, is this going to make me look better or worse when it’s done? If it’s a good diagnostic, it should always make you look better in the end.

But this is a different sort of scenario. So, yeah, I would try the diagnostic out first, make sure it works, walk them through it. Yeah. I don’t I guess I’m just wondering.

I think that more of it has to do, Abby, with you once again need to, like, look at your your your brand, who you are.

There’s no modifying your price. Why would you suddenly modify?

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Thank you. That’s helpful. Yeah.

And I don’t mean to if it’s coming off harsh, I don’t mean to No.

No. But I need it.

Yes. It’s fifty thousand doll that’s what your rate is fifty thousand dollars. If I walk into Louis Vuitton and I want a twenty thousand dollar bag, but I don’t need the handle that comes with it because I have my own handle. Nobody’s like, oh, then it’s only eighteen thousand.

The price is the price no matter what. That’s it’s just the price. It’s Fifty thousand dollars. That is the thing.

Let me walk you through how I get results for people with this funnel. Talk about your results, always your results, what you do, how great it works. Suddenly, they’re able to find fifty thousand, and those assets that exist don’t really matter. For this old course, they haven’t invested in, and they know that there’s money hiding in it.

You’re gonna unhide that money with your process.

Mhmm. That’s a really helpful mindset, chef. Thank you. By the way, they they said they wanted someone whose copy hackers trained.

Yeah. They did.

Just kidding. Just kidding. That’s awesome. Look. Everybody’s got your back here too, Abby. You already I think you do know.

It’s a mindset thing. Just practice.

Yeah.

Okay. Thanks, everyone.

Thanks, Debbie.

Job, Abby. Jess, what’s your measurable target, goal, whatever it might be, for March?

So my goal is to finish opting into the hundred free trials. So I’m at fifty four right now.

And this is as part of your bigger study?

Yes.

Excellent.

Yes.

So you’re gonna finish so you’ve got forty six more that you need to do this month.

Yeah. I can pretty much opt into if I like, in three hours because I’m taking, like, screenshots and stuff of things. Yeah. I can do, like, twelve in three hours.

It’s there’s a lot. There’s a lot. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Good.

Nice. So yeah.

So my question is when we first talked about this, you were saying to release this in partnership radar or find out who I reach it reach out to to, like, do this with?

What what would you recommend that I do at this time?

Yeah. Definitely. I think, I think what’s important to know is that behind the scenes at these organizations in their content teams, across all their teams. There’s boardrooms, breakout rooms that have whiteboards in them. And on those whiteboards, they write names of people that they would love to bring in. This happens all the time. So if a content team is sitting around brainstorming and they’re like, we need new we need some some sort of we need something in q three that’s all about life cycle emails.

Who do we know that can create some life cycle email report for us? Let’s say. Now we don’t know that that’s what they’re thinking. You have to make them think that with your marketing to begin with, and your job is to get your name on that board. So how do you get your name on the board?

What do you have to do to get seen by the people who are writing names on boards?

Do you have any ideas?

I mean, create content that they would see.

Promote content that you probably already have, but okay. Yes.

Yeah. I don’t have a ton of content, but I am starting to make it more regularly.

And it’s been really I actually have been having, like, a lot of fun with it, which is good.

Yeah.

Which is why the YouTube channel because I’m like, I think if I had more space to talk about things than, like, a three to five minute reel, then, yeah, it’ll just it’ll be really good.

So, so then we have to figure out how to get it in front of them.

Yeah.

K. So that’s a whole question.

There’s tools. Right? Like, we can go back through and look through LinkedIn sales navigator and other tools like that.

Unfortunately, you can’t target ads directly at people on LinkedIn, which I think is a major miss, but whatever. Mhmm. I get that is creepy. So, okay, there’s that. But then there’s, like, forming relationships as well. Mhmm. How do you figure out let’s say it takes three months to kind of ramp up a bit of a relationship, let’s say.

So you have to start now Mhmm.

In order to be on their radar at in the mid at the end of q two.

So how can who are the people that you need to form that relationship with? Let’s go into LinkedIn sales navigator, find everybody at HubSpot who and and other HubSpot like, businesses because a lot of them have shared little private Slack groups that they’re in together. So head of content at Intercom knows head of content at HubSpot. If their their influencers are talking about you, even lightly, they they reshare a post you did in that Slack group that they’re all in together or WhatsApp or whatever the thing might be.

Good. Now your name is circulating. So it’s like in sales navigator who’s a senior content strategist who is like a content acquisition, editor. If there’s one of those out there, that’s a no brainer to just flat out pitch them on that.

But find who they are, make a list in LinkedIn sales navigator, save them as a list. Great. And now you start to do your account based marketing approach, but in this case, it’s not selling a service. It’s selling you as you, expert.

They need to know. Does that mean you have to get on some podcast? You use SparkToro a bit to see what they’re reading, what they’re thinking about, where they’re doing that?

Yeah.

But when it comes down to it, it could also just be like, that’s a lot of plates spinning. You could also just, like, target one person. Say like Mhmm. Okay. Every week, twice a week, I’m going to do something. Do x thing for that person. And you might get so targeted that you just send them a gift.

Say, I have something cool for you. I don’t know how to get in front of you, so I’m sending you these donuts. I hope this is your address.

Whatever that might be, and they’re not used to getting those things. Right? They’re just a lowly content person. So there’s lots of ways around it. Direct might be the cheapest way.

Cool.

Yeah. Okay. Yep.

It’s gonna be really high value. I think that they just don’t yeah. I know it’s hard to start doing that that work, but yeah. Anyway, I’m excited for you. Okay.

Yeah. And well and just like some of these things that I’m finding are literally blowing my mind. Yeah.

I can’t wait to have a hundred and, like, break it all down. It’s like it’s so crazy.

So part two to the question is I’ve been trying to also collect other state of reports so that I kind of can break them down and see what people are including in these. So I have a couple, and I was just wondering if anybody or, Joe, if you know of any good ones that you read recently that you’re like, this was absolutely amazing. Like, Calendly has one on, like, the state of meetings and things like that. So, yeah, does that can anybody think of any reports?

CB Insights always does good state of reports, but they have their whole insights team now. Like, they’ve turned into just this giant research body, but they’ll, they’re good to look at CB Insights. Anybody else? Unbound, Sandra says maybe.

Experian. Yeah. Experian, Gartner. Amazing.

Yeah. Amazing.

Yeah.

Cool. Thank you.

Awesome. Okay. Good?

Cool. Thank you.

Thanks, Jess. Alright. Liezl. Measurable goal for March.

Yeah. Okay. So I have a couple. I wanna land two calls by the end of this week, at least. Okay.

And then schedule two workshops by the end of this month, but I’m hoping, like, by the end of next week as well. Nice. I just don’t know how heady of a thing it is.

Okay. Got this. I do.

My question is, so I created my diagnostic flywheel over the weekend. Great. And I I would like feedback on it if possible. It’s on my Notion board. Do you want me to just share my screen or how?

Share that screen. Let’s take a look. Anybody who has done a diagnostic or worked through it, it’s a great time to get your notes as well.

Let me know if you can see that.

Then.

Do you like it? Yeah. Okay. Good. It took me eight hours. So, you know, if I have to do it over again, that’s okay. I’ll just cry.

But it’s patterned after after, like, the product led growth flywheel because the people already really recognize that and really love that in the industry.

So that’s what I did. I want to do, like, these the same color as this or whatever, but these are the three breakdowns.

These are the phases.

These are the questions I ask Yeah.

Etcetera.

Right.

Just look at do you think my question is, do you think that this will give me the desired result of having them say, oh my gosh. We need to work with you right now.

Can you scroll back up to the flywheel?

Yep.

So when I complete this, what happens? So you walk me through it. Where does it start?

It starts, on analyze right here.

K. So retention.

Mhmm. Team insights behavior tracking. Then Then we move and that’s where we do, like, a red, yellow, green or a scoring of some kind on each of those? Okay.

Yep. So I was asking them yeah. So I’m part of a a life cycle marketing Slack group. And so a lot of these are panned after what people are who are experts in the field doing this every day actually ask in the Slack book or a group all the time. So these are things that help them also if I suggest.

Can I walk away with once this is done? Once I’ve gone through the diagnostic in your workshop, what do I what’s what’s changed for me?

You know where you need to improve. You know what you need to improve without knowing the how. So you could go do it yourself, but you feel just enough overwhelm and friction from it to say, you know what? I will have to do so much research to even figure out how to fill these little gaps or how to find this that I don’t want to. I wanna hire a lease.

K. And then I have, like, these pitch like, workshop pitches that me and Chad GPT came up with.

Okay.

But Yeah.

I think, like, the outcome so if I’m thinking about it as, like, okay. You’re so who’s someone that you would pitch this to? Not the person, but a brand.

I’m trying to think. Chili Piper comes to mind, but their sales led. Okay.

Let’s say Chili Piper.

We pretend. Yeah.

Cool. So Chili Piper, in their audience, there are a lot of people who should be hiring you. Okay. So you tell Chili Piper, hey. I’ve got this great diagnostic. You You don’t say it that way. That will help your users be better users of Chili Piper because they will know what to work on using Chili Piper?

Yeah. I’ll help them use Chili Piper faster.

Chili Piper is, like a intake form where they can just fill it out and get calls real fast from from people.

So yeah. Yeah.

So complete this and see to help your users take action faster so you can get more people through the funnel. And I know what they’re struggling with particularly. That’s why I chose Chili Piper.

But Yeah.

That’s really so cool. So I mean, it looks good.

The yellow, I think, maybe on the screen, the yellow is messing with my brain a bit. It looks like a rectangle. There’s something going on there. It might just be me. But the yellow is a little bit muted and, like, like, there’s a weirdness for me. But other than that, everything is really clear.

Yeah. I mean, I think if you can start, just pitch it to Yeah. People today. See what comes back.

Okay. So just pitch the flywheel, like, not even necessarily, like, a workshop.

No. The workshop. No. Don’t get me wrong.

You are Yeah.

Okay.

For two workshops scheduled this month.

They could both happen today. You could be done target met today. How do you do that?

It wouldn’t just be, hey. Look at this diagnostic.

Nobody knows what the fuck to do.

Right? So what I would frame it differently. Yeah. I would say, hey. Like, depending on what they’re struggling with, I can help you figure out where you’re where to begin or, not even that.

Yeah.

What to work on and what doesn’t need to work on.

Those guys are really big business question. What do I work on and what don’t I need to work on? Yeah.

But do I wanna get more targeted than that? Sorry.

My brain is like Yeah.

Well, it’s not gonna be that’s not like maybe it is. Maybe you do a single line pitch to a couple people that’s like, do your users need to know what to work on versus what not to be better users of Chili Piper?

Yeah. To watch this video or whatever. I don’t that’s not it. Yeah. But Right. Need to see I think you need to give a sample of who you are and Yeah.

What this diagnostic is all about by recording, not a custom one for every every brand. Just do one recording. The email can be custom. You’re just trying to knock through these things.

But do a video.

Put it on the landing page that has information about you, what makes you great, who’s trusted you before, why the right to trust you, what a workshop would look like, who you’ve presented for before. Just, like, really pull it out of the woodwork. Like, whatever Yeah. Anything.

Anything that you’ve done that’s remotely, like, oh, yeah. I somewhat indirectly consulted with that group. Cool. Right.

And then just walk through one section. So I’m just gonna give you a taste of what they will see in the workshop. And if you don’t love it, then you’re not gonna love the whole thing. But if you’re intrigued, if you think your audience will be intrigued, if they are struggling to know what to work on versus what not to work on, and that is possibly making them not as great a user of Chili Piper, then you can bring me in for this workshop.

I will run this thing for free, and I’ll promote it with my etcetera etcetera. But just show them, like, one part of it. Like, we’re gonna start with the analyzed part. Here’s how the workshop would run.

Here’s what this diagnostic is about. Walk them through it just like you would. And then Yeah. That’s it.

Call to action. Ping me. We can get this booked in this quarter.

Whatever it might be. Yeah.

But do you intend today?

K. I will.

You did the homework this weekend. Good job.

I did it. Thanks. Thanks. It worked hard. Thank you.

Cool. Any notes? Any other notes for Liesl other than Jess loves it?

Great. Thank you, Jess. Cool.

Alright. Andrew. Looks like last but not least, Andrew.

Hello. Hello.

Hello. Hello.

Mhmm. My, my measurable goal is that I will close one new retainer client this month.

Nice.

And that’s already on track. My question is around so this came up while we were doing the exercise around, like, what are you what are you the absolute best at, or what are you going to be the absolute best at? And something that has become clear to me is that, like, the the copywriting part, is probably not where, like, I’m the you know, I I right now, I’m working on a project with a partner.

Like, she’s a better copywriter than I am. She’s better at the, like, the research and all of that, and that’s that’s fine. That’s cool. That’s why I brought her in.

Yeah. And so where I sort of see myself wanting to move is, like, I and and as I was writing this out, it’s like, I want my thing to be around, like, finding the most valuable opportunities. So, you know, I work with b to b SaaS clients mostly on websites and landing pages. And so, like, the way I think of what I kinda wanna be known for is that it’s like, I’m gonna be the one who’s the best at, like, prioritizing the work that needs to be done of sort of, like, figuring out what you can ignore and where you’re gonna get the most bang for your buck and Mhmm.

Kind of, like, the most valuable opportunities.

And I guess, one, I’m wondering if that, like, is kind of a I guess I’m looking for, like, validation on that. And then I guess the second part is, like, I guess I you know, I’m starting to think more about, like, developing more CRO specific skills and, like, do I go down the route of, like, getting all the way in on, like, GA four and things like that that I’m, like, not super used to, or is that, like, a total waste of my time and, like, all of that kind of thing. So, like, I’d love it if I could be the kind of person who comes in. I look at everything holistically, and it’s like, here’s your number one spot.

Here’s number two. Here’s number three. Here’s how we can test this. And Mhmm. I chose an eagle because part of it is I don’t wanna be I’m, like, I’m above the little stuff.

And, like, and, like, I’m not going after seeds and worms.

Like, I’m going after like, give me an animal that’s, like, bigger than me.

Totally.

Yep. So, yeah, just just just that’s kinda where I am right now.

Okay. Cool. That’s fun.

I love that you’re getting there and that you’re seeing that.

Yeah. I wrote down we find and or something. I wrote down projects that crush.

I feel like there’s a lot of value in being that’s why people spend so much money on a direct response mailer, because it’s it’s going to crush, and it’s completely different from everything else you’re doing in marketing. It’s a pretty sure thing, and it costs a lot of money. But, like, you dedicate resources to that.

I don’t think so I think it’s great that you’re like, we’re gonna I I don’t mess around with piddly stuff. Good. Nobody in this room should either, and it’s good to position yourself as like, no. That’s not for me.

I don’t do that. It’s great that some someone else can work on your about page. It’s not gonna be the thing that’s going to explode your business. Like, let’s work on the thing that really will.

Otherwise, I’m I’m not of use to you. Great. And then what was the second part?

You had something else.

Oh, you had the No.

I said I said I I had the animal. I also said g a four, and you made a face.

Oh, yeah. No. So it reminded me when I was an early, like, a just starting out as a copywriter a year in, we worked I wrote copy for this, wealth investment fund guy.

And he had when you signed on with him, he he had a network of people who were great at things. Maybe I’ve told this before.

So if you need an estate lawyer, he doesn’t do a state law. He’s not an estate lawyer, but he knows a good one, and they’re part of his ecosystem, and you get private access to them. So that’s something to consider with things like GA four. You don’t wanna become a GA four expert. You don’t wanna go into that world full stop. It’s messy. It’s hard.

It’s hard all around, but you know it’s important. So who do you know that is good at that and that you can swap in and out of your team as needed? They don’t have to be full time. They’re just somebody that you bring in to work on a project upfront. That’s why I had Nicole Luke, who I worked with at Intuit. She’s an analytics, like, mastermind. Like, she’s freaking brilliant.

She didn’t wanna have a full time job, so I would just hire her to consult, come in for a couple hours. She’d build sad little amounts that I never talked her out of because I wasn’t her coach.

But you can go out and find those people and have them as, like, a secret private resource exclusively for clients.

And then you don’t have to know it. You just have to know who does know it and bring them in.

That helps. So and can I just ask so something that I kind of struggle with with this idea of, like, oh, I’m not, like I don’t know what my one thing is is, like, I wanna kind of have, like, a thing that I can pour a lot of, like that I can really, like, spend time on? Like, I carve out time every week to just work on developing this skill. Yes. And I’m trying to figure out what that is. I don’t know if there’s anything you can do to kinda, like I don’t know. Any guidance you can give to help me figure out what that is, but I don’t that’s a tough question.

I can keep, like, workshopping it with you as you bring new ideas. And I think that you’ve got something, though, with, like as a starting point. People don’t wanna work on low value stuff, and so much marketing feels like chaos. We’re all just guessing at everything.

We’re only doing this because we’re supposed to do it. No one really gave that much thought to it. And then a CEO or a CMO gets, like, annoyed. It’s like, can we just do something that’s gonna move the needle, please?

Like, I’m tired of posting comments on Reddit. What can we do? And you’re the guy who answers that.

I love that.

I think you just have to keep working it and then bring your ideas back, and we’ll get there.

I think it’s the big swing thing. I think that there’s something around that.

It’s the big swing doing business.

Swing, though. Right? Like a mailer. Like, it’s an eight part lumpy mailer kit. I’m not saying you do that.

I’m saying, like, that is a clear different tactic that nobody saw coming. Someone learned about it or they do it every year, and it always is, like, brings in incredible results. It’s a big swing because it’s so different from everyday marketing.

It’s not digital marketing. It’s old school. It’s like, it makes everybody feel uncomfortable in the room because we’re so used to, like, more ad spend, more emails.

So, yeah, I think that if you can figure out what big swing, how to revise that to get to a place where it’s like, it’s not just try something like a big swing homepage.

It’s like, what is it?

I don’t know.

You’ll get there.

K. That’s helpful. Thank you.

Cool. Awesome. Thanks. Alright. Y’all, we’re at the end of our time.

We’re either over if you have it in your calendar for sixty minutes or under if you have it in your calendar for ninety. It goes both ways.

But that’s it. No more questions in the room. So thank y’all. We will see you on Thursday for Ryze. Very cool session.

And, then, otherwise, we’ll see you next week for part two of you are a media brand. Alright.

Have a good one.

Bye. Thanks.

Low Effort, High Return Lead Generation (What’s Worked vs Not Worked for Us)

Low Effort, High Return Lead Generation (What's Worked vs Not Worked for Us)

Transcript

Hello. Welcome. Glad so many of you are here. Hello to those who are watching the replay.

This is my last training session for this month. I was just before this getting things ready for February and March. March is gonna be something called chaos month, which I’m quite excited about. More on that, with some cool guest speakers coming in. Abby is is not here yet, and she is in next Monday to talk about Evergreen webinars.

Evergreen webinar funnels, really.

So that should be very, very interesting. Who got to attend oh, there’s Abby. Who got to attend, Andy’s session on Thursday?

Yeah. Some good stuff there. Hey. Very practical. Very practical. Awesome.

Okay. So today, it is last week, we got into some stuff.

Last Wednesday or Wednesday, Monday.

And this week is gonna be a lot chiller.

I we sometimes need lots of ideas, and sometimes we just need to hear and talk about things that work.

And those things are always changing. So we are in the freelancing and agency owner, workbook.

We are on pages thirty eight and thirty nine.

And we’re just gonna talk about the three things that have worked best for us over time.

And, then I’d like to open it up to a discussion about what’s working and particularly what’s not working for you in your business to get people to opt in for a thing.

If you have anything that’s working particularly well, then it’d be great to come off mute at that time and just share that with others. Or if you’re frustrated, with things that you’ve tried that are supposed to work but just aren’t, then we can talk about that too. I know that over the years, I have been very frustrated by those things. I’ve happily bought into someone in a workshop saying this works so well for me, and then you try it in many different forms, and it just does not work.

And you’re like, wow. Everybody is just going around lying. Okay. Interesting.

So we don’t wanna do that. We want good info here, and that’s what I’m sharing with you now here, as you can see on my screen, is our best performing lead gen over the years.

The number one thing that worked I think one of the bigger takeaways, is that what works changes changes a lot, and we just have to be okay with that. It just it’s it’s the nature of it. It’s part of the game that we’re playing here. It just changes. Some moves just get overplayed, and they just don’t work anymore.

Pop ups. We at CopyHackers were one of the first groups out there, in in our space, not in ecommerce. Ecommerce was kind of already doing it, but we were one of the first to put a a pop up that everybody hated. Everybody talked about hating, but so many people opted in, that had two opt out buttons on it or one opt in and then one opt out.

So that was back when Bounce Exchange was still a thing, and they came on to our site. Bounce Exchange was the platform that you used, and it was all service based. Like, you couldn’t do anything. They had a team that ran it, software plus service.

But it had opt in and opt out and lots and lots of testing on those pop ups. And our list went from, like, twelve thousand to forty thousand or something bananas in the span of, like, six months, and we’d already been at this for a couple years. So it worked really, really, really well until it stopped. And until marketers love to talk about how much they hated these things, and so we got a kind of this this opt out pop up got a bit of a bad reputation for a while there, and so people stopped using them. But that was the number one thing more than anything else.

Secondly, that’s not showing here because it’s a little bit trickier, and I wanted to talk about it in our fireside chat is borrowing other people’s lists. So I’ve mentioned before in, like, freelancing school, I’ve mentioned there that, ConvertKit posted a webinar for us. Like, we were in front of their audience, and we had the registrant sign up on our, landing page, which is important if you’re gonna borrow someone’s list and which usually means you’re going to have a lead magnet of some kind that is promoted to another audience.

They have to sign up on your domain. So it comes into your CRM, not I’ve had I’ve done other ones, with, like, HubSpot, for example, where we had thousands of people sign up for this workbook that we put together with HubSpot, which was a great partner to work with, by the way.

But they didn’t sign up for the lead magnet on our landing page. They signed up on the HubSpot landing page. And so HubSpot gave us a CSV every month of these email addresses, but it’s like, what are you gonna do with the thirty day old email?

Even the newer ones, fine. But now you have to go through the whole double opt in process and try to get them on board with you, and they’re like, who are you again? And it was a lot. So a good thing if you are going to partner up with others to borrow their list is, to make sure that they opt in on your landing page and go into your CRMs that you can email them from there. And that’s actually really desirable for a lot of the brands that you might partner with. So those are some things that we have done, but we don’t do them that much right now.

Some of the other ones I wanted to talk about here are welcome mats, ads that drive to ebooks. That’s a paid lead.

In both ways, you pay to acquire them, and they pay to acquire the ebook that you’ve written and evergreen webinars, which although we haven’t fully prepped that, we’ve seen with webinars that we get really good leads in. We often have to drive, from various places, lots of different places, Instagram, the whole ManyChat, DM workshop, or comment workshop to get this or whatever the hell it is. I don’t do it. I just approve it when it happens.

But that’s one way in. Anyway, point is Evergreen webinars are a good way for us to get lots of leads coming in regularly.

I will not say that we’re good on the other side of it, which is once they come in, are they going into a good workshop funnel?

I would not say at this point that many of them are. But we’re getting lots of leads in through them. We continue to just running on auto. So welcome mats are just the thing where you arrive on a page and the whole page has taken over. You’ll see this on lots of different websites.

If you’re not doing it, just give it a shot. You can set it up in Leadpages, OptinMonster, even Hello Bar. When I was looking into this because we’ve used Leadpages and OptinMonster primarily for these, I didn’t even know Hello Bar was still around, and they are. So So I was really happy for them.

So Hello Bar, I decided to throw in here as well as a tool that you can use. A welcome ad is just really good. Not all the time. I don’t know how it affects SEO.

So a welcome ad takes over your home page, let’s say. So they land on your blog, then they click your logo to go see more about you, and then there’s a home page takeover, and that’s where they enter their email address. We don’t do this on an ongoing basis. We only do it when we’re trying to collect leads for, like, a launch or promotion or something.

Because I don’t know if Google’s happy about it or mad about it. You never know. They’re so finicky, so I just do it for a small amount of time. Ads to ebooks is when we’re getting ready to promote something like our Black Friday offers that we had this year, we first, at beginning of November, just ran a bunch of ads to ebooks.

So we had our, rich writer series, three ebooks. We put them on for seven bucks. I think we paid about five bucks a lead. Then they paid us seven bucks, so we basically broke even, but we had all of these great leads in who had told us, yes.

I wanna be a rich writer, and we could then promote freelancing school and copy school to them over the Black Friday period. And that is great performing lead gen, not because we got lots of leads in, but rather and that’s there’s a lot to do with our ad buying there, but rather because, the ones that we got in were really qualified. They showed in a lot of ways that they were qualified, and all we had to do was do a good job of selling more of what they wanted to them over Black Friday. And then as I already said, Evergreen Webinars.

Okay. So those are the bigger ones that have worked. Our latest guess on getting more qualified leads in the door, getting people to sign up for our list, understanding, what they’re getting into and why they should be here is conditional menus. Has anybody tried conditional menus?

No. I didn’t even know they were a thing until I was over on Gong, which has great resources on gong dot I o. If you’re not over there, go watch their webinars. They’re good. They’re very informative.

So I went over there to find a webinar on some sales topic, and, I realized as is showing here that when I clicked resources in the global nav, on the primary global nav, then the whole menu, which I didn’t notice notice until I started going through and looking at these. So instead of having a drop down only, which can be kind of hard to navigate, there’s a lot of things about that that about a drop down versus a conditional menu that, yeah, I don’t love a drop down. I find that especially on copy hackers dot com, actually, our menus are built in a weird way that can’t seem to be fixed, where when you hover over a certain part, sometimes the menu just vanishes, and I’m like, this can’t be.

It’s twenty twenty five. What’s happening here? But it happens. And so we’re experimenting. By today, I had planned on us having these conditional menus up, but all the pages were not ready.

So we don’t have conditional menus live yet, but that is our new hypothesis that we have a lot of resources on our website that people are not seeing.

We can’t expect them to see it. We used to expect Google would serve them up well. Google does not serve them up as well as we wish that they would. So we have just thirteen, almost fourteen years worth of resources we’ve created over all of that time, and we were really heavy in content creation for the first ten years.

So there’s a lot there that’s just buried on our site just like dying on the vine. So by changing our global nav to have conditional menus, that means that when someone clicks blog, they then don’t just go to the blog, but they can go to broken out views of the blog. So blogs for freelancers, video tutorials, they think they want a blog. They might actually want a video tutorial, things like that.

So the menu replaces.

When we can get more people to see more of the resources on our site, we have better reason to believe that they’ll dig deeper people who spend time or people who spend money. If they like what they’re seeing and what they’re learning, they’re likely to become leads. It’s still passive.

It’s more passive than, let’s say, ads to ebooks, but it is what inbound is all about. So that’s what I wanted to share with you about our lead gen activities. There are a lot of things that don’t work, and that’s why they’re not on here. And even some of these don’t work all the time.

Like I said, Evergreen webinars, we can get leads out of it, but we might not be closing them. Welcome mats, we only do sometimes because it’s kind of a scary thing. And we’ll see about conditional menus. Alright.

Anybody have anything they want to add around how you are successfully or unsuccessfully trying to get people to become leads?

I know y’all are doing things.

Yeah. Claire.

I’ve got so many questions. Okay.

The first is, does this has this ever worked the same way for a site that’s not focused on freelances and training? A site that’s focused on, like, an agency, for example, like, BoxCut.

Yeah. By this, you mean the things that I was showing?

Yeah. Sorry. You’re a lead gen for yeah.

Yeah. So for Boxcar, it’s really tough to say because, Boxcar depended heavily on leads coming in via copy hackers. So we just needed to expose them.

It also helped that Rand kept posting about the boxcar website, so that got us far. So if you can get an influencer to post about your website, then that helps too.

But, no. This is largely just for copy hackers dot com, which over the years has not targeted freelancers. It’s only in the last, like, six years that seven maybe, that freelancers have kind of become a bigger thing there. So this was targeting, startups and people working as start startup founders and the people who work there. Yeah.

Yeah. I love it.

Okay. Cool.

Awesome. And, sorry. I just have one more Yeah. Thing to add. I’ve read a lot that there’s a focus on shifting from getting traffic in so that you can convert them to your newsletter versus, like, just pushing out a ton of educational content that’s really super helpful and then people are more, I don’t know, obsessed with you, I guess, is, like, kind of a feeling you’ve been getting.

Because you hope. Right? It’s just so much work.

Yeah.

So, yeah, I know that, like, I’ve seen people I guess I just look at it and go, like, okay. For us, what is the stuff that works? We’ve been we planted our tree fourteen years ago. So, yeah, it’s grown. It’s good. But if you’re starting out today, it will be small, and there’s no two ways around that unless you buy someone else’s business. So you’re buying a tree that’s already growing, which is rarely possible for people who are not already who haven’t exited a business already.

So yes to putting a lot of good stuff out there, but how much time do you have? Right? Like, how who else can do it unless you can get people in your network and community to start pushing content out on your behalf?

Yeah. It’s just it’s a hard thing to do.

Yeah.

It’s a hard thing just to post to LinkedIn consistently. So Yeah.

Exactly. Like, it’d be great to be able to do that, but, I mean, you look at the brands that have done that because that was, like, inbound at its height.

Envision was pushing cash at creating resources.

Envision’s not a business. Like, there’s there’s a lot, and that’s because they had money invested in them up front. And then a good product that was making money. Sure.

But you can look back at this history of brands that have invested heavily in creating content and just hoping that someone shows up and does something with it, and they lose out to the people who run sales organizations that do not use the word hope ever. We’re gonna call these people, and we’re gonna call them again, and then we’re gonna email them again and email all the decision makers and that yeah. That’s all that to say, like, I know we’re not talking today about sales. We’re talking about generating leads, but it’s tricky to put so much work into content.

Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

Unless you can charge for it, which you probably can.

Well, everyone seems to be selling courses that say the same thing, which is I’ve been in all of this work. It took me years and years to figure out how to figure it out. And now I figured it out, and I’m teaching it, and people can do it instantly. I’m like, then why do all of the courses say it took you years?

Well, that’s fair.

Yeah. No. I think that course is our whole other conversation.

Man, there’s a lot of garbage out there. Like, a lot a lot. A lot. Yeah. Awesome. Joe, you got a contribution.

Hey. So something that I I I used to do a few years ago, and I was not really consistent with it. I also didn’t have a good sense of my ICP or persona at the time. So it’s kinda scattered, but I would do, I would do, like, little copy tear downs.

I I would record a Loom video of someone’s ad, and then just talk about, like, what were what strengths, weaknesses, whatever. That got me a couple clients at that time. And recently, I thought, like, okay. Maybe I’ll try doing that again.

I tend to use LinkedIn a lot, and and so I thought I would try that again. And, I noticed that the last couple times I did this, it was really interesting. I got, like and it so I would tag the company that I was talking about, and I make sure to do the content so it’s not it’s not, like, overly critical. It’s also talking about what they’re doing really well.

And then it offers, like, a couple, like, hey. These are, like, a couple of missed opportunities that they could, you know, work on or whatever. On the last couple times I did that, I noticed that, like, several members of the company, because I tagged the company LinkedIn, would view the content, comment on it, engage with it, and whatever. And so I would have, like like, heads of marketing and salespeople and, like, all these people, like, engaging with that that content.

So it hasn’t gotten me leads yet for this year, and I’ve only done it, like, I think, two, like, three or four times now. But it’s it’s, definitely got me some, like, engagement from people that maybe otherwise would not have I don’t know if I would’ve gotten or engaged otherwise, and it’s helped me start a few conversations.

So now, I mean, it kinda this kinda gets a lot where you’re just talking about, like, you know, how do I do that without spending so much time and, you know, it’s not, like, super scalable.

One way I’m trying to, like, sort of scale it is, like, that’s gonna be the content, basically, that I use for that week. So I just record a tear down, turn that into a carousel and, like, you know, post. And, like, I just kind of use that as content as well in addition to almost like an account based marketing piece.

But I would love to hear any, like, feedback or criticism or whatever of that plan. And if you have any suggestions as far as how to follow-up Yeah. With these people because that’s the that’s the part where I’m like, alright. Cool. So getting their eyeballs, getting their engagement, now how do I actually, like Yeah. You know, get that follow-up.

But Yeah.

You definitely that’s the one thing that stands out to me, is they connected, they commented, they engaged.

Talk to them. Like, get them on a call now. Like, what it like Yeah. What stopped you from pinging them? Or, like second one, what stopped you from directly connecting with them and talking with them about having a conversation?

Yeah. Well, so I did directly like, as soon as I see people with relevant roles engage on it engage on the post, then I immediately send them a connection request. And, I guess maybe the tricky thing for me is, like, I’m still in the process of working on my standardized offer.

And so maybe that’s, like, making the conversation like, how do I begin that conversation? Maybe that’s why I’ve been, like, a little reluctant to just be like, hey. Let’s hop on a call. You know, I can help you do whatever.

They’ve already seen what you can help them with. Right?

It might just be kinda hard to see them.

I wouldn’t let that get way. And, also, what better forcing function than, I had a call with this brand that I’ve engaged in account based marketing to, like, attract.

They’re gonna talk to me. I’m going to figure out my standardized offer before I go to bed tonight.

Like, that’s a good Fair.

Yeah.

Move you. Right?

That’s my take on it.

So yeah. But you need to be following up. Otherwise, you’re gonna keep doing these great things. But if you don’t have a follow-up process, what what what comes of it other than you feel good that your content’s being seen as we know?

Yes. With the book bills with feelings. So I like to think of it, like, for the work that you’re doing, if you were a larger company, someone else would be doing that work. And if they came to you in a meeting and said, we had all these people commenting and engaging from this brand, you would look at them and ask, what did you so cool.

When are you meeting with them? What are we doing? If they’re like, oh, no. No.

We’re not. You’d be like, what what are you what do you what do you honestly think you’re here for? Like, I love you. You’re doing great work up until we have to actually start closing.

So, and you would encourage them. Right? And you would put together SOPs. You would say, no.

No. No. We don’t we don’t spend time and resources just to get a high five from somebody. We spend time and resources to book a call, and then the people who run the call have to take over from there.

So that’s the key thing. I wouldn’t keep doing more of these, honestly, Joe, until you figure out how you’re going to start getting them on a call. And that could be quite technical because they’re pinging you.

They’re commenting individually.

But unless there’s a way to do it in LinkedIn, can you DM multiple people people in LinkedIn?

No. It’s just one to one, isn’t it?

No. You can, actually. You can you can add multiple recipients to a message. So yeah.

Start there. Hey, y’all.

Yeah. Good idea.

Engagement. I’d love to chat with you. This is I actually work on exactly this thing, and I’d love to work with you. As you can see, I’m very passionate about your brand.

Mhmm. Is that right? Like, let’s hop on a call. If they don’t, they don’t want to. But they’re gonna be talking about you in a meeting, and that’s good.

Yes. Right. Right. Yeah. That’s awesome, Joe. Thank you.

Sorry. Go ahead. Sorry, Joe.

I said that’s awesome. Thank you. Yeah. Yeah.

Go do it. Do it. It’s exciting. You’ve got them to engage. It’s great. Awesome. Yeah.

Abby, how about you?

Hey. Sorry for being off camera today. Mhmm.

I so I received a cold email today. I’ve never sent a cold email in my life. I’ve never responded to one, but this cold email was so good that not only do I wanna reply, but I’m actually thinking of, like, swiping his strategy.

And I kinda wanted to just, like, share it with the group Love it.

Whatever one thinks. I I can’t send a screenshot, because of permissions, but it’s quite short. I could read it.

Okay.

Okay. Yeah. So it says, hey, Abby. I saw your Evergreen course master class and loved it.

I’m curious. Can people find it outside of Facebook? The reason I’ve asked, we’re we’ve been able to help Danny Brown add three hundred and six thousand dollars a month to our business using YouTube ads. We’ve also reproduced these results for Breathless Expeditions, a million a year to three million a year, and Dealer Givers Institute, a million to two million a year.

If I could guarantee to add an extra one hundred thousand a month to your offer within ninety days using YouTube ads, would you take me up on that? Otherwise, you don’t pay, and we’ll pay you five thousand for wasting your time. If so, here’s a quick video on how it works. Take a look and then schedule a demo using the link below, and I can show you how this would work for your business specifically.

Here’s here’s a small handful of the clients we’ve worked with and then a list.

Okay. What do you love about it?

Well, I mean, like, there’s this there’s an element of, like, is it too good to be true? But, like, the Hermozy style offer, like, that’s such a good guarantee, like, that they they’re so confident they would pay Yeah. Five thousand dollars.

I don’t know. I don’t is is anyone else thinking, like, oh, it’s way too good to be throw throw a mold in their eyes, or is it like because I don’t know.

I thought it was really I was very curious, and I’ll probably schedule a call.

Yeah. Johnson just chatted out. I got an identical structure email.

Oh.

I didn’t.

Three days ago.

Okay. Did you like it?

Different offer.

Oh, so they’re probably taking I was I just didn’t wanna interrupt.

Yeah. It was a totally different, offer. Did you say Brene Brown in your savvy?

No. I didn’t.

Who who was the first person you you referenced?

Donnie Brown.

Oh, Donnie Brown. Alright. Let me I’m gonna pull up the email and just and check.

K. So, yeah, I’m curious to hear more reactions because something that comes to mind for me having coached many freelancers is all the reasons that that wouldn’t be possible for you, including I can’t afford, to guarantee a hundred thousand dollars or five thousand dollars back. I don’t have case studies like that. I don’t have brands to list off like that. Is this resonating?

So go ahead. No.

I was gonna say, like because I’m thinking I do I do have the case studies and the brands, and I could have, like, an application process. So it’s like, okay.

I can only guarantee, like, hundred k a month with your ever in funnel if you were if, like, x, y, and zed is true.

And, like, part of that would be guaranteeing, like, that they would have to send a certain amount of traffic into the funnel. But I just like, I think if I was sending in cold emails like that, like, I would get responses maybe.

Yeah.

I mean, I, obvious I think it’s it’s totally verbosey ish. Right? You you’d have to have a problem in your mind.

Things aren’t clicking somehow if they’re gonna guarantee they add a hundred thousand dollars. They said add a hundred thousand or you get a hundred thousand sales?

Add add a hundred thousand.

Add a hundred thousand or five thousand dollars cash paid to you.

It’s only if I mean, then you’d start looking into other ways to not trust them.

So what would other ways be to not like, what what came to mind for you, Abby? Like, you’re gonna swipe the email, but are you gonna hire them?

I’m gonna definitely book a call, but I was that was actually gonna be one of my question.

In the ask me anything, I was gonna say, like, what other trust factors you should look for. Because, obviously, they’ve got testimonials and the social proof and stuff, but, you know, they could just be testimonials from someone other people in their mastermind.

Yeah.

So Totally.

Or not real testimonials at all.

Yeah. And so and if to get that hundred k, like, I’d have to presumably put a lot into the YouTube ads. So, like, if I spent, like, eighty grand on YouTube ads, I only got, like, thirty back. And then they’re like, here’s five thousand dollars. I’m gonna wave it like, well, that doesn’t really wake up the thirty five that I’ve lost.

Yeah. Totally. Yeah. Johnson?

I, I yeah. I found it.

Mine’s from Jennifer. It’s a really similar structure. It’s a different offer.

But she, suggest she says, hi, Johnson. What if I told you we could use LinkedIn voice notes and ID verified profiles to help you sign fifteen new clients that pay you your full retainer in six months or you don’t pay and get a thousand euros, like we did for a hundred and fifty agency owners such as Flax Labs Social.

And, he made an exclusive video.

The partners made a a tear down, I guess, on the website, of my website. And then it ends with a quote from Richard Branson.

Do not be embarrassed by your failures. Learn from them and start again. I didn’t respond to this person because I thought it was, I think I didn’t like the quote.

And No.

Agreed.

Yeah. Like, it was kinda I just felt like it was kinda cringe.

And after, it just seemed a little unbelievable.

So I didn’t Hi.

Did you reply?

What?

I’ll ask if you’d like Joe, would you reply since you’re my ICP?

I mean, I’m gonna reply now because now that we’ve talked about it, I I want I’ve thought about it for longer, and I’m curious. I didn’t even watch the video.

But, yeah, I’ll I’ll, I’ll I’ll reply to them and see see what’s, what the offer actually is.

Yeah.

I mean, yeah. It’s interesting. It also brings up the idea of no brainer offers versus unbelievable offers. Like yeah.

Mhmm.

Right? What is the threshold at which a no brainer offer turns into, oh, this is bullshit?

But presumably, that’s a lot of times conditions and part of the application process. Right? That’s, like, probably, like, you have to be willing to spend, like, x on the ads and da da da, in which case you’re gonna get a hundred k back, but it might be that you spent two hundred k.

Yeah. Also, I think if you if you offer when I was before the thing that I was working on recently was like a wasn’t the right thing to work on, but it was a cold outreach, service, on LinkedIn, and we were gonna do it for on a a point percentage.

So the only thing that we would need was an upfront fee, and, and and then we would guarantee them leads. But I felt like in our when we sent out when we started doing our copy, I was like, this seems feels fair. She if I’m receiving this, I would be like, this seems fake. So we put, a small, small, small bit of copy in just to explain the system a little bit to make it seem reasonable, sensible, or clever, rather than, like, a scam.

Do you think adding in some form of mechanism system, something like that makes it feel less BS?

Yeah. Like, if if in this email, Jennifer, it explained some part of the mechanism that felt believable, I it would become like a fascination almost. Right? Like, I’d be intrigued. I’d probably wanna know more.

Interesting. Yeah. Curious. So, Abby, you are going to reply to them?

Or I’m gonna reply to them. I’m just like, mostly just out of curiosity, to be honest. And then I might just try Cody mailing out of curiosity.

Yeah. That’s kind of it really. Just an experiment.

No. I’m I’m interested in YouTube ads. I mean, what’s been working for me is workshops, podcasts, and my book.

If I could drive YouTube ads to my works for my book, that would be cool. So yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. And then, of course, if you do take them up on this, I mean, that’s really good content. Look at how many people in the room just said, oh, I get emails like that all the time, and I don’t reply to them because then if you were to say, hey. I got the same email you get, but I actually took them up on it. Here’s what happened. That could be, like, really interesting.

And it might not be directly tied to what you do, but kind of.

So I’ll be for the high five.

Yeah. Very cool. Yeah. Can you guys share those in the Slack channel just like screenshots of the cold emails?

I know that, Claire, I think you pasted yours here, which it would just be awesome just to have those. Next month, we’re getting into cold emails, for larger accounts. So, yeah, it’s good to have this conversation going. Love it.

K. How did we get here? What else were we talking about?

Does somebody else Cody, did you have your hand up?

I didn’t, but I have a few things that have worked and things that haven’t that I’ll share. Yeah. So things that didn’t work well, growing trying to, like, grow my own following from just my home like, my profile pages on social media, just posting educational content doesn’t seem to work very well. I’ve tested that on many different platforms.

I think it’s because leveraging other people’s audiences is, a quicker way to grow your audience rather than just trying to start from scratch.

And then yeah. So things that have worked are are like networking.

That has worked for me well, you know, people sending referrals or that kind of thing.

And then I know that so and I guess that’s, like, indirectly leveraging other people’s, audiences in a way because what I’m referring to was getting in front of copy that. Like, I got in front of copy that, and they bought my copy live. And since I was able to prove that I was good at what I did, they sent me clients. Right?

So I’m, like, leveraging, I guess, their network, not really their audience. But, from that, you know, talking with Abby and stuff, I think what’s going to what I’m gonna try is just leveraging other people’s audiences, like doing podcasts, and then writing a book so that and everything isn’t just so scattered with social media, you know, like, those videos only last, like, forty eight hours and then they’re gone.

I know in the past, I have done YouTube. And while it is like a slow burn, I know that it ages well because, like, after I switch niches and stuff, I would have people reaching out to me. Hey. From YouTube, you know, do you still do this?

Can you help me with this thing? And I and that was, like, three years ago, you know, from when they reached out to me. Yeah. So that’s that’s my plan.

Cool. I love it.

Podcasts are somewhat tricky thing. Have others been successful with guesting on podcast, being interviewed on them, or getting leads not just for someone saying, hey. Saw you on that podcast or heard you on it.

Yeah. I got a fifty six thousand dollar client last month from a podcast.

From a podcast?

I think it was from they were like, I had you on a podcast, and then I was googling Evergreen Funnels. And then I saw you on another podcast, and I was they were like, oh, this person is everywhere.

So then yeah. They they were quite happy.

Effect. Yeah.

Yeah.

Okay.

I’m curious why you said podcast, guessing is tricky.

I wanna know what you mean by that.

Oh, so for me, over the years, it just feels like of all the things you could do, podcasts, yeah, are not I just don’t I don’t get the appeal, but then others have been successful with them. And I think it depends on what you’re trying to get out of it. So I’ve never gone on a podcast to get clients.

Never been my thing.

And if it were, then I think that it would be different.

But, no. I just I look at it and think, fine. But it does take up your time, your energy, so I don’t understand the appeal. I think if you’re gonna go on podcasts, well, you might as well just have your own podcast.

Still guest then, but then I don’t know. To me no. I don’t that’s me. Right?

And so I know that, like, other people remember years ago, Tarzan sent out an email that was like, my mentor said don’t go on podcast, but I didn’t. I made all this money. And I was like, I was the mentor. Okay.

Got it. That’s fine.

But, yeah, I’ve always been confused about why people are in a rush to get on podcasts.

Unless it’s a big name that is influential to your ICP and you are trying to get clients out of it or get invited onto more podcast because you wanna grow your authority that way.

Interesting. So you haven’t and, this might be an assumption, but so you haven’t, like, pitched a podcast to be on there, typically. Yeah. So I guess it kinda might go back to the strategy then. So if you’re targeting specific podcast because you know your audience listens to that podcast Yeah. Then that might make a difference. Right?

Yeah. Like, if you right. Like, I know I think Tarzan was talking about being on Amy Porterfield’s podcast where yes. When she’s serving course creators, Amy Porterfield has a giant following of course creators, and she says, I’m Amy Porterfield’s copywriter, and she wants to get clients, things will go well.

So there it has to be on, like, strategy, though. Right? And, like, really particular, not just everybody who says, oh, I’ve got a podcast and invites you to it, you say yes to. That’s not it will get shut down.

It will be like nothing ever happened, but you spent your time on that. And, usually, you also co promote it too. When it comes out, you, like, at the time, tweet about it, stuff like that. Right?

So Yeah.

Yeah, exactly, Joe. Totally.

So, yeah, that’s but I I I look at it like a similar, you know, similar to cold outreach when you’re trying to get acquire a client, except for now you are cold outreaching, to somebody that has tons of potential clients for you.

So yeah. I don’t know. Hopefully, it works.

Totally. That’s so fair. Totally. Yeah. Awesome. Caitlin, were you gonna add something?

Yeah.

Something I’m so mom and pop about it, I feel, because my main source of clients my first few years came because I was best friends with a business coach, and she was great at promoting herself and selling stuff and earning trust. So the moment they needed copy, she sold me.

They, like, hired me before even speaking to me because she was just that type of person. And then my other referrer was, a Facebook ads agency owner, And I also worked in that agency as creative director for a while, so all of our clients like, they knew I was in in charge of copy, and and I was very close to them, in terms of, like, saying, hey. Here’s your script. Here’s how to, like, shoot it and stuff. So when they they also knew I did emails, and the Facebook ad agency owner was, like, very cool with, like, allowing me to also take them on as email clients. So just having those strategic relationships were super helpful for me.

And then in term, I’ll try to keep this one short because it’s not as applicable to clients. But in terms of my online course, I have a like hate relationship with my lead generation method because I have a Facebook group that’s, like, seventy thousand people, and it builds my list every day. And it’s low lift, but, obviously, the quality is shit.

But, you know, when I’m I was busy with client work, a slow trickle of course, sales would come through, you know, like, I don’t know. Maybe I’m at, like, forty thousand over two years because I’m, like, focusing on client work and stuff. But it’s something, and I do believe, like, alright. It’s something to work with. And, yeah, I’m really I I make sure I scrub the list like crazy. Everyone’s tagged. I know they came from Facebook.

And I know there’s more I could do to probably leverage it a bit more, but, yeah, not like that second Caitlin? Sorry. I I I’m drinking caffeine, and I used to I I put it down for a while, and I picked it back up. So I’m like, but yeah.

So but I don’t know. It’s something. And I do feel like and some sometimes if there’s a will, there’s a way. So I think there’s more I could be doing with my crappy lead generation method.

That’s not always so crappy.

No. That’s amazing. Thank you for sharing that. I know, I mean, places that’s sometimes they just have to be on autopilot.

Right? So great. You got this Facebook group. It’s sending leads. Forty thousand dollars in two years is nothing to sneeze at.

That’s great. You didn’t have to do anything outside of Yeah.

It’s sold.

So no. That’s awesome.

The question really is around, like, leads versus list. So how do we look at it when we’re list building and generating leads?

Everybody who gets on your list is not a lead.

But but so often we see, like, these tactics that are kind of overlaid on each like, oh, list building and lead and lead nurturing or lead acquisition are similar. They are.

But it really does depend on what you’re trying to accomplish as well. Like, what are you going to do? Are you trying to sell courses? If you were just trying to sell courses, you would know that you could maybe push the gas a bit on your Facebook group, advertise to get people in it or something knowing that they’re going to end up buying courses from you.

And then you would be like, well, it’s also not that great. So I’d look for other ways to get them in versus getting in a lead who will pay you twenty thousand up front and ten thousand a month, which is very different. Yeah. So, Johnson, you’ve had your hand up and then down.

Is it supposed to be up?

I was just gonna ask you a question, about, ManyChat because you said that, they rarely buy the, buy from the evergreen version of the webinar. And I just wanted to ask, do you think that that’s because, of the passive CTAs or something else?

Oh, that’s because we just don’t have a funnel in place there. So, they sign up on ManyChat.

They we get all the notifications in Slack with all these people signing up for this thing, and then they go into a webinar replay that currently has no offer on the end of it. So it’s really just like, go ahead and watch.

Nice, Abby. Well done.

So that’s that’s really it. Right? So it’s it’s not most things fall apart, not because they’re bad, but because they’re incomplete or they’re outdated. So it is incomplete, our funnel.

Side note, Abby is actually working on it, so, like, it’ll be under control at some point. Exactly.

But that’s that’s so many of us. Right? Like, even with people helping you, even with teams, it’s you’ve gotta prioritize things.

So if I was to say, okay. This month, we are focusing on getting our ManyChat automations to drive to completed funnels, then we would do it. It’s just not a priority for me for countless reasons. One being an energy thing.

Uh-huh, Abby. Yeah.

So, yeah, that’s but it there’s still potential there. There’s loads of potential. It’s just gotta gotta choose what you’re gonna work on, and that’s not interesting to me right now.

There’s other stuff that Sure.

Yeah. So do you still think many chats, are useful for, Emma. Right. Okay. Cool.

In, like, you know, when things are useful, but, like, they bore you a lot, that’s ManyChat for me. I’m like, I don’t care.

Someone else has to come in and care because I don’t. So Sarah’s listening going, But I just don’t care. Email, I will always care about. It’s fascinating. It’s amazing.

ManyChat feels like a a knockoff, but oh, we all need to fix our segmenting. That’s an active campaign thing as well, Stacy.

I know, Jessica. Totally. Claire?

I wanted to ask about video because I know your Instagram, like, didn’t exist when I first learned about you, which was, by the way, when you first started doing freelancer stuff stuff apparently.

I didn’t know you didn’t do that before. I just assumed.

Yeah.

But I’ve been making videos for a while now. I’m getting better at them. I’m still not amazing at them, but better. And it’s kind of I’m starting to enjoy it, which is great because I really hated it at first. But I do feel like I’m banging my head against the wall because I’m post I’m I tried to cross post to LinkedIn, Instagram, TikTok. I was like, why not? CMOs are probably kinda like, what is this platform that my kids are on?

And Twitter as well to very moderate effect.

Yeah. How did you do it?

Just keep doing it, and then I stopped doing it, and then I start doing it again and stick with it. So we haven’t posted to Instagram properly a video in months.

But last Thursday, I forced myself to go to get videos done.

So force yourself to just keep doing it.

It’s not sexy. It’s especially if you don’t like doing it or you feel like, I don’t know if this will work, which is so often the thing. Right? Like, but just, like, just force yourself to. And it sucks. Just post another video.

And, like, that’s I don’t know. That’s kind of my take. Like, there’s so many things that we have to do that you don’t have the energy for. You don’t wanna do.

It doesn’t motivate you. You’re not inspired by it. It’s not sometimes it’s just like churning things out, and that feels, like, gross, but everybody’s just churning the it’s it’s you’re not alone in that. Right?

So okay. If we just force ourselves to keep doing the thing like Andy does. Right? Andy was in on Thursday, and he just keeps Yeah.

Doing the thing, and it keeps paying off, not with big wins immediately, but great wins along the way. His agency has incredible clients, and he’s as you can see, he’s invited to speak everywhere. He knows every everybody knows Andy. Andy just keeps showing up.

So if we can get past the part where we’re waiting for it to pay off, if we get past the part where we’re waiting for it to be fun, just like do the job. Just do the fucking job. That’s what it is. Just keep showing up.

Do the thing. Get on the video. Batch record ten videos. Get it over with.

You won’t want to when you have to show up.

I I did not want to. My husband dragged me to get these videos recorded on Thursday. I was like, I didn’t sleep well. I’m just gonna cancel.

And he was like, stop it. Get up and go. And I did, and I felt better for doing it. And now they’re almost produced.

Now when I go away for a week, I can schedule them all up, and we can get back going on social media, which does not inspire me. Does that help at all, Claire, knowing you’re not alone? You just have to, like, keep fucking doing the thing.

Yeah. It does. I’ve been trying my best to, like, plot away, but I feel like I’ve been spinning my wheels for a while now.

And because I’m trying to spin them on, like, on every front, I’ve actually I’ve pretty much stopped focusing on copy almost entirely Yeah.

And started focusing on, like, lead generation. I haven’t even gotten to sales because I haven’t cracked lead generation. Like Yeah. And I’ve started speaking to CMOs, kind of, what I’ve started.

And I’ve got a meeting with Tara booked.

But what I’ve learned so far is that they don’t do cold anything. Like, they have to have some kind of relationship with you. That’s how they hire because it’s high risk.

Would you say that, like, tracks and content is a great way to build that trust?

Yes. Okay. The content for as much as it’s and that’s why you have to keep doing it. Keep showing up.

Keep doing it. Every I can’t think of there’s an I’ve never reached out for a lead. I’ve never said, hey. Can I work for you?

Outside of pitching blog posts to, like, Kissmetrics back in the day. That was it. I’ve only ever pitched to get my content in front of the right audience for me, but clients have always reached out directly. And it’s almost without fail, the CEO or the CMO.

When it’s somebody lower, it typically doesn’t turn into anything because we’re too expensive.

And so it has to be a CEO or a CMO, someone that’s really passionate about what they saw you do, and they think you can solve this problem that they have. And CMOs think about copy a lot.

They just everybody’s responsible for it. It’s such a big pain that you’re like, in my experience talking with them at least. So it doesn’t mean every single one does. They’re worried about big data.

They’ve got other bigger things, but coffee always comes up. So if you can get in front of them with thought leadership, they’re so influential that all they have to do is say, like, hey, Jessica. Reach out to this person. I want you to book a call with us.

We wanna talk about what she said about emails.

But you show up there, right, just like you’ve been doing. So that video, I only saw the one over in Slack that you reposted, but it was fantastic. And I know it takes a lot of time. It takes a lot of work, but if you can keep doing it, be Andy about it. Just put it in your calendar, do it, and repeat no matter what. Andy has such small rewards. I thought he would have, like, a big reward for himself for doing that, like a vacation or something, and it’s like, I’ll pat myself on the back.

Like, his three days. I know. And he has Saturday morning. Oh my gosh.

Like, there’s all sorts of, like no. What? Anyway, keep doing that thing. The CMOs will show up, and they will pay you money for it is my experience with it across the board repeatedly.

Alright. I’m gonna keep going.

Keep going. Keep going.

Or we need another pep talk in two weeks, but, like, that’s what we’re doing now.

Yeah. Cody says, CMOs and CEOs despise cold pitches. Of course, we need to fit x y z, but, obviously, freelance just don’t understand.

Interesting.

Yeah.

Makes sense.

Finished with that, but the thread that I ran across yeah. I pushed enter.

And I was like, dang it. Okay.

Anyway, I ran across this on LinkedIn, and there’s just this whole thread of, like, people complaining that they hate cold pitches. The freelancers don’t understand how it the how they operate, because, you know, it’s not as easy as just saying, yeah. We can fix this thing. We have all these people that have to approve it, and they’re just frustrated with people that reach out saying, hey.

This thing that you’re doing isn’t working because and they’re like, well, yeah. We know that. You know? And so I’m like, okay.

Well, that’s interesting. I wonder how you can get your your, you know, position it so that you understand that, while still getting the ball rolling.

You know? Agreed.

And that’s where I think I think that’s having more conversations as well as you reach out and talk to people or as they reach out to you and you learn the mechanics of working in these large organizations.

They everybody I know I know that we’re not even big, and I know that our segmentation sucks.

I’ve I’ve tried. I’ve tried hiring freelancers. I’ve tried bringing people in. I’ve tried hiring full time people to take over this only to hear say what guys said.

I hired him in, like, eight months in. He was like, you know, I think I wanna make email. I wanna, like, be really good at email. He was my email specialist, and I’m like, you want to?

What what are we missing here? You’re you are. That’s your job. So all that to say people don’t understand, there’s a lot to understand, and CEOs are at the top seeing everything and wishing that they could motivate that team member to do the thing.

But no matter what great c a freelancer comes in, they still can’t get analytics hooked up because marketing engineers don’t talk to product engineers and etcetera etcetera. So we’re like, we’ll save the day, and that’s where those those emails or those tear downs can be difficult if it’s getting into things beyond words on the page. If it’s like, look. Your segmentation isn’t working.

Here’s what’s up. Then we there’s all sorts of barriers there. But if it’s like, look. Your buttons are universally shit.

If we can just fix your buttons, just the button copy, that’s it. Then this can happen. That a CMO can book off some time for it. Now you probably gave them the answer.

But nonetheless. Right? Like, we have to, in our marketing, make it sound like we’ve got a feasible solution, not a dream state.

Yeah. Mhmm. Yeah. And even even if they think that, you know, you just might work or maybe they have objections that it won’t work.

I don’t know. I reached out to somebody who had this, like, CBD, infusion company, and she was I was like, you know, you could really benefit for or your clients could. I did it indirectly, so she didn’t feel like, you know, you’re just trying to pitch me something. But, your clients would maybe benefit from running advertorials because, I didn’t even know what this is.

So, likely, other people don’t even know that this exists either, and so we can educate them on that.

And she was like, yeah. That would be great. But, like, how much do you know about compliance when it comes to CBD? And I was like, well, moderate, you know, like, not I don’t know every all the ins and outs, but I do understand you can’t say certain words, and I do know that we can use code language around things, whatever.

Right? And I was like, but that’s exactly what an advertorial is for, is to bridge so you don’t say that, you know, in the ad. But the advertorial can, create enough curiosity that gets them to the next page where you can use that language. You know?

And she just wasn’t understanding what I was saying. And, but yeah. Anyway Yeah. It, you know, it just depends, I guess, on everyone.

And they all have well, how they’re gonna respond to your pitch and how you should go in and, you know, try to get them on board with the thing that you’re trying to sell because it can be really hard.

There’s just oh, yeah.

How much of that conversation was by email versus on a call?

That it it was actually not email. It was on LinkedIn DMs, but, yeah, all of it. Yeah.

Yeah.

It’d be nice to just quickly get people on a call so that you I know.

I know.

And a lot of people have objections to calls for some reason.

Not that you can’t get them on there, but it’s just like just like that one CMO I reached out to. I was, like, asking her, hey. Could you, help me understand how how the operations work in your company? And we could hop on a call and, you know, I have a few questions. She just, like, started answering my questions or asking me things in the DMs trying to, like, totally avoid the call. You know? Yeah.

So there’s that too. Yeah.

Yeah.

And that’s where I think this is where sell by chat and all DMing is tricky if you’re not if you are reciprocal.

So what I what I have heard and seen ish is you just have to take absolute control of that conversation. Just say, like, I love what you’re saying here.

Let’s hop on a call to talk about this, And then, like, really understanding their objections to doing that.

Right? Like, it’s not a sales call. I just wanna hear what you’re saying. I’ll incent you this way, whatever that thing might be.

But, yeah, if we let people if we let leads and people that we want something from, we’ll exchange value. We’ll give them value. Nobody here is a snake oil salesperson. But if we want that, then we have to, like, push harder.

Like, those salespeople that you don’t like, very wealthy because they’re, like, doing the job, the painful, shitty part of, okay. I have to, today, put on this persona of being, like, someone who gets calls booked. That is what I do. That’s my job.

I’m doing it. What does that person have around them? Do they drink a lot of Red Bull? I’m gonna drink Red Bull today and see what that that’s like.

And the because this is the persona that I’m in. This is the character that I’m going to be if we can’t just, like, naturally close.

Caitlyn’s don’t do it. I, I have only ever sit a Red Bull once, and I was like, this is putrid. This is absolutely horrible. So I don’t know what any of those other things are. They’re all awful.

But, yeah, I know. Nobody wants to get on a call until it’s, like, time to get on the call, so we just have to make them wanna get on that call. How about us? We’re gonna talk about that also next month too. Cool. Liezl?

Awesome. Okay. Sorry if you hear my kids. It’s day off school. But I have a question. I am working on my website, and I know my people like, you gave me amazing information last time. I know my people are, you know, the CMOs, CEOs, etcetera.

How much of the pain of getting their team like, my job is to give them the stuff to help their team be more productive or presenting to a boardroom, like, the numbers they wanna see. Like, how much of the pain or the solution that, I’m solving for them ties into, I don’t know, ties into my like, what I put on my website, I guess, is what I’m saying. Like, should I just put things related to life cycle emails, or should I tie that in as well?

It’s hard to say because I haven’t seen a freelancer put on their website things that make the CMO, feel good about integrating them into their team.

Solving like, getting in there and actually being able to get stuff done. Is that what you’re saying, Liezl? Like, I don’t just do life cycle, but I also work well in your team?

Not necessarily. Kind of like I take this off your plate so that you can focus on getting the other things that you need done. Because they’re passing it off. They they don’t wanna learn it.

Like, it’s not something that they are planning on learning, or doing in house. So there’s a reason they wanna pass it off. And if they’re newer to life cycle and or newer to the department in general, they want to look good to their higher ups, right? They want to, when they’re presenting these numbers, say like, what I’m doing is working.

The person I hired was a good choice. So how much of that is more than just, like, look at the credentials they have, look what they’ve done for me. But in the initial, like, search for this person, are they thinking, like, this is exactly what I need. This is what I’m looking for, someone who can take this off my plate completely and make me look good to the board and help me get all of the other things done on my plate because they’ve taken that completely off.

Has anybody experienced this to kind of chip in on the conversation? I have thoughts, but I’d love to hear from anybody in the room who’s doing this or done this. Claire?

Yeah.

I’ve heard so this is the truth. I work with Forget the Funnel, which is, an agency that works with start ups. I did some snooping. They’re usually around the two to ten million zone in terms of revenue.

But it’s definitely a pain point that teams don’t work together and that people get siloed.

I don’t know if founders and CEOs care that much. I haven’t heard it from them.

But some of the other team members get really frustrated. So if they’re on the page, that messaging might go well.

I know that when we worked with Bitly, that was like a corporate as a whole wow. There’s so many people and meetings, and there’s, like, piles of crap. So if you’re the kind of person who can say that you’re, like, great at communicating, you’re clear cut, you stick to deadlines, and you’re easy to work with.

I mean, that’s just been repeated to me so many times.

So I’m like, that’s an actual selling point. I’ve never successfully used it to sell low.

No one buys someone easy to work with. They’re kind of pleasantly surprised in my experience, at least. I don’t know. I might be wrong.

It does depend on the ICP. Right? Like so a scrappy startup doesn’t care that you’re easy to work with. They’ll hire a diva all day long if it’s good, because they’re also going to ignore you a lot and not show up for anything versus a Bitly or teamwork or something that’s larger.

And still not huge.

But larger.

And everything’s a conversation, and it takes a lot of time to get things done. And so if you are targeting that ICP knowing that that is a consideration for them, they already have a team, they have people in place who are supposed to do the job they’re bringing you in for.

How are you gonna, like, navigate that weirdness? Right? Like, that feels weird. Someone else already works there who can and should be doing your job usually, not always.

But if you’re somebody who can be diplomatic, all of that kind of stuff, I wouldn’t put it on the page as, like, copy, but I would get testimonials that say, like, not only was Leisel’s work great, but, man, my team loved working with her. It’s like she’s always been here. She understands systems and processes. Like, as soon as like, she just picks up on whatever those things are so they don’t have to worry that they’ll hire you, and their team will resist you.

Yeah. Okay. Yeah. Awesome.

Love you.

I’m at the part where I’m, like, trying to get this website written so then I can do, like, more of the stuff that sends people to my website. But I feel like I’m getting, like, stuck in the cyclone of, like, I don’t know if I’m if this is right to put out yet. So until I get like, my brain is like, okay. I’m so ready to get the clients now, and I’ve been on several calls with people. They keep pushing calls back. Like, I just want to get at least this off my plate so I can start pushing stuff out there. I just wanna win sometime in the near future.

Call it done.

Yeah.

Whatever you have now is done. It’s done.

Okay.

It’s done. You have to go now get clients.

Yes.

You’re not even allowed to change your site. New rule. You can’t. Two weeks, don’t touch it.

Just leave it.

Yes. And what’s this thing where they’re bumping calls up? What’s happening there?

Yeah. So first of the year, they’re like, let’s talk at the first of the year. Yeah. And so I’m like, cool.

It’s because they needed to get their teams on board. So one of them was hiring a new salesperson who wasn’t supposed to onboard until the fifteenth of January or the sixteenth or something.

K.

And then another one was like, no. I need to talk to this person. And then it’s, Bruce from Bruce McCarthy from, like, Aligned or something like that. Anyway, when we got, or when I went to go follow-up, he’s like, actually, I don’t think I need you yet.

Right? Because I have, like, these landing pages I have to test first. And I was like, no. Remember on our call, like, we were gonna have a call about like, we have to do a bunch of research before we can even do that.

Like, that’s just part of the process. And he’s like, oh, yeah. That’s what I want. Like, I’ll schedule a call with I’ll make my assistant schedule a call.

So it’s just like these trains of people that they’re waiting on and waiting for, and they say that they’ll schedule one then.

Gotta take control of that.

Hands down. No questions. So the rule is book a meeting from a meeting. We do this here as well.

Bam fam. If you’re not Bam fam ing, you did it wrong. You have got the book a meeting from a meeting two days, two business days from the time that you had that call. So if it’s like, hey.

Let’s talk again about this. Cool. How are you how’s your tomorrow afternoon? Tomorrow afternoon is no good.

How’s Wednesday morning for you? But, like, you are directing that, and they can’t no talking to the assistant. If the assistant’s not on the call, you have to take that as an that’s like a no. You’re already hearing no.

Get that thing booked. That’s your job. That’s the job. Yeah. Get the thing booked. Bam, fam, two days.

No exceptions. They’re going on vacation. What?

You have to you have to find a way, like, okay. Well, when you’re at the airport, do you have a layover that I can call you? Like, really push it. And most of the people that you’re that you’re targeting because they’re in growth are pretty happy that you’re somebody who pushes it.

Right? So it’s there’s a little bit of respect for that hustle. You’re going to book this call. You are not getting off this call until the next call is booked.

Awkward as it is, you push yourself through those awkward moments until you get good at handling them. Yep. Yeah. Book a call.

Great. And, like, do you have your calendar in front of you? I’ve got mine in front of me. Looks like, wow.

I’ve got time this afternoon. Do you think you’d be ready this afternoon?

That sort of thing. Yeah.

Yeah.

I did that with two of them, but they canceled day of, like, an hour before.

K. Why do you why did they say they canceled?

One was said that they had a client meeting that got pushed, so it was a money making opportunity. The other one said that their, person was the other person who’s supposed to be on the call that we scheduled the call for, it wasn’t gonna be there. So they just were out. So I messaged them, like, immediately, like, as soon as I got it. And I it was like crickets for, like, a week.

I and I think that’s like Mhmm.

So one, you need a show up sequence there. Show up being, like, buy me a cup of coffee to get me to show up for the thing, basic reciprocity, pinged on LinkedIn, texted, hey. I’m expecting you on this call. You still gonna be there?

Can Jessica attend two? Are we still good? Three hours earlier. This always happens an hour before.

Get ahead of it. Three hours earlier, the day before, again and again and again and again and again. Any when I talk about going to Gong for the resources, it’s because, like, all of the resources are, like, you have to get way more aggressive than you think you do. You you need to be emailing, texting, LinkedIn DMing, Instagram.

Wherever you can DM this person and get in front of them, you do. And it it is going to hurt your soul a little bit in the beginning until it starts paying off. And in that moment when they’re canceling, you need to have a a clear understanding with them.

Canceling is no good unless they really should cancel. So you tell them, hey. If this isn’t gonna work, though, like, if you if you’re talking to me and you’re like, I’m not sure, I need you at ninety five percent at least. Most of the people that I work with are at a hundred and ten percent.

They’re dying for what I can do for them. If you’re at ninety five, you may wanna think about, like, just cancel this. I’ve got other calls. I’d love to work with you, but I only wanna work with people people who are really excited about this.

So that if they do cancel, then they already understand.

That’s it. It’s over. Liezl is no longer going to be communicating with us. We cannot access what Liezl has.

Like Okay.

Really, really hard to get.

Really, like, in control of that to the point where you may not even recognize yourself, but, like, it’s part of getting there because you can’t have people taking up time on your calendar and then not showing up. What does that do to you? You feel gross about it. Right?

Yes. Oh, absolutely. And then I follow-up, and I’m like, I don’t wanna bother you, but and I don’t say that in the email, obviously.

Of course.

I say, can you meet, like, tomorrow, or is a Thursday a better day for you? Here are the times I have available. Yeah.

You know, but yeah. No. That’s a good idea to get more on top of it and have, like, a show up sequence. I need to get their phone numbers too because I haven’t been getting their phone numbers.

Get their phone number. Get their phone number. Yeah. Texting, calling.

Yes. Yes. Absolutely. Yeah. Okay.

You got this. I don’t want people canceling on you. That’s not good. We don’t want that.

There.

No.

Okay. Anybody else?

Are we good?

Then I’ll see y’all on Slack. Have a good week.

Bye.

Thank you. Bye. Bye.

Transcript

Hello. Welcome. Glad so many of you are here. Hello to those who are watching the replay.

This is my last training session for this month. I was just before this getting things ready for February and March. March is gonna be something called chaos month, which I’m quite excited about. More on that, with some cool guest speakers coming in. Abby is is not here yet, and she is in next Monday to talk about Evergreen webinars.

Evergreen webinar funnels, really.

So that should be very, very interesting. Who got to attend oh, there’s Abby. Who got to attend, Andy’s session on Thursday?

Yeah. Some good stuff there. Hey. Very practical. Very practical. Awesome.

Okay. So today, it is last week, we got into some stuff.

Last Wednesday or Wednesday, Monday.

And this week is gonna be a lot chiller.

I we sometimes need lots of ideas, and sometimes we just need to hear and talk about things that work.

And those things are always changing. So we are in the freelancing and agency owner, workbook.

We are on pages thirty eight and thirty nine.

And we’re just gonna talk about the three things that have worked best for us over time.

And, then I’d like to open it up to a discussion about what’s working and particularly what’s not working for you in your business to get people to opt in for a thing.

If you have anything that’s working particularly well, then it’d be great to come off mute at that time and just share that with others. Or if you’re frustrated, with things that you’ve tried that are supposed to work but just aren’t, then we can talk about that too. I know that over the years, I have been very frustrated by those things. I’ve happily bought into someone in a workshop saying this works so well for me, and then you try it in many different forms, and it just does not work.

And you’re like, wow. Everybody is just going around lying. Okay. Interesting.

So we don’t wanna do that. We want good info here, and that’s what I’m sharing with you now here, as you can see on my screen, is our best performing lead gen over the years.

The number one thing that worked I think one of the bigger takeaways, is that what works changes changes a lot, and we just have to be okay with that. It just it’s it’s the nature of it. It’s part of the game that we’re playing here. It just changes. Some moves just get overplayed, and they just don’t work anymore.

Pop ups. We at CopyHackers were one of the first groups out there, in in our space, not in ecommerce. Ecommerce was kind of already doing it, but we were one of the first to put a a pop up that everybody hated. Everybody talked about hating, but so many people opted in, that had two opt out buttons on it or one opt in and then one opt out.

So that was back when Bounce Exchange was still a thing, and they came on to our site. Bounce Exchange was the platform that you used, and it was all service based. Like, you couldn’t do anything. They had a team that ran it, software plus service.

But it had opt in and opt out and lots and lots of testing on those pop ups. And our list went from, like, twelve thousand to forty thousand or something bananas in the span of, like, six months, and we’d already been at this for a couple years. So it worked really, really, really well until it stopped. And until marketers love to talk about how much they hated these things, and so we got a kind of this this opt out pop up got a bit of a bad reputation for a while there, and so people stopped using them. But that was the number one thing more than anything else.

Secondly, that’s not showing here because it’s a little bit trickier, and I wanted to talk about it in our fireside chat is borrowing other people’s lists. So I’ve mentioned before in, like, freelancing school, I’ve mentioned there that, ConvertKit posted a webinar for us. Like, we were in front of their audience, and we had the registrant sign up on our, landing page, which is important if you’re gonna borrow someone’s list and which usually means you’re going to have a lead magnet of some kind that is promoted to another audience.

They have to sign up on your domain. So it comes into your CRM, not I’ve had I’ve done other ones, with, like, HubSpot, for example, where we had thousands of people sign up for this workbook that we put together with HubSpot, which was a great partner to work with, by the way.

But they didn’t sign up for the lead magnet on our landing page. They signed up on the HubSpot landing page. And so HubSpot gave us a CSV every month of these email addresses, but it’s like, what are you gonna do with the thirty day old email?

Even the newer ones, fine. But now you have to go through the whole double opt in process and try to get them on board with you, and they’re like, who are you again? And it was a lot. So a good thing if you are going to partner up with others to borrow their list is, to make sure that they opt in on your landing page and go into your CRMs that you can email them from there. And that’s actually really desirable for a lot of the brands that you might partner with. So those are some things that we have done, but we don’t do them that much right now.

Some of the other ones I wanted to talk about here are welcome mats, ads that drive to ebooks. That’s a paid lead.

In both ways, you pay to acquire them, and they pay to acquire the ebook that you’ve written and evergreen webinars, which although we haven’t fully prepped that, we’ve seen with webinars that we get really good leads in. We often have to drive, from various places, lots of different places, Instagram, the whole ManyChat, DM workshop, or comment workshop to get this or whatever the hell it is. I don’t do it. I just approve it when it happens.

But that’s one way in. Anyway, point is Evergreen webinars are a good way for us to get lots of leads coming in regularly.

I will not say that we’re good on the other side of it, which is once they come in, are they going into a good workshop funnel?

I would not say at this point that many of them are. But we’re getting lots of leads in through them. We continue to just running on auto. So welcome mats are just the thing where you arrive on a page and the whole page has taken over. You’ll see this on lots of different websites.

If you’re not doing it, just give it a shot. You can set it up in Leadpages, OptinMonster, even Hello Bar. When I was looking into this because we’ve used Leadpages and OptinMonster primarily for these, I didn’t even know Hello Bar was still around, and they are. So So I was really happy for them.

So Hello Bar, I decided to throw in here as well as a tool that you can use. A welcome ad is just really good. Not all the time. I don’t know how it affects SEO.

So a welcome ad takes over your home page, let’s say. So they land on your blog, then they click your logo to go see more about you, and then there’s a home page takeover, and that’s where they enter their email address. We don’t do this on an ongoing basis. We only do it when we’re trying to collect leads for, like, a launch or promotion or something.

Because I don’t know if Google’s happy about it or mad about it. You never know. They’re so finicky, so I just do it for a small amount of time. Ads to ebooks is when we’re getting ready to promote something like our Black Friday offers that we had this year, we first, at beginning of November, just ran a bunch of ads to ebooks.

So we had our, rich writer series, three ebooks. We put them on for seven bucks. I think we paid about five bucks a lead. Then they paid us seven bucks, so we basically broke even, but we had all of these great leads in who had told us, yes.

I wanna be a rich writer, and we could then promote freelancing school and copy school to them over the Black Friday period. And that is great performing lead gen, not because we got lots of leads in, but rather and that’s there’s a lot to do with our ad buying there, but rather because, the ones that we got in were really qualified. They showed in a lot of ways that they were qualified, and all we had to do was do a good job of selling more of what they wanted to them over Black Friday. And then as I already said, Evergreen Webinars.

Okay. So those are the bigger ones that have worked. Our latest guess on getting more qualified leads in the door, getting people to sign up for our list, understanding, what they’re getting into and why they should be here is conditional menus. Has anybody tried conditional menus?

No. I didn’t even know they were a thing until I was over on Gong, which has great resources on gong dot I o. If you’re not over there, go watch their webinars. They’re good. They’re very informative.

So I went over there to find a webinar on some sales topic, and, I realized as is showing here that when I clicked resources in the global nav, on the primary global nav, then the whole menu, which I didn’t notice notice until I started going through and looking at these. So instead of having a drop down only, which can be kind of hard to navigate, there’s a lot of things about that that about a drop down versus a conditional menu that, yeah, I don’t love a drop down. I find that especially on copy hackers dot com, actually, our menus are built in a weird way that can’t seem to be fixed, where when you hover over a certain part, sometimes the menu just vanishes, and I’m like, this can’t be.

It’s twenty twenty five. What’s happening here? But it happens. And so we’re experimenting. By today, I had planned on us having these conditional menus up, but all the pages were not ready.

So we don’t have conditional menus live yet, but that is our new hypothesis that we have a lot of resources on our website that people are not seeing.

We can’t expect them to see it. We used to expect Google would serve them up well. Google does not serve them up as well as we wish that they would. So we have just thirteen, almost fourteen years worth of resources we’ve created over all of that time, and we were really heavy in content creation for the first ten years.

So there’s a lot there that’s just buried on our site just like dying on the vine. So by changing our global nav to have conditional menus, that means that when someone clicks blog, they then don’t just go to the blog, but they can go to broken out views of the blog. So blogs for freelancers, video tutorials, they think they want a blog. They might actually want a video tutorial, things like that.

So the menu replaces.

When we can get more people to see more of the resources on our site, we have better reason to believe that they’ll dig deeper people who spend time or people who spend money. If they like what they’re seeing and what they’re learning, they’re likely to become leads. It’s still passive.

It’s more passive than, let’s say, ads to ebooks, but it is what inbound is all about. So that’s what I wanted to share with you about our lead gen activities. There are a lot of things that don’t work, and that’s why they’re not on here. And even some of these don’t work all the time.

Like I said, Evergreen webinars, we can get leads out of it, but we might not be closing them. Welcome mats, we only do sometimes because it’s kind of a scary thing. And we’ll see about conditional menus. Alright.

Anybody have anything they want to add around how you are successfully or unsuccessfully trying to get people to become leads?

I know y’all are doing things.

Yeah. Claire.

I’ve got so many questions. Okay.

The first is, does this has this ever worked the same way for a site that’s not focused on freelances and training? A site that’s focused on, like, an agency, for example, like, BoxCut.

Yeah. By this, you mean the things that I was showing?

Yeah. Sorry. You’re a lead gen for yeah.

Yeah. So for Boxcar, it’s really tough to say because, Boxcar depended heavily on leads coming in via copy hackers. So we just needed to expose them.

It also helped that Rand kept posting about the boxcar website, so that got us far. So if you can get an influencer to post about your website, then that helps too.

But, no. This is largely just for copy hackers dot com, which over the years has not targeted freelancers. It’s only in the last, like, six years that seven maybe, that freelancers have kind of become a bigger thing there. So this was targeting, startups and people working as start startup founders and the people who work there. Yeah.

Yeah. I love it.

Okay. Cool.

Awesome. And, sorry. I just have one more Yeah. Thing to add. I’ve read a lot that there’s a focus on shifting from getting traffic in so that you can convert them to your newsletter versus, like, just pushing out a ton of educational content that’s really super helpful and then people are more, I don’t know, obsessed with you, I guess, is, like, kind of a feeling you’ve been getting.

Because you hope. Right? It’s just so much work.

Yeah.

So, yeah, I know that, like, I’ve seen people I guess I just look at it and go, like, okay. For us, what is the stuff that works? We’ve been we planted our tree fourteen years ago. So, yeah, it’s grown. It’s good. But if you’re starting out today, it will be small, and there’s no two ways around that unless you buy someone else’s business. So you’re buying a tree that’s already growing, which is rarely possible for people who are not already who haven’t exited a business already.

So yes to putting a lot of good stuff out there, but how much time do you have? Right? Like, how who else can do it unless you can get people in your network and community to start pushing content out on your behalf?

Yeah. It’s just it’s a hard thing to do.

Yeah.

It’s a hard thing just to post to LinkedIn consistently. So Yeah.

Exactly. Like, it’d be great to be able to do that, but, I mean, you look at the brands that have done that because that was, like, inbound at its height.

Envision was pushing cash at creating resources.

Envision’s not a business. Like, there’s there’s a lot, and that’s because they had money invested in them up front. And then a good product that was making money. Sure.

But you can look back at this history of brands that have invested heavily in creating content and just hoping that someone shows up and does something with it, and they lose out to the people who run sales organizations that do not use the word hope ever. We’re gonna call these people, and we’re gonna call them again, and then we’re gonna email them again and email all the decision makers and that yeah. That’s all that to say, like, I know we’re not talking today about sales. We’re talking about generating leads, but it’s tricky to put so much work into content.

Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

Unless you can charge for it, which you probably can.

Well, everyone seems to be selling courses that say the same thing, which is I’ve been in all of this work. It took me years and years to figure out how to figure it out. And now I figured it out, and I’m teaching it, and people can do it instantly. I’m like, then why do all of the courses say it took you years?

Well, that’s fair.

Yeah. No. I think that course is our whole other conversation.

Man, there’s a lot of garbage out there. Like, a lot a lot. A lot. Yeah. Awesome. Joe, you got a contribution.

Hey. So something that I I I used to do a few years ago, and I was not really consistent with it. I also didn’t have a good sense of my ICP or persona at the time. So it’s kinda scattered, but I would do, I would do, like, little copy tear downs.

I I would record a Loom video of someone’s ad, and then just talk about, like, what were what strengths, weaknesses, whatever. That got me a couple clients at that time. And recently, I thought, like, okay. Maybe I’ll try doing that again.

I tend to use LinkedIn a lot, and and so I thought I would try that again. And, I noticed that the last couple times I did this, it was really interesting. I got, like and it so I would tag the company that I was talking about, and I make sure to do the content so it’s not it’s not, like, overly critical. It’s also talking about what they’re doing really well.

And then it offers, like, a couple, like, hey. These are, like, a couple of missed opportunities that they could, you know, work on or whatever. On the last couple times I did that, I noticed that, like, several members of the company, because I tagged the company LinkedIn, would view the content, comment on it, engage with it, and whatever. And so I would have, like like, heads of marketing and salespeople and, like, all these people, like, engaging with that that content.

So it hasn’t gotten me leads yet for this year, and I’ve only done it, like, I think, two, like, three or four times now. But it’s it’s, definitely got me some, like, engagement from people that maybe otherwise would not have I don’t know if I would’ve gotten or engaged otherwise, and it’s helped me start a few conversations.

So now, I mean, it kinda this kinda gets a lot where you’re just talking about, like, you know, how do I do that without spending so much time and, you know, it’s not, like, super scalable.

One way I’m trying to, like, sort of scale it is, like, that’s gonna be the content, basically, that I use for that week. So I just record a tear down, turn that into a carousel and, like, you know, post. And, like, I just kind of use that as content as well in addition to almost like an account based marketing piece.

But I would love to hear any, like, feedback or criticism or whatever of that plan. And if you have any suggestions as far as how to follow-up Yeah. With these people because that’s the that’s the part where I’m like, alright. Cool. So getting their eyeballs, getting their engagement, now how do I actually, like Yeah. You know, get that follow-up.

But Yeah.

You definitely that’s the one thing that stands out to me, is they connected, they commented, they engaged.

Talk to them. Like, get them on a call now. Like, what it like Yeah. What stopped you from pinging them? Or, like second one, what stopped you from directly connecting with them and talking with them about having a conversation?

Yeah. Well, so I did directly like, as soon as I see people with relevant roles engage on it engage on the post, then I immediately send them a connection request. And, I guess maybe the tricky thing for me is, like, I’m still in the process of working on my standardized offer.

And so maybe that’s, like, making the conversation like, how do I begin that conversation? Maybe that’s why I’ve been, like, a little reluctant to just be like, hey. Let’s hop on a call. You know, I can help you do whatever.

They’ve already seen what you can help them with. Right?

It might just be kinda hard to see them.

I wouldn’t let that get way. And, also, what better forcing function than, I had a call with this brand that I’ve engaged in account based marketing to, like, attract.

They’re gonna talk to me. I’m going to figure out my standardized offer before I go to bed tonight.

Like, that’s a good Fair.

Yeah.

Move you. Right?

That’s my take on it.

So yeah. But you need to be following up. Otherwise, you’re gonna keep doing these great things. But if you don’t have a follow-up process, what what what comes of it other than you feel good that your content’s being seen as we know?

Yes. With the book bills with feelings. So I like to think of it, like, for the work that you’re doing, if you were a larger company, someone else would be doing that work. And if they came to you in a meeting and said, we had all these people commenting and engaging from this brand, you would look at them and ask, what did you so cool.

When are you meeting with them? What are we doing? If they’re like, oh, no. No.

We’re not. You’d be like, what what are you what do you what do you honestly think you’re here for? Like, I love you. You’re doing great work up until we have to actually start closing.

So, and you would encourage them. Right? And you would put together SOPs. You would say, no.

No. No. We don’t we don’t spend time and resources just to get a high five from somebody. We spend time and resources to book a call, and then the people who run the call have to take over from there.

So that’s the key thing. I wouldn’t keep doing more of these, honestly, Joe, until you figure out how you’re going to start getting them on a call. And that could be quite technical because they’re pinging you.

They’re commenting individually.

But unless there’s a way to do it in LinkedIn, can you DM multiple people people in LinkedIn?

No. It’s just one to one, isn’t it?

No. You can, actually. You can you can add multiple recipients to a message. So yeah.

Start there. Hey, y’all.

Yeah. Good idea.

Engagement. I’d love to chat with you. This is I actually work on exactly this thing, and I’d love to work with you. As you can see, I’m very passionate about your brand.

Mhmm. Is that right? Like, let’s hop on a call. If they don’t, they don’t want to. But they’re gonna be talking about you in a meeting, and that’s good.

Yes. Right. Right. Yeah. That’s awesome, Joe. Thank you.

Sorry. Go ahead. Sorry, Joe.

I said that’s awesome. Thank you. Yeah. Yeah.

Go do it. Do it. It’s exciting. You’ve got them to engage. It’s great. Awesome. Yeah.

Abby, how about you?

Hey. Sorry for being off camera today. Mhmm.

I so I received a cold email today. I’ve never sent a cold email in my life. I’ve never responded to one, but this cold email was so good that not only do I wanna reply, but I’m actually thinking of, like, swiping his strategy.

And I kinda wanted to just, like, share it with the group Love it.

Whatever one thinks. I I can’t send a screenshot, because of permissions, but it’s quite short. I could read it.

Okay.

Okay. Yeah. So it says, hey, Abby. I saw your Evergreen course master class and loved it.

I’m curious. Can people find it outside of Facebook? The reason I’ve asked, we’re we’ve been able to help Danny Brown add three hundred and six thousand dollars a month to our business using YouTube ads. We’ve also reproduced these results for Breathless Expeditions, a million a year to three million a year, and Dealer Givers Institute, a million to two million a year.

If I could guarantee to add an extra one hundred thousand a month to your offer within ninety days using YouTube ads, would you take me up on that? Otherwise, you don’t pay, and we’ll pay you five thousand for wasting your time. If so, here’s a quick video on how it works. Take a look and then schedule a demo using the link below, and I can show you how this would work for your business specifically.

Here’s here’s a small handful of the clients we’ve worked with and then a list.

Okay. What do you love about it?

Well, I mean, like, there’s this there’s an element of, like, is it too good to be true? But, like, the Hermozy style offer, like, that’s such a good guarantee, like, that they they’re so confident they would pay Yeah. Five thousand dollars.

I don’t know. I don’t is is anyone else thinking, like, oh, it’s way too good to be throw throw a mold in their eyes, or is it like because I don’t know.

I thought it was really I was very curious, and I’ll probably schedule a call.

Yeah. Johnson just chatted out. I got an identical structure email.

Oh.

I didn’t.

Three days ago.

Okay. Did you like it?

Different offer.

Oh, so they’re probably taking I was I just didn’t wanna interrupt.

Yeah. It was a totally different, offer. Did you say Brene Brown in your savvy?

No. I didn’t.

Who who was the first person you you referenced?

Donnie Brown.

Oh, Donnie Brown. Alright. Let me I’m gonna pull up the email and just and check.

K. So, yeah, I’m curious to hear more reactions because something that comes to mind for me having coached many freelancers is all the reasons that that wouldn’t be possible for you, including I can’t afford, to guarantee a hundred thousand dollars or five thousand dollars back. I don’t have case studies like that. I don’t have brands to list off like that. Is this resonating?

So go ahead. No.

I was gonna say, like because I’m thinking I do I do have the case studies and the brands, and I could have, like, an application process. So it’s like, okay.

I can only guarantee, like, hundred k a month with your ever in funnel if you were if, like, x, y, and zed is true.

And, like, part of that would be guaranteeing, like, that they would have to send a certain amount of traffic into the funnel. But I just like, I think if I was sending in cold emails like that, like, I would get responses maybe.

Yeah.

I mean, I, obvious I think it’s it’s totally verbosey ish. Right? You you’d have to have a problem in your mind.

Things aren’t clicking somehow if they’re gonna guarantee they add a hundred thousand dollars. They said add a hundred thousand or you get a hundred thousand sales?

Add add a hundred thousand.

Add a hundred thousand or five thousand dollars cash paid to you.

It’s only if I mean, then you’d start looking into other ways to not trust them.

So what would other ways be to not like, what what came to mind for you, Abby? Like, you’re gonna swipe the email, but are you gonna hire them?

I’m gonna definitely book a call, but I was that was actually gonna be one of my question.

In the ask me anything, I was gonna say, like, what other trust factors you should look for. Because, obviously, they’ve got testimonials and the social proof and stuff, but, you know, they could just be testimonials from someone other people in their mastermind.

Yeah.

So Totally.

Or not real testimonials at all.

Yeah. And so and if to get that hundred k, like, I’d have to presumably put a lot into the YouTube ads. So, like, if I spent, like, eighty grand on YouTube ads, I only got, like, thirty back. And then they’re like, here’s five thousand dollars. I’m gonna wave it like, well, that doesn’t really wake up the thirty five that I’ve lost.

Yeah. Totally. Yeah. Johnson?

I, I yeah. I found it.

Mine’s from Jennifer. It’s a really similar structure. It’s a different offer.

But she, suggest she says, hi, Johnson. What if I told you we could use LinkedIn voice notes and ID verified profiles to help you sign fifteen new clients that pay you your full retainer in six months or you don’t pay and get a thousand euros, like we did for a hundred and fifty agency owners such as Flax Labs Social.

And, he made an exclusive video.

The partners made a a tear down, I guess, on the website, of my website. And then it ends with a quote from Richard Branson.

Do not be embarrassed by your failures. Learn from them and start again. I didn’t respond to this person because I thought it was, I think I didn’t like the quote.

And No.

Agreed.

Yeah. Like, it was kinda I just felt like it was kinda cringe.

And after, it just seemed a little unbelievable.

So I didn’t Hi.

Did you reply?

What?

I’ll ask if you’d like Joe, would you reply since you’re my ICP?

I mean, I’m gonna reply now because now that we’ve talked about it, I I want I’ve thought about it for longer, and I’m curious. I didn’t even watch the video.

But, yeah, I’ll I’ll, I’ll I’ll reply to them and see see what’s, what the offer actually is.

Yeah.

I mean, yeah. It’s interesting. It also brings up the idea of no brainer offers versus unbelievable offers. Like yeah.

Mhmm.

Right? What is the threshold at which a no brainer offer turns into, oh, this is bullshit?

But presumably, that’s a lot of times conditions and part of the application process. Right? That’s, like, probably, like, you have to be willing to spend, like, x on the ads and da da da, in which case you’re gonna get a hundred k back, but it might be that you spent two hundred k.

Yeah. Also, I think if you if you offer when I was before the thing that I was working on recently was like a wasn’t the right thing to work on, but it was a cold outreach, service, on LinkedIn, and we were gonna do it for on a a point percentage.

So the only thing that we would need was an upfront fee, and, and and then we would guarantee them leads. But I felt like in our when we sent out when we started doing our copy, I was like, this seems feels fair. She if I’m receiving this, I would be like, this seems fake. So we put, a small, small, small bit of copy in just to explain the system a little bit to make it seem reasonable, sensible, or clever, rather than, like, a scam.

Do you think adding in some form of mechanism system, something like that makes it feel less BS?

Yeah. Like, if if in this email, Jennifer, it explained some part of the mechanism that felt believable, I it would become like a fascination almost. Right? Like, I’d be intrigued. I’d probably wanna know more.

Interesting. Yeah. Curious. So, Abby, you are going to reply to them?

Or I’m gonna reply to them. I’m just like, mostly just out of curiosity, to be honest. And then I might just try Cody mailing out of curiosity.

Yeah. That’s kind of it really. Just an experiment.

No. I’m I’m interested in YouTube ads. I mean, what’s been working for me is workshops, podcasts, and my book.

If I could drive YouTube ads to my works for my book, that would be cool. So yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. And then, of course, if you do take them up on this, I mean, that’s really good content. Look at how many people in the room just said, oh, I get emails like that all the time, and I don’t reply to them because then if you were to say, hey. I got the same email you get, but I actually took them up on it. Here’s what happened. That could be, like, really interesting.

And it might not be directly tied to what you do, but kind of.

So I’ll be for the high five.

Yeah. Very cool. Yeah. Can you guys share those in the Slack channel just like screenshots of the cold emails?

I know that, Claire, I think you pasted yours here, which it would just be awesome just to have those. Next month, we’re getting into cold emails, for larger accounts. So, yeah, it’s good to have this conversation going. Love it.

K. How did we get here? What else were we talking about?

Does somebody else Cody, did you have your hand up?

I didn’t, but I have a few things that have worked and things that haven’t that I’ll share. Yeah. So things that didn’t work well, growing trying to, like, grow my own following from just my home like, my profile pages on social media, just posting educational content doesn’t seem to work very well. I’ve tested that on many different platforms.

I think it’s because leveraging other people’s audiences is, a quicker way to grow your audience rather than just trying to start from scratch.

And then yeah. So things that have worked are are like networking.

That has worked for me well, you know, people sending referrals or that kind of thing.

And then I know that so and I guess that’s, like, indirectly leveraging other people’s, audiences in a way because what I’m referring to was getting in front of copy that. Like, I got in front of copy that, and they bought my copy live. And since I was able to prove that I was good at what I did, they sent me clients. Right?

So I’m, like, leveraging, I guess, their network, not really their audience. But, from that, you know, talking with Abby and stuff, I think what’s going to what I’m gonna try is just leveraging other people’s audiences, like doing podcasts, and then writing a book so that and everything isn’t just so scattered with social media, you know, like, those videos only last, like, forty eight hours and then they’re gone.

I know in the past, I have done YouTube. And while it is like a slow burn, I know that it ages well because, like, after I switch niches and stuff, I would have people reaching out to me. Hey. From YouTube, you know, do you still do this?

Can you help me with this thing? And I and that was, like, three years ago, you know, from when they reached out to me. Yeah. So that’s that’s my plan.

Cool. I love it.

Podcasts are somewhat tricky thing. Have others been successful with guesting on podcast, being interviewed on them, or getting leads not just for someone saying, hey. Saw you on that podcast or heard you on it.

Yeah. I got a fifty six thousand dollar client last month from a podcast.

From a podcast?

I think it was from they were like, I had you on a podcast, and then I was googling Evergreen Funnels. And then I saw you on another podcast, and I was they were like, oh, this person is everywhere.

So then yeah. They they were quite happy.

Effect. Yeah.

Yeah.

Okay.

I’m curious why you said podcast, guessing is tricky.

I wanna know what you mean by that.

Oh, so for me, over the years, it just feels like of all the things you could do, podcasts, yeah, are not I just don’t I don’t get the appeal, but then others have been successful with them. And I think it depends on what you’re trying to get out of it. So I’ve never gone on a podcast to get clients.

Never been my thing.

And if it were, then I think that it would be different.

But, no. I just I look at it and think, fine. But it does take up your time, your energy, so I don’t understand the appeal. I think if you’re gonna go on podcasts, well, you might as well just have your own podcast.

Still guest then, but then I don’t know. To me no. I don’t that’s me. Right?

And so I know that, like, other people remember years ago, Tarzan sent out an email that was like, my mentor said don’t go on podcast, but I didn’t. I made all this money. And I was like, I was the mentor. Okay.

Got it. That’s fine.

But, yeah, I’ve always been confused about why people are in a rush to get on podcasts.

Unless it’s a big name that is influential to your ICP and you are trying to get clients out of it or get invited onto more podcast because you wanna grow your authority that way.

Interesting. So you haven’t and, this might be an assumption, but so you haven’t, like, pitched a podcast to be on there, typically. Yeah. So I guess it kinda might go back to the strategy then. So if you’re targeting specific podcast because you know your audience listens to that podcast Yeah. Then that might make a difference. Right?

Yeah. Like, if you right. Like, I know I think Tarzan was talking about being on Amy Porterfield’s podcast where yes. When she’s serving course creators, Amy Porterfield has a giant following of course creators, and she says, I’m Amy Porterfield’s copywriter, and she wants to get clients, things will go well.

So there it has to be on, like, strategy, though. Right? And, like, really particular, not just everybody who says, oh, I’ve got a podcast and invites you to it, you say yes to. That’s not it will get shut down.

It will be like nothing ever happened, but you spent your time on that. And, usually, you also co promote it too. When it comes out, you, like, at the time, tweet about it, stuff like that. Right?

So Yeah.

Yeah, exactly, Joe. Totally.

So, yeah, that’s but I I I look at it like a similar, you know, similar to cold outreach when you’re trying to get acquire a client, except for now you are cold outreaching, to somebody that has tons of potential clients for you.

So yeah. I don’t know. Hopefully, it works.

Totally. That’s so fair. Totally. Yeah. Awesome. Caitlin, were you gonna add something?

Yeah.

Something I’m so mom and pop about it, I feel, because my main source of clients my first few years came because I was best friends with a business coach, and she was great at promoting herself and selling stuff and earning trust. So the moment they needed copy, she sold me.

They, like, hired me before even speaking to me because she was just that type of person. And then my other referrer was, a Facebook ads agency owner, And I also worked in that agency as creative director for a while, so all of our clients like, they knew I was in in charge of copy, and and I was very close to them, in terms of, like, saying, hey. Here’s your script. Here’s how to, like, shoot it and stuff. So when they they also knew I did emails, and the Facebook ad agency owner was, like, very cool with, like, allowing me to also take them on as email clients. So just having those strategic relationships were super helpful for me.

And then in term, I’ll try to keep this one short because it’s not as applicable to clients. But in terms of my online course, I have a like hate relationship with my lead generation method because I have a Facebook group that’s, like, seventy thousand people, and it builds my list every day. And it’s low lift, but, obviously, the quality is shit.

But, you know, when I’m I was busy with client work, a slow trickle of course, sales would come through, you know, like, I don’t know. Maybe I’m at, like, forty thousand over two years because I’m, like, focusing on client work and stuff. But it’s something, and I do believe, like, alright. It’s something to work with. And, yeah, I’m really I I make sure I scrub the list like crazy. Everyone’s tagged. I know they came from Facebook.

And I know there’s more I could do to probably leverage it a bit more, but, yeah, not like that second Caitlin? Sorry. I I I’m drinking caffeine, and I used to I I put it down for a while, and I picked it back up. So I’m like, but yeah.

So but I don’t know. It’s something. And I do feel like and some sometimes if there’s a will, there’s a way. So I think there’s more I could be doing with my crappy lead generation method.

That’s not always so crappy.

No. That’s amazing. Thank you for sharing that. I know, I mean, places that’s sometimes they just have to be on autopilot.

Right? So great. You got this Facebook group. It’s sending leads. Forty thousand dollars in two years is nothing to sneeze at.

That’s great. You didn’t have to do anything outside of Yeah.

It’s sold.

So no. That’s awesome.

The question really is around, like, leads versus list. So how do we look at it when we’re list building and generating leads?

Everybody who gets on your list is not a lead.

But but so often we see, like, these tactics that are kind of overlaid on each like, oh, list building and lead and lead nurturing or lead acquisition are similar. They are.

But it really does depend on what you’re trying to accomplish as well. Like, what are you going to do? Are you trying to sell courses? If you were just trying to sell courses, you would know that you could maybe push the gas a bit on your Facebook group, advertise to get people in it or something knowing that they’re going to end up buying courses from you.

And then you would be like, well, it’s also not that great. So I’d look for other ways to get them in versus getting in a lead who will pay you twenty thousand up front and ten thousand a month, which is very different. Yeah. So, Johnson, you’ve had your hand up and then down.

Is it supposed to be up?

I was just gonna ask you a question, about, ManyChat because you said that, they rarely buy the, buy from the evergreen version of the webinar. And I just wanted to ask, do you think that that’s because, of the passive CTAs or something else?

Oh, that’s because we just don’t have a funnel in place there. So, they sign up on ManyChat.

They we get all the notifications in Slack with all these people signing up for this thing, and then they go into a webinar replay that currently has no offer on the end of it. So it’s really just like, go ahead and watch.

Nice, Abby. Well done.

So that’s that’s really it. Right? So it’s it’s not most things fall apart, not because they’re bad, but because they’re incomplete or they’re outdated. So it is incomplete, our funnel.

Side note, Abby is actually working on it, so, like, it’ll be under control at some point. Exactly.

But that’s that’s so many of us. Right? Like, even with people helping you, even with teams, it’s you’ve gotta prioritize things.

So if I was to say, okay. This month, we are focusing on getting our ManyChat automations to drive to completed funnels, then we would do it. It’s just not a priority for me for countless reasons. One being an energy thing.

Uh-huh, Abby. Yeah.

So, yeah, that’s but it there’s still potential there. There’s loads of potential. It’s just gotta gotta choose what you’re gonna work on, and that’s not interesting to me right now.

There’s other stuff that Sure.

Yeah. So do you still think many chats, are useful for, Emma. Right. Okay. Cool.

In, like, you know, when things are useful, but, like, they bore you a lot, that’s ManyChat for me. I’m like, I don’t care.

Someone else has to come in and care because I don’t. So Sarah’s listening going, But I just don’t care. Email, I will always care about. It’s fascinating. It’s amazing.

ManyChat feels like a a knockoff, but oh, we all need to fix our segmenting. That’s an active campaign thing as well, Stacy.

I know, Jessica. Totally. Claire?

I wanted to ask about video because I know your Instagram, like, didn’t exist when I first learned about you, which was, by the way, when you first started doing freelancer stuff stuff apparently.

I didn’t know you didn’t do that before. I just assumed.

Yeah.

But I’ve been making videos for a while now. I’m getting better at them. I’m still not amazing at them, but better. And it’s kind of I’m starting to enjoy it, which is great because I really hated it at first. But I do feel like I’m banging my head against the wall because I’m post I’m I tried to cross post to LinkedIn, Instagram, TikTok. I was like, why not? CMOs are probably kinda like, what is this platform that my kids are on?

And Twitter as well to very moderate effect.

Yeah. How did you do it?

Just keep doing it, and then I stopped doing it, and then I start doing it again and stick with it. So we haven’t posted to Instagram properly a video in months.

But last Thursday, I forced myself to go to get videos done.

So force yourself to just keep doing it.

It’s not sexy. It’s especially if you don’t like doing it or you feel like, I don’t know if this will work, which is so often the thing. Right? Like, but just, like, just force yourself to. And it sucks. Just post another video.

And, like, that’s I don’t know. That’s kind of my take. Like, there’s so many things that we have to do that you don’t have the energy for. You don’t wanna do.

It doesn’t motivate you. You’re not inspired by it. It’s not sometimes it’s just like churning things out, and that feels, like, gross, but everybody’s just churning the it’s it’s you’re not alone in that. Right?

So okay. If we just force ourselves to keep doing the thing like Andy does. Right? Andy was in on Thursday, and he just keeps Yeah.

Doing the thing, and it keeps paying off, not with big wins immediately, but great wins along the way. His agency has incredible clients, and he’s as you can see, he’s invited to speak everywhere. He knows every everybody knows Andy. Andy just keeps showing up.

So if we can get past the part where we’re waiting for it to pay off, if we get past the part where we’re waiting for it to be fun, just like do the job. Just do the fucking job. That’s what it is. Just keep showing up.

Do the thing. Get on the video. Batch record ten videos. Get it over with.

You won’t want to when you have to show up.

I I did not want to. My husband dragged me to get these videos recorded on Thursday. I was like, I didn’t sleep well. I’m just gonna cancel.

And he was like, stop it. Get up and go. And I did, and I felt better for doing it. And now they’re almost produced.

Now when I go away for a week, I can schedule them all up, and we can get back going on social media, which does not inspire me. Does that help at all, Claire, knowing you’re not alone? You just have to, like, keep fucking doing the thing.

Yeah. It does. I’ve been trying my best to, like, plot away, but I feel like I’ve been spinning my wheels for a while now.

And because I’m trying to spin them on, like, on every front, I’ve actually I’ve pretty much stopped focusing on copy almost entirely Yeah.

And started focusing on, like, lead generation. I haven’t even gotten to sales because I haven’t cracked lead generation. Like Yeah. And I’ve started speaking to CMOs, kind of, what I’ve started.

And I’ve got a meeting with Tara booked.

But what I’ve learned so far is that they don’t do cold anything. Like, they have to have some kind of relationship with you. That’s how they hire because it’s high risk.

Would you say that, like, tracks and content is a great way to build that trust?

Yes. Okay. The content for as much as it’s and that’s why you have to keep doing it. Keep showing up.

Keep doing it. Every I can’t think of there’s an I’ve never reached out for a lead. I’ve never said, hey. Can I work for you?

Outside of pitching blog posts to, like, Kissmetrics back in the day. That was it. I’ve only ever pitched to get my content in front of the right audience for me, but clients have always reached out directly. And it’s almost without fail, the CEO or the CMO.

When it’s somebody lower, it typically doesn’t turn into anything because we’re too expensive.

And so it has to be a CEO or a CMO, someone that’s really passionate about what they saw you do, and they think you can solve this problem that they have. And CMOs think about copy a lot.

They just everybody’s responsible for it. It’s such a big pain that you’re like, in my experience talking with them at least. So it doesn’t mean every single one does. They’re worried about big data.

They’ve got other bigger things, but coffee always comes up. So if you can get in front of them with thought leadership, they’re so influential that all they have to do is say, like, hey, Jessica. Reach out to this person. I want you to book a call with us.

We wanna talk about what she said about emails.

But you show up there, right, just like you’ve been doing. So that video, I only saw the one over in Slack that you reposted, but it was fantastic. And I know it takes a lot of time. It takes a lot of work, but if you can keep doing it, be Andy about it. Just put it in your calendar, do it, and repeat no matter what. Andy has such small rewards. I thought he would have, like, a big reward for himself for doing that, like a vacation or something, and it’s like, I’ll pat myself on the back.

Like, his three days. I know. And he has Saturday morning. Oh my gosh.

Like, there’s all sorts of, like no. What? Anyway, keep doing that thing. The CMOs will show up, and they will pay you money for it is my experience with it across the board repeatedly.

Alright. I’m gonna keep going.

Keep going. Keep going.

Or we need another pep talk in two weeks, but, like, that’s what we’re doing now.

Yeah. Cody says, CMOs and CEOs despise cold pitches. Of course, we need to fit x y z, but, obviously, freelance just don’t understand.

Interesting.

Yeah.

Makes sense.

Finished with that, but the thread that I ran across yeah. I pushed enter.

And I was like, dang it. Okay.

Anyway, I ran across this on LinkedIn, and there’s just this whole thread of, like, people complaining that they hate cold pitches. The freelancers don’t understand how it the how they operate, because, you know, it’s not as easy as just saying, yeah. We can fix this thing. We have all these people that have to approve it, and they’re just frustrated with people that reach out saying, hey.

This thing that you’re doing isn’t working because and they’re like, well, yeah. We know that. You know? And so I’m like, okay.

Well, that’s interesting. I wonder how you can get your your, you know, position it so that you understand that, while still getting the ball rolling.

You know? Agreed.

And that’s where I think I think that’s having more conversations as well as you reach out and talk to people or as they reach out to you and you learn the mechanics of working in these large organizations.

They everybody I know I know that we’re not even big, and I know that our segmentation sucks.

I’ve I’ve tried. I’ve tried hiring freelancers. I’ve tried bringing people in. I’ve tried hiring full time people to take over this only to hear say what guys said.

I hired him in, like, eight months in. He was like, you know, I think I wanna make email. I wanna, like, be really good at email. He was my email specialist, and I’m like, you want to?

What what are we missing here? You’re you are. That’s your job. So all that to say people don’t understand, there’s a lot to understand, and CEOs are at the top seeing everything and wishing that they could motivate that team member to do the thing.

But no matter what great c a freelancer comes in, they still can’t get analytics hooked up because marketing engineers don’t talk to product engineers and etcetera etcetera. So we’re like, we’ll save the day, and that’s where those those emails or those tear downs can be difficult if it’s getting into things beyond words on the page. If it’s like, look. Your segmentation isn’t working.

Here’s what’s up. Then we there’s all sorts of barriers there. But if it’s like, look. Your buttons are universally shit.

If we can just fix your buttons, just the button copy, that’s it. Then this can happen. That a CMO can book off some time for it. Now you probably gave them the answer.

But nonetheless. Right? Like, we have to, in our marketing, make it sound like we’ve got a feasible solution, not a dream state.

Yeah. Mhmm. Yeah. And even even if they think that, you know, you just might work or maybe they have objections that it won’t work.

I don’t know. I reached out to somebody who had this, like, CBD, infusion company, and she was I was like, you know, you could really benefit for or your clients could. I did it indirectly, so she didn’t feel like, you know, you’re just trying to pitch me something. But, your clients would maybe benefit from running advertorials because, I didn’t even know what this is.

So, likely, other people don’t even know that this exists either, and so we can educate them on that.

And she was like, yeah. That would be great. But, like, how much do you know about compliance when it comes to CBD? And I was like, well, moderate, you know, like, not I don’t know every all the ins and outs, but I do understand you can’t say certain words, and I do know that we can use code language around things, whatever.

Right? And I was like, but that’s exactly what an advertorial is for, is to bridge so you don’t say that, you know, in the ad. But the advertorial can, create enough curiosity that gets them to the next page where you can use that language. You know?

And she just wasn’t understanding what I was saying. And, but yeah. Anyway Yeah. It, you know, it just depends, I guess, on everyone.

And they all have well, how they’re gonna respond to your pitch and how you should go in and, you know, try to get them on board with the thing that you’re trying to sell because it can be really hard.

There’s just oh, yeah.

How much of that conversation was by email versus on a call?

That it it was actually not email. It was on LinkedIn DMs, but, yeah, all of it. Yeah.

Yeah.

It’d be nice to just quickly get people on a call so that you I know.

I know.

And a lot of people have objections to calls for some reason.

Not that you can’t get them on there, but it’s just like just like that one CMO I reached out to. I was, like, asking her, hey. Could you, help me understand how how the operations work in your company? And we could hop on a call and, you know, I have a few questions. She just, like, started answering my questions or asking me things in the DMs trying to, like, totally avoid the call. You know? Yeah.

So there’s that too. Yeah.

Yeah.

And that’s where I think this is where sell by chat and all DMing is tricky if you’re not if you are reciprocal.

So what I what I have heard and seen ish is you just have to take absolute control of that conversation. Just say, like, I love what you’re saying here.

Let’s hop on a call to talk about this, And then, like, really understanding their objections to doing that.

Right? Like, it’s not a sales call. I just wanna hear what you’re saying. I’ll incent you this way, whatever that thing might be.

But, yeah, if we let people if we let leads and people that we want something from, we’ll exchange value. We’ll give them value. Nobody here is a snake oil salesperson. But if we want that, then we have to, like, push harder.

Like, those salespeople that you don’t like, very wealthy because they’re, like, doing the job, the painful, shitty part of, okay. I have to, today, put on this persona of being, like, someone who gets calls booked. That is what I do. That’s my job.

I’m doing it. What does that person have around them? Do they drink a lot of Red Bull? I’m gonna drink Red Bull today and see what that that’s like.

And the because this is the persona that I’m in. This is the character that I’m going to be if we can’t just, like, naturally close.

Caitlyn’s don’t do it. I, I have only ever sit a Red Bull once, and I was like, this is putrid. This is absolutely horrible. So I don’t know what any of those other things are. They’re all awful.

But, yeah, I know. Nobody wants to get on a call until it’s, like, time to get on the call, so we just have to make them wanna get on that call. How about us? We’re gonna talk about that also next month too. Cool. Liezl?

Awesome. Okay. Sorry if you hear my kids. It’s day off school. But I have a question. I am working on my website, and I know my people like, you gave me amazing information last time. I know my people are, you know, the CMOs, CEOs, etcetera.

How much of the pain of getting their team like, my job is to give them the stuff to help their team be more productive or presenting to a boardroom, like, the numbers they wanna see. Like, how much of the pain or the solution that, I’m solving for them ties into, I don’t know, ties into my like, what I put on my website, I guess, is what I’m saying. Like, should I just put things related to life cycle emails, or should I tie that in as well?

It’s hard to say because I haven’t seen a freelancer put on their website things that make the CMO, feel good about integrating them into their team.

Solving like, getting in there and actually being able to get stuff done. Is that what you’re saying, Liezl? Like, I don’t just do life cycle, but I also work well in your team?

Not necessarily. Kind of like I take this off your plate so that you can focus on getting the other things that you need done. Because they’re passing it off. They they don’t wanna learn it.

Like, it’s not something that they are planning on learning, or doing in house. So there’s a reason they wanna pass it off. And if they’re newer to life cycle and or newer to the department in general, they want to look good to their higher ups, right? They want to, when they’re presenting these numbers, say like, what I’m doing is working.

The person I hired was a good choice. So how much of that is more than just, like, look at the credentials they have, look what they’ve done for me. But in the initial, like, search for this person, are they thinking, like, this is exactly what I need. This is what I’m looking for, someone who can take this off my plate completely and make me look good to the board and help me get all of the other things done on my plate because they’ve taken that completely off.

Has anybody experienced this to kind of chip in on the conversation? I have thoughts, but I’d love to hear from anybody in the room who’s doing this or done this. Claire?

Yeah.

I’ve heard so this is the truth. I work with Forget the Funnel, which is, an agency that works with start ups. I did some snooping. They’re usually around the two to ten million zone in terms of revenue.

But it’s definitely a pain point that teams don’t work together and that people get siloed.

I don’t know if founders and CEOs care that much. I haven’t heard it from them.

But some of the other team members get really frustrated. So if they’re on the page, that messaging might go well.

I know that when we worked with Bitly, that was like a corporate as a whole wow. There’s so many people and meetings, and there’s, like, piles of crap. So if you’re the kind of person who can say that you’re, like, great at communicating, you’re clear cut, you stick to deadlines, and you’re easy to work with.

I mean, that’s just been repeated to me so many times.

So I’m like, that’s an actual selling point. I’ve never successfully used it to sell low.

No one buys someone easy to work with. They’re kind of pleasantly surprised in my experience, at least. I don’t know. I might be wrong.

It does depend on the ICP. Right? Like so a scrappy startup doesn’t care that you’re easy to work with. They’ll hire a diva all day long if it’s good, because they’re also going to ignore you a lot and not show up for anything versus a Bitly or teamwork or something that’s larger.

And still not huge.

But larger.

And everything’s a conversation, and it takes a lot of time to get things done. And so if you are targeting that ICP knowing that that is a consideration for them, they already have a team, they have people in place who are supposed to do the job they’re bringing you in for.

How are you gonna, like, navigate that weirdness? Right? Like, that feels weird. Someone else already works there who can and should be doing your job usually, not always.

But if you’re somebody who can be diplomatic, all of that kind of stuff, I wouldn’t put it on the page as, like, copy, but I would get testimonials that say, like, not only was Leisel’s work great, but, man, my team loved working with her. It’s like she’s always been here. She understands systems and processes. Like, as soon as like, she just picks up on whatever those things are so they don’t have to worry that they’ll hire you, and their team will resist you.

Yeah. Okay. Yeah. Awesome.

Love you.

I’m at the part where I’m, like, trying to get this website written so then I can do, like, more of the stuff that sends people to my website. But I feel like I’m getting, like, stuck in the cyclone of, like, I don’t know if I’m if this is right to put out yet. So until I get like, my brain is like, okay. I’m so ready to get the clients now, and I’ve been on several calls with people. They keep pushing calls back. Like, I just want to get at least this off my plate so I can start pushing stuff out there. I just wanna win sometime in the near future.

Call it done.

Yeah.

Whatever you have now is done. It’s done.

Okay.

It’s done. You have to go now get clients.

Yes.

You’re not even allowed to change your site. New rule. You can’t. Two weeks, don’t touch it.

Just leave it.

Yes. And what’s this thing where they’re bumping calls up? What’s happening there?

Yeah. So first of the year, they’re like, let’s talk at the first of the year. Yeah. And so I’m like, cool.

It’s because they needed to get their teams on board. So one of them was hiring a new salesperson who wasn’t supposed to onboard until the fifteenth of January or the sixteenth or something.

K.

And then another one was like, no. I need to talk to this person. And then it’s, Bruce from Bruce McCarthy from, like, Aligned or something like that. Anyway, when we got, or when I went to go follow-up, he’s like, actually, I don’t think I need you yet.

Right? Because I have, like, these landing pages I have to test first. And I was like, no. Remember on our call, like, we were gonna have a call about like, we have to do a bunch of research before we can even do that.

Like, that’s just part of the process. And he’s like, oh, yeah. That’s what I want. Like, I’ll schedule a call with I’ll make my assistant schedule a call.

So it’s just like these trains of people that they’re waiting on and waiting for, and they say that they’ll schedule one then.

Gotta take control of that.

Hands down. No questions. So the rule is book a meeting from a meeting. We do this here as well.

Bam fam. If you’re not Bam fam ing, you did it wrong. You have got the book a meeting from a meeting two days, two business days from the time that you had that call. So if it’s like, hey.

Let’s talk again about this. Cool. How are you how’s your tomorrow afternoon? Tomorrow afternoon is no good.

How’s Wednesday morning for you? But, like, you are directing that, and they can’t no talking to the assistant. If the assistant’s not on the call, you have to take that as an that’s like a no. You’re already hearing no.

Get that thing booked. That’s your job. That’s the job. Yeah. Get the thing booked. Bam, fam, two days.

No exceptions. They’re going on vacation. What?

You have to you have to find a way, like, okay. Well, when you’re at the airport, do you have a layover that I can call you? Like, really push it. And most of the people that you’re that you’re targeting because they’re in growth are pretty happy that you’re somebody who pushes it.

Right? So it’s there’s a little bit of respect for that hustle. You’re going to book this call. You are not getting off this call until the next call is booked.

Awkward as it is, you push yourself through those awkward moments until you get good at handling them. Yep. Yeah. Book a call.

Great. And, like, do you have your calendar in front of you? I’ve got mine in front of me. Looks like, wow.

I’ve got time this afternoon. Do you think you’d be ready this afternoon?

That sort of thing. Yeah.

Yeah.

I did that with two of them, but they canceled day of, like, an hour before.

K. Why do you why did they say they canceled?

One was said that they had a client meeting that got pushed, so it was a money making opportunity. The other one said that their, person was the other person who’s supposed to be on the call that we scheduled the call for, it wasn’t gonna be there. So they just were out. So I messaged them, like, immediately, like, as soon as I got it. And I it was like crickets for, like, a week.

I and I think that’s like Mhmm.

So one, you need a show up sequence there. Show up being, like, buy me a cup of coffee to get me to show up for the thing, basic reciprocity, pinged on LinkedIn, texted, hey. I’m expecting you on this call. You still gonna be there?

Can Jessica attend two? Are we still good? Three hours earlier. This always happens an hour before.

Get ahead of it. Three hours earlier, the day before, again and again and again and again and again. Any when I talk about going to Gong for the resources, it’s because, like, all of the resources are, like, you have to get way more aggressive than you think you do. You you need to be emailing, texting, LinkedIn DMing, Instagram.

Wherever you can DM this person and get in front of them, you do. And it it is going to hurt your soul a little bit in the beginning until it starts paying off. And in that moment when they’re canceling, you need to have a a clear understanding with them.

Canceling is no good unless they really should cancel. So you tell them, hey. If this isn’t gonna work, though, like, if you if you’re talking to me and you’re like, I’m not sure, I need you at ninety five percent at least. Most of the people that I work with are at a hundred and ten percent.

They’re dying for what I can do for them. If you’re at ninety five, you may wanna think about, like, just cancel this. I’ve got other calls. I’d love to work with you, but I only wanna work with people people who are really excited about this.

So that if they do cancel, then they already understand.

That’s it. It’s over. Liezl is no longer going to be communicating with us. We cannot access what Liezl has.

Like Okay.

Really, really hard to get.

Really, like, in control of that to the point where you may not even recognize yourself, but, like, it’s part of getting there because you can’t have people taking up time on your calendar and then not showing up. What does that do to you? You feel gross about it. Right?

Yes. Oh, absolutely. And then I follow-up, and I’m like, I don’t wanna bother you, but and I don’t say that in the email, obviously.

Of course.

I say, can you meet, like, tomorrow, or is a Thursday a better day for you? Here are the times I have available. Yeah.

You know, but yeah. No. That’s a good idea to get more on top of it and have, like, a show up sequence. I need to get their phone numbers too because I haven’t been getting their phone numbers.

Get their phone number. Get their phone number. Yeah. Texting, calling.

Yes. Yes. Absolutely. Yeah. Okay.

You got this. I don’t want people canceling on you. That’s not good. We don’t want that.

There.

No.

Okay. Anybody else?

Are we good?

Then I’ll see y’all on Slack. Have a good week.

Bye.

Thank you. Bye. Bye.

Plan Review with Jo

Plan Review with Jo

Transcript

Amazing. Amazing. Alright. Oh, Stacy’s here, so we’ll just let folks file in. Claire, are you done with your goals?

Yeah. Yeah. I’m done.

I’m up to the, like, actual planning what I’m gonna do stage.

I I was further along, but I am alright.

How are you feeling about them?

Good. I definitely have a lot under mindset.

I am getting more into what you said, like, on Tuesday, which was authority equals money. I was like, r.

R. Yeah. I need to put more effort into this because his I’m very good at learning, but not so great at the doing part.

Yeah. That’s fair. That’s fair.

Yeah. Yeah.

I feel like all I ever do is talk about authority.

And so then when people are like, really authority? I’m like, really? So I can talk about it more? Yeah. Great.

I think it’s because, like, you end up putting one thing out there, and then you get, like, a nonresponse because you’ve only ever put one thing out there.

And you’re like, it doesn’t work. No one’s listening. Yeah. How is he?

Totally.

Yes. Katie, you’re nodding. Does that track for you? Yeah. Yep. I get that. But, eventually, those things do pay off, but, I get it.

Yeah. I also have please in the background. My apologies.

It’s a different time for meetings for us. So, we have some cleaning, some vacuuming happening in here.

Alright. So for those of us who are here, thank you for coming today to this very optional session, but it is a good chance to, like, break your goals, or see where they’re broken and then try to fix them, realign them with what you really want, stuff like that. So this can go for an hour or it can just be like a quick check-in, whatever feels right to you. So you’re here. Does anybody have anything they particularly want to work through in their goals?

Can I just say, like, in solidarity, what I came into Claire’s thing is, like, I found myself lately because I was, like, pretty consistently talking about my workshop or my offer from, like, September to now?

Mhmm. I really am fighting the itch to just, like, be like, this is when I would normally do something else.

Oh, okay.

So the lesson is to, like, continue sticking with it so that that author I can get, like, compound interest on that authority and, like, you know, that those podcasts, like, can still be relevant in six months when I’m still talking about the same thing. So, yeah, I’m just definitely, like, feeling that itch, but tuning into the fact that this time, what is different is the fact that I’m gonna keep doing it instead of taking that as the sign to to move on. Okay?

So say more about that because people go through it.

Right? I know for myself, focus and, like, sticking with the one thing, has been a challenge. So so do you want to share more on that or where you’re at? Like, how are you going to convince your brain that wants to do something else to stay the course?

Well, definitely, like, being very like, because before it was always my personal brand that was just dabbling in different things, the rebrand, I think, is a pretty untakebackable step that I’ve that I’ve gone on, like, to having the domain.

And, like, one of my kind of dopamine hits for myself for this fall was, like, on Black Friday, I bought a really pretty website template. And so I’m only giving myself until the end of the Christmas holidays to fiddle with that. And then I put on my not to do list, like, no website updates after January sixth. So Right. I’m, like, taking two weeks off, but I’m gonna be working on the website.

And then then it’s like, you’re cut off, no more procrastiabranding, like but but I will have a pretty new site and pretty new pages Mhmm. To send. So I feel like that’s a little bit of the the hack with, like, getting doing something that I knew that I would, like, get a buzz from to get out of that dip.

That lands in dopamine totally.

That new new brand colors is really, like, titillating.

So That’s fun.

Okay. Cool. So that’s great. That will get you through December.

And then just continue.

Very much leaning on like, really interested in Shane’s date to do list AI to do list because I’ve gone through the whole document. I’ve got the goals. They feel pretty they feel pretty audacious, and part of me is, like, well, if you couldn’t book any calls for the last three months, like, what planet are you from if you think you’re gonna be able to book eight calls a month, like, going forward. Yeah. But I do feel like I just just stick to the plan. That’s the the plan is stick to the plan.

If plan isn’t working after three months, we can revise the plan, but to the goal is to just stick to the plan.

Yep. Three months of your life.

Then comes, like, April, and you can revisit in time for that. Yeah. Okay. Okay. Jess, how about you?

Where are your goals at?

So I’ve pretty much been gone the last two weeks.

So I haven’t done, I think, since Perna’s session.

I was in Vancouver for Taylor Swift, and then I was on a client treat retreat in Mexico.

Yeah. So I’m just kind of, like, getting back.

Get excuse.

I was like, oh, I shouldn’t go because I don’t have my workbook done. And I was like, just go. Thank you.

What did you do? Already. In the airport, on the plane, what was happening?

Were you sick?

I was doing some client work. I did not sleep, hardly at all. I can’t really sleep on planes. But, yeah, I was doing client work, to try and get things wrapped up, and I got a call booked with some I have, like, I looked at my calendar and I was like, I have a call booked today at two, and I was like, I don’t know what to do because my brain was definitely not in the, like, we’re gonna be having client calls before Christmas.

So, yeah.

Where did this where did this lead come from? Do you know?

I have no idea. So I’m gonna have to ask her.

Have you installed our b two b on your site yet? No. Yeah. Yeah. Anybody who hasn’t, you could.

Our b two b.

Yeah. It’s it’s, just like r? Yeah. R. That’s four letters, four characters.

R b two b is only with American companies because it, like, violates GDPR.

So you it doesn’t do anything for any country other than America, but it tells you who’s on your site.

And not only that, it gives you a download of their LinkedIn, the company they’re at, their title there, their email address, where they’re located. So you get this at the end of the day. And what’s really good about that, it also says, the referral source, where they came from. And a lot of times, it is just Google. So it’s like, okay. Didn’t say what keyword or anything like that, but it’s still there are going to be people coming to your site who don’t opt in for things, who aren’t ready for things.

And so we’ve started now emailing them at the end of every day, and that’s really no one’s coming to our sites for shits and giggles, y’all. Like, they’re there for something.

So catch them and don’t wait passively for them to reach out to you or email or opt in for your thing, when it might just be as simple as you saying, hey. You were on my site today. I didn’t hear from you, though. What were you looking for?

How can I help you? Mhmm. Everything else are being watched. Right? And if they’re in America, they know that GDPR doesn’t apply in the same ways at least.

So, yeah, do that, and then you can at least see where they came from. So you know, like, if it was a direct type in versus Google or Instagram and other things. There’s a free version as well, so you don’t need the paid version if your traffic is, like, low enough. You’ve just got, like, a credit system.

But, yeah, everybody should be installing that on their website, especially you, Katie, as you’re putting this new site up.

And then get that expert at the end of the day and fire off spend a half hour firing off emails to these people. I woke up morning with let’s talk emails in my inbox for Coffee School Pro for Teams.

So it’s a doable thing.

Doable thing.

I love that. And I, I don’t know if you were what if what call I mentioned on, but I, got access to this software. It’s, it’s called Sassy DB.

And you basically you buy credits, and you can download all this information about all these, like, CMOs from all these different companies. So I met my assistant today.

He downloaded a bunch of info, and she’s gonna go through and, like, look for companies for me to, like, sign up for their free trials and kind of start to get their emails. And she’s gonna, like, sort through them and do all this stuff, and then I’ll, you know, use that as my approach to, like, cold pitch them, by being, like, here’s what I experienced as, like, somebody who signed up for your free trial, etcetera, etcetera. So, that was kind of our planning session today.

Why would you cold pitch with that content?

It’s a real question. Like, why cold when you could if you’re creating this content? Why put it into a tiny little one person box versus exposing it to a lot of people?

That’s a good question. I never really thought about using it because, like, I’ll do reviews of things from, like, PayPal and and Stripe and, like, their kind of emails, and I’ll, you know, review those on my Instagram.

But in terms of this, I thought it would be just, like, a little bit more of a personal touch to say, like, hey. I signed up for your software. Here are some things that I found specifically that aren’t just general to software, but, like, you specifically some things that we could improve on. And if you wanna have a deeper conversation about, like, how my team can help you, I think I got that idea from Sam in the intensive where he, like, FedExed a QR code doing something like this.

That’s that’s different. FedExing a QR code to somebody is a very different experience than ending up in their inbox uninvited.

So I would say be very strategic about how that’s delivered. Okay. FedEx gets their attention. You have to have one hell of a subject line to get a few followers’ attention.

Also, if it’s just you sending me something, that can actually feel like a nuisance. It can feel like, oh, great. Someone else is assigning me work today. Like, this isn’t even my fucking job.

And, like, if someone’s in a bad mood that day, you’re now associated with a bad mood. So you have to depend on them being in a fantastic mood.

Not common. So, I would say that. And then there’s the other side. What I wouldn’t do is reach out and say, like, hey.

I looked at this. I would like to share this. Just fucking do it. Just I’m swearing a lot today.

Just put the thing on LinkedIn.

Here’s what I would do differently on this. Make your little carousel. Do a video. Video’s performing much better on LinkedIn today than anything else, evidently, according to data.

But, yeah, it’s content.

It’s your thoughts that turns into content, and it’s a public facing thing. These are emails. It’s not like you’re digging into their personal files and bringing them out and publishing them. It’s public. Someone does a tear down of copy, hackers’ stuff, I have to just live with that, and chances are gonna be like, get on a fucking call right now. Can you take that down while we’re on the subject, please?

Or something. Right? And let’s, like, hire you to fix this, or leave it up because I’ll honestly, it’s all good. It all drives clicks back to my site.

So who cares? Yeah.

Don’t take that as, oh, now everybody’s going off and tearing.

I know.

I’m like, what coffee schools can we all go in on it?

No.

But yeah. Anyway, all that to say, if you’re going to do this work, which is great to do it, be very deliberate and strategic in how you are getting eyes on that thing. Yeah. I wouldn’t send an email unless it’s a, hey. I just published this. You should take a look at it. That kind of thing.

Cool. Alright. I like that. Thank you.

Alright. Sure. Claire, what’s up?

Okay. My question is sort of a continuation of the cold email CMO conversation because Jess and I are the same kind of avatar.

And that is, like, how CMOs have so much more to do than email. I mean, email is kinda low down. I feel like product marketers care more about the onboarding process and performance.

Our CMO is the right people to to talk to. So what is the size of the business? What’s the ICP that you’re targeting? Basic size. How many people does the CMO oversee?

Probably, like, three.

Oh, three people, then they definitely care about email. If it’s a hundred, it might be lower down. But Yeah. So it it’s a CMO has to go sit in front of other people and share results.

That’s their job. They there if there’s a board involved, which anybody who has a CMO and is a tech company probably has a board because the CMO would have been, like, one of the last c level hires, and the board would have said you need somebody to do marketing already, and that’s why they hired someone. So they have to go sit in front of a board every quarter and share their results.

There is never good news when it comes to email ever, ever, ever. And so in my experience, we get CMOs, I think, very commonly, do you know Tara Robertson from Bitly?

Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. I worked with her.

Yeah. Exact because she’s worked with Jia. I know Jackie worked with her as well.

She was also at Teamwork as their CRM. After that, she was at Sprout Social as their VP of marketing, I think, or something like that. Nonetheless, Haya. In every single role, she has reached out to me and sent Joe our freaking emails.

That’s just because we have a personal relationship.

This happens all over the place, everywhere. It might feel low down, but Yeah. If you think about what’s really important to them, they have to look good to the board. They have to. Otherwise, they get replaced. A CMO is not a desirable thing in a software company in the first place, and it’s a replaceable thing.

So, no, I would continue to target CMOs. It might just mean targeting them with a different message, different, quality of content.

Just be really thoughtful about who they are. So side note, but still related, we see people reaching out who when they reach out and they’re in a higher position, consistently, they have just inherited a new team.

Consistently. So I we’re already on track to put together a ebook in q one on what to do if you’ve just inherited a team and they’re supposed to write copy.

So we know that a key trigger for a CMO seeking out help is my team that I inherited. I can’t fire them. I might fire one or two, but I can’t fire all of them. I have to get them up to speed.

They have to get better. So they can either try to train them, long game, or they can say we’re just gonna bring somebody smart in to support them. And that’s why I say go into LinkedIn sales navigator, spend the ninety nine bucks a month, use sales navigator to tell you when somebody changes roles, and then do outreach there. If you’re gonna do cold at any point, it should be when there’s a key trigger moment, not just, oh, hey.

Congrats on the acquisitions that got published somewhere in a Google alert. But, like, you just got a new you probably inherited a team. You’re probably thinking about getting in front of your board with really good results as soon as your end of first quarter. Did you know that email could be directly tied to having good numbers on that?

Like, there. Now get into the room with that conversation. So I do think as CMOs, especially if there’s only three or four people reporting into them, yeah, they’re not even a CMO. They’re also a cheap garbage taker router.

They’re all the things. Yeah.

Got it. Yeah.

I think it’s pretty clear that I need to get on a call with a CMR, but they’re busy. I mean, that’s part of my part of my, hospitalist is to email people just to be like, hey.

Chat to me.

Yeah. Well, you know Tara Robertson.

She will call with you.

She will Will she? Oh, she’s so generous. She will hundred percent get on the call with you just like ping her. Yeah.

Alright. I walked in. Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Okay. Thank you. Sure.

Okay. Anybody else?

How are goals going, Liza?

What’s up with your goals? What’s broken? What are you unsure about?

So I’m in ten x or reading the ten x is easier than two x. Almost done with it. And it has, like you know, you’re not mastering it until you have, like, your own unique perspective on it. And if I’m writing a book, I wanna be able to have something interesting to say. Yeah. So what I’m stuck on right now is trying to figure out how what I used to be really good at in the old market I served applies to the new one and how I can make it my unique thing if it is. Right.

And how I used to do it really well would be, overall strategy and its, you know, psychological triggers.

Very similar.

Well, kind of similar to what Talia Wolf does, but I use them at different points to segment the list and then to, you know, bring them in to different emails as a result. So I’m just trying to think of, like, is that different enough?

And trying to plan my year around this core thing of the authority that I can help. Does that make sense?

Yeah. It does. I mean, psychological triggers is a really big broad topic.

Right? And so, so what is it that you bring that your new market doesn’t already have in three words? What is it?

Email, psychological strategy, or the price could be mixed up. But, you know, that’s the word.

They’re they’re saying, like, back in the wrong order. Oh, that’s terrible. No.

Okay.

That’s what stands out to people so far that I’ve noticed.

Okay. So so strategy email strategy based on psychological triggers.

Yep.

At crucial moments, especially in, like, the trial to paid, you know, onboarding section. And then, also, the upgrading you know, anytime that there’s a transaction, obviously, people want more of the strategy that I’m providing.

Okay. So why aren’t they already using it?

They just don’t really know about it. They have the team who, you know, they have a copywriter maybe who can write really good copy that they like in the way that they like. They have, I don’t know, people to implement it. They have people who do content, but they don’t have anybody who looks at the over overall strategy, and combines it with the goals of the company and then follows the line through.

Okay. So why don’t they have that person?

They don’t think that they I don’t know if they don’t think that they exist, but there isn’t really a specific role for that, and they’ve been getting by as it is so far. You know? It’s not great, but it’s not something that they can identify as a major problem yet.

Okay. So when we think about it as not a major is it a major problem, though?

Oh, yeah. It totally is.

Okay.

If they’re not I mean, yeah, if they’re not meeting, you know, the activation rates that they want to, if they’re not you know, if people are quiet quitting and not using the software anymore and they don’t know why, like, they don’t realize that this is something that could be implemented in the beginning and, you know, reduce those rates, etcetera.

I think that they have a different problem. A maybe we need to email more, or maybe we need to email different content or maybe there’s a new strategy out there that we haven’t thought of yet, and we have to do that. But they’re afraid of doing the wrong thing. So they don’t implement, you know, as many new strategies that require more email.

Okay. So you you’re you were saying, and I don’t know if it changed at the end, but you were saying basically you don’t need to email more. Stop emailing more. It’s not about more. Is that right? Right. Okay.

Right. Because of segment, they see the number as more emails. Does that make sense?

Yep. For sure. So you’re saying but are they currently trying to fix this problem by emailing more?

No. They’re not. K.

They’re kind of are they trying to fix whatever it solves?

By showcasing features and saying, you know, if you want to do x thing, then come on back or try this because we have this new feature. Okay.

So picking a fight with showcasing features is revolutionary, but it is one of the things that they need to hear a lot.

So to me, it sounds like if you’re going to build authority here, one of the best things that I have found, like, when I’m thinking about this stuff, it have you seen Steel Magnolias?

Yes. Okay. So the Crotch, the old lady, one of them, and she’s like, if you don’t have anything nice to say, sit next to me. Yeah.

That’s the kind of thing that I like to think about with this. Like, okay. Don’t have anything nice to say about showcasing features. Like Right.

To dig in there. Like, really be opinionated about that. I would start digging in there. Doesn’t mean that’s the answer.

But it might be because it’s true. They are leading with features. They don’t know what to put in email. If you say, hey.

You need psychological triggers, a lot of people will tune out.

Oh, hundred percent.

Right? So Yes.

For for a lot of emotion.

Like, if I mention emotion, because a lot of them are logic brained, they don’t care.

They don’t Well, that’s also a big topic.

Emotion. If you say be happy, that would sell way better than be emotional in your cup. It’s like always be happy in your coffee. People get that, which is something that I’ve been trying to talk Natalia about for a very long time. Yeah. But I would I would pick a fight with showcasing features and, like but, like, not a not pleasant fight.

Yes.

Fight. Like, fight it.

And it won’t come off because you’re not, like, an angry person. And even if you were, it might actually work.

But you have to to be able to do that. Right? So Yeah. Anyway, I would zoom in around that and get, like Okay.

Get a chip on your shoulder about it. People will tune in for that and, like, understand what you’re saying. And then eventually, they get that the answer is thinking about how they think and make decisions. Yeah. Does that help?

Yeah. I mean, I get chips on my shoulders every time I Yeah. Use something and send it to my friends so I can just send it.

There you go. There you go. But, like, really Yes. Make twenty twenty five the year you get, like, obnoxiously irritated by people leading with features.

Like, every time you see a feature email come in, you, like, screenshot it, post it to LinkedIn, say, what the fuck, world? Stop doing this. Yeah.

No. I love it.

Yes. Yes.

Well, a video, actually. Right? Like, those are performing Yeah.

Exactly. Yeah. Whatever it is, do it. Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Dave. Awesome. Sure. Claire, what’s up?

I just wanna add to the video thing on LinkedIn. I watched this I went down a rabbit hole of videos today.

I found out that if you post a portrait video on LinkedIn, it’ll automatically add it to LinkedIn’s new shorts feature, which is only in beta access, which means lots of people are using it. They don’t have much content, and they’ll automatically push it through. Like, you might have access to it.

So Early adoption win.

Alright. Portrait mode. Portrait. Right?

You said yeah. Portrait. Yeah.

And then if you the key was to treat it like Instagram with, like, captions, etcetera, and then have your actual LinkedIn post be the usual normal, like, value LinkedIn.

Oh. Oh, hey.

That sounds awesome. Cool. McG, what’s going on with your goals?

Well, they’re all over the place? No. Okay.

No. Why? What’s going on there?

Oh god. Life is getting in the way.

I’ve actually narrowed it down as, like, authority authority authority. It’s like I’ve got first three months so I can start getting clients.

Okay. So what does authority mean?

When you’re posting on LinkedIn, Instagram, my Facebook business page.

I’m glad you said, Claire, about this. And I didn’t know about that. I just thought that’s good info.

But, yeah, that’s just instead of actually really looking at getting clients and focusing on that, it’s like focusing on building my authority.

Doing a new I’ve was it Tuesday, I think? Somebody said something about a newsletter. They were asking about the newsletter.

Yeah. Really good idea, monthly newsletter, and then I can take that content, turn it into a book q one of twenty twenty six.

Cool.

Newsletter, Andy Crestedina has three hundred thousand followers on his LinkedIn or subscribers to his LinkedIn newsletter.

He’s gonna be in in a couple of Thursdays from now. So don’t nail down your strategy until he’s in, and make sure you attend that. It’s gonna be baller, this session. So that’s coming up in January.

Yeah. I keep hearing about everybody writing a book, and it’s like, I can’t even yeah.

Newsletters turn into books all the time. Blobs used to turn into books all the time. Yeah. So you’re basically writing small sections of chapters of every newsletter that you put out.

Oh, Shane’s training on writing a book.

I have not.

So is that in, It’d be a recording.

Okay. Oh, nice, Jess. Good job.

Cool. If you’re watching the replay, Jess outlined her book on the train home from Ottawa to Toronto.

Nice. Good. So what’s travel’s good for? Right. Meeting with yourself time. Just get the thing done when no one’s gonna be interrupting you.

Nice. Where are those line of books? Dig it. Love Okay.

Anybody else wanna share what they’re working on? If you’re off camera, I’m not calling on you because you probably do something. Stacy came on camera.

I’m just saying hi and trying to participate because, you know, you like people to do that.

I do. I do like it.

Thank you.

I and and this is not I don’t have this specifically dialed into the exact goal yet, but it’s just a new thing that I’m working on. And I think I would like some, some feedback on it if that’s okay.

Sure. Yeah.

I mean, it’s a it’s it’s a goal, but it’s not a well formed goal yet. So my my main offer has been, a subscription for independent marketing professionals and small agencies.

And biggest value being, you know, somebody can double their client capacity by using SaaSy.

So, there there are a lot of other things too, but that’s probably the biggest one. So to to date, I have only sold to people who do marketing for clients.

Reason being, they have an ongoing need. So there’s a there’s a need for the monthly recurring subscription, whereas, you know, DIY people wanna use it per month, get their stuff done, and and leave. So I I do not want that. But I do have a new, a new offer to go to, in house marketing teams.

So because what it can do is increase the capacity of the employee. In other words, make making them well, the corollary to doubling your client capacity, making the employee, much more productive with a minimal monthly, you know, fee. So what I’m trying to get at is I know the independent, you know, and small agency group very well because I have a lot of experience in that area. I’d love to get your insights on what might be a sweet spot for the the type and size of teams to go for, initially for this. So I’ll I’ll pause for a second, and if you have any questions, ask me. Otherwise, I’ll I’d love to get your feedback on that.

I don’t have questions, yet. Mostly because for me, I love this idea.

So if I was agencies are lots of reasons. But in house, has unfortunately had this horrible two years of cutting staff, particularly people who are specialists. So more generalists have been left behind to take on all of these jobs.

That’s what we’re seeing at least sizes of businesses usually ranging from fifty million a year. Like, I don’t know what Calendly does, but I know that there were some big cutbacks there, which are public.

And so there’s been a need there, get to increase capacity for the existing team members that are left behind all the way up to multibillion dollar businesses. So it’s really a question of, the question that would follow is, like, what kinds of businesses do you want to work with? Because I think you’d have early adopters early adopters for that group across a huge range. Right?

Well, you know, my my intention with my product has always been to to go enterprise because that’s where, you know, that’s how I can scale it.

And I have a background in creating enterprise software. So, you know, the the capacity and technical stability of it, I have that covered.

It’s just a matter of where to you know, what’s what is the beachhead into internal teams?

I’ve used the independent marketers to perfect the product.

So I’ve been, you know, I’ve been, I would say, for the the amount of time I’m putting in, it’s an it’s a a net loss in terms of my investment. I probably invested about two million of my time so far in developing my product and not gotten that much back in subscription. But knowing that in the long term, I was creating a valuable asset that I’ll be able to get more people subscribing to.

So that’s Hundred percent.

Yeah. You you know what I’m saying.

So yeah. So, you know, I I don’t I’m not, I guess I would say, well, I’m not well versed in, like, what company size has how many people and that kind of thing. So that I know you know a lot about that, and that would be really helpful for, you know, me to kind of understand. I think probably to start, I wanna go with, you know I I mean, I don’t wanna bring on a a hundred person team right away, obviously, because I need to to have some kind of a an initial, testing period, some some a good you know, what’s a good sweet spot for early adopters, and who should I go for in that respect?

Yeah. It’s it’s such a good question.

We are just so you know, February, the theme of the month in Coffee School Pro is how to catch a whale. So it’s all about going upmarket and, like Mhmm. What that way into the conversation is, who you’re gonna talk to first, etcetera.

So it’s based on what I know about this, have you what is a group that you would say I want to target if you’re putting together, like, enterprise marketing plan and you had target accounts, what who would be a target account for you?

Brand name.

Who would I mean, I I haven’t even made a list of target accounts yet.

Yeah.

I haven’t.

Anybody come to mind where you’re like, oh, that’d be so cool if they reached out to me?

I mean, any of the, you know, any cool company.

I’ve always everything I’ve ever done, I’ve always had, like, the best companies for clients and stuff. So I I just you know? Yeah. I mean, I I personally have worked for you know, done stuff for Fortune ten companies. And so I’ve I mean, I’ve done stuff for everybody from McDonald’s to AT and T to websites for X Men movies and all the things. So I’ve done a lot of, you know, big name stuff and enterprise stuff.

So So but the people you were working with there were more in, like, tech.

Is that right?

Versus I’ve done tech, strategy.

I’ve done all kinds of things. I mean, you know, I’ve you know me. I do all the things. So Yeah. I Over the years, that’s been a variety.

For sure.

I’m wondering about the weigh in because the person that you would talk to if you were talking into the tech group, like, where there’s a CTO or CIO Well, this would be I think the weigh in here is gonna be more of a c m, yeah, through the c demo.

Yeah.

It’s gonna be c c level and which I’m, you know, very comfortable dealing with c level folks Sure.

In general.

Yeah. And they might not be c level, though. Right?

It’s just a question If it’s a big, big company, they might be director level or something like that.

Yes.

And that’s the thing. So if they’re at Google, they’re called head out back. We’ve talked about. Right?

Right. Right.

If they’re at Shopify, they’re not gonna be VP ever.

That kind of thing. Whereas at other companies, they give away VP titles. That’s just the way it is. IBM.

So that’s it’s hard to say. It’s a big question. I love it. We will answer it or get closer to it in February.

Okay. Okay. I can tell you is if you are looking to go in two groups where the capacity for each person has been dramatically reduced because of layoffs, the person you’re gonna talk to, that could in the door, like, immediately and just, like, start getting users of it because your users are not here. Right?

It’s like the execution level people and some, like, maybe a tier above, creative directors for coffee as well.

So, yeah, you need to go down to, like, senior marketing manager of growth or creative director who has, like do you have a ZoomInfo account, Stacy, or a follow-up?

Have a I don’t have a ZoomInfo account. You know, what I I did, I recently, I got a year of do you know the service growth mentor?

Yeah. Yeah.

So I signed up for growth mentor because I thought I could go talk to some people in there and kind of get some inside scoop you having direct conversations with people that were in working in marketing teams.

Yeah.

So, that’s one thing that I’ve done. But, I mean, but, you know, bottom line, big picture thing, I just want my I want SaaS to be, like, the go to for professional marketers so that anybody just you know, that’s just like, well, of course, you have to have SaaSy because it’s the best. You know? Yeah. So that’s that’s my intention.

And, but but so never DIY for, you know, for clients, only for professionals.

Love it. Yeah. Great. So, yeah, we’ll get more into that, but I would start with, like, just start I assume you’ve got good connections on LinkedIn. So you can start, like, expanding those so that any c levels you know, if you start connecting more with senior marketing manager growth, just search it on LinkedIn and then just start connecting.

You’ll already have good connections that are I don’t do any kind of outreach or anything like that on LinkedIn.

Doesn’t have to be outreach.

It’s just connections.

It’s just connections that if they connect back, then you’re going to see they’re gonna see your content. However Mhmm. Wherever that gets out there, even just mentions of the software.

Right.

Yeah.

So I’d start Okay.

Okay. Thank you.

Welcome.

Fun. I’m excited for you. Good.

Also, I stumbled upon this. I haven’t tried it yet for anybody who’s curious. There’s this offering. It’s free, which I think they were hoping none of us would find out about it.

It’s called, like, talk to a creative director dot com or something. It’s a really long list of not really long. It’s, like, fifty people long of art and copy directors.

You just book time with them. They’re just being generous with their time. I’m like, woah. You better be careful that this doesn’t get out.

I think it’s called talk to a creative director. I would Google that if it doesn’t come up as a dot com.

And that can also be a good way to say, like, okay. Good. Thanks, Rachel. Like, how how do I start getting into I know you’re already in agencies, but but some of these creative directors are no longer at agencies, and they’ve gone in house. So it can be good to book a call with them as well, just, like, pick their brain. I know it’s mostly as a service there to, like, help you if you’re new in your copywriting or, like, illustrating job or whatever it might be, and how to get ahead. But I think still worth checking out for everybody who wants to know how to talk to how to get into these organizations that hire creative directors and as such as such would also be interested in most the services that we’re here offering.

Okay.

Anybody else have anything else?

Your goals feel good? We’ve got little over we’ve got, like, eleven days until Shane does his to do list. Katie?

Yeah. I would love to talk about because I know the newsletter thing is coming, but I was looking at my to do versus not to do list.

And I’m I don’t know. I spent a lot of time tied up with ChatGPT yesterday trying to figure out, like, a strategic way to be talking to different levels of awareness in my content.

I just find it really hard to I can’t get behind anything unless I’m behind the strategy of why. And, like, I I believe on a deep level that it is the logical and best way to do it. So I have already, like, one blog post per week, two reels per week reaching a more, like, unaware, pain aware person. Feed post is more for, like, solution product aware, and then stories is more, like, my solution most aware. That’s just on Instagram.

My blog post also being more of, like, unaware, pain aware, and my emails being more of that, like, later stages.

But I feel like I’m not that’s it just feels like it’s a lot of work for little payoff in terms of getting in front of new people because Instagram just goes away.

So, I mean, I’m also doing, like, podcast pitching, direct pitching.

I have my four categories that I’m pitching in. So directs, outreach, products, podcasts, and programs to guest teaching.

That’s direct, but it’s not thought leader. Like, that’s just pitching. That’s not creating content for for a wider audience. So I guess, like, what is the I feel like it still needs to I need to prune it so it feels more manageable.

And then, like, what is the biggest lever I can pull to be, like, growing my audience Mhmm.

Without not having any time left to actually, like, do client work or have a life? Yeah.

Okay. Are all of those things in q one or that’s across twenty twenty five?

That is my q one consistent content creation pillar.

I’d say it’s too big.

I would prune it back to blog post, and I would change blog post into newsletter.

So I would scrap the plan is what I’m saying. I’m not saying that. I’m saying it sounds to me like, attraction of new leads getting into their mind is critical at this point for you. You need them to start hearing from you and thinking about you.

So a blog post is depending on Google to get anybody to you, whereas a newsletter has built in ways of getting shared that aren’t dependent on one evil giant deciding if they want to help you out or fuck your whole business over with a single change. So, I would do a newsletter.

Be consistent. I know when Andy comes in, on that Thursday, he will be saying, this is your life from now on. Like, you’re consistently publishing every Thursday, and that’s just the way it is. And he is so good at this.

It’s baffling how he has the discipline to keep showing up and posting every single week.

Yes, Claire, a little.

Yeah. So I would say that, and then you can every quarter, I wouldn’t do more than one new or better content thing.

So choose one.

You’ve got I think you said four things you had, like, podcast outreach, email I mean, those are all like, the Instagram routine is the same as I was aiming for last quarter.

I didn’t I would say I was at, like, seven percent of that. Okay.

So I feel like that’s still a good goal.

So my idea is Instagram is still underway for you. It’s just like you’re of the same. Stay the course.

Yeah. And then I was also I mean, I had added, like, add a second email to my list there, but, I mean, that’s, like, very low priority. I’m already, like, consistently emailing once a week. It’s just growth that is what’s missing.

Yeah.

And we’ll talk more about that. January is list building and lead nurturing month.

However, it will all come down to some things that you’ve already heard before, where I think, okay. If you’re gonna do social media, choose one.

You’ve already chosen Instagram. Cool. It makes sense for your audience as well.

When it comes to the other thing that you do, if it’s are you already writing blog posts every Yeah.

Normally, I write a blog post and then I either send that to my list, like, with a, you know, with a different intro as the email or I write an email and I point them to the blog post.

Doing a lot of repurposing.

Fitting. Yeah. Okay. Good. We’re gonna have Ross Simmons coming in to talk about repurposing. That’s good.

Okay.

Good. So I to me, it just sounds like, yeah, you have a lot. I have a team, and I wouldn’t put that much on the list. It’s just not gonna get done.

If how long have you been writing your blog posts for and then emailing them out?

Well, like, since I since twenty eighteen, but it’s out.

So Yeah.

But, I mean, like, they’re all on all kinds of different topics. So on on my most relevant like, the recent ones start August.

Okay.

Okay.

Yeah. So, obviously, it’s like stay the course with that if you’re already doing it. It’s just now it’s gonna be on a different topic.

But so the newsletter, is that that replaces on my own site or that is the idea with the newsletter, what makes it interesting, a couple of things.

But one of the bigger things is, that there’s just a baked in way to get your newsletter surfaced in front of other people so the list grows itself more easily than you having to actively market to get every single person on your list.

It just kinda runs by itself.

So I guess my question for you is, are you seeing good enough results with your blog post that you then email out that you believe you should keep doing it that way instead of switching to a newsletter?

I think that the blog posts are working for me because there’s not nobody else writing about what I’m writing about is a service provider who’s gonna offer to do it for you. Like, there’s so I was, like, doing the competitor’s content audit yesterday. There’s a lot of one page websites for, like, agencies with no faces.

Mhmm.

And then there’s a lot of, like, coaches that will teach you some of these strategies in their program, but there’s not really anybody else who’s like, us come to me and I will give you the strategy and I will write it and I will get it up and running.

And so I do think that, like, establishing expertise on that and then also, like, if somebody searches client retention strategies for coaches that they come across my blog post, like, I I I see benefit in that. Mhmm.

Also, I don’t know I mean, I don’t know if this is the same thing, but the creator network on ConvertKit, I’ve gotten got, like, fifty subscribers from them this year.

And then I was looking through it, who those subscribers were, and, like, half of them have never opened a single email.

Oh.

So because I was like, this is one of the ways that I’m growing.

And then when I looked into it, I was like, I’m growing with useless, cold subscribers. Half, half.

Well, yeah. The of the, like, ten most recent ones that I looked at, like, a few had. Yeah.

But so It’s not always gonna be a home run there.

So it’s like okay. Fine. If you’re getting fifty people in, you didn’t have to work for it, it just happened. That’s nice. If they’re all crap, then that’s bad. But if some of them are, then that’s normal.

So I’d be I don’t know. Maybe it’s working enough what kit has built in there, which is, of course, based on what Substack did, which when you’re the first person to think of it and what you usually do a really solid job instead of being a product manager who is like, oh, shit. You should add this in now.

Doesn’t mean that’s not gonna get better, but whatever.

So I don’t know. Katie, for me, when I think about if you’re trying to book more calls, you need to get your voice out there with my consistent message to you as always, please dumb it down for the rest of us.

I really I would love you to spend q one oversimplifying to the point that your brain was like, this is too simple, and it’s like almost there.

Because I think that you’ve got this offer. And the solution, that’s like a real solution to a real problem, but there’s there’s a wall still that you have to crack, in twenty twenty five. And I think that you can. I think that you will.

I don’t know that.

For me, hearing it, if I were you and if I was allowed to control your business for, like, a quarter, I’d only keep doing the content creation that I’ve already been doing, stay the course with that.

Spend the rest of my time figuring out how. How do I make this sound as desirable as it actually is. And that’s like hire yourself for a quarter, hold the luxury of three months to figure this thing out because when you do it’ll be a massive unlock and suddenly the things that you say in different spaces will click for people because most of us want money, don’t know anything else about anything else that you’re saying. So if you can figure that out, the unlock will be massive because now people will also know how to talk about you, etcetera.

I don’t know if that’s helpful to you, Katie, but I would love to see you really crack that message.

Yeah. There. Yeah.

Okay. Dumb it down until Never it.

Helpful. The message the stuff I say to you is never helpful to you, but I do hope I do hope that it gets there.

Yeah. Because we want I don’t even know how I wanna find it. Problem.

I was hearing you say you have a whole team and you wouldn’t put this much on them because that takes some of the pressure that I was putting on myself to do this much off.

Yeah. Yeah. Totally. I would expect to hire contractors to do that work. Yep.

Yeah. If I if I thought it wasn’t enough, it’s a whole other body required to do that kind of work. So yeah.

Alright.

Anybody else? Or anybody have anything for you’ve heard each other talk.

I’ll be quiet.

You can just talk to each other for the next I give you the luxury of six minutes of talking time.

Anybody wanna share anything with each other?

I totally wanna share that I absolutely aligned with the dumb and down thing is I just stop talking and then I can hear myself, like, on this ramble of, like, why it’s so complicated, and it is complicated if it’s a real solution.

But no one else wants to know about the how. Yeah.

And I struggle because all I can think about is the how.

So, yeah, I had that pain of dumbing it down.

I still haven’t, like, landed on an offer and, like, a proper, like, oh, kind of that like, that’s what Claire does kind of offer.

Yeah. That’s tough.

It is it partially because all of the simple promises sound like things that people I don’t trust say?

And so it’s like, I don’t wanna sound like that because I don’t believe them, and I want people to believe me.

Yeah. I feel I don’t know if that resonates for you. Yeah.

So you know Simon Sinek. This is my big goal. Right? Get up on a stage and deliver a TEDx talk that lives forever.

But if you actually think about it, it’s too simple. There’s not a real solution. He’s going like, come up with a reason why you exist. It’s so freaking vague. That’s why people have to hire him.

But it’s catchy, but I don’t trust it anyway. Yeah.

So I agree.

I think it’s marketing speak is inherently, like, abhorrent copywriters because all we do is write words that convince people to do things.

And then if it’s, like, sales y, it feels gross, I feel.

Well, I wonder if that’s part of the problem too, though. If because we’re copywriters and because we’re in it all the time, it’s gross to us. But if we have, like, the audacity to say the things that people are out there saying like, not to shit on Russell Brunson, but I hate him. And he talks about the same thing all the all the time. All the time.

I I hate him because he’s Mormon, and I see the cult in his work, and it drives me insane.

But people resonate with it. People like he has a cult following for a reason, and it’s because he is very confident in the fact that despite the salesy language, his thing is going to work. And it does for enough of the important people that it keeps the system going. If we just have the audacity of a middle aged white man, I feel like we a lot of problems would be solved.

That’s brilliant. I totally I totally agree with that. Russell Brunson is the best freaking example. I literally built my entire first year and a half of business off of him because he was so good at convincing people.

They needed a funnel. They needed to specifically use ClickFunnels. All you had to do was buy, like, something that you, like, repurposed and put up a page, and then they would get in and they’d spend all this money and they’d be like, I can’t do the tech. And I’m like, I can do the tech for you, and that’s, like, how I started working online.

And so I think that’s, like, just something good to consider is, like, knowing where your line is. And I try to think about that a lot of, like like, who have I, like, watched and admired but then felt bamboozled by? But then who have I watched and admired and not felt bamboozled by? And really taking from those people.

So when you’re, like, speaking up about things and like you’re saying, Claire, it’s so damn simple. Like, literally with Simon’s next book, you could read the cover and you’re done. You know? And so I think that’s like but then you’re also like but then he sold millions and millions of copies. I kinda felt the same way about The Mountain is You.

Like, has anybody read that book?

It’s still in plastic wrap for me. I haven’t read it yet.

Don’t read it. Like, don’t. It’s everybody was like, this is life changing. And then if you have, like if you’ve taken one therapy session, you’re like, I this isn’t you know? And so it’s just like I think it also makes me feel confident that, like, anything you put out is, like, people are gonna love it.

You know? And if you’re coming from a place of feeling like I’m doing this from a place of helping and not trying to bamboozle people, I think you’re you’re going off on the right foot.

Do Do you believe in yourself like those women who, like, message you from high school?

Like, hey. Like, hey, girl. Do you want this new product that I have? It really, really works. And to them, like, they are sold on it. Like, this is the best thing ever.

They believe in it.

And some people feel bamboozled, but a lot of them don’t. I don’t know.

I guess it just depends on how you portray yourself to the public and how you feel. It’s your integrity level, I guess, that you’re pushed for. Mhmm.

So how Yeah. Are you willing to be with the public?

I mean, down and dirty, honest about what your job entails and what it’s you know? No. It’s not going to cure cancer overnight, but over the long haul.

You know, is that a way to market yourself?

Uh-oh.

You mean being honest about the work, Michelle?

The answer is no.

Okay. Joe says no. Okay.

Because nobody wants to we can’t even put the word learn in copy because they’re me like, oh, no. Never mind. I don’t wanna learn. Just do it for me. So I know that this is always a thing. I’m just I’m only actually jumping in because we have to wrap up.

But start with why and the mountain is you are huge.

It’s worth considering that we are all copywriters.

We execute.

That’s our that’s the actual bad thing that we have holding us back as entrepreneurs.

We’re down here and people buy in up here, so you have to find a way up to the Simon Sinek really high level thing that people latch on to. I would I read start with why I would enroll people in his course if someone on my team was like, hey. Can I they’re gonna be like, hell, yeah? Take it.

Sometimes people just need that. You know?

Anyway I’ve just had an moment that’s so funny because it is like people who subscribe to to SaaSy, they always are like they’re wanting to, like, do workflows and processes and things.

And then I’m like, no. You write three sentences and you click a button.

Like, that’s literally really all you have to do.

Yep. Amazing.

Amazing. People wanna do that. So perfect.

Alright. Donna, I know you just showed up. I think that you are here for a meeting that happens in an hour. I’m off to our freelancing school welcome session, and then I’ll be back in an hour. Have a good one. Thanks, everyone. Bye.

Transcript

Amazing. Amazing. Alright. Oh, Stacy’s here, so we’ll just let folks file in. Claire, are you done with your goals?

Yeah. Yeah. I’m done.

I’m up to the, like, actual planning what I’m gonna do stage.

I I was further along, but I am alright.

How are you feeling about them?

Good. I definitely have a lot under mindset.

I am getting more into what you said, like, on Tuesday, which was authority equals money. I was like, r.

R. Yeah. I need to put more effort into this because his I’m very good at learning, but not so great at the doing part.

Yeah. That’s fair. That’s fair.

Yeah. Yeah.

I feel like all I ever do is talk about authority.

And so then when people are like, really authority? I’m like, really? So I can talk about it more? Yeah. Great.

I think it’s because, like, you end up putting one thing out there, and then you get, like, a nonresponse because you’ve only ever put one thing out there.

And you’re like, it doesn’t work. No one’s listening. Yeah. How is he?

Totally.

Yes. Katie, you’re nodding. Does that track for you? Yeah. Yep. I get that. But, eventually, those things do pay off, but, I get it.

Yeah. I also have please in the background. My apologies.

It’s a different time for meetings for us. So, we have some cleaning, some vacuuming happening in here.

Alright. So for those of us who are here, thank you for coming today to this very optional session, but it is a good chance to, like, break your goals, or see where they’re broken and then try to fix them, realign them with what you really want, stuff like that. So this can go for an hour or it can just be like a quick check-in, whatever feels right to you. So you’re here. Does anybody have anything they particularly want to work through in their goals?

Can I just say, like, in solidarity, what I came into Claire’s thing is, like, I found myself lately because I was, like, pretty consistently talking about my workshop or my offer from, like, September to now?

Mhmm. I really am fighting the itch to just, like, be like, this is when I would normally do something else.

Oh, okay.

So the lesson is to, like, continue sticking with it so that that author I can get, like, compound interest on that authority and, like, you know, that those podcasts, like, can still be relevant in six months when I’m still talking about the same thing. So, yeah, I’m just definitely, like, feeling that itch, but tuning into the fact that this time, what is different is the fact that I’m gonna keep doing it instead of taking that as the sign to to move on. Okay?

So say more about that because people go through it.

Right? I know for myself, focus and, like, sticking with the one thing, has been a challenge. So so do you want to share more on that or where you’re at? Like, how are you going to convince your brain that wants to do something else to stay the course?

Well, definitely, like, being very like, because before it was always my personal brand that was just dabbling in different things, the rebrand, I think, is a pretty untakebackable step that I’ve that I’ve gone on, like, to having the domain.

And, like, one of my kind of dopamine hits for myself for this fall was, like, on Black Friday, I bought a really pretty website template. And so I’m only giving myself until the end of the Christmas holidays to fiddle with that. And then I put on my not to do list, like, no website updates after January sixth. So Right. I’m, like, taking two weeks off, but I’m gonna be working on the website.

And then then it’s like, you’re cut off, no more procrastiabranding, like but but I will have a pretty new site and pretty new pages Mhmm. To send. So I feel like that’s a little bit of the the hack with, like, getting doing something that I knew that I would, like, get a buzz from to get out of that dip.

That lands in dopamine totally.

That new new brand colors is really, like, titillating.

So That’s fun.

Okay. Cool. So that’s great. That will get you through December.

And then just continue.

Very much leaning on like, really interested in Shane’s date to do list AI to do list because I’ve gone through the whole document. I’ve got the goals. They feel pretty they feel pretty audacious, and part of me is, like, well, if you couldn’t book any calls for the last three months, like, what planet are you from if you think you’re gonna be able to book eight calls a month, like, going forward. Yeah. But I do feel like I just just stick to the plan. That’s the the plan is stick to the plan.

If plan isn’t working after three months, we can revise the plan, but to the goal is to just stick to the plan.

Yep. Three months of your life.

Then comes, like, April, and you can revisit in time for that. Yeah. Okay. Okay. Jess, how about you?

Where are your goals at?

So I’ve pretty much been gone the last two weeks.

So I haven’t done, I think, since Perna’s session.

I was in Vancouver for Taylor Swift, and then I was on a client treat retreat in Mexico.

Yeah. So I’m just kind of, like, getting back.

Get excuse.

I was like, oh, I shouldn’t go because I don’t have my workbook done. And I was like, just go. Thank you.

What did you do? Already. In the airport, on the plane, what was happening?

Were you sick?

I was doing some client work. I did not sleep, hardly at all. I can’t really sleep on planes. But, yeah, I was doing client work, to try and get things wrapped up, and I got a call booked with some I have, like, I looked at my calendar and I was like, I have a call booked today at two, and I was like, I don’t know what to do because my brain was definitely not in the, like, we’re gonna be having client calls before Christmas.

So, yeah.

Where did this where did this lead come from? Do you know?

I have no idea. So I’m gonna have to ask her.

Have you installed our b two b on your site yet? No. Yeah. Yeah. Anybody who hasn’t, you could.

Our b two b.

Yeah. It’s it’s, just like r? Yeah. R. That’s four letters, four characters.

R b two b is only with American companies because it, like, violates GDPR.

So you it doesn’t do anything for any country other than America, but it tells you who’s on your site.

And not only that, it gives you a download of their LinkedIn, the company they’re at, their title there, their email address, where they’re located. So you get this at the end of the day. And what’s really good about that, it also says, the referral source, where they came from. And a lot of times, it is just Google. So it’s like, okay. Didn’t say what keyword or anything like that, but it’s still there are going to be people coming to your site who don’t opt in for things, who aren’t ready for things.

And so we’ve started now emailing them at the end of every day, and that’s really no one’s coming to our sites for shits and giggles, y’all. Like, they’re there for something.

So catch them and don’t wait passively for them to reach out to you or email or opt in for your thing, when it might just be as simple as you saying, hey. You were on my site today. I didn’t hear from you, though. What were you looking for?

How can I help you? Mhmm. Everything else are being watched. Right? And if they’re in America, they know that GDPR doesn’t apply in the same ways at least.

So, yeah, do that, and then you can at least see where they came from. So you know, like, if it was a direct type in versus Google or Instagram and other things. There’s a free version as well, so you don’t need the paid version if your traffic is, like, low enough. You’ve just got, like, a credit system.

But, yeah, everybody should be installing that on their website, especially you, Katie, as you’re putting this new site up.

And then get that expert at the end of the day and fire off spend a half hour firing off emails to these people. I woke up morning with let’s talk emails in my inbox for Coffee School Pro for Teams.

So it’s a doable thing.

Doable thing.

I love that. And I, I don’t know if you were what if what call I mentioned on, but I, got access to this software. It’s, it’s called Sassy DB.

And you basically you buy credits, and you can download all this information about all these, like, CMOs from all these different companies. So I met my assistant today.

He downloaded a bunch of info, and she’s gonna go through and, like, look for companies for me to, like, sign up for their free trials and kind of start to get their emails. And she’s gonna, like, sort through them and do all this stuff, and then I’ll, you know, use that as my approach to, like, cold pitch them, by being, like, here’s what I experienced as, like, somebody who signed up for your free trial, etcetera, etcetera. So, that was kind of our planning session today.

Why would you cold pitch with that content?

It’s a real question. Like, why cold when you could if you’re creating this content? Why put it into a tiny little one person box versus exposing it to a lot of people?

That’s a good question. I never really thought about using it because, like, I’ll do reviews of things from, like, PayPal and and Stripe and, like, their kind of emails, and I’ll, you know, review those on my Instagram.

But in terms of this, I thought it would be just, like, a little bit more of a personal touch to say, like, hey. I signed up for your software. Here are some things that I found specifically that aren’t just general to software, but, like, you specifically some things that we could improve on. And if you wanna have a deeper conversation about, like, how my team can help you, I think I got that idea from Sam in the intensive where he, like, FedExed a QR code doing something like this.

That’s that’s different. FedExing a QR code to somebody is a very different experience than ending up in their inbox uninvited.

So I would say be very strategic about how that’s delivered. Okay. FedEx gets their attention. You have to have one hell of a subject line to get a few followers’ attention.

Also, if it’s just you sending me something, that can actually feel like a nuisance. It can feel like, oh, great. Someone else is assigning me work today. Like, this isn’t even my fucking job.

And, like, if someone’s in a bad mood that day, you’re now associated with a bad mood. So you have to depend on them being in a fantastic mood.

Not common. So, I would say that. And then there’s the other side. What I wouldn’t do is reach out and say, like, hey.

I looked at this. I would like to share this. Just fucking do it. Just I’m swearing a lot today.

Just put the thing on LinkedIn.

Here’s what I would do differently on this. Make your little carousel. Do a video. Video’s performing much better on LinkedIn today than anything else, evidently, according to data.

But, yeah, it’s content.

It’s your thoughts that turns into content, and it’s a public facing thing. These are emails. It’s not like you’re digging into their personal files and bringing them out and publishing them. It’s public. Someone does a tear down of copy, hackers’ stuff, I have to just live with that, and chances are gonna be like, get on a fucking call right now. Can you take that down while we’re on the subject, please?

Or something. Right? And let’s, like, hire you to fix this, or leave it up because I’ll honestly, it’s all good. It all drives clicks back to my site.

So who cares? Yeah.

Don’t take that as, oh, now everybody’s going off and tearing.

I know.

I’m like, what coffee schools can we all go in on it?

No.

But yeah. Anyway, all that to say, if you’re going to do this work, which is great to do it, be very deliberate and strategic in how you are getting eyes on that thing. Yeah. I wouldn’t send an email unless it’s a, hey. I just published this. You should take a look at it. That kind of thing.

Cool. Alright. I like that. Thank you.

Alright. Sure. Claire, what’s up?

Okay. My question is sort of a continuation of the cold email CMO conversation because Jess and I are the same kind of avatar.

And that is, like, how CMOs have so much more to do than email. I mean, email is kinda low down. I feel like product marketers care more about the onboarding process and performance.

Our CMO is the right people to to talk to. So what is the size of the business? What’s the ICP that you’re targeting? Basic size. How many people does the CMO oversee?

Probably, like, three.

Oh, three people, then they definitely care about email. If it’s a hundred, it might be lower down. But Yeah. So it it’s a CMO has to go sit in front of other people and share results.

That’s their job. They there if there’s a board involved, which anybody who has a CMO and is a tech company probably has a board because the CMO would have been, like, one of the last c level hires, and the board would have said you need somebody to do marketing already, and that’s why they hired someone. So they have to go sit in front of a board every quarter and share their results.

There is never good news when it comes to email ever, ever, ever. And so in my experience, we get CMOs, I think, very commonly, do you know Tara Robertson from Bitly?

Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. I worked with her.

Yeah. Exact because she’s worked with Jia. I know Jackie worked with her as well.

She was also at Teamwork as their CRM. After that, she was at Sprout Social as their VP of marketing, I think, or something like that. Nonetheless, Haya. In every single role, she has reached out to me and sent Joe our freaking emails.

That’s just because we have a personal relationship.

This happens all over the place, everywhere. It might feel low down, but Yeah. If you think about what’s really important to them, they have to look good to the board. They have to. Otherwise, they get replaced. A CMO is not a desirable thing in a software company in the first place, and it’s a replaceable thing.

So, no, I would continue to target CMOs. It might just mean targeting them with a different message, different, quality of content.

Just be really thoughtful about who they are. So side note, but still related, we see people reaching out who when they reach out and they’re in a higher position, consistently, they have just inherited a new team.

Consistently. So I we’re already on track to put together a ebook in q one on what to do if you’ve just inherited a team and they’re supposed to write copy.

So we know that a key trigger for a CMO seeking out help is my team that I inherited. I can’t fire them. I might fire one or two, but I can’t fire all of them. I have to get them up to speed.

They have to get better. So they can either try to train them, long game, or they can say we’re just gonna bring somebody smart in to support them. And that’s why I say go into LinkedIn sales navigator, spend the ninety nine bucks a month, use sales navigator to tell you when somebody changes roles, and then do outreach there. If you’re gonna do cold at any point, it should be when there’s a key trigger moment, not just, oh, hey.

Congrats on the acquisitions that got published somewhere in a Google alert. But, like, you just got a new you probably inherited a team. You’re probably thinking about getting in front of your board with really good results as soon as your end of first quarter. Did you know that email could be directly tied to having good numbers on that?

Like, there. Now get into the room with that conversation. So I do think as CMOs, especially if there’s only three or four people reporting into them, yeah, they’re not even a CMO. They’re also a cheap garbage taker router.

They’re all the things. Yeah.

Got it. Yeah.

I think it’s pretty clear that I need to get on a call with a CMR, but they’re busy. I mean, that’s part of my part of my, hospitalist is to email people just to be like, hey.

Chat to me.

Yeah. Well, you know Tara Robertson.

She will call with you.

She will Will she? Oh, she’s so generous. She will hundred percent get on the call with you just like ping her. Yeah.

Alright. I walked in. Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Okay. Thank you. Sure.

Okay. Anybody else?

How are goals going, Liza?

What’s up with your goals? What’s broken? What are you unsure about?

So I’m in ten x or reading the ten x is easier than two x. Almost done with it. And it has, like you know, you’re not mastering it until you have, like, your own unique perspective on it. And if I’m writing a book, I wanna be able to have something interesting to say. Yeah. So what I’m stuck on right now is trying to figure out how what I used to be really good at in the old market I served applies to the new one and how I can make it my unique thing if it is. Right.

And how I used to do it really well would be, overall strategy and its, you know, psychological triggers.

Very similar.

Well, kind of similar to what Talia Wolf does, but I use them at different points to segment the list and then to, you know, bring them in to different emails as a result. So I’m just trying to think of, like, is that different enough?

And trying to plan my year around this core thing of the authority that I can help. Does that make sense?

Yeah. It does. I mean, psychological triggers is a really big broad topic.

Right? And so, so what is it that you bring that your new market doesn’t already have in three words? What is it?

Email, psychological strategy, or the price could be mixed up. But, you know, that’s the word.

They’re they’re saying, like, back in the wrong order. Oh, that’s terrible. No.

Okay.

That’s what stands out to people so far that I’ve noticed.

Okay. So so strategy email strategy based on psychological triggers.

Yep.

At crucial moments, especially in, like, the trial to paid, you know, onboarding section. And then, also, the upgrading you know, anytime that there’s a transaction, obviously, people want more of the strategy that I’m providing.

Okay. So why aren’t they already using it?

They just don’t really know about it. They have the team who, you know, they have a copywriter maybe who can write really good copy that they like in the way that they like. They have, I don’t know, people to implement it. They have people who do content, but they don’t have anybody who looks at the over overall strategy, and combines it with the goals of the company and then follows the line through.

Okay. So why don’t they have that person?

They don’t think that they I don’t know if they don’t think that they exist, but there isn’t really a specific role for that, and they’ve been getting by as it is so far. You know? It’s not great, but it’s not something that they can identify as a major problem yet.

Okay. So when we think about it as not a major is it a major problem, though?

Oh, yeah. It totally is.

Okay.

If they’re not I mean, yeah, if they’re not meeting, you know, the activation rates that they want to, if they’re not you know, if people are quiet quitting and not using the software anymore and they don’t know why, like, they don’t realize that this is something that could be implemented in the beginning and, you know, reduce those rates, etcetera.

I think that they have a different problem. A maybe we need to email more, or maybe we need to email different content or maybe there’s a new strategy out there that we haven’t thought of yet, and we have to do that. But they’re afraid of doing the wrong thing. So they don’t implement, you know, as many new strategies that require more email.

Okay. So you you’re you were saying, and I don’t know if it changed at the end, but you were saying basically you don’t need to email more. Stop emailing more. It’s not about more. Is that right? Right. Okay.

Right. Because of segment, they see the number as more emails. Does that make sense?

Yep. For sure. So you’re saying but are they currently trying to fix this problem by emailing more?

No. They’re not. K.

They’re kind of are they trying to fix whatever it solves?

By showcasing features and saying, you know, if you want to do x thing, then come on back or try this because we have this new feature. Okay.

So picking a fight with showcasing features is revolutionary, but it is one of the things that they need to hear a lot.

So to me, it sounds like if you’re going to build authority here, one of the best things that I have found, like, when I’m thinking about this stuff, it have you seen Steel Magnolias?

Yes. Okay. So the Crotch, the old lady, one of them, and she’s like, if you don’t have anything nice to say, sit next to me. Yeah.

That’s the kind of thing that I like to think about with this. Like, okay. Don’t have anything nice to say about showcasing features. Like Right.

To dig in there. Like, really be opinionated about that. I would start digging in there. Doesn’t mean that’s the answer.

But it might be because it’s true. They are leading with features. They don’t know what to put in email. If you say, hey.

You need psychological triggers, a lot of people will tune out.

Oh, hundred percent.

Right? So Yes.

For for a lot of emotion.

Like, if I mention emotion, because a lot of them are logic brained, they don’t care.

They don’t Well, that’s also a big topic.

Emotion. If you say be happy, that would sell way better than be emotional in your cup. It’s like always be happy in your coffee. People get that, which is something that I’ve been trying to talk Natalia about for a very long time. Yeah. But I would I would pick a fight with showcasing features and, like but, like, not a not pleasant fight.

Yes.

Fight. Like, fight it.

And it won’t come off because you’re not, like, an angry person. And even if you were, it might actually work.

But you have to to be able to do that. Right? So Yeah. Anyway, I would zoom in around that and get, like Okay.

Get a chip on your shoulder about it. People will tune in for that and, like, understand what you’re saying. And then eventually, they get that the answer is thinking about how they think and make decisions. Yeah. Does that help?

Yeah. I mean, I get chips on my shoulders every time I Yeah. Use something and send it to my friends so I can just send it.

There you go. There you go. But, like, really Yes. Make twenty twenty five the year you get, like, obnoxiously irritated by people leading with features.

Like, every time you see a feature email come in, you, like, screenshot it, post it to LinkedIn, say, what the fuck, world? Stop doing this. Yeah.

No. I love it.

Yes. Yes.

Well, a video, actually. Right? Like, those are performing Yeah.

Exactly. Yeah. Whatever it is, do it. Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Dave. Awesome. Sure. Claire, what’s up?

I just wanna add to the video thing on LinkedIn. I watched this I went down a rabbit hole of videos today.

I found out that if you post a portrait video on LinkedIn, it’ll automatically add it to LinkedIn’s new shorts feature, which is only in beta access, which means lots of people are using it. They don’t have much content, and they’ll automatically push it through. Like, you might have access to it.

So Early adoption win.

Alright. Portrait mode. Portrait. Right?

You said yeah. Portrait. Yeah.

And then if you the key was to treat it like Instagram with, like, captions, etcetera, and then have your actual LinkedIn post be the usual normal, like, value LinkedIn.

Oh. Oh, hey.

That sounds awesome. Cool. McG, what’s going on with your goals?

Well, they’re all over the place? No. Okay.

No. Why? What’s going on there?

Oh god. Life is getting in the way.

I’ve actually narrowed it down as, like, authority authority authority. It’s like I’ve got first three months so I can start getting clients.

Okay. So what does authority mean?

When you’re posting on LinkedIn, Instagram, my Facebook business page.

I’m glad you said, Claire, about this. And I didn’t know about that. I just thought that’s good info.

But, yeah, that’s just instead of actually really looking at getting clients and focusing on that, it’s like focusing on building my authority.

Doing a new I’ve was it Tuesday, I think? Somebody said something about a newsletter. They were asking about the newsletter.

Yeah. Really good idea, monthly newsletter, and then I can take that content, turn it into a book q one of twenty twenty six.

Cool.

Newsletter, Andy Crestedina has three hundred thousand followers on his LinkedIn or subscribers to his LinkedIn newsletter.

He’s gonna be in in a couple of Thursdays from now. So don’t nail down your strategy until he’s in, and make sure you attend that. It’s gonna be baller, this session. So that’s coming up in January.

Yeah. I keep hearing about everybody writing a book, and it’s like, I can’t even yeah.

Newsletters turn into books all the time. Blobs used to turn into books all the time. Yeah. So you’re basically writing small sections of chapters of every newsletter that you put out.

Oh, Shane’s training on writing a book.

I have not.

So is that in, It’d be a recording.

Okay. Oh, nice, Jess. Good job.

Cool. If you’re watching the replay, Jess outlined her book on the train home from Ottawa to Toronto.

Nice. Good. So what’s travel’s good for? Right. Meeting with yourself time. Just get the thing done when no one’s gonna be interrupting you.

Nice. Where are those line of books? Dig it. Love Okay.

Anybody else wanna share what they’re working on? If you’re off camera, I’m not calling on you because you probably do something. Stacy came on camera.

I’m just saying hi and trying to participate because, you know, you like people to do that.

I do. I do like it.

Thank you.

I and and this is not I don’t have this specifically dialed into the exact goal yet, but it’s just a new thing that I’m working on. And I think I would like some, some feedback on it if that’s okay.

Sure. Yeah.

I mean, it’s a it’s it’s a goal, but it’s not a well formed goal yet. So my my main offer has been, a subscription for independent marketing professionals and small agencies.

And biggest value being, you know, somebody can double their client capacity by using SaaSy.

So, there there are a lot of other things too, but that’s probably the biggest one. So to to date, I have only sold to people who do marketing for clients.

Reason being, they have an ongoing need. So there’s a there’s a need for the monthly recurring subscription, whereas, you know, DIY people wanna use it per month, get their stuff done, and and leave. So I I do not want that. But I do have a new, a new offer to go to, in house marketing teams.

So because what it can do is increase the capacity of the employee. In other words, make making them well, the corollary to doubling your client capacity, making the employee, much more productive with a minimal monthly, you know, fee. So what I’m trying to get at is I know the independent, you know, and small agency group very well because I have a lot of experience in that area. I’d love to get your insights on what might be a sweet spot for the the type and size of teams to go for, initially for this. So I’ll I’ll pause for a second, and if you have any questions, ask me. Otherwise, I’ll I’d love to get your feedback on that.

I don’t have questions, yet. Mostly because for me, I love this idea.

So if I was agencies are lots of reasons. But in house, has unfortunately had this horrible two years of cutting staff, particularly people who are specialists. So more generalists have been left behind to take on all of these jobs.

That’s what we’re seeing at least sizes of businesses usually ranging from fifty million a year. Like, I don’t know what Calendly does, but I know that there were some big cutbacks there, which are public.

And so there’s been a need there, get to increase capacity for the existing team members that are left behind all the way up to multibillion dollar businesses. So it’s really a question of, the question that would follow is, like, what kinds of businesses do you want to work with? Because I think you’d have early adopters early adopters for that group across a huge range. Right?

Well, you know, my my intention with my product has always been to to go enterprise because that’s where, you know, that’s how I can scale it.

And I have a background in creating enterprise software. So, you know, the the capacity and technical stability of it, I have that covered.

It’s just a matter of where to you know, what’s what is the beachhead into internal teams?

I’ve used the independent marketers to perfect the product.

So I’ve been, you know, I’ve been, I would say, for the the amount of time I’m putting in, it’s an it’s a a net loss in terms of my investment. I probably invested about two million of my time so far in developing my product and not gotten that much back in subscription. But knowing that in the long term, I was creating a valuable asset that I’ll be able to get more people subscribing to.

So that’s Hundred percent.

Yeah. You you know what I’m saying.

So yeah. So, you know, I I don’t I’m not, I guess I would say, well, I’m not well versed in, like, what company size has how many people and that kind of thing. So that I know you know a lot about that, and that would be really helpful for, you know, me to kind of understand. I think probably to start, I wanna go with, you know I I mean, I don’t wanna bring on a a hundred person team right away, obviously, because I need to to have some kind of a an initial, testing period, some some a good you know, what’s a good sweet spot for early adopters, and who should I go for in that respect?

Yeah. It’s it’s such a good question.

We are just so you know, February, the theme of the month in Coffee School Pro is how to catch a whale. So it’s all about going upmarket and, like Mhmm. What that way into the conversation is, who you’re gonna talk to first, etcetera.

So it’s based on what I know about this, have you what is a group that you would say I want to target if you’re putting together, like, enterprise marketing plan and you had target accounts, what who would be a target account for you?

Brand name.

Who would I mean, I I haven’t even made a list of target accounts yet.

Yeah.

I haven’t.

Anybody come to mind where you’re like, oh, that’d be so cool if they reached out to me?

I mean, any of the, you know, any cool company.

I’ve always everything I’ve ever done, I’ve always had, like, the best companies for clients and stuff. So I I just you know? Yeah. I mean, I I personally have worked for you know, done stuff for Fortune ten companies. And so I’ve I mean, I’ve done stuff for everybody from McDonald’s to AT and T to websites for X Men movies and all the things. So I’ve done a lot of, you know, big name stuff and enterprise stuff.

So So but the people you were working with there were more in, like, tech.

Is that right?

Versus I’ve done tech, strategy.

I’ve done all kinds of things. I mean, you know, I’ve you know me. I do all the things. So Yeah. I Over the years, that’s been a variety.

For sure.

I’m wondering about the weigh in because the person that you would talk to if you were talking into the tech group, like, where there’s a CTO or CIO Well, this would be I think the weigh in here is gonna be more of a c m, yeah, through the c demo.

Yeah.

It’s gonna be c c level and which I’m, you know, very comfortable dealing with c level folks Sure.

In general.

Yeah. And they might not be c level, though. Right?

It’s just a question If it’s a big, big company, they might be director level or something like that.

Yes.

And that’s the thing. So if they’re at Google, they’re called head out back. We’ve talked about. Right?

Right. Right.

If they’re at Shopify, they’re not gonna be VP ever.

That kind of thing. Whereas at other companies, they give away VP titles. That’s just the way it is. IBM.

So that’s it’s hard to say. It’s a big question. I love it. We will answer it or get closer to it in February.

Okay. Okay. I can tell you is if you are looking to go in two groups where the capacity for each person has been dramatically reduced because of layoffs, the person you’re gonna talk to, that could in the door, like, immediately and just, like, start getting users of it because your users are not here. Right?

It’s like the execution level people and some, like, maybe a tier above, creative directors for coffee as well.

So, yeah, you need to go down to, like, senior marketing manager of growth or creative director who has, like do you have a ZoomInfo account, Stacy, or a follow-up?

Have a I don’t have a ZoomInfo account. You know, what I I did, I recently, I got a year of do you know the service growth mentor?

Yeah. Yeah.

So I signed up for growth mentor because I thought I could go talk to some people in there and kind of get some inside scoop you having direct conversations with people that were in working in marketing teams.

Yeah.

So, that’s one thing that I’ve done. But, I mean, but, you know, bottom line, big picture thing, I just want my I want SaaS to be, like, the go to for professional marketers so that anybody just you know, that’s just like, well, of course, you have to have SaaSy because it’s the best. You know? Yeah. So that’s that’s my intention.

And, but but so never DIY for, you know, for clients, only for professionals.

Love it. Yeah. Great. So, yeah, we’ll get more into that, but I would start with, like, just start I assume you’ve got good connections on LinkedIn. So you can start, like, expanding those so that any c levels you know, if you start connecting more with senior marketing manager growth, just search it on LinkedIn and then just start connecting.

You’ll already have good connections that are I don’t do any kind of outreach or anything like that on LinkedIn.

Doesn’t have to be outreach.

It’s just connections.

It’s just connections that if they connect back, then you’re going to see they’re gonna see your content. However Mhmm. Wherever that gets out there, even just mentions of the software.

Right.

Yeah.

So I’d start Okay.

Okay. Thank you.

Welcome.

Fun. I’m excited for you. Good.

Also, I stumbled upon this. I haven’t tried it yet for anybody who’s curious. There’s this offering. It’s free, which I think they were hoping none of us would find out about it.

It’s called, like, talk to a creative director dot com or something. It’s a really long list of not really long. It’s, like, fifty people long of art and copy directors.

You just book time with them. They’re just being generous with their time. I’m like, woah. You better be careful that this doesn’t get out.

I think it’s called talk to a creative director. I would Google that if it doesn’t come up as a dot com.

And that can also be a good way to say, like, okay. Good. Thanks, Rachel. Like, how how do I start getting into I know you’re already in agencies, but but some of these creative directors are no longer at agencies, and they’ve gone in house. So it can be good to book a call with them as well, just, like, pick their brain. I know it’s mostly as a service there to, like, help you if you’re new in your copywriting or, like, illustrating job or whatever it might be, and how to get ahead. But I think still worth checking out for everybody who wants to know how to talk to how to get into these organizations that hire creative directors and as such as such would also be interested in most the services that we’re here offering.

Okay.

Anybody else have anything else?

Your goals feel good? We’ve got little over we’ve got, like, eleven days until Shane does his to do list. Katie?

Yeah. I would love to talk about because I know the newsletter thing is coming, but I was looking at my to do versus not to do list.

And I’m I don’t know. I spent a lot of time tied up with ChatGPT yesterday trying to figure out, like, a strategic way to be talking to different levels of awareness in my content.

I just find it really hard to I can’t get behind anything unless I’m behind the strategy of why. And, like, I I believe on a deep level that it is the logical and best way to do it. So I have already, like, one blog post per week, two reels per week reaching a more, like, unaware, pain aware person. Feed post is more for, like, solution product aware, and then stories is more, like, my solution most aware. That’s just on Instagram.

My blog post also being more of, like, unaware, pain aware, and my emails being more of that, like, later stages.

But I feel like I’m not that’s it just feels like it’s a lot of work for little payoff in terms of getting in front of new people because Instagram just goes away.

So, I mean, I’m also doing, like, podcast pitching, direct pitching.

I have my four categories that I’m pitching in. So directs, outreach, products, podcasts, and programs to guest teaching.

That’s direct, but it’s not thought leader. Like, that’s just pitching. That’s not creating content for for a wider audience. So I guess, like, what is the I feel like it still needs to I need to prune it so it feels more manageable.

And then, like, what is the biggest lever I can pull to be, like, growing my audience Mhmm.

Without not having any time left to actually, like, do client work or have a life? Yeah.

Okay. Are all of those things in q one or that’s across twenty twenty five?

That is my q one consistent content creation pillar.

I’d say it’s too big.

I would prune it back to blog post, and I would change blog post into newsletter.

So I would scrap the plan is what I’m saying. I’m not saying that. I’m saying it sounds to me like, attraction of new leads getting into their mind is critical at this point for you. You need them to start hearing from you and thinking about you.

So a blog post is depending on Google to get anybody to you, whereas a newsletter has built in ways of getting shared that aren’t dependent on one evil giant deciding if they want to help you out or fuck your whole business over with a single change. So, I would do a newsletter.

Be consistent. I know when Andy comes in, on that Thursday, he will be saying, this is your life from now on. Like, you’re consistently publishing every Thursday, and that’s just the way it is. And he is so good at this.

It’s baffling how he has the discipline to keep showing up and posting every single week.

Yes, Claire, a little.

Yeah. So I would say that, and then you can every quarter, I wouldn’t do more than one new or better content thing.

So choose one.

You’ve got I think you said four things you had, like, podcast outreach, email I mean, those are all like, the Instagram routine is the same as I was aiming for last quarter.

I didn’t I would say I was at, like, seven percent of that. Okay.

So I feel like that’s still a good goal.

So my idea is Instagram is still underway for you. It’s just like you’re of the same. Stay the course.

Yeah. And then I was also I mean, I had added, like, add a second email to my list there, but, I mean, that’s, like, very low priority. I’m already, like, consistently emailing once a week. It’s just growth that is what’s missing.

Yeah.

And we’ll talk more about that. January is list building and lead nurturing month.

However, it will all come down to some things that you’ve already heard before, where I think, okay. If you’re gonna do social media, choose one.

You’ve already chosen Instagram. Cool. It makes sense for your audience as well.

When it comes to the other thing that you do, if it’s are you already writing blog posts every Yeah.

Normally, I write a blog post and then I either send that to my list, like, with a, you know, with a different intro as the email or I write an email and I point them to the blog post.

Doing a lot of repurposing.

Fitting. Yeah. Okay. Good. We’re gonna have Ross Simmons coming in to talk about repurposing. That’s good.

Okay.

Good. So I to me, it just sounds like, yeah, you have a lot. I have a team, and I wouldn’t put that much on the list. It’s just not gonna get done.

If how long have you been writing your blog posts for and then emailing them out?

Well, like, since I since twenty eighteen, but it’s out.

So Yeah.

But, I mean, like, they’re all on all kinds of different topics. So on on my most relevant like, the recent ones start August.

Okay.

Okay.

Yeah. So, obviously, it’s like stay the course with that if you’re already doing it. It’s just now it’s gonna be on a different topic.

But so the newsletter, is that that replaces on my own site or that is the idea with the newsletter, what makes it interesting, a couple of things.

But one of the bigger things is, that there’s just a baked in way to get your newsletter surfaced in front of other people so the list grows itself more easily than you having to actively market to get every single person on your list.

It just kinda runs by itself.

So I guess my question for you is, are you seeing good enough results with your blog post that you then email out that you believe you should keep doing it that way instead of switching to a newsletter?

I think that the blog posts are working for me because there’s not nobody else writing about what I’m writing about is a service provider who’s gonna offer to do it for you. Like, there’s so I was, like, doing the competitor’s content audit yesterday. There’s a lot of one page websites for, like, agencies with no faces.

Mhmm.

And then there’s a lot of, like, coaches that will teach you some of these strategies in their program, but there’s not really anybody else who’s like, us come to me and I will give you the strategy and I will write it and I will get it up and running.

And so I do think that, like, establishing expertise on that and then also, like, if somebody searches client retention strategies for coaches that they come across my blog post, like, I I I see benefit in that. Mhmm.

Also, I don’t know I mean, I don’t know if this is the same thing, but the creator network on ConvertKit, I’ve gotten got, like, fifty subscribers from them this year.

And then I was looking through it, who those subscribers were, and, like, half of them have never opened a single email.

Oh.

So because I was like, this is one of the ways that I’m growing.

And then when I looked into it, I was like, I’m growing with useless, cold subscribers. Half, half.

Well, yeah. The of the, like, ten most recent ones that I looked at, like, a few had. Yeah.

But so It’s not always gonna be a home run there.

So it’s like okay. Fine. If you’re getting fifty people in, you didn’t have to work for it, it just happened. That’s nice. If they’re all crap, then that’s bad. But if some of them are, then that’s normal.

So I’d be I don’t know. Maybe it’s working enough what kit has built in there, which is, of course, based on what Substack did, which when you’re the first person to think of it and what you usually do a really solid job instead of being a product manager who is like, oh, shit. You should add this in now.

Doesn’t mean that’s not gonna get better, but whatever.

So I don’t know. Katie, for me, when I think about if you’re trying to book more calls, you need to get your voice out there with my consistent message to you as always, please dumb it down for the rest of us.

I really I would love you to spend q one oversimplifying to the point that your brain was like, this is too simple, and it’s like almost there.

Because I think that you’ve got this offer. And the solution, that’s like a real solution to a real problem, but there’s there’s a wall still that you have to crack, in twenty twenty five. And I think that you can. I think that you will.

I don’t know that.

For me, hearing it, if I were you and if I was allowed to control your business for, like, a quarter, I’d only keep doing the content creation that I’ve already been doing, stay the course with that.

Spend the rest of my time figuring out how. How do I make this sound as desirable as it actually is. And that’s like hire yourself for a quarter, hold the luxury of three months to figure this thing out because when you do it’ll be a massive unlock and suddenly the things that you say in different spaces will click for people because most of us want money, don’t know anything else about anything else that you’re saying. So if you can figure that out, the unlock will be massive because now people will also know how to talk about you, etcetera.

I don’t know if that’s helpful to you, Katie, but I would love to see you really crack that message.

Yeah. There. Yeah.

Okay. Dumb it down until Never it.

Helpful. The message the stuff I say to you is never helpful to you, but I do hope I do hope that it gets there.

Yeah. Because we want I don’t even know how I wanna find it. Problem.

I was hearing you say you have a whole team and you wouldn’t put this much on them because that takes some of the pressure that I was putting on myself to do this much off.

Yeah. Yeah. Totally. I would expect to hire contractors to do that work. Yep.

Yeah. If I if I thought it wasn’t enough, it’s a whole other body required to do that kind of work. So yeah.

Alright.

Anybody else? Or anybody have anything for you’ve heard each other talk.

I’ll be quiet.

You can just talk to each other for the next I give you the luxury of six minutes of talking time.

Anybody wanna share anything with each other?

I totally wanna share that I absolutely aligned with the dumb and down thing is I just stop talking and then I can hear myself, like, on this ramble of, like, why it’s so complicated, and it is complicated if it’s a real solution.

But no one else wants to know about the how. Yeah.

And I struggle because all I can think about is the how.

So, yeah, I had that pain of dumbing it down.

I still haven’t, like, landed on an offer and, like, a proper, like, oh, kind of that like, that’s what Claire does kind of offer.

Yeah. That’s tough.

It is it partially because all of the simple promises sound like things that people I don’t trust say?

And so it’s like, I don’t wanna sound like that because I don’t believe them, and I want people to believe me.

Yeah. I feel I don’t know if that resonates for you. Yeah.

So you know Simon Sinek. This is my big goal. Right? Get up on a stage and deliver a TEDx talk that lives forever.

But if you actually think about it, it’s too simple. There’s not a real solution. He’s going like, come up with a reason why you exist. It’s so freaking vague. That’s why people have to hire him.

But it’s catchy, but I don’t trust it anyway. Yeah.

So I agree.

I think it’s marketing speak is inherently, like, abhorrent copywriters because all we do is write words that convince people to do things.

And then if it’s, like, sales y, it feels gross, I feel.

Well, I wonder if that’s part of the problem too, though. If because we’re copywriters and because we’re in it all the time, it’s gross to us. But if we have, like, the audacity to say the things that people are out there saying like, not to shit on Russell Brunson, but I hate him. And he talks about the same thing all the all the time. All the time.

I I hate him because he’s Mormon, and I see the cult in his work, and it drives me insane.

But people resonate with it. People like he has a cult following for a reason, and it’s because he is very confident in the fact that despite the salesy language, his thing is going to work. And it does for enough of the important people that it keeps the system going. If we just have the audacity of a middle aged white man, I feel like we a lot of problems would be solved.

That’s brilliant. I totally I totally agree with that. Russell Brunson is the best freaking example. I literally built my entire first year and a half of business off of him because he was so good at convincing people.

They needed a funnel. They needed to specifically use ClickFunnels. All you had to do was buy, like, something that you, like, repurposed and put up a page, and then they would get in and they’d spend all this money and they’d be like, I can’t do the tech. And I’m like, I can do the tech for you, and that’s, like, how I started working online.

And so I think that’s, like, just something good to consider is, like, knowing where your line is. And I try to think about that a lot of, like like, who have I, like, watched and admired but then felt bamboozled by? But then who have I watched and admired and not felt bamboozled by? And really taking from those people.

So when you’re, like, speaking up about things and like you’re saying, Claire, it’s so damn simple. Like, literally with Simon’s next book, you could read the cover and you’re done. You know? And so I think that’s like but then you’re also like but then he sold millions and millions of copies. I kinda felt the same way about The Mountain is You.

Like, has anybody read that book?

It’s still in plastic wrap for me. I haven’t read it yet.

Don’t read it. Like, don’t. It’s everybody was like, this is life changing. And then if you have, like if you’ve taken one therapy session, you’re like, I this isn’t you know? And so it’s just like I think it also makes me feel confident that, like, anything you put out is, like, people are gonna love it.

You know? And if you’re coming from a place of feeling like I’m doing this from a place of helping and not trying to bamboozle people, I think you’re you’re going off on the right foot.

Do Do you believe in yourself like those women who, like, message you from high school?

Like, hey. Like, hey, girl. Do you want this new product that I have? It really, really works. And to them, like, they are sold on it. Like, this is the best thing ever.

They believe in it.

And some people feel bamboozled, but a lot of them don’t. I don’t know.

I guess it just depends on how you portray yourself to the public and how you feel. It’s your integrity level, I guess, that you’re pushed for. Mhmm.

So how Yeah. Are you willing to be with the public?

I mean, down and dirty, honest about what your job entails and what it’s you know? No. It’s not going to cure cancer overnight, but over the long haul.

You know, is that a way to market yourself?

Uh-oh.

You mean being honest about the work, Michelle?

The answer is no.

Okay. Joe says no. Okay.

Because nobody wants to we can’t even put the word learn in copy because they’re me like, oh, no. Never mind. I don’t wanna learn. Just do it for me. So I know that this is always a thing. I’m just I’m only actually jumping in because we have to wrap up.

But start with why and the mountain is you are huge.

It’s worth considering that we are all copywriters.

We execute.

That’s our that’s the actual bad thing that we have holding us back as entrepreneurs.

We’re down here and people buy in up here, so you have to find a way up to the Simon Sinek really high level thing that people latch on to. I would I read start with why I would enroll people in his course if someone on my team was like, hey. Can I they’re gonna be like, hell, yeah? Take it.

Sometimes people just need that. You know?

Anyway I’ve just had an moment that’s so funny because it is like people who subscribe to to SaaSy, they always are like they’re wanting to, like, do workflows and processes and things.

And then I’m like, no. You write three sentences and you click a button.

Like, that’s literally really all you have to do.

Yep. Amazing.

Amazing. People wanna do that. So perfect.

Alright. Donna, I know you just showed up. I think that you are here for a meeting that happens in an hour. I’m off to our freelancing school welcome session, and then I’ll be back in an hour. Have a good one. Thanks, everyone. Bye.

CSP Training with Jo: Your Biggest Target for Q1

Your Biggest Target for Q1

Transcript

Alright. Welcome all. This is we’re at the end of the workbook.

If you haven’t been completing it, you don’t get to clap. But if you have, well done.

Awesome. Nice. Excellent. Okay. And you do even if you haven’t, but I’m not here to stop you from celebrating things. That’s cool.

Okay. So today we’re working on the end of it. Thursday, we have a session where we’re just gonna get together and make kind of like troubleshoot your goals.

What might be too small? What might be too big? What might not be measurable? What might be, like, way off track, etcetera. So we’ll talk about that all on Thursday. So be sure to bring your, your goals themselves And, like, the really targeted ones for q one, it may also require that we think about your bigger goals. It depends on what’s going on with your q one goals.

So that’ll be this Thursday. Then next week is off, and that then leaves us with the following week, which is back on.

And that is on Monday, Shane will be showing everyone how to turn if you’re not already doing it, maybe you already are, how to turn your q one goals, how to get chat g p chat ChatGPT to say, here’s what your to do list should be every single day to help you get there. And I know some people in this room are already, like, kind of ahead of that. Like, I asked chat GPT to tell me everything to get me to this point.

So cool.

Alright. Before we dive in, any questions on any of the goals and stuff so far? Anywhere you are lost, struggling, anything like that that you wanna bring up right now?

No?

Okay. Oh, yeah. Claire, go for it.

Sorry. I’m struggling to figure out how to set goals that are I I’m trying to figure out what to set as the goal because I keep coming back to, like, okay. Well, I know how many clients I need and how much money I wanna make this year and etcetera. So it’s always like, get three clients by q one.

That’s, like, the goal.

Yeah.

Is The good like, is that a good way to frame it, or should I be looking at other things?

I mean and we can talk a bit more about, like, getting into the tactics. I think it’s a great goal. And then the question is just now how to get there. So it’s I mean, I say it’s a great goal, but it does depend on your bigger vision as well.

Does it ladder up? Does it get you closer to a bigger goal that might be more motivating? Whereas, like, getting clients isn’t a motivating kinda goal. Because it actually outside of the money, the money behind it can be motivating.

The social proof that comes out of it can be motivating.

The work can be demotivating.

So, like, we just have to make sure that there’s enough baked into the goals overall that you feel excited to come to work, you know? Yeah.

That sounds good. Thank you.

Okay. Cool. Cool. Cool. Anybody else before we dive in?

I thought I saw a hand. Okay cool then I’m gonna share my screen and we will start talking through what we are working on today. This is the printer friendly version of the workbook, it’s page twenty in that workbook. If you wanna go there, you’re not there already.

So so far you’ve done a lot. We’re not gonna revisit everything, but you should have your plan on a page that you did last week, and that has your q one goal, your q two, three, and four, as well as your overall goal for the year. Then this breaks down into skills, authority, money, leverage, mindset.

That should all be done so that we are now at a place and maybe you’re already done this part too, which is cool because we can spend more time talking about everything that you’re working on and answering questions, of course.

Sorry. I should close down Slack there.

Okay. So today, we’re going to say what your biggest target is for q one. Now it sounds like, Claire, you just said what your biggest target is for q one. Great.

And then what needs to happen to get there? Okay. So what skills do you need in addition to what you already have? What do you need to in?

Skills also includes proof of skills, so you’re like, I got it. I know how to do it. I’m I’m great at the thing, but I don’t, I don’t have a case study, and I know that the accounts that I’m targeting are going to wanna see a case study.

Also under skills, we have skills I sell. That’s the copywriting stuff, messaging stuff, all that kind of stuff that clients come to you for. Then there’s the skills that you use, which is a really big category, but it’s a lot to do with like okay. If you’re looking at twenty twenty five as the year like, for example, we are looking at it as a year of really figuring out account based marketing finally. So, for us, that means that I need to one of the skills I use that I need to develop is the full strategy around account based marketing and then the tactics so that I can then figure out how to allocate resources.

So there’s a lot there under skills I use. So for me, I would write account based marketing under here as one. And I don’t need to go into great detail about that because I can look at this sheet afterwards and go, oh, yeah. I really need to be working on account based marketing.

And when we get to the end of, q one twenty twenty five, if I haven’t done anything with account based marketing, it’s time for me to become more accountable to my goals. What will I do? Because if I don’t hit if I don’t do the things under these sections, then how am I ever gonna reach my biggest goal? It doesn’t just naturally happen.

Some we can’t depend on hope, on luck. We have to do the work. Right? And then luck tends to follow when you do the work.

So that’s what we wanna fill in today, any authority stuff. I would need to say, okay. I won’t be able to write a whole book necessarily by the end of March, but to build my authority for certain accounts, I will need to have a book written and out there by the end of twenty twenty five. So what needs to happen by the end of q one for that to be possible?

Probably need to have an outline in place. Probably more than that, though. And so that’s what we’re writing down today. Those exact sorts of things I may need to have under leverage that includes tools.

I would be like, okay.

If it’s my year of account based marketing, then what tools do I need to get that job done? Is ActiveCampaign gonna be the right email marketing platform, especially since our actual sales team is there to use account sorry, ActiveCampaign and they don’t like it.

So is there a different tool that I may need to use? And certainly, people don’t recommend ActiveCampaign for account based marketing. Does that mean I need to change CRMs?

That’s something I should figure out at least by the end of q one.

So that’s where we’re going. Does this all make sense with the sort of stuff that you’ll be filling in here?

Has anybody already done this page?

Yeah? Cody, you have, Katie has, Don has, a few people have.

Does anybody want to share so that others can get a sense for it? What’s your biggest target is and then what’s going on for you under these sections?

Just to help others see what it looks like, what it sounds like, even to, like, maybe get inspired by what you’re looking to do.

Cody, Don, Andrew, Katie?

Okay. Cody, you can look into it. Yeah. Sure. Great.

Okay. So, for my biggest target for q one, that is close at least two to five standardized offers, through my prospecting efforts. And then continue to post daily on LinkedIn because that’s for my authority.

Use LinkedIn’s build navigator to add at least thirty new people, per per week that match my ICP, and then pitch fifteen to twenty podcasts.

One that I did not put on, I think I should, is my book that I’m gonna be working on.

So moving on. What needs to happen to get there by March thirty first twenty twenty five? So for my skills, so far I have get better at outreach, you know, just kinda building up that process so that it’s smoother instead of so bumpy.

And then the process of asking the right questions, in the PMs to get people to get on a call with me.

For authority, I have continue being consistent on LinkedIn. Guest post our podcast on one to, I already I guess I already said that, but I said one to two because I was thinking of, like, just January.

So, anyway, outline for my book, I did add that as you were talking about that. And I know I need to work on a case study.

So when I get that first standardized offer rolling, I’m really gonna pay attention to the data and the transformation and try to get a case study out of that.

And then for money, it’s just to close two to five standardized offers and possibly one retainer.

Right.

And then leverage. I have use AI to help me find prospects on LinkedIn.

I actually found, a tool for that. I don’t know. I don’t think many people know what it’s called, but it’s called happenstance.

And you can take your, you could you can, like, link your followers or your connections from LinkedIn.

Download the CSV and put it into that AI, and then you can search, like, help me find the CMOs in my connections. Right? So and it’ll show you who those people are, and you can actually just click their LinkedIn right from that.

So it’s a really, really great tool.

If anyone wants to use that, I can Yeah. Figure that out.

And then for mindset, I need to make myself take breaks to avoid burnout because I just go. And I need to spend more time, like, you know, focus work and then getting myself the time to rejuvenate.

Yeah. So that’s what I have. I like that. I can’t wait. Have have you of the way, Cody, have you put together have you used ChatGPT, like like, fed that in, into any AI even, but ChatGPT is a good example, to generate what your daily to do list should look like with those goals?

Yeah. I did. Yeah. It’s it’s actually on my Notion. But Okay. Yeah. You just I just, downloaded the PDF, and then put it in there.

And then I was like, well, based on all of this information, can you help me create a daily plan that’s actually attainable? Right? Like, because I’m one person. And give a little background about, like, where I’m at now.

Like, I want it to be accurate. So I’m like, starting from the point where I’m at to where I wanna be, create, like, a daily plan for this. And it did. It was like, okay.

For like and I have theme days. So I told it my theme days, and it put, like, the right things under the theme days and for, like even down to, like, the time. So it was, like, for the first one to two hours of your day, you’ll be cold calling. Right?

Every single day. Wednesdays are your full blown prospect days, though, or prospecting days where you’ll, just spend all that whole day, like, you know, really hitting it on LinkedIn sales navigator, making sure that my list is constantly billing being built up, and just, like, making sure that everything is gonna be able to run smoothly. So Love it. Amazing.

Very cool. Thanks for sharing, Cody.

Yep. Excellent.

Good. So let’s then take with I think a pretty clear understanding of what the objective here is. Please keep it short. This is for you. Right? You look at this. You know what you’re looking at.

So we’re gonna take seven minutes to knock through this. You should really quickly know what the answers are to all of these by this point in, the process. So seven minutes, and then we’ll come back and move along to this very important to do and will not do list.

Two more minutes.

Alright.

How’d we do?

Good?

Okay. Nice. Excellent. Then let’s move on here, to the final the final part that I wanna work on because Shane will be doing page twenty two in the printer friendly version. That’s just the last page in every version.

The last page with with stuff on it. But this is what we’re gonna do here, is we don’t even have to spend time doing it. What I do want you to do is walk away, with a to do list, like, just a clear this is the single shot of what you’re going to do in q one. These are the ten things I’m going to do. More importantly is the will not do list, and that is good ideas that you will not do no matter what happens.

A good idea you might hear somebody else say is, oh, I’m doing this. I’m doing a webinar that I’m going to promote across everywhere in addition to a workshop or something like that. And you’re like, oh, I love it. And then we come up with, like, a really compelling reason to do it, and you’re like, maybe I should do that too.

No. Put it on your will not to do list. It’s a good idea. You don’t put bad ideas on a will not do list.

You put good ideas on there. These are things that are very interesting. That’s your, like, squirrelly brain, talking to myself and my own brain. They’re like, oh, that sounds like it’d be really cool and the creator in you wants to do it.

No. So we have a will not do list and we follow that as well. And there are usually at least as many ideas on that list as on the will do list or the to do list.

Has anybody done this already?

Yeah? Who would like to share what’s on their will not do list?

Cody?

Sure. Okay.

K. So it’s not very long because I haven’t thought through it too much. But, so I will not yet hire a copywriter because I need to obviously build up money for that by selling my standardized offers.

Hopefully, that’s q two.

I will not be providing training inside of Masterminds because I’m focusing more on podcast right now. Great.

I will not be starting my well, not really start I guess it is kind of starting because my email list doesn’t have the right people on there right now. So I won’t start it in q one because I don’t really I mean, I have to push traffic to my workshop, which I’m trying to do, but I feel like that’s, like, a whole thing. You know? Yep.

And right now, I’m more focused on acquiring a a client. So that’s gonna hold off for now. I obviously will not write my entire book, but I will have an outline by everyone. I will not write website copy.

People ask me, will you write this? I won’t do that.

And I won’t do anything outside of my to do list.

Amazing.

That’s there are definitely ideas on there that I could see being really interesting at, like, January seventeenth hits February twelfth. Like, there’s just these dates that will come along. You’ll be like, oh, I should do that. Yeah. And the will not do list as well I mean, the to do list, you should try to keep it where it is. Your will not do list is probably going to grow throughout the quarter as new ideas come up, and you just have to say no to them. Saying no to a good idea allows you to say yes to a planned good idea.

And then you’ll revisit at the end of the quarter, and that’s it, and see what happens. So thanks, Cody.

Don, do you wanna share any of your will not dos?

Sure. So the first one I won’t do is launch a comprehensive social media strategy outside of Instagram or LinkedIn.

Okay.

I’m not gonna spread myself too thin over social media. I’m not gonna invest in paid advertising.

Okay.

I’m not gonna create a new service, offering.

K.

I’m not gonna attend non health care related networking events or conferences.

Nice.

I’m not gonna overcommit to free workshops or webinars without, an ROI attached to it. And then I’m not gonna spend excessive time tweaking or fooling around with design elements. I’m gonna fully commit to client acquisition.

Okay. Cool.

I would only offer on the words like excessive and overcommit.

It’s hard to know if you’ve over committed until it’s done, and it’s hard to know if it’s excessive until it’s done. So I would hope that on the to do list side of things, if you’ve got anything listed there around, for example, the excess one. Well, how what’s the max that you’ll allow yourself to do, so that you know if you’re like, I’m only going to send ten emails ten cold emails a day. And on the will not do list would be, like, sending eleven or more, which is not probably a strategy that would come up.

But I would just ask you to get crisp with those so that you prevent yourself from Yeah.

So on the to do side, I have specific numbers so that I don’t go out of bounds with that stuff.

Cool. Awesome. Love it. Okay. Thanks, Don.

Alright, y’all.

So that brings us to the end of the formal work in this book. If there are things that you have not done, please go back and do them. The financial stuff is important, reflecting, listening to what others have done, what you did in twenty twenty four, filling all of that stuff in. I know it can feel like a lot, but this is your business, so, it’s worth it. It’s time well spent. Okay.

We are now ready for any questions. First, do you have any questions about anything in the goal setting workbook?

Katie? Yeah? Okay. Katie, go for it.

Okay. So just listening to Cody and Dawn, I get the sense that I am taking on too much. Okay. Good.

Hold on. My thumb’s up. Okay. Yeah.

So I had like, my goal for q one is to be closing one signature offer per month and I think similar to a lot of people.

Right? Closing one per month and keeping at least fifty percent on retainer.

My sub goal for that is to be booking at least eight calls a month and closing one of those. I thought that was Yeah. Like, gives me room to to wiggle.

And so I’m bumping up my quantities in terms of pitches per day.

Not reading where I’m showing up, but just, like, the quantity of pitches that I’m making.

Yeah.

But I so when it comes to the webinar for past clients, I have this dead Facebook group that I started in twenty twenty two, that was specifically for past client. Like, anybody who’d bought one of my offers or worked with me in the past was invited, but I, like, I started it I started it when my baby was three months old, and then he started, like, moving a lot more.

And, like, my ability to do this, additional channel of marketing, I was like, if I have to put if I have to get rid of one thing, like, it just I killed it I killed it, like, one weekend.

So I was thinking maybe I would revive that at the place where I do this webinar, just because it’s all it’s already got about a hundred and forty people in there. I thought, like, that would it’s kind of a low friction way.

Nice.

But then then I was thinking, okay.

Well, for nurturing people, like, would it be a good idea to do a podcast? Like, I find it really easy to talk through ideas, and it felt like a low lift way to repurpose some content.

Mhmm. But I’m like, but I’m already talking about pitching more. I’m already doing my weekly blog posts. Like, this just feels spread very thin Yeah. In comparison to, like, choosing one channel and really getting effective there.

Yeah. I’ll just offer that podcast is on my, will not do list. It’s a good idea. Should’ve started a long time ago.

It’s never fit in, though. So, it’s on my not will not do list. Yeah. Yeah.

I’d, I’d put that one on there quickly because you already know that you’re bread too thin with this. So reviving this Facebook group is already gonna take resources.

Do you have enough? And maybe when you look at your maybe when you take this and put patch EPT, with Shane, you’ll determine that you do have time, and something that’s on your will not do list can come off and be something you can do.

But I’d agree with you. If you are if you think it’s too much, it probably is. Yeah. So cut it.

So would you like, the strategy of hosting the monthly webinar for past clients and, students or whatever, would you prioritize that above outward mark like, something like a podcast, which could potentially be attracting a new audience versus nurturing my existing clients.

When my existing clients are, like, kind of a so so match for what I wanna offer now. I wonder if maybe that’s the thing to cut and something that’s more gonna attract, like, the people I wanna work with would be a better priority.

I mean, that’s fair. I would say figure that out in q one and do it in q two because there’s infrastructure there. Right? The Facebook group, you already have it. It already exists. It’s a thing. All you have to do is post to it again, and then you just have to have it in your calendar and then obey your calendar.

When it comes to a podcast, as you know, that’s a whole there’s a whole bunch of stuff that has to be set up, if you want it to be good. And podcasts are in a little silo. Right? You have to push people into like a walled garden instead of Facebook which is like open, which is fine but it does require a marketing strategy.

How are you going to promote that? I know I know people who have podcasts that are successful, and they’re still like, yeah. But it’s like a slog. And a lot of times, I do not wanna do it.

And they have, like, top ranked podcasts.

So there’s, like, external motivation that should be, like, making up the slog of it seven, eight, twelve episodes in, and they’re like, oh, what have I signed up for here? So I hear what you’re saying. What I what it sounds like you’re really saying is, look, I need to attract customers. I need to get new clients in the door. Fair enough. Absolutely.

And I’m looking at a thought leadership way to do that. Smart.

Wonderful. The reason that I say you should have this this thing that you serve to past clients is that they’re often a really good opportunity for an upsell or because they’ve worked with you, they like you. Nobody joins a Facebook group for shits and giggles anymore at least. Right? So they’re there because they wanna know more from you. They’re great referral sources.

So if that’s the case and you can go back in and, like, revive their love for you by putting up your thought leadership, they could refer. Now we don’t wanna live in a world of hope and possibility. Maybe they’ll do that. We wanna plan that.

Right? So if this exists in order to get existing or past clients to refer new business to you, then I will do x in order to ensure that they refer past business to me. So it can’t be passive. We gotta be active with our goals.

So I would say it doesn’t have to be only talk to your past audience, but what’s really valuable is that you it’s a good value prop. There’s a nice thing to say there, and you know who you’re talking to. They already get you. They already love you.

And if you put in the ask that they refer people to you, sometimes people just need to be reminded to refer people to you. Nobody knows what your pipeline looks like if there’s a wait list. If I refer somebody to you and you have a wait list, then they’re like, cool. Thanks, Jo, but I couldn’t work with her because she had a wait list.

So these are the kinds of things that a lot of freelancers don’t tap into, and that’s why I say you should do it.

However, you don’t have to only share your thought leadership in this Facebook group. It would just be the way that you would promote one version of that thought leadership since you’re already putting the work in to, like, do the reading, do the studying, come up with ways of sharing that with an audience, Share maybe one version of it in that Facebook group and then share a different version of it on LinkedIn or wherever else you might be posting. Does that make sense? I hear you, Katie.

I get what you’re saying.

Yeah. There’s just so much opportunity in existing audiences, like people who already know and love you, and they don’t need fifteen touch points in order to say yes to you. They’re, like, one point one touch point away from from saying yes to you.

Okay.

So Alright. The both I’m putting on my key one not to do list to be revisited, pending, all of these other, like, testing.

Love it. Also note that, we’ll be focusing in February. The Coffee School Pro theme is basically account based marketing, more of the kinds of things that everybody needs to be doing here anyway, multichannel account based marketing. So I think that’ll help a lot with at least that will mean in q two, you’ll be really well informed on the things that you might like, you have a stronger strategy for how to get the right accounts to say, hey, Katie. What’s up?

Okay. Awesome. Abby, you have a question about goals stuff?

No? Something else? Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. What’s your win?

I shared my win in the slot, but I placed a hundred k for q one.

And, yeah, the guy was just like, oh, you’re just on, like, every podcast I listen to. So that was nice. I felt like, oh, it’s working.

Yeah. So my question is about eight months ago because it’s about my standardized offer.

But I so as part of I basically, I’m going through my standardized offer, and I’m like, what what can I cut out? And one of the things is, I I do a sequence to reinvite our webinar subscribers back into the funnel, like, a hundred days later. Yeah.

There are two ways I can do it.

One, unsegmented and one segmented, which gives more work. I’m I don’t think the segmented is necessary, but it’s it’s nice it’s more than nice to have because it could make them more money. So I’m wondering even though you say don’t kind of do new work in the optimization retainer because I have kind of a high ticket. It’s a ten thousand dollar optimization retainer.

Could I put that in there? So it’s like we we do the unsegmented and then, like, down the line, it’s like, okay. This is the thing we’re gonna optimize. I’m gonna be writing new emails.

Yep. I love that.

I would do that.

That’s okay? Okay. Alright.

You might find that it’s not even gonna be the win that you think it is upfront. So Exactly.

Like, it’s a task, but it’s just because it was a new app I wanted to.

Yeah. Okay. Okay.

Thank you.

Take it. Thanks, Abby. Liesl, what’s your win?

My win is that I have gone through the entire intensive to week eight.

I’m going back through now to optimize different things, but I’ve got it, like, pretty solid in, whichever I have.

Nice. Excellent.

But my question is, so in the workshop where I have last week, the goal that she guided me to come up with as well is to do like, build my authority for this year. And I also sent Slack as well.

But because I’m starting from zero, I don’t have like, I have prospects in the funnel. I’m talking to somebody tomorrow. Like, I have all these people that I’m talking to.

And I can post on, like, LinkedIn and stuff, and I’m going to.

Like, I have the plan and stuff all written out. My question is, should I focus on building authority? Because that doesn’t seem very measurable to me to reach my, like, monetary goals for the year.

Does that make sense? Yeah. Okay. But I wonder okay.

Let’s start with the end statement you made there that you can’t connect authority with revenue generating with with revenue.

Yeah. Tell me what you’re thinking there. Why do you say that?

Well, so I know I can’t. I don’t know how I can yet because I haven’t done it yet. Right? So I don’t know what to measure.

I don’t know how much of this to, like, plan on for q two. I don’t know anything about that yet. So connecting the two is trickier than saying, okay. I’m gonna pitch this number of people or, you know, I’m gonna do this other thing that directly ties to revenue.

Yeah.

Okay. So this is hard for my brain because my brain is so forty equals money, that it’s what I would what I would start with is Abby just gave an example there of, like, I’m seeing you everywhere. You’re everywhere, and how that’s making it easier for her to close bigger projects. I know for myself, my whole business, it only is authority.

I’m like, there’s not a strong paid strategy there. A lot of the paid advertising we do freaking tanks. Like, it doesn’t feel like money well spent and I Yeah. There’s attribution stuff, etcetera.

But again and again and again and again and endlessly again, it comes down to authority led to this. April Dunford Yeah. Wrote a book, made a multimillion dollar business out of that one piece of thought leadership. She gives the same talks on stages everywhere.

Those are the two things she does. Book stages. She’s one of the people I don’t think she’d mind me saying with the podcast where she’s like, oh god. I don’t wanna keep doing it.

She’s great at it, but it is work. That maybe doesn’t pay off the same way. So and that is also thought leadership. So it really is find the thing that allows you to express a really interesting take that the world will respond, I would say well, but, like, don’t worry about, like, liking you, but they’ll respond to it.

Is that a book? You can start with, like, one big thing, or you can start with a big concept and little things that get you there. A book is a is made up of little chapters. A podcast is made up of little episodes. All of these things are made up of little things. Right? But you have to choose which one of those bigger things you wanna do.

Yeah. How to attribute how do they, like, tie thought leadership to money? It’s not gonna be there’s not, like, a necessarily a graph. It’s it’s the thing. You are selling your brain. Have you read, David c Baker’s, The Business of Expertise?

Uh-uh. Yeah. Worth it.

Also a quick read. Andrew, you’ve read it? Yeah. Good read? Yeah. Andrew Andrew gives two thumbs up. Awesome.

So that’s worth reading. The this is all this is all that we do. And they just want to raise your rates. Like you are just selling your brain. That’s it. Nobody like the everything else is just the output of your brain.

So in order for people to want to pay for your brain, they have to value your brain.

The more you put your thought leadership out there, the the bigger your brain is. So I would I I know that’s not a good answer. It’s a soft answer, but it’s it’s all there’s also passion behind it. It is how I’ve built my business and how it’s going to keep growing.

Right. I don’t do enough thought leadership. That’s huge on my list for twenty twenty five and twenty two and Right. Forever.

Does anybody else want to, like, chime in with how thought leadership has been useful for them so that Liesl sees that it’s, like, maybe not demonstrable, but ultimately core to growth?

No? Everyone’s like, that’s a good question. It’s not working for me either. Wait. What? Okay. Yeah.

I know. Go ahead. I yeah.

I haven’t done any, like, cold emails or posted on barely posted on social media, but I’ve still had, like, three to five leads a week, this year. And I think it’s because of the book and the podcast, basically. Like, I’m not doing anything else. So yeah.

And I I it doesn’t take much time. Like, doing a podcast takes an hour versus posting on Instagram every day takes ages. So if you’re gonna do one thing, I’d say do that. But I mean, they would have it.

But if you are gonna do one thing, do that. Yeah.

You can only do really one thing to start. Right? So one big thing and then reporting things. Done?

So I was going through the freelancing course yesterday, and then you said when you’re a thought leader, people pay you accordingly.

Yeah.

And that was like, boom. Right?

And it what I do to be a thought leader is I provide an executive brief so that when I call someone, I’ll say, I’ll share this executive brief with you to tell you why health care email marketing is changing, the key trends, what you can do to succeed, and why this matters.

And I’ll leave it with you so that you can share with your marketing teams if you even if you don’t work with me. That’s thought leadership, and that’s value that I’m providing for them, and it’s intriguing enough for them to wanna have a conversation with me.

Okay. Liezl, what are you thinking right now?

Well, I mean, lots of thoughts. Right?

So then the question would be because I have a finite amount of time. Right? And I am working on getting clients in the door.

What would be then the thing in your brain that I should focus on on the to do list versus the not to do list? Because I’ve thought about pitching podcast.

Also, I know that you said in one of the trainings that it’s, like, one of the eighty percent things to twenty percent things. So I am waffling a little bit. But what are your thoughts on that? Like, I’m down for it.

I wanna speak on stages. I haven’t thought about writing a book, but that could be the big thing. I don’t know. What’s the big thing that you would recommend?

I would recommend that you do a thing that leads you to be able to write a book out of that thing. So if the thing is a newsletter, that’s like a really thoughtful newsletter, Cool. As long as you’re like, okay. I’m gonna write a weekly newsletter that gives me fifty two weeks of newsletter at the end of it, and that could turn into a book. I could then repurpose that as a book, and then publish that at the end of the year, and that’s that. So, I think you need a book ultimately.

Everybody here needs a book. We started Copy School Pro last year last November with, like, write you down book.

And so some people did, and some people didn’t and hopefully still will, myself included.

Yeah. So I would do a thing that leads to a book. I wouldn’t I know that for Abbey, podcasts have recently paid off. I know that for Tarzan, they paid off.

I have never recommended pitching really anybody, mostly because I want them to to pitch me. It feels better. You can charge more. You can be different about it.

And not just for ego, but, like, it’s it’s a better dynamic than if you go out and ask. Yeah.

So I would do if I were you, do you wanna do you what’s easier content creation for you? Writing, being on camera, or being on voice over?

Writing is faster one.

Okay.

Videos.

I would do a newsletter.

I would, like, get on Substack or LinkedIn. Andy Prestadina has three hundred thousand people on his LinkedIn newsletter. He’s gonna be in in January to talk to teach in Coffee School Pro about how he got there and what you need to do. He is the man of start something and just keep fucking doing it. Like, where I’m like, you still send one email a week and you’ve been doing it for fifteen years.

So, yeah, that’ll be I would say if writing comes easiest to you, newsletter. Find the right platform and maybe that’s like q one. You figure out the right platform. You figure out what the newsletter is gonna be about.

You start to get the pieces together, like going on deep dive and putting the right folders in place. You start to familiarize yourself with the right tools to help you get that, like, your thoughts in place. Right. And then so you too, you’re in good shape to actually do the writing.

That’s what I would do if I were you. Then have the end of the year, simultaneously, you need to have everything you’ve written over the year ready to go in book format.

K. Yeah.

You can do that.

Awesome. Cool. Thank you. Awesome. Thanks, Liesl. Caitlin, what’s your win?

Hello.

Hello. So when I bought the Challenger sale book and started that, and talked to my second existing copywriting client about, the retainer offer and got a very positive response and a very nonchalant response where and this is where my question is.

Also for context, I am not charging five k for them because that would more than double our current retainer, which is, like, forty one hundred.

So I’m charging them thirty five hundred. I don’t have the yes just yet. We’re working through it. So that was what I got the positive response from, and it kinda launched them into oh, yeah. And we also, like, want to be optimizing, like, our opt in pages and the tripwire that you wrote and, like, all this stuff.

And the way so, okay, Caitlin. I’m trying to get this. I could collab forever. What’s your question?

That’s okay. Yeah. Of course.

Okay.

So they essentially just casually, like and with the rest of our retainer, which is, like, the copy deliverables, which is usually, like, one small project, one large project, and they know what that actually means.

That’s where they started throwing around these, like, optimizations. And they’re like, I don’t know if we, like, you know, do one every three months, just kinda look at different things. And it was just not what I want to do and not what is effective.

So they also kinda threw out there. She was like, name of clients been asking, like, I wish I had Caitlin’s brain for one hour every other week just to look at things. She could, you know, give us some ideas for tweaks on, like, these five things.

Then we could run those tweaks for a month then reassess. And this is before I told her about the standardized offer. So I think my question is, do I just ignore that part of the conversation, or do I have a plan b? Because I figured out the options I want to send to both of my clients based on how the first round of conversation went. Yeah. And I feel good about it. Should your client a, who’s the one talking about, I wish I had Caitlin every other week or month or whatever, is it worth, like, thinking about, like, a back pocket, like, insulting offer that is around that?

Mhmm.

And if so, what would you recommend for, like, setup and pricing of something like that?

Yeah.

So for client a, I’d recommend advisory. I would call it advisory. I’m in an advisory role here, and that is typically actually more expensive than you doing the work, yourself, and that’s because they could have access to all sorts of incredible ideas that come out of your brain. So I’d say you can be in an advisory capacity with them for five thousand dollars on retainer, minimum of six months.

And I would even go further and say minimum of twelve months. The more you make it sound, like, the more you think in your head, fuck, I hope I don’t have to do this, the more that like, people typically want it. So if you’re like, okay. Fine. I can do the advisory thing, five thousand dollars a month, minimum twelve months. Here’s how it works.

Meet with you once every two weeks. You bring your questions. We talk through them. There’s no limit on how long we spend in this call. It usually is gonna last about ninety minutes. Sometimes it goes three hours.

So for you and then ultimately, it will usually go for, like, sixty minutes, and they’ve got so many ideas downloaded from your brain, but it feels like you’re an adviser at that point. So I would do I would do that. I would also say if the other client, the one that is looking like thirty five hundred dollars, for retainer, it sounded like they were running the call from what you said. Like, they started taking off with what they want you to do.

Challenger said Oh, it’s because it it was asynchronous conversation.

Oh. Because yeah. And also both clients are thirty five hundred.

Okay. Cool.

Cool. But yes. So that was that was after I talked about it. Because one of them is, out of office.

So we’re just kinda doing looms, and then I’ll we’re gonna talk after. Okay. Sure. Yep.

But I don’t get them on a call. Be finished with challenger sale by then, and you’ll have a much better sense, I I would say, for how to run that call.

Yeah. Where you’re not saying it just now that I know that, like, looms, I get why it feels like they’re driving sometimes.

But definitely when you get on that call, it’s you’ll wanna be in the driver’s seat. Challenger will go a long way there.

So I don’t know if that’s helpful to you. I would do advisory, five thousand dollars a month. They get two days, and but that’s really that should be, like, blocked in such a way that you don’t have them saying, okay. We’ll take you all day those days.

No. No. No. That’s not how it works. I’m an adviser. Like, don’t be silly. So it could be an afternoon thing where you’re like, every second two Tuesdays a month, we’re gonna meet from two o’clock eastern until we’re done with that meeting.

And the goal is to get it done in ninety minutes, and they bring questions. They bring questions. You don’t say, hey. I’ve looked at all of this stuff, and here’s what I’m recommending.

They bring their questions. They bring their challenges.

The other way, the retainer, is you look at the stuff that you have done, and you say, here’s how we can make this work even better. Does that make sense? Does that make sense, Caitlin?

Yes.

And I’m back pocketing this for future Good.

People who want something like this.

Because, yeah, I’ve just made mistakes in the past with this client where I’ve just been so generous, and I’m just so in hands on with everything. So this would be a drastic whiplashy shift. But I love this for my back pocket for future. I think all the best revenue is gonna come from the new people that I get into my circle.

Okay. Cool.

Thank you.

Awesome. Thanks, Caitlin. Yeah. Andrew, what’s your win?

Can you hear me? It’s the first question. Okay. You can. My win is that as of this month, I’m now back to my pre twenty twenty three revenue. So twenty twenty three was a huge down year for me, largely for health reasons. And so now I’m back to where I was, at least in terms of revenue.

Profits down, quite back to where it was because I spent a lot of money this year, trying things out with a new digital business manager or trying things out with the VA. The DBM, the business manager is working very well. VA wasn’t working super well. Mhmm. So learned a lot there.

But, yeah, happy to have that revenue back up.

Thank you. My question or sort of topic, I guess, is kind of along the same lines to what we’re just talking about.

So with the idea of kind of moving into more, like, consulting advisory role. So, I’m I’m partnering right now with another copywriter to work on a new client that just needed a lot of, like, messaging work done before any of the kind of stuff that I would be done, works. It makes sense. And the person I brought in is, like, really, really good at running projects and, like, handling all of the kind of execution work and stuff like that.

And I think that sort of solidified for me how much I am, like, not into that. Like, I’m just not like, I I hate projects. I hate project management software. That’s why I figured out, like like, we have ClickUp right now and it, and it’s just, like, I spend more time just, like, annoyed about it than I do using it.

And I really don’t like, like, really getting in the weeds with all of the clients’ stuff. And then, like, I don’t really like being in this position of, like, then I present my work, and then they, like, even with all the guidelines, like, they tear it down. So so all of this to say that, like, there are a lot of things motivating me to move into more of, like, a consulting advisory role. I love the idea of being, like, a, you know, miniature April Dunford kind of thing where, like, things become up where my focus and my time becomes more about, like, building my stuff.

Like, these are my frameworks, and this is my book, and this is my thing. And then we come in, and we use we use those things to, like, help solve problems. But I’m not I’m not in ClickUp getting assigned, like, all of these little tasks that are, like, follow-up with so and so to make sure that they gave you feedback on that page, or, you know, did they check with that other stake you know? Hate it.

So, yeah, I guess, I I don’t necessarily have, like, a specific question as much as I’m, I guess, one, putting in a vote for maybe that there’s a month in twenty twenty five that’s devoted to, selling your your thinking.

But then also, if there any if there’s anything, like, given what you know about what I’m trying to do, if there are any pointers in how in helping me make that shift because I’m so you everything has been about selling deliverables that it’s it seems like a big shift for me to both mentally and logistically to start saying, like, no. You’re gonna pay me, and I’m just gonna help you with your problems.

So where does writing a book sit on your vision board? If not in twenty twenty five, when are you gonna write a book?

It’s very much in a just someday, but it’s not I did not put it on this year kind of thing. I have an idea for a book, but I don’t know if it’s, like, big picture enough for it to to stick specifically to what I’m trying to do.

Okay. So you think it has to be big picture? That’s something to unpack entirely. That’s cool.

I would say if you want the April done for business, follow what she’s done. Mhmm. So that means write a book and then get on stage. The book has to have a process, so read, really useful books, I think it’s called.

Have you read that?

No. But I saw Jane’s training about it.

It’s great. I would go read that, and I would put in q one strongly outlining that book.

And I wouldn’t also put too much pressure on yourself for it to be the perfect book.

Yeah.

I know that that’s, something everybody really wants, but there’s gonna be a second book, gonna be a third book probably as well. So not that you need them. It might be the perfect book and all you need. But you have to start writing it to find that out.

And if getting in the way of writing it is it needs to be x, y, or z, just put that thought aside and just start just start writing it. Just start out. See what see what a chapter feels like. Write it on your phone.

Whatever. Like, just when you’re sitting there, it’s okay. You don’t have to have it. It doesn’t have to be a big process.

But I would put that on there, Andrew, if that’s what you want. That’ll be the easiest. That’s the fastest. I know it seems like a long path, but it’s like the straightest path as the crow flies to getting you what you want.

It’s just yeah. It takes some time.

Yeah. Exactly. Write useful books. Exactly, Katie. Yep.

So, yeah, that’s what I would that’s that’s where I would go. And then we actually have April coming in in q one to do some talking. Yeah. Bob as well. So we’re gonna have a couple people in on how to sell your brain.

If it’s, you know, you need more tactics, need more, but, I mean, I think what you’ll find is write a book, get on stage, and talk about it again and again and again and again and again and again. And I know that that can be, like, freaky with your health. April has had lots of things she’s worked through as well.

So it doesn’t mean you have to get on a million stages. You can get on four really good fit stages a year and clean up.

You’ll also learn, I’m sure, that there are going to be quarters of absolute intense, panic from clients where I’m gonna hire you, I need you right now, and then there are other ones that are not.

April does workshops in real life. She doesn’t do advisory. She doesn’t actually stick around and implement or help you implement. So I think you’ll like a lot of it, then you’ll hear a lot of the downside as well. So all that to say, I’m that book ready to go. I know that it will be critical.

Awesome. Sounds good.

Cool.

I have that one, Stacy.

I do have that one.

Million Dollar Consulting. Yeah. I have it. I haven’t read that one.

But I have it. Yay. Yeah. That’s half the battle. No. It’s a very small part of the battle.

Okay. Don, what is your win?

Real quick. By the way, Dan Kennedy said when you write a book, only concentrate on the first twenty five pages because no one read most people don’t read beyond that anyway.

Yep. That’s why April’s book is thirty thousand words because her persona at her ICP reads books on flights, and that’s how long it takes. So thirty thousand words, you don’t need eighty thousand words. Right.

On my consent, I got my Clavico Clavio, certification. Nice. They’re right in my backyard.

Nice.

Yeah. They’re in Boston. And, they just came out with a new, predictive analytics certification that I’m diving into right now. So those are my wins.

Good. That’ll be a good certification.

Yeah. Okay.

Any questions, or we’re just with wins for Don today? Nothing.

Love it. Amazing. Okay. Well, that is a nice way to end today’s session.

Make sure you finish your goals, please, so that we can discuss them and really dig into what doesn’t feel right yet, in our Thursday session so that you can then enjoy the following week.

We’re entrepreneurs. It’s never really off, but a little bit off, at least off this.

Alright. So thanks again, y’all. We’ll see you on Slack. Have a good one. Bye.

Transcript

Alright. Welcome all. This is we’re at the end of the workbook.

If you haven’t been completing it, you don’t get to clap. But if you have, well done.

Awesome. Nice. Excellent. Okay. And you do even if you haven’t, but I’m not here to stop you from celebrating things. That’s cool.

Okay. So today we’re working on the end of it. Thursday, we have a session where we’re just gonna get together and make kind of like troubleshoot your goals.

What might be too small? What might be too big? What might not be measurable? What might be, like, way off track, etcetera. So we’ll talk about that all on Thursday. So be sure to bring your, your goals themselves And, like, the really targeted ones for q one, it may also require that we think about your bigger goals. It depends on what’s going on with your q one goals.

So that’ll be this Thursday. Then next week is off, and that then leaves us with the following week, which is back on.

And that is on Monday, Shane will be showing everyone how to turn if you’re not already doing it, maybe you already are, how to turn your q one goals, how to get chat g p chat ChatGPT to say, here’s what your to do list should be every single day to help you get there. And I know some people in this room are already, like, kind of ahead of that. Like, I asked chat GPT to tell me everything to get me to this point.

So cool.

Alright. Before we dive in, any questions on any of the goals and stuff so far? Anywhere you are lost, struggling, anything like that that you wanna bring up right now?

No?

Okay. Oh, yeah. Claire, go for it.

Sorry. I’m struggling to figure out how to set goals that are I I’m trying to figure out what to set as the goal because I keep coming back to, like, okay. Well, I know how many clients I need and how much money I wanna make this year and etcetera. So it’s always like, get three clients by q one.

That’s, like, the goal.

Yeah.

Is The good like, is that a good way to frame it, or should I be looking at other things?

I mean and we can talk a bit more about, like, getting into the tactics. I think it’s a great goal. And then the question is just now how to get there. So it’s I mean, I say it’s a great goal, but it does depend on your bigger vision as well.

Does it ladder up? Does it get you closer to a bigger goal that might be more motivating? Whereas, like, getting clients isn’t a motivating kinda goal. Because it actually outside of the money, the money behind it can be motivating.

The social proof that comes out of it can be motivating.

The work can be demotivating.

So, like, we just have to make sure that there’s enough baked into the goals overall that you feel excited to come to work, you know? Yeah.

That sounds good. Thank you.

Okay. Cool. Cool. Cool. Anybody else before we dive in?

I thought I saw a hand. Okay cool then I’m gonna share my screen and we will start talking through what we are working on today. This is the printer friendly version of the workbook, it’s page twenty in that workbook. If you wanna go there, you’re not there already.

So so far you’ve done a lot. We’re not gonna revisit everything, but you should have your plan on a page that you did last week, and that has your q one goal, your q two, three, and four, as well as your overall goal for the year. Then this breaks down into skills, authority, money, leverage, mindset.

That should all be done so that we are now at a place and maybe you’re already done this part too, which is cool because we can spend more time talking about everything that you’re working on and answering questions, of course.

Sorry. I should close down Slack there.

Okay. So today, we’re going to say what your biggest target is for q one. Now it sounds like, Claire, you just said what your biggest target is for q one. Great.

And then what needs to happen to get there? Okay. So what skills do you need in addition to what you already have? What do you need to in?

Skills also includes proof of skills, so you’re like, I got it. I know how to do it. I’m I’m great at the thing, but I don’t, I don’t have a case study, and I know that the accounts that I’m targeting are going to wanna see a case study.

Also under skills, we have skills I sell. That’s the copywriting stuff, messaging stuff, all that kind of stuff that clients come to you for. Then there’s the skills that you use, which is a really big category, but it’s a lot to do with like okay. If you’re looking at twenty twenty five as the year like, for example, we are looking at it as a year of really figuring out account based marketing finally. So, for us, that means that I need to one of the skills I use that I need to develop is the full strategy around account based marketing and then the tactics so that I can then figure out how to allocate resources.

So there’s a lot there under skills I use. So for me, I would write account based marketing under here as one. And I don’t need to go into great detail about that because I can look at this sheet afterwards and go, oh, yeah. I really need to be working on account based marketing.

And when we get to the end of, q one twenty twenty five, if I haven’t done anything with account based marketing, it’s time for me to become more accountable to my goals. What will I do? Because if I don’t hit if I don’t do the things under these sections, then how am I ever gonna reach my biggest goal? It doesn’t just naturally happen.

Some we can’t depend on hope, on luck. We have to do the work. Right? And then luck tends to follow when you do the work.

So that’s what we wanna fill in today, any authority stuff. I would need to say, okay. I won’t be able to write a whole book necessarily by the end of March, but to build my authority for certain accounts, I will need to have a book written and out there by the end of twenty twenty five. So what needs to happen by the end of q one for that to be possible?

Probably need to have an outline in place. Probably more than that, though. And so that’s what we’re writing down today. Those exact sorts of things I may need to have under leverage that includes tools.

I would be like, okay.

If it’s my year of account based marketing, then what tools do I need to get that job done? Is ActiveCampaign gonna be the right email marketing platform, especially since our actual sales team is there to use account sorry, ActiveCampaign and they don’t like it.

So is there a different tool that I may need to use? And certainly, people don’t recommend ActiveCampaign for account based marketing. Does that mean I need to change CRMs?

That’s something I should figure out at least by the end of q one.

So that’s where we’re going. Does this all make sense with the sort of stuff that you’ll be filling in here?

Has anybody already done this page?

Yeah? Cody, you have, Katie has, Don has, a few people have.

Does anybody want to share so that others can get a sense for it? What’s your biggest target is and then what’s going on for you under these sections?

Just to help others see what it looks like, what it sounds like, even to, like, maybe get inspired by what you’re looking to do.

Cody, Don, Andrew, Katie?

Okay. Cody, you can look into it. Yeah. Sure. Great.

Okay. So, for my biggest target for q one, that is close at least two to five standardized offers, through my prospecting efforts. And then continue to post daily on LinkedIn because that’s for my authority.

Use LinkedIn’s build navigator to add at least thirty new people, per per week that match my ICP, and then pitch fifteen to twenty podcasts.

One that I did not put on, I think I should, is my book that I’m gonna be working on.

So moving on. What needs to happen to get there by March thirty first twenty twenty five? So for my skills, so far I have get better at outreach, you know, just kinda building up that process so that it’s smoother instead of so bumpy.

And then the process of asking the right questions, in the PMs to get people to get on a call with me.

For authority, I have continue being consistent on LinkedIn. Guest post our podcast on one to, I already I guess I already said that, but I said one to two because I was thinking of, like, just January.

So, anyway, outline for my book, I did add that as you were talking about that. And I know I need to work on a case study.

So when I get that first standardized offer rolling, I’m really gonna pay attention to the data and the transformation and try to get a case study out of that.

And then for money, it’s just to close two to five standardized offers and possibly one retainer.

Right.

And then leverage. I have use AI to help me find prospects on LinkedIn.

I actually found, a tool for that. I don’t know. I don’t think many people know what it’s called, but it’s called happenstance.

And you can take your, you could you can, like, link your followers or your connections from LinkedIn.

Download the CSV and put it into that AI, and then you can search, like, help me find the CMOs in my connections. Right? So and it’ll show you who those people are, and you can actually just click their LinkedIn right from that.

So it’s a really, really great tool.

If anyone wants to use that, I can Yeah. Figure that out.

And then for mindset, I need to make myself take breaks to avoid burnout because I just go. And I need to spend more time, like, you know, focus work and then getting myself the time to rejuvenate.

Yeah. So that’s what I have. I like that. I can’t wait. Have have you of the way, Cody, have you put together have you used ChatGPT, like like, fed that in, into any AI even, but ChatGPT is a good example, to generate what your daily to do list should look like with those goals?

Yeah. I did. Yeah. It’s it’s actually on my Notion. But Okay. Yeah. You just I just, downloaded the PDF, and then put it in there.

And then I was like, well, based on all of this information, can you help me create a daily plan that’s actually attainable? Right? Like, because I’m one person. And give a little background about, like, where I’m at now.

Like, I want it to be accurate. So I’m like, starting from the point where I’m at to where I wanna be, create, like, a daily plan for this. And it did. It was like, okay.

For like and I have theme days. So I told it my theme days, and it put, like, the right things under the theme days and for, like even down to, like, the time. So it was, like, for the first one to two hours of your day, you’ll be cold calling. Right?

Every single day. Wednesdays are your full blown prospect days, though, or prospecting days where you’ll, just spend all that whole day, like, you know, really hitting it on LinkedIn sales navigator, making sure that my list is constantly billing being built up, and just, like, making sure that everything is gonna be able to run smoothly. So Love it. Amazing.

Very cool. Thanks for sharing, Cody.

Yep. Excellent.

Good. So let’s then take with I think a pretty clear understanding of what the objective here is. Please keep it short. This is for you. Right? You look at this. You know what you’re looking at.

So we’re gonna take seven minutes to knock through this. You should really quickly know what the answers are to all of these by this point in, the process. So seven minutes, and then we’ll come back and move along to this very important to do and will not do list.

Two more minutes.

Alright.

How’d we do?

Good?

Okay. Nice. Excellent. Then let’s move on here, to the final the final part that I wanna work on because Shane will be doing page twenty two in the printer friendly version. That’s just the last page in every version.

The last page with with stuff on it. But this is what we’re gonna do here, is we don’t even have to spend time doing it. What I do want you to do is walk away, with a to do list, like, just a clear this is the single shot of what you’re going to do in q one. These are the ten things I’m going to do. More importantly is the will not do list, and that is good ideas that you will not do no matter what happens.

A good idea you might hear somebody else say is, oh, I’m doing this. I’m doing a webinar that I’m going to promote across everywhere in addition to a workshop or something like that. And you’re like, oh, I love it. And then we come up with, like, a really compelling reason to do it, and you’re like, maybe I should do that too.

No. Put it on your will not to do list. It’s a good idea. You don’t put bad ideas on a will not do list.

You put good ideas on there. These are things that are very interesting. That’s your, like, squirrelly brain, talking to myself and my own brain. They’re like, oh, that sounds like it’d be really cool and the creator in you wants to do it.

No. So we have a will not do list and we follow that as well. And there are usually at least as many ideas on that list as on the will do list or the to do list.

Has anybody done this already?

Yeah? Who would like to share what’s on their will not do list?

Cody?

Sure. Okay.

K. So it’s not very long because I haven’t thought through it too much. But, so I will not yet hire a copywriter because I need to obviously build up money for that by selling my standardized offers.

Hopefully, that’s q two.

I will not be providing training inside of Masterminds because I’m focusing more on podcast right now. Great.

I will not be starting my well, not really start I guess it is kind of starting because my email list doesn’t have the right people on there right now. So I won’t start it in q one because I don’t really I mean, I have to push traffic to my workshop, which I’m trying to do, but I feel like that’s, like, a whole thing. You know? Yep.

And right now, I’m more focused on acquiring a a client. So that’s gonna hold off for now. I obviously will not write my entire book, but I will have an outline by everyone. I will not write website copy.

People ask me, will you write this? I won’t do that.

And I won’t do anything outside of my to do list.

Amazing.

That’s there are definitely ideas on there that I could see being really interesting at, like, January seventeenth hits February twelfth. Like, there’s just these dates that will come along. You’ll be like, oh, I should do that. Yeah. And the will not do list as well I mean, the to do list, you should try to keep it where it is. Your will not do list is probably going to grow throughout the quarter as new ideas come up, and you just have to say no to them. Saying no to a good idea allows you to say yes to a planned good idea.

And then you’ll revisit at the end of the quarter, and that’s it, and see what happens. So thanks, Cody.

Don, do you wanna share any of your will not dos?

Sure. So the first one I won’t do is launch a comprehensive social media strategy outside of Instagram or LinkedIn.

Okay.

I’m not gonna spread myself too thin over social media. I’m not gonna invest in paid advertising.

Okay.

I’m not gonna create a new service, offering.

K.

I’m not gonna attend non health care related networking events or conferences.

Nice.

I’m not gonna overcommit to free workshops or webinars without, an ROI attached to it. And then I’m not gonna spend excessive time tweaking or fooling around with design elements. I’m gonna fully commit to client acquisition.

Okay. Cool.

I would only offer on the words like excessive and overcommit.

It’s hard to know if you’ve over committed until it’s done, and it’s hard to know if it’s excessive until it’s done. So I would hope that on the to do list side of things, if you’ve got anything listed there around, for example, the excess one. Well, how what’s the max that you’ll allow yourself to do, so that you know if you’re like, I’m only going to send ten emails ten cold emails a day. And on the will not do list would be, like, sending eleven or more, which is not probably a strategy that would come up.

But I would just ask you to get crisp with those so that you prevent yourself from Yeah.

So on the to do side, I have specific numbers so that I don’t go out of bounds with that stuff.

Cool. Awesome. Love it. Okay. Thanks, Don.

Alright, y’all.

So that brings us to the end of the formal work in this book. If there are things that you have not done, please go back and do them. The financial stuff is important, reflecting, listening to what others have done, what you did in twenty twenty four, filling all of that stuff in. I know it can feel like a lot, but this is your business, so, it’s worth it. It’s time well spent. Okay.

We are now ready for any questions. First, do you have any questions about anything in the goal setting workbook?

Katie? Yeah? Okay. Katie, go for it.

Okay. So just listening to Cody and Dawn, I get the sense that I am taking on too much. Okay. Good.

Hold on. My thumb’s up. Okay. Yeah.

So I had like, my goal for q one is to be closing one signature offer per month and I think similar to a lot of people.

Right? Closing one per month and keeping at least fifty percent on retainer.

My sub goal for that is to be booking at least eight calls a month and closing one of those. I thought that was Yeah. Like, gives me room to to wiggle.

And so I’m bumping up my quantities in terms of pitches per day.

Not reading where I’m showing up, but just, like, the quantity of pitches that I’m making.

Yeah.

But I so when it comes to the webinar for past clients, I have this dead Facebook group that I started in twenty twenty two, that was specifically for past client. Like, anybody who’d bought one of my offers or worked with me in the past was invited, but I, like, I started it I started it when my baby was three months old, and then he started, like, moving a lot more.

And, like, my ability to do this, additional channel of marketing, I was like, if I have to put if I have to get rid of one thing, like, it just I killed it I killed it, like, one weekend.

So I was thinking maybe I would revive that at the place where I do this webinar, just because it’s all it’s already got about a hundred and forty people in there. I thought, like, that would it’s kind of a low friction way.

Nice.

But then then I was thinking, okay.

Well, for nurturing people, like, would it be a good idea to do a podcast? Like, I find it really easy to talk through ideas, and it felt like a low lift way to repurpose some content.

Mhmm. But I’m like, but I’m already talking about pitching more. I’m already doing my weekly blog posts. Like, this just feels spread very thin Yeah. In comparison to, like, choosing one channel and really getting effective there.

Yeah. I’ll just offer that podcast is on my, will not do list. It’s a good idea. Should’ve started a long time ago.

It’s never fit in, though. So, it’s on my not will not do list. Yeah. Yeah.

I’d, I’d put that one on there quickly because you already know that you’re bread too thin with this. So reviving this Facebook group is already gonna take resources.

Do you have enough? And maybe when you look at your maybe when you take this and put patch EPT, with Shane, you’ll determine that you do have time, and something that’s on your will not do list can come off and be something you can do.

But I’d agree with you. If you are if you think it’s too much, it probably is. Yeah. So cut it.

So would you like, the strategy of hosting the monthly webinar for past clients and, students or whatever, would you prioritize that above outward mark like, something like a podcast, which could potentially be attracting a new audience versus nurturing my existing clients.

When my existing clients are, like, kind of a so so match for what I wanna offer now. I wonder if maybe that’s the thing to cut and something that’s more gonna attract, like, the people I wanna work with would be a better priority.

I mean, that’s fair. I would say figure that out in q one and do it in q two because there’s infrastructure there. Right? The Facebook group, you already have it. It already exists. It’s a thing. All you have to do is post to it again, and then you just have to have it in your calendar and then obey your calendar.

When it comes to a podcast, as you know, that’s a whole there’s a whole bunch of stuff that has to be set up, if you want it to be good. And podcasts are in a little silo. Right? You have to push people into like a walled garden instead of Facebook which is like open, which is fine but it does require a marketing strategy.

How are you going to promote that? I know I know people who have podcasts that are successful, and they’re still like, yeah. But it’s like a slog. And a lot of times, I do not wanna do it.

And they have, like, top ranked podcasts.

So there’s, like, external motivation that should be, like, making up the slog of it seven, eight, twelve episodes in, and they’re like, oh, what have I signed up for here? So I hear what you’re saying. What I what it sounds like you’re really saying is, look, I need to attract customers. I need to get new clients in the door. Fair enough. Absolutely.

And I’m looking at a thought leadership way to do that. Smart.

Wonderful. The reason that I say you should have this this thing that you serve to past clients is that they’re often a really good opportunity for an upsell or because they’ve worked with you, they like you. Nobody joins a Facebook group for shits and giggles anymore at least. Right? So they’re there because they wanna know more from you. They’re great referral sources.

So if that’s the case and you can go back in and, like, revive their love for you by putting up your thought leadership, they could refer. Now we don’t wanna live in a world of hope and possibility. Maybe they’ll do that. We wanna plan that.

Right? So if this exists in order to get existing or past clients to refer new business to you, then I will do x in order to ensure that they refer past business to me. So it can’t be passive. We gotta be active with our goals.

So I would say it doesn’t have to be only talk to your past audience, but what’s really valuable is that you it’s a good value prop. There’s a nice thing to say there, and you know who you’re talking to. They already get you. They already love you.

And if you put in the ask that they refer people to you, sometimes people just need to be reminded to refer people to you. Nobody knows what your pipeline looks like if there’s a wait list. If I refer somebody to you and you have a wait list, then they’re like, cool. Thanks, Jo, but I couldn’t work with her because she had a wait list.

So these are the kinds of things that a lot of freelancers don’t tap into, and that’s why I say you should do it.

However, you don’t have to only share your thought leadership in this Facebook group. It would just be the way that you would promote one version of that thought leadership since you’re already putting the work in to, like, do the reading, do the studying, come up with ways of sharing that with an audience, Share maybe one version of it in that Facebook group and then share a different version of it on LinkedIn or wherever else you might be posting. Does that make sense? I hear you, Katie.

I get what you’re saying.

Yeah. There’s just so much opportunity in existing audiences, like people who already know and love you, and they don’t need fifteen touch points in order to say yes to you. They’re, like, one point one touch point away from from saying yes to you.

Okay.

So Alright. The both I’m putting on my key one not to do list to be revisited, pending, all of these other, like, testing.

Love it. Also note that, we’ll be focusing in February. The Coffee School Pro theme is basically account based marketing, more of the kinds of things that everybody needs to be doing here anyway, multichannel account based marketing. So I think that’ll help a lot with at least that will mean in q two, you’ll be really well informed on the things that you might like, you have a stronger strategy for how to get the right accounts to say, hey, Katie. What’s up?

Okay. Awesome. Abby, you have a question about goals stuff?

No? Something else? Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. What’s your win?

I shared my win in the slot, but I placed a hundred k for q one.

And, yeah, the guy was just like, oh, you’re just on, like, every podcast I listen to. So that was nice. I felt like, oh, it’s working.

Yeah. So my question is about eight months ago because it’s about my standardized offer.

But I so as part of I basically, I’m going through my standardized offer, and I’m like, what what can I cut out? And one of the things is, I I do a sequence to reinvite our webinar subscribers back into the funnel, like, a hundred days later. Yeah.

There are two ways I can do it.

One, unsegmented and one segmented, which gives more work. I’m I don’t think the segmented is necessary, but it’s it’s nice it’s more than nice to have because it could make them more money. So I’m wondering even though you say don’t kind of do new work in the optimization retainer because I have kind of a high ticket. It’s a ten thousand dollar optimization retainer.

Could I put that in there? So it’s like we we do the unsegmented and then, like, down the line, it’s like, okay. This is the thing we’re gonna optimize. I’m gonna be writing new emails.

Yep. I love that.

I would do that.

That’s okay? Okay. Alright.

You might find that it’s not even gonna be the win that you think it is upfront. So Exactly.

Like, it’s a task, but it’s just because it was a new app I wanted to.

Yeah. Okay. Okay.

Thank you.

Take it. Thanks, Abby. Liesl, what’s your win?

My win is that I have gone through the entire intensive to week eight.

I’m going back through now to optimize different things, but I’ve got it, like, pretty solid in, whichever I have.

Nice. Excellent.

But my question is, so in the workshop where I have last week, the goal that she guided me to come up with as well is to do like, build my authority for this year. And I also sent Slack as well.

But because I’m starting from zero, I don’t have like, I have prospects in the funnel. I’m talking to somebody tomorrow. Like, I have all these people that I’m talking to.

And I can post on, like, LinkedIn and stuff, and I’m going to.

Like, I have the plan and stuff all written out. My question is, should I focus on building authority? Because that doesn’t seem very measurable to me to reach my, like, monetary goals for the year.

Does that make sense? Yeah. Okay. But I wonder okay.

Let’s start with the end statement you made there that you can’t connect authority with revenue generating with with revenue.

Yeah. Tell me what you’re thinking there. Why do you say that?

Well, so I know I can’t. I don’t know how I can yet because I haven’t done it yet. Right? So I don’t know what to measure.

I don’t know how much of this to, like, plan on for q two. I don’t know anything about that yet. So connecting the two is trickier than saying, okay. I’m gonna pitch this number of people or, you know, I’m gonna do this other thing that directly ties to revenue.

Yeah.

Okay. So this is hard for my brain because my brain is so forty equals money, that it’s what I would what I would start with is Abby just gave an example there of, like, I’m seeing you everywhere. You’re everywhere, and how that’s making it easier for her to close bigger projects. I know for myself, my whole business, it only is authority.

I’m like, there’s not a strong paid strategy there. A lot of the paid advertising we do freaking tanks. Like, it doesn’t feel like money well spent and I Yeah. There’s attribution stuff, etcetera.

But again and again and again and again and endlessly again, it comes down to authority led to this. April Dunford Yeah. Wrote a book, made a multimillion dollar business out of that one piece of thought leadership. She gives the same talks on stages everywhere.

Those are the two things she does. Book stages. She’s one of the people I don’t think she’d mind me saying with the podcast where she’s like, oh god. I don’t wanna keep doing it.

She’s great at it, but it is work. That maybe doesn’t pay off the same way. So and that is also thought leadership. So it really is find the thing that allows you to express a really interesting take that the world will respond, I would say well, but, like, don’t worry about, like, liking you, but they’ll respond to it.

Is that a book? You can start with, like, one big thing, or you can start with a big concept and little things that get you there. A book is a is made up of little chapters. A podcast is made up of little episodes. All of these things are made up of little things. Right? But you have to choose which one of those bigger things you wanna do.

Yeah. How to attribute how do they, like, tie thought leadership to money? It’s not gonna be there’s not, like, a necessarily a graph. It’s it’s the thing. You are selling your brain. Have you read, David c Baker’s, The Business of Expertise?

Uh-uh. Yeah. Worth it.

Also a quick read. Andrew, you’ve read it? Yeah. Good read? Yeah. Andrew Andrew gives two thumbs up. Awesome.

So that’s worth reading. The this is all this is all that we do. And they just want to raise your rates. Like you are just selling your brain. That’s it. Nobody like the everything else is just the output of your brain.

So in order for people to want to pay for your brain, they have to value your brain.

The more you put your thought leadership out there, the the bigger your brain is. So I would I I know that’s not a good answer. It’s a soft answer, but it’s it’s all there’s also passion behind it. It is how I’ve built my business and how it’s going to keep growing.

Right. I don’t do enough thought leadership. That’s huge on my list for twenty twenty five and twenty two and Right. Forever.

Does anybody else want to, like, chime in with how thought leadership has been useful for them so that Liesl sees that it’s, like, maybe not demonstrable, but ultimately core to growth?

No? Everyone’s like, that’s a good question. It’s not working for me either. Wait. What? Okay. Yeah.

I know. Go ahead. I yeah.

I haven’t done any, like, cold emails or posted on barely posted on social media, but I’ve still had, like, three to five leads a week, this year. And I think it’s because of the book and the podcast, basically. Like, I’m not doing anything else. So yeah.

And I I it doesn’t take much time. Like, doing a podcast takes an hour versus posting on Instagram every day takes ages. So if you’re gonna do one thing, I’d say do that. But I mean, they would have it.

But if you are gonna do one thing, do that. Yeah.

You can only do really one thing to start. Right? So one big thing and then reporting things. Done?

So I was going through the freelancing course yesterday, and then you said when you’re a thought leader, people pay you accordingly.

Yeah.

And that was like, boom. Right?

And it what I do to be a thought leader is I provide an executive brief so that when I call someone, I’ll say, I’ll share this executive brief with you to tell you why health care email marketing is changing, the key trends, what you can do to succeed, and why this matters.

And I’ll leave it with you so that you can share with your marketing teams if you even if you don’t work with me. That’s thought leadership, and that’s value that I’m providing for them, and it’s intriguing enough for them to wanna have a conversation with me.

Okay. Liezl, what are you thinking right now?

Well, I mean, lots of thoughts. Right?

So then the question would be because I have a finite amount of time. Right? And I am working on getting clients in the door.

What would be then the thing in your brain that I should focus on on the to do list versus the not to do list? Because I’ve thought about pitching podcast.

Also, I know that you said in one of the trainings that it’s, like, one of the eighty percent things to twenty percent things. So I am waffling a little bit. But what are your thoughts on that? Like, I’m down for it.

I wanna speak on stages. I haven’t thought about writing a book, but that could be the big thing. I don’t know. What’s the big thing that you would recommend?

I would recommend that you do a thing that leads you to be able to write a book out of that thing. So if the thing is a newsletter, that’s like a really thoughtful newsletter, Cool. As long as you’re like, okay. I’m gonna write a weekly newsletter that gives me fifty two weeks of newsletter at the end of it, and that could turn into a book. I could then repurpose that as a book, and then publish that at the end of the year, and that’s that. So, I think you need a book ultimately.

Everybody here needs a book. We started Copy School Pro last year last November with, like, write you down book.

And so some people did, and some people didn’t and hopefully still will, myself included.

Yeah. So I would do a thing that leads to a book. I wouldn’t I know that for Abbey, podcasts have recently paid off. I know that for Tarzan, they paid off.

I have never recommended pitching really anybody, mostly because I want them to to pitch me. It feels better. You can charge more. You can be different about it.

And not just for ego, but, like, it’s it’s a better dynamic than if you go out and ask. Yeah.

So I would do if I were you, do you wanna do you what’s easier content creation for you? Writing, being on camera, or being on voice over?

Writing is faster one.

Okay.

Videos.

I would do a newsletter.

I would, like, get on Substack or LinkedIn. Andy Prestadina has three hundred thousand people on his LinkedIn newsletter. He’s gonna be in in January to talk to teach in Coffee School Pro about how he got there and what you need to do. He is the man of start something and just keep fucking doing it. Like, where I’m like, you still send one email a week and you’ve been doing it for fifteen years.

So, yeah, that’ll be I would say if writing comes easiest to you, newsletter. Find the right platform and maybe that’s like q one. You figure out the right platform. You figure out what the newsletter is gonna be about.

You start to get the pieces together, like going on deep dive and putting the right folders in place. You start to familiarize yourself with the right tools to help you get that, like, your thoughts in place. Right. And then so you too, you’re in good shape to actually do the writing.

That’s what I would do if I were you. Then have the end of the year, simultaneously, you need to have everything you’ve written over the year ready to go in book format.

K. Yeah.

You can do that.

Awesome. Cool. Thank you. Awesome. Thanks, Liesl. Caitlin, what’s your win?

Hello.

Hello. So when I bought the Challenger sale book and started that, and talked to my second existing copywriting client about, the retainer offer and got a very positive response and a very nonchalant response where and this is where my question is.

Also for context, I am not charging five k for them because that would more than double our current retainer, which is, like, forty one hundred.

So I’m charging them thirty five hundred. I don’t have the yes just yet. We’re working through it. So that was what I got the positive response from, and it kinda launched them into oh, yeah. And we also, like, want to be optimizing, like, our opt in pages and the tripwire that you wrote and, like, all this stuff.

And the way so, okay, Caitlin. I’m trying to get this. I could collab forever. What’s your question?

That’s okay. Yeah. Of course.

Okay.

So they essentially just casually, like and with the rest of our retainer, which is, like, the copy deliverables, which is usually, like, one small project, one large project, and they know what that actually means.

That’s where they started throwing around these, like, optimizations. And they’re like, I don’t know if we, like, you know, do one every three months, just kinda look at different things. And it was just not what I want to do and not what is effective.

So they also kinda threw out there. She was like, name of clients been asking, like, I wish I had Caitlin’s brain for one hour every other week just to look at things. She could, you know, give us some ideas for tweaks on, like, these five things.

Then we could run those tweaks for a month then reassess. And this is before I told her about the standardized offer. So I think my question is, do I just ignore that part of the conversation, or do I have a plan b? Because I figured out the options I want to send to both of my clients based on how the first round of conversation went. Yeah. And I feel good about it. Should your client a, who’s the one talking about, I wish I had Caitlin every other week or month or whatever, is it worth, like, thinking about, like, a back pocket, like, insulting offer that is around that?

Mhmm.

And if so, what would you recommend for, like, setup and pricing of something like that?

Yeah.

So for client a, I’d recommend advisory. I would call it advisory. I’m in an advisory role here, and that is typically actually more expensive than you doing the work, yourself, and that’s because they could have access to all sorts of incredible ideas that come out of your brain. So I’d say you can be in an advisory capacity with them for five thousand dollars on retainer, minimum of six months.

And I would even go further and say minimum of twelve months. The more you make it sound, like, the more you think in your head, fuck, I hope I don’t have to do this, the more that like, people typically want it. So if you’re like, okay. Fine. I can do the advisory thing, five thousand dollars a month, minimum twelve months. Here’s how it works.

Meet with you once every two weeks. You bring your questions. We talk through them. There’s no limit on how long we spend in this call. It usually is gonna last about ninety minutes. Sometimes it goes three hours.

So for you and then ultimately, it will usually go for, like, sixty minutes, and they’ve got so many ideas downloaded from your brain, but it feels like you’re an adviser at that point. So I would do I would do that. I would also say if the other client, the one that is looking like thirty five hundred dollars, for retainer, it sounded like they were running the call from what you said. Like, they started taking off with what they want you to do.

Challenger said Oh, it’s because it it was asynchronous conversation.

Oh. Because yeah. And also both clients are thirty five hundred.

Okay. Cool.

Cool. But yes. So that was that was after I talked about it. Because one of them is, out of office.

So we’re just kinda doing looms, and then I’ll we’re gonna talk after. Okay. Sure. Yep.

But I don’t get them on a call. Be finished with challenger sale by then, and you’ll have a much better sense, I I would say, for how to run that call.

Yeah. Where you’re not saying it just now that I know that, like, looms, I get why it feels like they’re driving sometimes.

But definitely when you get on that call, it’s you’ll wanna be in the driver’s seat. Challenger will go a long way there.

So I don’t know if that’s helpful to you. I would do advisory, five thousand dollars a month. They get two days, and but that’s really that should be, like, blocked in such a way that you don’t have them saying, okay. We’ll take you all day those days.

No. No. No. That’s not how it works. I’m an adviser. Like, don’t be silly. So it could be an afternoon thing where you’re like, every second two Tuesdays a month, we’re gonna meet from two o’clock eastern until we’re done with that meeting.

And the goal is to get it done in ninety minutes, and they bring questions. They bring questions. You don’t say, hey. I’ve looked at all of this stuff, and here’s what I’m recommending.

They bring their questions. They bring their challenges.

The other way, the retainer, is you look at the stuff that you have done, and you say, here’s how we can make this work even better. Does that make sense? Does that make sense, Caitlin?

Yes.

And I’m back pocketing this for future Good.

People who want something like this.

Because, yeah, I’ve just made mistakes in the past with this client where I’ve just been so generous, and I’m just so in hands on with everything. So this would be a drastic whiplashy shift. But I love this for my back pocket for future. I think all the best revenue is gonna come from the new people that I get into my circle.

Okay. Cool.

Thank you.

Awesome. Thanks, Caitlin. Yeah. Andrew, what’s your win?

Can you hear me? It’s the first question. Okay. You can. My win is that as of this month, I’m now back to my pre twenty twenty three revenue. So twenty twenty three was a huge down year for me, largely for health reasons. And so now I’m back to where I was, at least in terms of revenue.

Profits down, quite back to where it was because I spent a lot of money this year, trying things out with a new digital business manager or trying things out with the VA. The DBM, the business manager is working very well. VA wasn’t working super well. Mhmm. So learned a lot there.

But, yeah, happy to have that revenue back up.

Thank you. My question or sort of topic, I guess, is kind of along the same lines to what we’re just talking about.

So with the idea of kind of moving into more, like, consulting advisory role. So, I’m I’m partnering right now with another copywriter to work on a new client that just needed a lot of, like, messaging work done before any of the kind of stuff that I would be done, works. It makes sense. And the person I brought in is, like, really, really good at running projects and, like, handling all of the kind of execution work and stuff like that.

And I think that sort of solidified for me how much I am, like, not into that. Like, I’m just not like, I I hate projects. I hate project management software. That’s why I figured out, like like, we have ClickUp right now and it, and it’s just, like, I spend more time just, like, annoyed about it than I do using it.

And I really don’t like, like, really getting in the weeds with all of the clients’ stuff. And then, like, I don’t really like being in this position of, like, then I present my work, and then they, like, even with all the guidelines, like, they tear it down. So so all of this to say that, like, there are a lot of things motivating me to move into more of, like, a consulting advisory role. I love the idea of being, like, a, you know, miniature April Dunford kind of thing where, like, things become up where my focus and my time becomes more about, like, building my stuff.

Like, these are my frameworks, and this is my book, and this is my thing. And then we come in, and we use we use those things to, like, help solve problems. But I’m not I’m not in ClickUp getting assigned, like, all of these little tasks that are, like, follow-up with so and so to make sure that they gave you feedback on that page, or, you know, did they check with that other stake you know? Hate it.

So, yeah, I guess, I I don’t necessarily have, like, a specific question as much as I’m, I guess, one, putting in a vote for maybe that there’s a month in twenty twenty five that’s devoted to, selling your your thinking.

But then also, if there any if there’s anything, like, given what you know about what I’m trying to do, if there are any pointers in how in helping me make that shift because I’m so you everything has been about selling deliverables that it’s it seems like a big shift for me to both mentally and logistically to start saying, like, no. You’re gonna pay me, and I’m just gonna help you with your problems.

So where does writing a book sit on your vision board? If not in twenty twenty five, when are you gonna write a book?

It’s very much in a just someday, but it’s not I did not put it on this year kind of thing. I have an idea for a book, but I don’t know if it’s, like, big picture enough for it to to stick specifically to what I’m trying to do.

Okay. So you think it has to be big picture? That’s something to unpack entirely. That’s cool.

I would say if you want the April done for business, follow what she’s done. Mhmm. So that means write a book and then get on stage. The book has to have a process, so read, really useful books, I think it’s called.

Have you read that?

No. But I saw Jane’s training about it.

It’s great. I would go read that, and I would put in q one strongly outlining that book.

And I wouldn’t also put too much pressure on yourself for it to be the perfect book.

Yeah.

I know that that’s, something everybody really wants, but there’s gonna be a second book, gonna be a third book probably as well. So not that you need them. It might be the perfect book and all you need. But you have to start writing it to find that out.

And if getting in the way of writing it is it needs to be x, y, or z, just put that thought aside and just start just start writing it. Just start out. See what see what a chapter feels like. Write it on your phone.

Whatever. Like, just when you’re sitting there, it’s okay. You don’t have to have it. It doesn’t have to be a big process.

But I would put that on there, Andrew, if that’s what you want. That’ll be the easiest. That’s the fastest. I know it seems like a long path, but it’s like the straightest path as the crow flies to getting you what you want.

It’s just yeah. It takes some time.

Yeah. Exactly. Write useful books. Exactly, Katie. Yep.

So, yeah, that’s what I would that’s that’s where I would go. And then we actually have April coming in in q one to do some talking. Yeah. Bob as well. So we’re gonna have a couple people in on how to sell your brain.

If it’s, you know, you need more tactics, need more, but, I mean, I think what you’ll find is write a book, get on stage, and talk about it again and again and again and again and again and again. And I know that that can be, like, freaky with your health. April has had lots of things she’s worked through as well.

So it doesn’t mean you have to get on a million stages. You can get on four really good fit stages a year and clean up.

You’ll also learn, I’m sure, that there are going to be quarters of absolute intense, panic from clients where I’m gonna hire you, I need you right now, and then there are other ones that are not.

April does workshops in real life. She doesn’t do advisory. She doesn’t actually stick around and implement or help you implement. So I think you’ll like a lot of it, then you’ll hear a lot of the downside as well. So all that to say, I’m that book ready to go. I know that it will be critical.

Awesome. Sounds good.

Cool.

I have that one, Stacy.

I do have that one.

Million Dollar Consulting. Yeah. I have it. I haven’t read that one.

But I have it. Yay. Yeah. That’s half the battle. No. It’s a very small part of the battle.

Okay. Don, what is your win?

Real quick. By the way, Dan Kennedy said when you write a book, only concentrate on the first twenty five pages because no one read most people don’t read beyond that anyway.

Yep. That’s why April’s book is thirty thousand words because her persona at her ICP reads books on flights, and that’s how long it takes. So thirty thousand words, you don’t need eighty thousand words. Right.

On my consent, I got my Clavico Clavio, certification. Nice. They’re right in my backyard.

Nice.

Yeah. They’re in Boston. And, they just came out with a new, predictive analytics certification that I’m diving into right now. So those are my wins.

Good. That’ll be a good certification.

Yeah. Okay.

Any questions, or we’re just with wins for Don today? Nothing.

Love it. Amazing. Okay. Well, that is a nice way to end today’s session.

Make sure you finish your goals, please, so that we can discuss them and really dig into what doesn’t feel right yet, in our Thursday session so that you can then enjoy the following week.

We’re entrepreneurs. It’s never really off, but a little bit off, at least off this.

Alright. So thanks again, y’all. We’ll see you on Slack. Have a good one. Bye.

The Vivid Vision Worksheet & Discussion

The Vivid Vision Worksheet & Discussion

Transcript

Awesome.

Okay. Happy Monday. Happy continued goal setting. So how’s everybody doing with goal setting so far?

I’d love an update if you just wanna share anything that’s maybe getting in your way, if you haven’t had a chance, if it’s not working at all for you. I know I’ve struggled a lot in my time with, setting goals, or I’m like, I don’t know. I don’t know what the future holds. So, any thoughts or how any reactions?

Nobody?

You’re good? Hard to make choices, Andrew says. Okay.

K. Is anybody else feeling that?

Something like that. Caitlin says yes.

Alright. No one wants to come off mute today. Alright. Everyone’s just just being quiet.

I do a a goal workshop at the end of every year, so this is all sort of, like, I’m getting, like, an extra head start on the shop that I usually already do by doing this and making me think in in different angles too, so it’s really good.

I think that’s really interesting.

Does anybody else regularly do goal setting at this time of year? Dawn does. Katie does.

Others, not as much.

Yeah. I think that’s what’s interesting to me is people who do goal setting tend to be likely to hit goals, because there was a goal and they keep looking at their goals, the tricky thing is if you’re just doing goal setting as, like, just like procedural, we could just have to do the thing, so I will do the thing.

And then you never look at your goals again. You don’t think about what your goals really are, and that’s not great. So, one of my coaches, former coaches, said you should look at your goals three times a day.

Every single day you should be reviewing your goals not just once, but three times.

And I don’t. I don’t. I love the idea, but I I don’t. And, I think that that speaks a lot to yeah.

There’s a lot that that says, and I wish that I did. But I think I, like a lot of people, just kind of perform goal setting or have in the past. Now past few years, I’ve been taking it a lot more seriously, instead of just kind of falling in and, you know, doing the work and seeing what happens, that sort of thing. So, Claire, do you wanna add something?

Oh, yeah. I wanna say, like, I’m a real professional goal setter when it comes to, like, life and personal fitness and health and friendships and stuff, but I have never, like, dared to dream for the business side.

Okay.

Is the daring to dream part of goal setting? How’s that working for you? How are you negotiating that, Claire?

Oh, sorry. I didn’t hear your last word.

Oh, I was wondering how your like, the dare to dream part is interesting language to hear from you. Is it getting in the way? Is the dream good or bad when it comes to goal setting?

Oh, Claire’s gone.

Is anybody else here?

No?

Yeah. I’m sorry.

I just turned off my video because it’s my Internet seems to be Alright.

How about you?

Okay. Cool.

I’ll go well. Claire is sorting out everything. Yeah. Yeah. I guess I this might be, you know, specific to my psychology, but, I think that I don’t have a problem with the sort of dreaming big part of it. I really enjoy that part.

A problem is once the the half like, I’m reading vivid vision now. So, like, once the how voice kind of gets into it, I find that, so much of my indecision seems to be driven by, like, avoidance where it’s like, okay. I could go in this I could go in this direction, but then I’d have to, like, have full time employees, and I don’t wanna do that. Or, oh, I could go in this direction, but, you know, I don’t know. That’s not like I don’t know. There there’s always just the other voice kind of comes in.

And so I think that’s a lot of what’s holding me back is this idea of, like, maybe it’s a form of perfectionism, but there’s some sort of ideal that I could just someday oh, you know, I wake up in the morning and I do oh, I sit down and I do this for an hour and then I go back a day, and then the money just pours in and all that. You know? So I think that there is, yeah, I think I think that the, yeah, without full no. Agreed, Stacy.

But I think sometimes, yeah, it’s it’s that I don’t want to accept that there are trade offs with different decisions.

So, yeah, good at the dream big part, not as good at the part that goes after that where it’s like, okay. How does this happen?

Okay. Okay. We’ll come back to that. It’s interesting. Caitlin?

Yeah. I am the type where goal setting has just been difficult for me when it’s, like, far off, but this three year thing works a little bit better for me because I’m the type of person when people are like, what do you want? Even if it was like, what do you want in a man? Write it down.

Like, I’m like, I don’t know. World show me, and then I’ll see. Like so I’m kinda like that a little bit with my business too. So what was helpful for me with Viv Vivint Vision is he said, like, you create this, and first of all, it’s only three years out.

And then also, it can change. So, like, if it changes for good reason, not just because I’m a flake, that flexibility helps me. The other thing that has helped me is, like, this workbook, like, making it so tangible Mhmm.

Has has helped. But, yeah, that’s the only thing that’s kind of been in my way in the past is, like, out in the the future. Like, I don’t know. Like, you know, I tell you I wanna live in a tiny house, but I refuse to leave my apartment in New York City.

So, so yeah.

So there’s just a little bit of that in my personality, but this short term with the flexibility of things changing is kinda helpful.

Yeah. Okay. That’s that’s interesting too.

Jessica, you say you’re the opposite of Andrew. You can’t figure out what you want. Is anybody else in the same boat?

Yeah. Claire is yeah. Yeah. I think that that’s one of the things that so when I was in Rise session last Monday, I struggled many many, many ways in that session. There’s a lot of quiet there.

But other than the quiet, which I get is his coaching style. But the thing that made me struggle was was when it came to unhinged ideas, I didn’t get a lot of unhinged ideas in the room. And I was like, okay. So I was talking to my husband that night on our, like, dog walk. Like, am I wrong?

Want people to have big visions?

Is it something that comes naturally to people, or is it scary?

I know that some people think down here and some people think up here, and then there’s all the ranges in between. So I’m I’m I’m just letting you know going into today’s session when we’re talking about Vivint Vision for three years out, I am aware that it’s not easy for everybody to go, here’s the big thing that I want, and then here’s how I’m gonna get it. Oh, that’s great, Cody. Yeah.

So if it’s hard for you, I think you know that’s okay. And if it’s easy for you, I think you know that’s also okay.

Both are I want you to know that I think both are valid, and I understand if I am going to push you as much as I can today to get bigger picture with your twenty twenty seven goal, what that really looks like, and I’ll do my best not to force my own ideas for what I want for you onto the conversation.

It’ll probably happen, though. So, with everything understood, I do wanna jump in. Did anybody work ahead on pages twenty onward? Has anybody done these pages already? Little Andrew did. Don, of course, did.

Cody did. So some people did. Okay. What I want to do then I do wanna take some time to fill this this being page twenty one and page twenty two before we kind of break for a few minutes just to start filling it in and then, like, reflect on what that feels like, does anybody who has worked ahead want to even just read out from page twenty one, which is it’s the headline is it’s December thirty first twenty twenty seven. And then there’s the table there. It says, what do you see when you encounter your brand from a distance?

Does anybody who has completed that? Could someone please read theirs out so others can hear it?

Don? Cool. Thanks, Don.

Uh-huh. So I see the brand represented across multiple channels, LinkedIn, YouTube, and industry events.

K.

I noticed ads highlighting successful health care email campaigns I’ve created for leading organizations. And my website and testimonials are regularly cited as resources for improving patient engagement.

Cool. Okay. Thank you, Dawn.

In hearing that, hopefully, it’s starting to get you thinking about what yours might be if you haven’t written it in. Does anybody else want to share?

Like, Liezl. Yeah.

Are you talking about it’s December thirty first twenty twenty seven?

Yeah. Yeah. Just the first block that you can fill in there.

Okay. So the first block I filled in was, it says, do you see when you encounter your brand from a distance? Fresh clean branding with being strong, energetic women behind us, empowering women in tech, cultivating communities and brands. And then I talk more about, like, the branding as a whole. So I have, like, what it looks like, what the feel is, and stuff like that. And then I get deeper into the, like, specific of the vision as you can know.

Yeah. Okay. Cool.

Okay. Thanks, Liesl. Thanks, Dawn.

Who hasn’t just to be honest. It’s okay. Who hasn’t finished vivid vision?

Couple people.

Okay. One of the things that he says to do in vivid vision is when you write your vision out, put it on your website, put it in your marketing materials, and then share that around with people, which I think is really, like, brave. It’s quite a thing to put yourself out there that way. I don’t think a lot of us are that comfortable with it, because of risk of failure and public failure. I said I was gonna build this big thing, and then life happens, or I decided I didn’t want it, and I have to talk to people about that.

But still so keep I want you to, like, be thinking that I should make this public because when I make it public, I am more likely to hold myself up to doing the thing versus keeping it quiet.

What part of it to put out there on your site? I mean, yeah, according to the book, like, all of it. Like, he writes a full manifesto and, like, publishers, you can find his PDF that he puts together, when you just Google his name.

So the author that is, who’s Coleman Karma, something like that. I the digital version, I don’t have it in front of me.

So okay. Now I know people haven’t all read this, but the idea with vivid vision is really bringing it to life. Like, go from high level to eye level where you have people to see it. So what I wanna do is take five minutes.

It’s not a lot of time. It’s not enough time. We’re not gonna get through everything here. But I want you to take five minutes to imagine it is three years from today.

Let’s pretend whatever. December ninth twenty twenty seven.

If you haven’t already completed this, I want you to fill in the first two or three blocks on, sorry, on the page that begins at December thirty first twenty twenty seven, which is technically page twenty one, which I know that there’s no page numbers in here, and I’m sorry about that.

But, fill those in for the next five and a half minutes.

Really, really working to to make it clear. So you’re a copywriter, this is easier for you. You get to not summarize.

You you map you show it, like, really visualize it.

And ideally, think bigger. Allow yourself to. You’ve got your whole life to think small. Just take this moment to think as big as you can about what that thing could be and what you want it to be as well. It might there might be some ideal state, but you don’t want that ideal state. What is the ideal state that you want in three years?

K. We’re gonna take five minutes. Fill in as many as you can on that page, as many sections as you can. Don’t rush yourself, but you will wanna finish this before the end of the year. And then we’re gonna move two pages down. Okay?

Good? Alright.

Okeydoke. Hopefully, that was enough time. It wasn’t, but it’s something.

Okay. So let’s oh, I’m just gonna resume. There we go.

Now what you need to do is finish filling that in, and I found it really satisfying. Go through the book. This is like a high like a like, excerpts, not the complete process that he walks you through, but it it helps. So go through finish the book, but finish these sheets as well, in order to have goals that actually align with what you wanna do and that are doable, and you know what they look like and you’re not busy guessing.

And you want to do this all. Finish all of the workbook. We’re we’re chipping away at it over the rest of the month because on the last Monday of the month, Shane is going to help you create q one daily to do list, which is, like, massive game changer. If you’re doing them, well done you.

But this will help you understand how you how you should be spending your time in q one in order to get to these goals. And then then you’ll repeat the process in q two, q three, q four in order to reach your twenty twenty five goals and realign reset expectations. Okay. So I’m not gonna ask anybody to read any of those out.

What I wanna do is move on to a couple pages down, which looks like this. You should be seeing. I know that you are. What do I need to do to live that vision in twenty twenty seven?

If you have not arrived at a vision yet, hop to it. It’s December ninth.

We’ve been at this for ten days already.

So let’s imagine what I want you to do is work backwards here. So on this page, you wanna write out what your twenty twenty seven vivid vision basically is, and this isn’t all the stuff because it can get enormous. But it’s really like, okay. What do I see for my business? Basically summarized. It’s not as vivid as it was before, but here’s what it’s gonna look like. You start with that final state for three years out and then you’re gonna work back from there.

So let’s do this together to kind of get, not for yourself, for the one that’s showing showing here, just to get like the juices flowing, get people throwing ideas out.

So if my goal was this, by the end of twenty twenty seven, I will have a five million dollar a year agency with ten full time employees who run everything for me. I show up on sales calls to close and on monthly account calls to keep clients happy, but I spend no more than fourteen hours a week on the business. The rest of the time, I’m writing books, at least one a year, and running our podcast while guesting on other podcasts.

I speak on fifteen stages a year, none of them overseas as I don’t want to live with jet lag. Okay. I like to kinda know what twenty twenty seven looks like, what it would mean three years from now. What would need to be true for me in twenty twenty six, generally, in order for twenty twenty seven to happen?

There’s not really a wrong answer. It’s just like brainstorming. There’s a wrong answer if you’re like, buy candy canes now. It’s like, obviously, that’s unrelated entirely. So what’s a related thing that you would want to do in twenty twenty six?

Yeah. Fire away, Britney.

I guess just the way that I would approach something like this is I take my end goal and I sort of reverse engineer. Right? So it’s sort of like I would be like, what services am I offering? How much am I charging?

Any would I need in order to hit my goals? So it was sort of like I would like, okay. Like, I need a hundred clients doing ten k each with a five k retainer. Whatever that is. K. Then I would just step it through twenty twenty six to the twenty twenty seven goal, I guess.

Yeah.

So okay. If we were to start with I’m gonna have a five million dollar agency.

Okay.

How what will we probably need to be at in twenty twenty six to get to five million the following year? Just guessing.

So money wise, we’d probably need to be at two point five if we’re doubling revenue new every year.

So then in twenty twenty five, I would need to be at one point three if we’re doubling every year, let’s imagine.

And then no. Go ahead.

I was gonna say too, and I guess sometimes I think of it, like, they talk about how the body heals. Right? And it it’ll say, like, the body is going along like this, and you feel like you’re not making progress out of surgery, and then it kind of just shoots up and the healing curve is very fast. And I feel like the twenty twenty five goals, it’s like that’s when you’re really refining your standardized offer. You’re really figuring out who you are, what you offer, getting those systems in place because then you can spend twenty twenty six, like, executing the systems for lack of a better word. That’s how I would approach it. Totally.

Okay. So that’s fantastic. So then what would you do to change those numbers around? Let’s say we’re just playing with numbers at this point.

What would you say in twenty twenty five you would allow yourself to only bring in I mean, am I crazy to say, like, I would be comfortable lowering that to, like, almost three hundred if in two thousand twenty seven I was gonna hit get five million as long as I was putting the systems in place for growth? So, like, maybe I’m unrealistic there.

What does what do I what does that what do others think?

Three hundred thousand this year in order to put the systems in place. Okay. How will you know the systems are going to be systems that get you to five million in twenty twenty seven?

And that’s, like, not to challenge. It’s like a real that’s what I would be asking myself. Okay. If I’m only gonna get and, honestly, if I want in two years from this date Mhmm.

To be at five million, what what what needs to happen? So if I’m like, okay. I’m gonna get three hundred thousand, but then here is what would need to be true for me. So what would you need to have in place by the end of twenty twenty five?

Well, like, first go ahead.

Like, I guess, for me, getting very clear on the culture that my business, as it grows, is going to maintain my hiring practices, what kind of because, right, like, you can’t grow unless you have the right scope of work, I guess.

Like, for me, just kind of, you know, scope of work, I guess. Like, for me, just kind of nailing down the criteria of all of those things. Yeah. And it’s so intensive to do that.

Yeah.

Okay. So for me, I hear that and go like, okay. That’s wonderful.

Does that take a whole year?

Does it honestly, does it?

Maybe.

But if you’re gonna allow yourself like, when you think of the luxury of time as you’re an entrepreneur, right, it’s it’s more valuable than money is. So if you are effectively hiring yourself at a valuation, like, next year, the following year, or two years after this, you’re doing five million a year, then really basic English major math is like, okay. You’re you’re spending a lot of money by taking that year to figure out that criteria. Do you need the whole year?

What do what do people think?

I would say no.

Go ahead. Sorry.

I was gonna say, it’d probably take you about a good solid three months two to three months.

Yeah. But it’s not a concentrated period of time.

No. Right?

It’s like you don’t sit down for two months and come out the other side with this factory line produced systems, culture figured out. Right? Like, this is stuff that you also figure out as you go.

I guess for me feel like I put the lower number because I myself am not doing one point two this year. And so it’s like, well, I wanna kind of be closer to where I’m at. I can still hit my five in twenty twenty seven. Right? Like, just like blow if we’re blowing the doors off of vision, but I also don’t wanna be unrealistic.

I and I hear that, and I agree with you that it’s a hockey stick. Right? It’s typically not this line. It’s the hockey stick. So I feel that you could you could in twenty twenty five make three hundred thousand and then two years later be at five million.

However, that’s also like, that’s a really good clickbait headline and it makes you wonder is it realistic? Is it or will you find yourself making a million two years later?

Because that’s still, like, solid two point five x, three x ish number off of this year.

I don’t want what I what I what I wanna encourage here is whatever this number is that you wanna get to, we’re still just talking money. We’re not even getting into, like, any of the other stuff that happens along the way to get there. If you wanna make five million three years out, twenty twenty five, yes to the planting season. Yes. Like, we have to plant in order to harvest later.

How long is that planting season?

Is it maybe the first six months of twenty twenty five? Then you see how it goes, and you spend the second six months of it trying to harvest or, like, get it to the right place that you can harvest later.

How’s everybody else feeling right now? What are you thinking when you look at those numbers?

Not for your own goals even, but just as an as an exercise in goal setting and coming up with what to do with the vision. Stacy?

Well, my first, my first thought is I wanna know in that five million dollars scenario what that looks like. How many so why I wanna know the why behind that five million dollar agency goal because well, what is it that you want personally?

You know? That may sound good, but but what’s underneath that? Because there may be other ways to to get that thing.

Right? And then if if if this looks like, you know, if five million a year looks like how many clients? Let’s just say how how let’s just pick a pick a number. How many clients?

Is that ten huge clients? Is it a hundred smaller clients? You know, I try to play with orders of magnitude of of ten and see what that looks like. In in which case, if it’s gonna be getting to a hundred clients at x volume, then what I wanna do is get to one of those clients in year one and figure out how to do that, because then I’m sure that somebody can pay me, and I improve that thing, and then I can multiply it out and scale it up.

But I’m I think a little maybe a little differently because I’m, you know, very entrepreneurial about this and consulting about things like this is is what I do.

So No.

There and everybody will think differently about it.

And I think that it’s wonderful to have a full conversation about this. The things that you and Britney both quickly said, like, we need to know how many clients that how many clients is that, and that’s like digging into spreadsheet kind of stuff. Right? Like, you could open up a spreadsheet and figure that out immediately. You could ask AI, tell me what I need to do to get to this number, which could be a great a very valid contribution to figuring this out.

Okay. Who else? Jessica, you wanted to pop in with something?

Is that okay? Can you hear me alright?

Yeah.

Perfect. No. I was I’m so glad you did this example and that we’re having this discussion because this was my twenty I I think I’m in a rebellious phase right now. I was sitting here going, I’m not showing up to these anymore. Next year, the word of the year is fundamentals.

So this was gonna be my plan for next year is just figure out the systems, figure out whatever. But I’m so glad I’m talking about it because my rebellion’s kicking in going, wait a second. Vivint Vision said that he they gave the Elon Musk example. And if he had thought about the whys and the hows and blah blah blah, that’s not really the point.

So I think this is where I struggle when setting goals and visions, especially, because I have that well, is that realistic? But that wasn’t really what the book was about. So I’m struggling internally with the, well, one,

want. And then, two, do I I’m trying to shut off even if I did figure out what I wanted, shut off the realistic because that’s not what the challenge was with vision in my opinion.

Am I misreading the book?

Or Oh, I don’t I am yeah.

I think that’s great and also awesome to contribute here.

Realistic is good because otherwise, like, we’re just building unicorns that aren’t actual. Like like, unicorns and billion dollar companies. We’re just building something that’s not gonna ever exist.

So I think it’s great. I think others would agree that it’s great to get realistic about it.

What what this does, an exercise like this works both ways. Right? You reverse engineer only to find out, okay. My twenty twenty five goal is too low potentially, or I really need to refine this more in order to make twenty twenty six possible, in order to make twenty twenty seven possible. Like, it’s it’s both ways. So it’s not like I wanna get to five million in three years, so that means I have to do one point five in twenty twenty five.

Maybe.

But if you’re like, I don’t have what it takes to do one point five in twenty twenty five, then it could be, okay.

Do four hundred thousand this year.

Make sure you get as much figured out as you can. Build in forgiveness if you don’t get that all figured out because you’re gonna realize that the systems that get you to three million are not the systems that get you to five, and so on and so forth. The clients that you need are going to change over time. What they expect will change over this very short period of time.

Okay? So if I’m gonna do four hundred thousand in twenty twenty five, I might be able to double that or at least get to six hundred thousand the following year. But if that’s true, when am I hiring people? Because profitability is is baked into having the right people in the room.

And if I’m only doing six hundred thousand, I don’t have enough money to hire the right people. So it works all these different ways. Right? It’s an important conversation to keep to be having right now instead of sitting by yourself trying to build this thing in alone.

Liesl?

Yeah. I just wanted to say, when I started my business, I hired a business coach who, had me set, like, these big things up front.

But I didn’t have a business before, so I didn’t know what I was gonna build. I just knew that I had to build something because we needed the money.

And they now exit couldn’t work. So she I mean, like, get a big vision of, like, okay. What let’s keep the lights on. And then once we did that, what I noticed pretty quickly was that planning became a spiral for me.

Like, it’s just like, okay. But what about this? What about this? What about this? And so I would just sit at my desk, like, spiraling over, like, okay.

What’s first? And I would start something, but I wouldn’t quite finish it. And so what she told me to do like, she just broke it down into stuff. She’s like, this is what like, this is what we need to get off the ground.

You need a website, and you need an offer, and you need to go she chose, Facebook groups. So I went to Facebook groups, lined up calls.

And that helped me is being able to say, okay. This is my goal. I’ve broken it down. I’m not even gonna look at everything I have to do at that time.

I’m going to just focus on this line item right here that I have to do for this quarter because I trust that if I continue doing this thing, I’m going to hit that. And I ended up hitting it really well. But, my d h Deepgram just is overwhelmed when I see everything all at once and then try and say, like, oh, yeah. This is totally attainable because realistically, it may not be totally attainable where at.

Yeah. Fair. Totally. Great example. Britney?

Let me ask you a question. So sometimes when I’m brainstorming vision with my husband, I’ll, like I’m essentially, like, in brainstorm phase. I’m, like, the vision, and I’m like and he immediately comes in. What about this?

What about this? And I’m like, okay. That almost has to be, like, a separate meeting. Like, right now, we’re not gonna worry about what can’t happen or the roadblocks to it.

We’re only looking for what do we want. And like Stacy said, it’s not just the five million dollar agency. It’s the lifestyle. It’s like, here’s how many hours I wanna work a day.

Here’s the flexibility that I need with my family. Here’s the kind of food I wanna eat. Here’s how I’m gonna outsource some responsibilities I don’t care about at home so that I can spend that time on the business or whatever the whole vision is. But I’m I guess I’m just asking, is that kind of what we’re doing here?

It’s like protecting the dream space, and then we kind of get to the alright. Now let’s go through this and see how we can like Liesl was saying, like, when you’re overwhelmed, it’s, like, either increase support or decrease the step, you know, so that we can start moving forward, I guess.

Yeah. I think so what I know after years and years of going through goal setting sessions with people is everybody is so different. Some are very tactical.

Some move quickly into, a part of the conversation that feels like it’s for me, I don’t want it yet. Like, let’s look at the problems with that. Let’s look at how hard it would be to get there.

Like, what’s the point? We don’t need this that goal, then all we’re gonna think about is how hard it is to get there. Like, let’s just call it you know, throw in the towel and sit back and read books all day then and hope someone feeds us.

So I yeah. The my hope for everybody here in going through this exercise is we have these conversations. You go to these additional brainstorming sessions that are set up here that are completely optional, of course, and you come up with the right kind of plan for you. So for you, Britney, when you’re saying, okay. I want a thing to also, like, I have a vision of the kind of food that I’ll be able to provide to my family and other things that to me wouldn’t make their way on here because I’d be like, well, yeah, because I have so much extra money that, like, I don’t have to tell myself what I’m gonna prioritize.

The thing I have to tell myself is I need to get to five million dollars. I need to get to fifty million dollars in twenty twenty seven in order to buy that giant piece of land outright, buy a tractor for it, hire a farming consultant, figure out irrigation.

Like, those are real things I’d have to have in my mind in or because they’re not natural. They’re not gonna come naturally to me. There’s so much that’s gonna come naturally to you. That’s why it’s like this is a small piece of paper.

There’s not enough room for all the things that you have to figure out. It’s really just what are the things that I need to, for me, I think, force myself to do in order to get here. So if I look at this and go, alright. I can’t reach five million dollars in twenty twenty seven realistically unless some miracle happens.

I can’t plan on miracles. They may happen, but I can’t put them in a plan. So to get there, I need to have, let’s say, two million in twenty twenty six.

And if I’m getting that two million because I’ve got so many great systems in place and I get those systems in place in the first two two quarters of twenty twenty five, then I can probably get to a million by the second half of twenty twenty five if I figured everything out. I don’t know if that answers your question, Britney. Does it? Does it come in the vicinity of it?

Yes.

And I guess could could you give us maybe a real life example of yourself where you set kind of a big goal?

Sort of just how it played out for you?

Yeah. I mean, my, set big goals, they don’t work, and then you backtrack to the one that was most likely to work anyway. So when so okay. So an example for me gosh. I’d have to think of something.

The AC side of my business has always been the easy side.

It just comes easily. So I’ve never really had to plan for that outside of just keep hiring people. Just keep hiring people. Keep your foot on the gap.

Keep hiring. Clients come in. The team does the work. You live life.

Copy copy school, copy school professional, the product side of the business is the more challenging one. And so for me, I have goals galore around that. But then I do I’m currently actually working towards the goal I just set. I need to have a lot of money to buy that eleven acres that I looked at yesterday, in order to have some sort of flower farm type thing that I can enjoy after hours when I’m not doing this awesome work once I have figured this out.

But as for an actual goal, I don’t know. I don’t know. It’s mostly just like stay the course, try not to get in your way, and keep hiring and training. And then when it’s not working, fire people quickly and make sure you have money there to pay out severance so that they don’t sue you.

It’s not a it’s not a sexy thing at all.

Stay the course is a hard thing for me. Stay focused is a hard thing for me because there’s so much opportunity. So it’s not a good answer, but that’s my ongoing challenge. I’ve set the money challenges, and I don’t give a shit about money when it comes down to it. I like the things you can do with money, but then I need a plan for what to do with the money.

And I don’t really have that side of buying a farm.

Make myself happy, Stacy?

I just wanted to add that, you know, I like I like to allow for exponential things, and I have had that happen many, many times because, really, everything can change in a day. Everything can change in one conversation.

And examples of that, even, you know, years ago when I I I had a line of, of jewelry that started from scratch, a fashion line. And I went from, you know, starting that business with fifteen dollars to being in six hundred stores all around the world within a couple of years.

Right. And that was before the Internet existed. So that was and, you know, it it things happen. You know, I met someone at a coffee shop one day, and they introduced me to a company that ended up buying hundred thousands of units, and it snowballed from there.

So I think that for me, I’ve always been you know, I do the mechanical nuts and bolts, and I show up every day and do the work, but I also make space for the the exponential, surprising, synchronistic things to happen. And I’ll do things like use a mantra, you know, even though I don’t know how, I’m so grateful that I have my billion dollar company. You know? And and I do that, and I try to be available to that.

And, you know, even just with with my software company right now, my twenty thousand MRR is equivalent to most SaaS companies’ two hundred thousand MRR because they’re paying a team of ten people, and I’m a one person. So it’s it’s all profit almost.

Yeah.

And, so I have the equivalent of a two point five million dollar annual company just with twenty thousand MRR.

Yeah. And the other thing is, I mean, I can I can have a partnership situation come up that could enable me to get a thousand clients from through one partnership overnight? So it can if I lay the groundwork, things can exponentially increase. So that’s what I just wanted to add is to make yourself be available to possibility.

That’s all.

Love that. I love that, and I love the reminders of key things. Right? Like partnerships.

If we we don’t have mantras in here. We don’t have this is my statement for the year, but maybe maybe you should have your statement for the year. It might be more around saying, yes. It might be get out of my house.

It might be travel and meet with people when wherever I go in order to say I am opening myself up to the possibilities that I don’t know what I have to do in twenty twenty five. I know I have to get to a billion dollars in revenue. I know that that will take doing things that I’m not currently doing or else I would probably already be there or close to it. So I have to say yes to things.

I can’t I can’t say no as a default. I have to do things that are uncomfortable.

I leave this part open in order to get to the more vivid twenty twenty seven I have. Close-up, it’s all blurry.

Here, it’s a little better.

What so what that’s really coming down to for me is maybe you leave twenty twenty five open outside of really high level stuff. Like, alright. Well, I have to get to a million dollars. There’s no two ways around that.

I will figure out how. I will probably do that by no longer saying yes to low value work. So if it’s under ten thousand, then I say no to it.

What else has to be true for me to get to a place where in twenty twenty six, I am halfway to my goal? And keeping in mind that it’s, like, not what I want to do. What do I need to do? You won’t wanna do most of the stuff that it takes to get to where you really wanna go or you probably would already be there and you wouldn’t be in any sort of coaching program to get there.

This is the thing. I know we’re low on time.

There are constraints that you’ll need to remove, and this is where I want you to start with in twenty twenty five and then go forward. So going back and doing this work, we work back from twenty twenty seven on this one. Then on the constraints, we work in twenty twenty five onward. Those constraints could be around okay.

I look at what I need to get to that. I don’t have the systems. Britney, as you were saying, I don’t have the systems. I definitely don’t have the team.

I don’t have the right mindset on team maybe, or I have the right mindset. I want it, but I haven’t figured out managing people. Okay. That’s a constraint.

You can work on that in twenty twenty five, and maybe twenty twenty five isn’t the year to work on. Maybe it’s like, okay. No. I can put that off in twenty twenty five while I figure out systems.

But at some point before the end of twenty twenty six, I need to have removed the crap in my head and the actual processes around people. So that’s what you’re gonna do next. I’m just, like, getting us through the final parts, and then we work through basically the sunshine growth model. So you have to have the other sorted out in order to begin moving toward better understanding, like, the detail.

Course, it’s vision. We’re starting high and then we’re narrowing down.

So in time for your Thursday session, I know that it’s like I’ve got other things to do. This is critical for your business. You want to get to a place where you have these parts sorted out around changes that you’ll need to make in your skills in order to get their skills being, of course, the copywriting skills that you sell, the list building skills and other skills you have to run your business itself, your authority. What are you going to do in twenty twenty five in order to build your authority, and how will you know you’ve done it? Basic OKRs, which most people are familiar with.

Leverage, what can you do around, systems, processes, tools, people.

And again, in twenty twenty five because you’ve already done the thinking, and importantly, you have to tell yourself what you won’t do yet.

And later on, we have a to do list and a not to do list coming up that’s really, really tactical.

But with ten minutes left in this, I want to leave you, challenge you to fill in the rest of this, block out a couple hours. This is time well spent on your business, on what you’re going to do in order to be ready for your Thursday session, which is all about the actual plan to start getting there. So you have to know where you’re trying to get. K? Claire?

Sorry. In the middle of taking notes. I just to go back to our our previous conversation, I have a question. I think in everything that we’ve done this session, I feel like we’ve kind of consolidated what one of the, like, things that aren’t really matching up in terms of vision, goals, etcetera.

Everything that I’m writing is, like, entrenched in having a personal brand.

Okay. But everything that I’m doing, I’m trying to build, like, an agency.

Does that make sense?

Yeah.

So I feel like I should probably be trying to build Claire’s authority rather than, like, agency. Does that does that yeah.

I’m not really sure how to finish the No.

Agree. Exactly. It’s twenty twenty five is the Claire brand, the personal brand, setting you up for twenty twenty six to start putting together the way to monetize that brand, which is typically going to be some form of agency or professional services, whether that’s consulting or whatever that might may be. And then what does that look like in twenty twenty seven?

So it’s again, this works both ways. If you start with twenty twenty seven and then you get to twenty twenty five and go, I don’t like any of the things that I have to do to make that work. What I really feel like I’m missing here is, like, the personal brand stuff that I want to be working on, then start there. Then in twenty twenty five, I’m gonna work on my personal brand and know that the trickier thing is to say, here’s my starting point.

I’ll figure out the goal later. That’s like you don’t know what you’re aiming for. So as long as you’re, like, deliberately putting something together, that’s all we’re trying to do with this exercise.

Be deliberate, not accidental. You can grow accidentally, but you can grow better deliberately.

Actually focusing, knowing what your eight to ten hours a day are going cater to. So you don’t sit there on Thursday going, I don’t have client work today. What should I be working on? Like, you know I should be working on this.

Good. It’s Thursday. It’s my book day or whatever that you have in mind for your first friend, Claire. Yeah.

That that makes total sense. Okay.

And in terms of I feel like I just need a reminder.

Building a, like, million dollar agency is totally possible. Right? It’s, honestly, it’s so possible.

I I’m annoyed with myself because I know that I come off weird when I, like, say it’s so easy.

But the money is right there. Brands have so much money and are so struggling. If you can just get in front of these people already, they have money for what you do. Your job is to get in front of them and most freelancers put their toe in, take their toe out, put their toe in, take the toe.

Just get in the fucking water and now we can build something. Right? We can grow because money is out there, but you have to commit to it. That’s my that’s my f bomb for the day.

Yes. I love it. Thank you. Caitlin says exactly.

Jump in. Cody?

Yeah.

I just have a question on one of the questions in the workbook because I’ve been filling in the stuff out.

And I got to the, question where it says, what do you do in a week? And I I feel like that’s a little ambiguous, and I’m not sure what what that means.

Like, what it it’s on page twenty eight, in Canva.

Yes. In the printed version, what do you do in a week? One sec. I just don’t wanna scroll through it while everybody’s watching it go by. It’s nauseating.

So that’s still a little bit out.

Oh, it was part of it’s December thirty first twenty seven and Oh, it’s down there.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Sorry about that. Absolutely.

The what do you do in a week? Yeah. And then how to yeah. I know it it’s it’s lower level, but, yeah, it’s really a question of, like okay.

So we’re a vivid. We’re looking around. You can look all around and see the whole three-dimensional version of your business. You can hear people.

There’s, like, a tactile, like, here’s what my business is.

And that just includes what do you do in a week, and that could be three years out in a week where I had on that block that I shared, I spend fourteen hours a week on the business itself. The rest of the time I spend on podcast and on writing books and on guesting and possibly on traveling.

So that would be a thing that you would do. In a week, you would spend block out two days of the week. You’re very intentional. Two days of the week is there for business itself, for operations, meetings with your team.

That’s Monday, Tuesday. This is getting very vivid. Right? So Monday, Tuesday, I give myself to my team.

Thursday, Friday are writing days for me. Wednesday is podcasting day. Saturday, I do x, y, or z if Saturday factors in because it’s three years out and life looks different. Maybe your kids are boarding school.

Not that I’m saying they should you know what I mean?

Yeah.

So that’s what I would say.

Just just search for the c so that you know in three years, you’re not spending forty hours a week on the business. Clients barely see you. And when they do, they’re so happy to see you, because you’re not easy to access anymore.

Yeah.

So at that point, now I’m thinking, like because right now, I’m obviously gonna be the one to, like, present the retainer and be like, this is what we so in three years from now, I guess, would that also look like that?

Like, that’s what you’re showing up for is just those things?

Or That’s all your financial goals are, I would say. Like, do you want to have a salesperson at that point? Do you wanna have and if you if if you don’t wanna be running those calls, you want to have someone closing for you, then you need a salesperson. Okay. So what needs to happen in order for you to get there?

Oh, I mean, like, you know, like, presenting the project. Like, okay. This is what we did for you this month. Well, that part. Yes.

Yes. Manager.

You probably unless like, depends how much time you wanna spend on the business in that year. If you’re if you’re like, I’m all in. I don’t wanna write a book. I will have written the book in twenty twenty six.

So twenty twenty seven, I’m back all in on this business, and we’re just exploding it. Then maybe you are on those on all on a lot more calls than you’d expect because you’re really white gloving everything in order to get that feedback in. It’s a learning year for you. You wanna make sure clients are so happy and all they’re doing is talking about you.

Okay. Cool. Then you’re on those calls.

But that depends on what your overall goal is in order to know what that day of today looks like.

Mhmm. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Thank you. Awesome. Thanks, Cody. Britney?

This would be helpful for me. I don’t know about anyone else, but I would love, like, five to ten examples of what a retainer standardized offer looks like. What are people offering for the five grand retainer? Like I just want examples so that because I’m finding myself, like, going kind of more than I need to above and beyond, and I really need to pull that back. And so Most most and you’re not alone there, Britney.

A lot of people jump too. I should shove more stuff in here.

What which the more you get to have these conversations with the right ICP, the right business that forwards you and wants this stuff, they don’t actually want more from you. Like, they’re not nobody is sitting around tallying up how much did Britney give us this week. They’re really just like, what are the results? Like, what happened?

What’s my problem? Exactly. Okay. So cool. So I I know there are people in here.

I’m looking at Andrew. Andrew’s running retainer projects that are optimization. That’s exactly the idea.

What I what what a lot of creams gloss over is that we were guessing. We were guessing. It’s a really strong educated guess, but the first thing we put out there is just a guess. Good guess. Might be wrong though.

And I know that might sound like, well, who would sell that as a service to fix the mistakes that I might have just made back here? But it’s, it’s not a mistake. It’s part of the process, and the right ICP absolutely knows that. They know that you don’t hand over perfect work that converts at a hundred percent. It might convert at two percent. It might convert less they had before. That’s normal.

But if you abandon it, if you walk away, then no one on their team no one set it up. So how are they going to be able to optimize it? They weren’t even available to set the thing up. So you come in and say, okay.

I can set this up, but let’s work on this as a full project. That means I’m gonna set this up for you and then I’m gonna spend six months making it better. Okay? So if that’s the fundamental idea behind the retainer, then it’s only what you you break off pieces of the thing that you set up upfront while measuring it.

So, Andrew, maybe you can chime in with what you’re doing. This is like for Boxcar, our email agency that was all about set up do an audit upfront, then you create a road map out of that. That includes you do setup for a thing, then you do maximization, and then you do optimization. And this was all only for email.

So we do an email program audit. This worked really well for ecommerce in particular, but SaaS as well. But ecommerce, yes, because they do have a lot of automations that are running outside of campaigns.

So you set the you do the audit of everything going on that was fifty k or whatever the price was, something like that, and then there’s the road map that comes off of that that says okay now we’re going to go fix the automation that you already have, then we enter into a three ish maximization program.

Maximization is where you’re like anything could be changed here. We’re going to possibly rewrite entire emails. We might tear that one down that we just put up because we put it out there in like crickets and start all over again, or we might not. But during maximization mode, we’re like pushing resources in to getting lift.

Optimization mode is like, cool, we spent three months maxing, now we’re gonna spend three months making that the product of maximization better. But what you’re getting month after month is, like, an army of people thinking like a small army. It’s a dedicated little, like, four person pod thinking about what how to make your stuff better.

So I don’t know if that’s that’s the example. The core example is email.

Always email. But you can take that and do the same thing with ads, with full funnels, with evergreen webinar campaigns, or evergreen webinar funnels. Andrew, do you wanna share what your retainer is for Britney?

Yeah. I’m happy to share. It’s definitely not, it’s far from perfect. This is the first time I was able to really sell kind of an optimization retainer, so I was sorts of things that need to be figured out.

Right now, it’s basically set up that I am there to support them with one test on their website per month, and that includes going back to pages that we did once and maybe, you know, okay. We have reached statistical significance, and we got, you know, more people clicking the CTA button, which is a good indication, but, you know, the test didn’t work. The test itself didn’t work. Let’s try it again.

So we do move around from page to page. It’s not the same thing over, which would be nice, but it didn’t work out, with this client. But, it is nice, being able to kind of keep going back to the same thing. It’s a little bit of a loose scope right now. I have a good amount of trust with the client that I work with, so I’m able to kind of tell him what’s realistic to get done in the month, what might take longer, that kind of thing.

But, yeah, have him chat more about it.

So I have to put this on for Does Anybody else have any that they’re working if they wanna share?

Yeah. It’s I recognize that for a lot of people, it is a tough nut to crack, but that is mostly due to the fact that you’re not talking about optimization when you’re talking about your work, and that’s true across creatives. Right? Like, nobody talks about nobody wants to admit the first effort was just a start.

But if you can start saying that, and that’s, like, refreshing for people to hear and other creatives to hear that as well, like, it’s so true. It’s so true. Like, it was a good guess. It was super solid guess, but now we have to optimize it, make it better.

Andrew says, the first client I pitched it to worked. Yeah. Yeah. Have you pitched it yet, Britney, or are you still just busy working through the idea?

Yeah. I haven’t pitched the but I’m getting close with a client where, like, they need to put me on retainer, but I just wanna make sure I’m not overriding and that I have space to do other work so that I can keep growing. You know?

So yeah, because that’s like profits die when you do new work the whole way through a retainer.

Like, no.

So that’s fair. And we can talk more about this as well, and that’s what we do talk about all the time, the retainers and standardized offers and stacking multiple ones together.

Okay. So, Jessica says they’re ICP.

Hold on. Oh, she’s talking to somebody else. Okay. Cool.

Awesome. And or nice. Okay. So that wraps up today’s session. Thank you for staying late, everybody. I know that we’re spending more time on the work than on taking questions right now, but, really, this, I’m very, very hopeful that you can wrap this up.

Not I don’t I don’t fantasize that everybody’s going to have a perfect plan in place, and it’ll be unchanging.

But if we can get closer closer to that, then you can actually know what you’re working on. And and next year, as you continue working through Coffee School Pro and other training and coaching, whatever things that you have added in, you know what to work on and what not to work on. So it’s not just like shiny objects syndrome, which can be very distracting to entrepreneurs galore. You, like, choose the things based on where your constraints are, what your goals are, and how you’re gonna get there.

That’s awesome. Okay. Cool. Wonderful. Alright. We’ll see you all in Slack and in our Thursday session.

Have a good day, y’all. Bye.

Transcript

Awesome.

Okay. Happy Monday. Happy continued goal setting. So how’s everybody doing with goal setting so far?

I’d love an update if you just wanna share anything that’s maybe getting in your way, if you haven’t had a chance, if it’s not working at all for you. I know I’ve struggled a lot in my time with, setting goals, or I’m like, I don’t know. I don’t know what the future holds. So, any thoughts or how any reactions?

Nobody?

You’re good? Hard to make choices, Andrew says. Okay.

K. Is anybody else feeling that?

Something like that. Caitlin says yes.

Alright. No one wants to come off mute today. Alright. Everyone’s just just being quiet.

I do a a goal workshop at the end of every year, so this is all sort of, like, I’m getting, like, an extra head start on the shop that I usually already do by doing this and making me think in in different angles too, so it’s really good.

I think that’s really interesting.

Does anybody else regularly do goal setting at this time of year? Dawn does. Katie does.

Others, not as much.

Yeah. I think that’s what’s interesting to me is people who do goal setting tend to be likely to hit goals, because there was a goal and they keep looking at their goals, the tricky thing is if you’re just doing goal setting as, like, just like procedural, we could just have to do the thing, so I will do the thing.

And then you never look at your goals again. You don’t think about what your goals really are, and that’s not great. So, one of my coaches, former coaches, said you should look at your goals three times a day.

Every single day you should be reviewing your goals not just once, but three times.

And I don’t. I don’t. I love the idea, but I I don’t. And, I think that that speaks a lot to yeah.

There’s a lot that that says, and I wish that I did. But I think I, like a lot of people, just kind of perform goal setting or have in the past. Now past few years, I’ve been taking it a lot more seriously, instead of just kind of falling in and, you know, doing the work and seeing what happens, that sort of thing. So, Claire, do you wanna add something?

Oh, yeah. I wanna say, like, I’m a real professional goal setter when it comes to, like, life and personal fitness and health and friendships and stuff, but I have never, like, dared to dream for the business side.

Okay.

Is the daring to dream part of goal setting? How’s that working for you? How are you negotiating that, Claire?

Oh, sorry. I didn’t hear your last word.

Oh, I was wondering how your like, the dare to dream part is interesting language to hear from you. Is it getting in the way? Is the dream good or bad when it comes to goal setting?

Oh, Claire’s gone.

Is anybody else here?

No?

Yeah. I’m sorry.

I just turned off my video because it’s my Internet seems to be Alright.

How about you?

Okay. Cool.

I’ll go well. Claire is sorting out everything. Yeah. Yeah. I guess I this might be, you know, specific to my psychology, but, I think that I don’t have a problem with the sort of dreaming big part of it. I really enjoy that part.

A problem is once the the half like, I’m reading vivid vision now. So, like, once the how voice kind of gets into it, I find that, so much of my indecision seems to be driven by, like, avoidance where it’s like, okay. I could go in this I could go in this direction, but then I’d have to, like, have full time employees, and I don’t wanna do that. Or, oh, I could go in this direction, but, you know, I don’t know. That’s not like I don’t know. There there’s always just the other voice kind of comes in.

And so I think that’s a lot of what’s holding me back is this idea of, like, maybe it’s a form of perfectionism, but there’s some sort of ideal that I could just someday oh, you know, I wake up in the morning and I do oh, I sit down and I do this for an hour and then I go back a day, and then the money just pours in and all that. You know? So I think that there is, yeah, I think I think that the, yeah, without full no. Agreed, Stacy.

But I think sometimes, yeah, it’s it’s that I don’t want to accept that there are trade offs with different decisions.

So, yeah, good at the dream big part, not as good at the part that goes after that where it’s like, okay. How does this happen?

Okay. Okay. We’ll come back to that. It’s interesting. Caitlin?

Yeah. I am the type where goal setting has just been difficult for me when it’s, like, far off, but this three year thing works a little bit better for me because I’m the type of person when people are like, what do you want? Even if it was like, what do you want in a man? Write it down.

Like, I’m like, I don’t know. World show me, and then I’ll see. Like so I’m kinda like that a little bit with my business too. So what was helpful for me with Viv Vivint Vision is he said, like, you create this, and first of all, it’s only three years out.

And then also, it can change. So, like, if it changes for good reason, not just because I’m a flake, that flexibility helps me. The other thing that has helped me is, like, this workbook, like, making it so tangible Mhmm.

Has has helped. But, yeah, that’s the only thing that’s kind of been in my way in the past is, like, out in the the future. Like, I don’t know. Like, you know, I tell you I wanna live in a tiny house, but I refuse to leave my apartment in New York City.

So, so yeah.

So there’s just a little bit of that in my personality, but this short term with the flexibility of things changing is kinda helpful.

Yeah. Okay. That’s that’s interesting too.

Jessica, you say you’re the opposite of Andrew. You can’t figure out what you want. Is anybody else in the same boat?

Yeah. Claire is yeah. Yeah. I think that that’s one of the things that so when I was in Rise session last Monday, I struggled many many, many ways in that session. There’s a lot of quiet there.

But other than the quiet, which I get is his coaching style. But the thing that made me struggle was was when it came to unhinged ideas, I didn’t get a lot of unhinged ideas in the room. And I was like, okay. So I was talking to my husband that night on our, like, dog walk. Like, am I wrong?

Want people to have big visions?

Is it something that comes naturally to people, or is it scary?

I know that some people think down here and some people think up here, and then there’s all the ranges in between. So I’m I’m I’m just letting you know going into today’s session when we’re talking about Vivint Vision for three years out, I am aware that it’s not easy for everybody to go, here’s the big thing that I want, and then here’s how I’m gonna get it. Oh, that’s great, Cody. Yeah.

So if it’s hard for you, I think you know that’s okay. And if it’s easy for you, I think you know that’s also okay.

Both are I want you to know that I think both are valid, and I understand if I am going to push you as much as I can today to get bigger picture with your twenty twenty seven goal, what that really looks like, and I’ll do my best not to force my own ideas for what I want for you onto the conversation.

It’ll probably happen, though. So, with everything understood, I do wanna jump in. Did anybody work ahead on pages twenty onward? Has anybody done these pages already? Little Andrew did. Don, of course, did.

Cody did. So some people did. Okay. What I want to do then I do wanna take some time to fill this this being page twenty one and page twenty two before we kind of break for a few minutes just to start filling it in and then, like, reflect on what that feels like, does anybody who has worked ahead want to even just read out from page twenty one, which is it’s the headline is it’s December thirty first twenty twenty seven. And then there’s the table there. It says, what do you see when you encounter your brand from a distance?

Does anybody who has completed that? Could someone please read theirs out so others can hear it?

Don? Cool. Thanks, Don.

Uh-huh. So I see the brand represented across multiple channels, LinkedIn, YouTube, and industry events.

K.

I noticed ads highlighting successful health care email campaigns I’ve created for leading organizations. And my website and testimonials are regularly cited as resources for improving patient engagement.

Cool. Okay. Thank you, Dawn.

In hearing that, hopefully, it’s starting to get you thinking about what yours might be if you haven’t written it in. Does anybody else want to share?

Like, Liezl. Yeah.

Are you talking about it’s December thirty first twenty twenty seven?

Yeah. Yeah. Just the first block that you can fill in there.

Okay. So the first block I filled in was, it says, do you see when you encounter your brand from a distance? Fresh clean branding with being strong, energetic women behind us, empowering women in tech, cultivating communities and brands. And then I talk more about, like, the branding as a whole. So I have, like, what it looks like, what the feel is, and stuff like that. And then I get deeper into the, like, specific of the vision as you can know.

Yeah. Okay. Cool.

Okay. Thanks, Liesl. Thanks, Dawn.

Who hasn’t just to be honest. It’s okay. Who hasn’t finished vivid vision?

Couple people.

Okay. One of the things that he says to do in vivid vision is when you write your vision out, put it on your website, put it in your marketing materials, and then share that around with people, which I think is really, like, brave. It’s quite a thing to put yourself out there that way. I don’t think a lot of us are that comfortable with it, because of risk of failure and public failure. I said I was gonna build this big thing, and then life happens, or I decided I didn’t want it, and I have to talk to people about that.

But still so keep I want you to, like, be thinking that I should make this public because when I make it public, I am more likely to hold myself up to doing the thing versus keeping it quiet.

What part of it to put out there on your site? I mean, yeah, according to the book, like, all of it. Like, he writes a full manifesto and, like, publishers, you can find his PDF that he puts together, when you just Google his name.

So the author that is, who’s Coleman Karma, something like that. I the digital version, I don’t have it in front of me.

So okay. Now I know people haven’t all read this, but the idea with vivid vision is really bringing it to life. Like, go from high level to eye level where you have people to see it. So what I wanna do is take five minutes.

It’s not a lot of time. It’s not enough time. We’re not gonna get through everything here. But I want you to take five minutes to imagine it is three years from today.

Let’s pretend whatever. December ninth twenty twenty seven.

If you haven’t already completed this, I want you to fill in the first two or three blocks on, sorry, on the page that begins at December thirty first twenty twenty seven, which is technically page twenty one, which I know that there’s no page numbers in here, and I’m sorry about that.

But, fill those in for the next five and a half minutes.

Really, really working to to make it clear. So you’re a copywriter, this is easier for you. You get to not summarize.

You you map you show it, like, really visualize it.

And ideally, think bigger. Allow yourself to. You’ve got your whole life to think small. Just take this moment to think as big as you can about what that thing could be and what you want it to be as well. It might there might be some ideal state, but you don’t want that ideal state. What is the ideal state that you want in three years?

K. We’re gonna take five minutes. Fill in as many as you can on that page, as many sections as you can. Don’t rush yourself, but you will wanna finish this before the end of the year. And then we’re gonna move two pages down. Okay?

Good? Alright.

Okeydoke. Hopefully, that was enough time. It wasn’t, but it’s something.

Okay. So let’s oh, I’m just gonna resume. There we go.

Now what you need to do is finish filling that in, and I found it really satisfying. Go through the book. This is like a high like a like, excerpts, not the complete process that he walks you through, but it it helps. So go through finish the book, but finish these sheets as well, in order to have goals that actually align with what you wanna do and that are doable, and you know what they look like and you’re not busy guessing.

And you want to do this all. Finish all of the workbook. We’re we’re chipping away at it over the rest of the month because on the last Monday of the month, Shane is going to help you create q one daily to do list, which is, like, massive game changer. If you’re doing them, well done you.

But this will help you understand how you how you should be spending your time in q one in order to get to these goals. And then then you’ll repeat the process in q two, q three, q four in order to reach your twenty twenty five goals and realign reset expectations. Okay. So I’m not gonna ask anybody to read any of those out.

What I wanna do is move on to a couple pages down, which looks like this. You should be seeing. I know that you are. What do I need to do to live that vision in twenty twenty seven?

If you have not arrived at a vision yet, hop to it. It’s December ninth.

We’ve been at this for ten days already.

So let’s imagine what I want you to do is work backwards here. So on this page, you wanna write out what your twenty twenty seven vivid vision basically is, and this isn’t all the stuff because it can get enormous. But it’s really like, okay. What do I see for my business? Basically summarized. It’s not as vivid as it was before, but here’s what it’s gonna look like. You start with that final state for three years out and then you’re gonna work back from there.

So let’s do this together to kind of get, not for yourself, for the one that’s showing showing here, just to get like the juices flowing, get people throwing ideas out.

So if my goal was this, by the end of twenty twenty seven, I will have a five million dollar a year agency with ten full time employees who run everything for me. I show up on sales calls to close and on monthly account calls to keep clients happy, but I spend no more than fourteen hours a week on the business. The rest of the time, I’m writing books, at least one a year, and running our podcast while guesting on other podcasts.

I speak on fifteen stages a year, none of them overseas as I don’t want to live with jet lag. Okay. I like to kinda know what twenty twenty seven looks like, what it would mean three years from now. What would need to be true for me in twenty twenty six, generally, in order for twenty twenty seven to happen?

There’s not really a wrong answer. It’s just like brainstorming. There’s a wrong answer if you’re like, buy candy canes now. It’s like, obviously, that’s unrelated entirely. So what’s a related thing that you would want to do in twenty twenty six?

Yeah. Fire away, Britney.

I guess just the way that I would approach something like this is I take my end goal and I sort of reverse engineer. Right? So it’s sort of like I would be like, what services am I offering? How much am I charging?

Any would I need in order to hit my goals? So it was sort of like I would like, okay. Like, I need a hundred clients doing ten k each with a five k retainer. Whatever that is. K. Then I would just step it through twenty twenty six to the twenty twenty seven goal, I guess.

Yeah.

So okay. If we were to start with I’m gonna have a five million dollar agency.

Okay.

How what will we probably need to be at in twenty twenty six to get to five million the following year? Just guessing.

So money wise, we’d probably need to be at two point five if we’re doubling revenue new every year.

So then in twenty twenty five, I would need to be at one point three if we’re doubling every year, let’s imagine.

And then no. Go ahead.

I was gonna say too, and I guess sometimes I think of it, like, they talk about how the body heals. Right? And it it’ll say, like, the body is going along like this, and you feel like you’re not making progress out of surgery, and then it kind of just shoots up and the healing curve is very fast. And I feel like the twenty twenty five goals, it’s like that’s when you’re really refining your standardized offer. You’re really figuring out who you are, what you offer, getting those systems in place because then you can spend twenty twenty six, like, executing the systems for lack of a better word. That’s how I would approach it. Totally.

Okay. So that’s fantastic. So then what would you do to change those numbers around? Let’s say we’re just playing with numbers at this point.

What would you say in twenty twenty five you would allow yourself to only bring in I mean, am I crazy to say, like, I would be comfortable lowering that to, like, almost three hundred if in two thousand twenty seven I was gonna hit get five million as long as I was putting the systems in place for growth? So, like, maybe I’m unrealistic there.

What does what do I what does that what do others think?

Three hundred thousand this year in order to put the systems in place. Okay. How will you know the systems are going to be systems that get you to five million in twenty twenty seven?

And that’s, like, not to challenge. It’s like a real that’s what I would be asking myself. Okay. If I’m only gonna get and, honestly, if I want in two years from this date Mhmm.

To be at five million, what what what needs to happen? So if I’m like, okay. I’m gonna get three hundred thousand, but then here is what would need to be true for me. So what would you need to have in place by the end of twenty twenty five?

Well, like, first go ahead.

Like, I guess, for me, getting very clear on the culture that my business, as it grows, is going to maintain my hiring practices, what kind of because, right, like, you can’t grow unless you have the right scope of work, I guess.

Like, for me, just kind of, you know, scope of work, I guess. Like, for me, just kind of nailing down the criteria of all of those things. Yeah. And it’s so intensive to do that.

Yeah.

Okay. So for me, I hear that and go like, okay. That’s wonderful.

Does that take a whole year?

Does it honestly, does it?

Maybe.

But if you’re gonna allow yourself like, when you think of the luxury of time as you’re an entrepreneur, right, it’s it’s more valuable than money is. So if you are effectively hiring yourself at a valuation, like, next year, the following year, or two years after this, you’re doing five million a year, then really basic English major math is like, okay. You’re you’re spending a lot of money by taking that year to figure out that criteria. Do you need the whole year?

What do what do people think?

I would say no.

Go ahead. Sorry.

I was gonna say, it’d probably take you about a good solid three months two to three months.

Yeah. But it’s not a concentrated period of time.

No. Right?

It’s like you don’t sit down for two months and come out the other side with this factory line produced systems, culture figured out. Right? Like, this is stuff that you also figure out as you go.

I guess for me feel like I put the lower number because I myself am not doing one point two this year. And so it’s like, well, I wanna kind of be closer to where I’m at. I can still hit my five in twenty twenty seven. Right? Like, just like blow if we’re blowing the doors off of vision, but I also don’t wanna be unrealistic.

I and I hear that, and I agree with you that it’s a hockey stick. Right? It’s typically not this line. It’s the hockey stick. So I feel that you could you could in twenty twenty five make three hundred thousand and then two years later be at five million.

However, that’s also like, that’s a really good clickbait headline and it makes you wonder is it realistic? Is it or will you find yourself making a million two years later?

Because that’s still, like, solid two point five x, three x ish number off of this year.

I don’t want what I what I what I wanna encourage here is whatever this number is that you wanna get to, we’re still just talking money. We’re not even getting into, like, any of the other stuff that happens along the way to get there. If you wanna make five million three years out, twenty twenty five, yes to the planting season. Yes. Like, we have to plant in order to harvest later.

How long is that planting season?

Is it maybe the first six months of twenty twenty five? Then you see how it goes, and you spend the second six months of it trying to harvest or, like, get it to the right place that you can harvest later.

How’s everybody else feeling right now? What are you thinking when you look at those numbers?

Not for your own goals even, but just as an as an exercise in goal setting and coming up with what to do with the vision. Stacy?

Well, my first, my first thought is I wanna know in that five million dollars scenario what that looks like. How many so why I wanna know the why behind that five million dollar agency goal because well, what is it that you want personally?

You know? That may sound good, but but what’s underneath that? Because there may be other ways to to get that thing.

Right? And then if if if this looks like, you know, if five million a year looks like how many clients? Let’s just say how how let’s just pick a pick a number. How many clients?

Is that ten huge clients? Is it a hundred smaller clients? You know, I try to play with orders of magnitude of of ten and see what that looks like. In in which case, if it’s gonna be getting to a hundred clients at x volume, then what I wanna do is get to one of those clients in year one and figure out how to do that, because then I’m sure that somebody can pay me, and I improve that thing, and then I can multiply it out and scale it up.

But I’m I think a little maybe a little differently because I’m, you know, very entrepreneurial about this and consulting about things like this is is what I do.

So No.

There and everybody will think differently about it.

And I think that it’s wonderful to have a full conversation about this. The things that you and Britney both quickly said, like, we need to know how many clients that how many clients is that, and that’s like digging into spreadsheet kind of stuff. Right? Like, you could open up a spreadsheet and figure that out immediately. You could ask AI, tell me what I need to do to get to this number, which could be a great a very valid contribution to figuring this out.

Okay. Who else? Jessica, you wanted to pop in with something?

Is that okay? Can you hear me alright?

Yeah.

Perfect. No. I was I’m so glad you did this example and that we’re having this discussion because this was my twenty I I think I’m in a rebellious phase right now. I was sitting here going, I’m not showing up to these anymore. Next year, the word of the year is fundamentals.

So this was gonna be my plan for next year is just figure out the systems, figure out whatever. But I’m so glad I’m talking about it because my rebellion’s kicking in going, wait a second. Vivint Vision said that he they gave the Elon Musk example. And if he had thought about the whys and the hows and blah blah blah, that’s not really the point.

So I think this is where I struggle when setting goals and visions, especially, because I have that well, is that realistic? But that wasn’t really what the book was about. So I’m struggling internally with the, well, one,

want. And then, two, do I I’m trying to shut off even if I did figure out what I wanted, shut off the realistic because that’s not what the challenge was with vision in my opinion.

Am I misreading the book?

Or Oh, I don’t I am yeah.

I think that’s great and also awesome to contribute here.

Realistic is good because otherwise, like, we’re just building unicorns that aren’t actual. Like like, unicorns and billion dollar companies. We’re just building something that’s not gonna ever exist.

So I think it’s great. I think others would agree that it’s great to get realistic about it.

What what this does, an exercise like this works both ways. Right? You reverse engineer only to find out, okay. My twenty twenty five goal is too low potentially, or I really need to refine this more in order to make twenty twenty six possible, in order to make twenty twenty seven possible. Like, it’s it’s both ways. So it’s not like I wanna get to five million in three years, so that means I have to do one point five in twenty twenty five.

Maybe.

But if you’re like, I don’t have what it takes to do one point five in twenty twenty five, then it could be, okay.

Do four hundred thousand this year.

Make sure you get as much figured out as you can. Build in forgiveness if you don’t get that all figured out because you’re gonna realize that the systems that get you to three million are not the systems that get you to five, and so on and so forth. The clients that you need are going to change over time. What they expect will change over this very short period of time.

Okay? So if I’m gonna do four hundred thousand in twenty twenty five, I might be able to double that or at least get to six hundred thousand the following year. But if that’s true, when am I hiring people? Because profitability is is baked into having the right people in the room.

And if I’m only doing six hundred thousand, I don’t have enough money to hire the right people. So it works all these different ways. Right? It’s an important conversation to keep to be having right now instead of sitting by yourself trying to build this thing in alone.

Liesl?

Yeah. I just wanted to say, when I started my business, I hired a business coach who, had me set, like, these big things up front.

But I didn’t have a business before, so I didn’t know what I was gonna build. I just knew that I had to build something because we needed the money.

And they now exit couldn’t work. So she I mean, like, get a big vision of, like, okay. What let’s keep the lights on. And then once we did that, what I noticed pretty quickly was that planning became a spiral for me.

Like, it’s just like, okay. But what about this? What about this? What about this? And so I would just sit at my desk, like, spiraling over, like, okay.

What’s first? And I would start something, but I wouldn’t quite finish it. And so what she told me to do like, she just broke it down into stuff. She’s like, this is what like, this is what we need to get off the ground.

You need a website, and you need an offer, and you need to go she chose, Facebook groups. So I went to Facebook groups, lined up calls.

And that helped me is being able to say, okay. This is my goal. I’ve broken it down. I’m not even gonna look at everything I have to do at that time.

I’m going to just focus on this line item right here that I have to do for this quarter because I trust that if I continue doing this thing, I’m going to hit that. And I ended up hitting it really well. But, my d h Deepgram just is overwhelmed when I see everything all at once and then try and say, like, oh, yeah. This is totally attainable because realistically, it may not be totally attainable where at.

Yeah. Fair. Totally. Great example. Britney?

Let me ask you a question. So sometimes when I’m brainstorming vision with my husband, I’ll, like I’m essentially, like, in brainstorm phase. I’m, like, the vision, and I’m like and he immediately comes in. What about this?

What about this? And I’m like, okay. That almost has to be, like, a separate meeting. Like, right now, we’re not gonna worry about what can’t happen or the roadblocks to it.

We’re only looking for what do we want. And like Stacy said, it’s not just the five million dollar agency. It’s the lifestyle. It’s like, here’s how many hours I wanna work a day.

Here’s the flexibility that I need with my family. Here’s the kind of food I wanna eat. Here’s how I’m gonna outsource some responsibilities I don’t care about at home so that I can spend that time on the business or whatever the whole vision is. But I’m I guess I’m just asking, is that kind of what we’re doing here?

It’s like protecting the dream space, and then we kind of get to the alright. Now let’s go through this and see how we can like Liesl was saying, like, when you’re overwhelmed, it’s, like, either increase support or decrease the step, you know, so that we can start moving forward, I guess.

Yeah. I think so what I know after years and years of going through goal setting sessions with people is everybody is so different. Some are very tactical.

Some move quickly into, a part of the conversation that feels like it’s for me, I don’t want it yet. Like, let’s look at the problems with that. Let’s look at how hard it would be to get there.

Like, what’s the point? We don’t need this that goal, then all we’re gonna think about is how hard it is to get there. Like, let’s just call it you know, throw in the towel and sit back and read books all day then and hope someone feeds us.

So I yeah. The my hope for everybody here in going through this exercise is we have these conversations. You go to these additional brainstorming sessions that are set up here that are completely optional, of course, and you come up with the right kind of plan for you. So for you, Britney, when you’re saying, okay. I want a thing to also, like, I have a vision of the kind of food that I’ll be able to provide to my family and other things that to me wouldn’t make their way on here because I’d be like, well, yeah, because I have so much extra money that, like, I don’t have to tell myself what I’m gonna prioritize.

The thing I have to tell myself is I need to get to five million dollars. I need to get to fifty million dollars in twenty twenty seven in order to buy that giant piece of land outright, buy a tractor for it, hire a farming consultant, figure out irrigation.

Like, those are real things I’d have to have in my mind in or because they’re not natural. They’re not gonna come naturally to me. There’s so much that’s gonna come naturally to you. That’s why it’s like this is a small piece of paper.

There’s not enough room for all the things that you have to figure out. It’s really just what are the things that I need to, for me, I think, force myself to do in order to get here. So if I look at this and go, alright. I can’t reach five million dollars in twenty twenty seven realistically unless some miracle happens.

I can’t plan on miracles. They may happen, but I can’t put them in a plan. So to get there, I need to have, let’s say, two million in twenty twenty six.

And if I’m getting that two million because I’ve got so many great systems in place and I get those systems in place in the first two two quarters of twenty twenty five, then I can probably get to a million by the second half of twenty twenty five if I figured everything out. I don’t know if that answers your question, Britney. Does it? Does it come in the vicinity of it?

Yes.

And I guess could could you give us maybe a real life example of yourself where you set kind of a big goal?

Sort of just how it played out for you?

Yeah. I mean, my, set big goals, they don’t work, and then you backtrack to the one that was most likely to work anyway. So when so okay. So an example for me gosh. I’d have to think of something.

The AC side of my business has always been the easy side.

It just comes easily. So I’ve never really had to plan for that outside of just keep hiring people. Just keep hiring people. Keep your foot on the gap.

Keep hiring. Clients come in. The team does the work. You live life.

Copy copy school, copy school professional, the product side of the business is the more challenging one. And so for me, I have goals galore around that. But then I do I’m currently actually working towards the goal I just set. I need to have a lot of money to buy that eleven acres that I looked at yesterday, in order to have some sort of flower farm type thing that I can enjoy after hours when I’m not doing this awesome work once I have figured this out.

But as for an actual goal, I don’t know. I don’t know. It’s mostly just like stay the course, try not to get in your way, and keep hiring and training. And then when it’s not working, fire people quickly and make sure you have money there to pay out severance so that they don’t sue you.

It’s not a it’s not a sexy thing at all.

Stay the course is a hard thing for me. Stay focused is a hard thing for me because there’s so much opportunity. So it’s not a good answer, but that’s my ongoing challenge. I’ve set the money challenges, and I don’t give a shit about money when it comes down to it. I like the things you can do with money, but then I need a plan for what to do with the money.

And I don’t really have that side of buying a farm.

Make myself happy, Stacy?

I just wanted to add that, you know, I like I like to allow for exponential things, and I have had that happen many, many times because, really, everything can change in a day. Everything can change in one conversation.

And examples of that, even, you know, years ago when I I I had a line of, of jewelry that started from scratch, a fashion line. And I went from, you know, starting that business with fifteen dollars to being in six hundred stores all around the world within a couple of years.

Right. And that was before the Internet existed. So that was and, you know, it it things happen. You know, I met someone at a coffee shop one day, and they introduced me to a company that ended up buying hundred thousands of units, and it snowballed from there.

So I think that for me, I’ve always been you know, I do the mechanical nuts and bolts, and I show up every day and do the work, but I also make space for the the exponential, surprising, synchronistic things to happen. And I’ll do things like use a mantra, you know, even though I don’t know how, I’m so grateful that I have my billion dollar company. You know? And and I do that, and I try to be available to that.

And, you know, even just with with my software company right now, my twenty thousand MRR is equivalent to most SaaS companies’ two hundred thousand MRR because they’re paying a team of ten people, and I’m a one person. So it’s it’s all profit almost.

Yeah.

And, so I have the equivalent of a two point five million dollar annual company just with twenty thousand MRR.

Yeah. And the other thing is, I mean, I can I can have a partnership situation come up that could enable me to get a thousand clients from through one partnership overnight? So it can if I lay the groundwork, things can exponentially increase. So that’s what I just wanted to add is to make yourself be available to possibility.

That’s all.

Love that. I love that, and I love the reminders of key things. Right? Like partnerships.

If we we don’t have mantras in here. We don’t have this is my statement for the year, but maybe maybe you should have your statement for the year. It might be more around saying, yes. It might be get out of my house.

It might be travel and meet with people when wherever I go in order to say I am opening myself up to the possibilities that I don’t know what I have to do in twenty twenty five. I know I have to get to a billion dollars in revenue. I know that that will take doing things that I’m not currently doing or else I would probably already be there or close to it. So I have to say yes to things.

I can’t I can’t say no as a default. I have to do things that are uncomfortable.

I leave this part open in order to get to the more vivid twenty twenty seven I have. Close-up, it’s all blurry.

Here, it’s a little better.

What so what that’s really coming down to for me is maybe you leave twenty twenty five open outside of really high level stuff. Like, alright. Well, I have to get to a million dollars. There’s no two ways around that.

I will figure out how. I will probably do that by no longer saying yes to low value work. So if it’s under ten thousand, then I say no to it.

What else has to be true for me to get to a place where in twenty twenty six, I am halfway to my goal? And keeping in mind that it’s, like, not what I want to do. What do I need to do? You won’t wanna do most of the stuff that it takes to get to where you really wanna go or you probably would already be there and you wouldn’t be in any sort of coaching program to get there.

This is the thing. I know we’re low on time.

There are constraints that you’ll need to remove, and this is where I want you to start with in twenty twenty five and then go forward. So going back and doing this work, we work back from twenty twenty seven on this one. Then on the constraints, we work in twenty twenty five onward. Those constraints could be around okay.

I look at what I need to get to that. I don’t have the systems. Britney, as you were saying, I don’t have the systems. I definitely don’t have the team.

I don’t have the right mindset on team maybe, or I have the right mindset. I want it, but I haven’t figured out managing people. Okay. That’s a constraint.

You can work on that in twenty twenty five, and maybe twenty twenty five isn’t the year to work on. Maybe it’s like, okay. No. I can put that off in twenty twenty five while I figure out systems.

But at some point before the end of twenty twenty six, I need to have removed the crap in my head and the actual processes around people. So that’s what you’re gonna do next. I’m just, like, getting us through the final parts, and then we work through basically the sunshine growth model. So you have to have the other sorted out in order to begin moving toward better understanding, like, the detail.

Course, it’s vision. We’re starting high and then we’re narrowing down.

So in time for your Thursday session, I know that it’s like I’ve got other things to do. This is critical for your business. You want to get to a place where you have these parts sorted out around changes that you’ll need to make in your skills in order to get their skills being, of course, the copywriting skills that you sell, the list building skills and other skills you have to run your business itself, your authority. What are you going to do in twenty twenty five in order to build your authority, and how will you know you’ve done it? Basic OKRs, which most people are familiar with.

Leverage, what can you do around, systems, processes, tools, people.

And again, in twenty twenty five because you’ve already done the thinking, and importantly, you have to tell yourself what you won’t do yet.

And later on, we have a to do list and a not to do list coming up that’s really, really tactical.

But with ten minutes left in this, I want to leave you, challenge you to fill in the rest of this, block out a couple hours. This is time well spent on your business, on what you’re going to do in order to be ready for your Thursday session, which is all about the actual plan to start getting there. So you have to know where you’re trying to get. K? Claire?

Sorry. In the middle of taking notes. I just to go back to our our previous conversation, I have a question. I think in everything that we’ve done this session, I feel like we’ve kind of consolidated what one of the, like, things that aren’t really matching up in terms of vision, goals, etcetera.

Everything that I’m writing is, like, entrenched in having a personal brand.

Okay. But everything that I’m doing, I’m trying to build, like, an agency.

Does that make sense?

Yeah.

So I feel like I should probably be trying to build Claire’s authority rather than, like, agency. Does that does that yeah.

I’m not really sure how to finish the No.

Agree. Exactly. It’s twenty twenty five is the Claire brand, the personal brand, setting you up for twenty twenty six to start putting together the way to monetize that brand, which is typically going to be some form of agency or professional services, whether that’s consulting or whatever that might may be. And then what does that look like in twenty twenty seven?

So it’s again, this works both ways. If you start with twenty twenty seven and then you get to twenty twenty five and go, I don’t like any of the things that I have to do to make that work. What I really feel like I’m missing here is, like, the personal brand stuff that I want to be working on, then start there. Then in twenty twenty five, I’m gonna work on my personal brand and know that the trickier thing is to say, here’s my starting point.

I’ll figure out the goal later. That’s like you don’t know what you’re aiming for. So as long as you’re, like, deliberately putting something together, that’s all we’re trying to do with this exercise.

Be deliberate, not accidental. You can grow accidentally, but you can grow better deliberately.

Actually focusing, knowing what your eight to ten hours a day are going cater to. So you don’t sit there on Thursday going, I don’t have client work today. What should I be working on? Like, you know I should be working on this.

Good. It’s Thursday. It’s my book day or whatever that you have in mind for your first friend, Claire. Yeah.

That that makes total sense. Okay.

And in terms of I feel like I just need a reminder.

Building a, like, million dollar agency is totally possible. Right? It’s, honestly, it’s so possible.

I I’m annoyed with myself because I know that I come off weird when I, like, say it’s so easy.

But the money is right there. Brands have so much money and are so struggling. If you can just get in front of these people already, they have money for what you do. Your job is to get in front of them and most freelancers put their toe in, take their toe out, put their toe in, take the toe.

Just get in the fucking water and now we can build something. Right? We can grow because money is out there, but you have to commit to it. That’s my that’s my f bomb for the day.

Yes. I love it. Thank you. Caitlin says exactly.

Jump in. Cody?

Yeah.

I just have a question on one of the questions in the workbook because I’ve been filling in the stuff out.

And I got to the, question where it says, what do you do in a week? And I I feel like that’s a little ambiguous, and I’m not sure what what that means.

Like, what it it’s on page twenty eight, in Canva.

Yes. In the printed version, what do you do in a week? One sec. I just don’t wanna scroll through it while everybody’s watching it go by. It’s nauseating.

So that’s still a little bit out.

Oh, it was part of it’s December thirty first twenty seven and Oh, it’s down there.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Sorry about that. Absolutely.

The what do you do in a week? Yeah. And then how to yeah. I know it it’s it’s lower level, but, yeah, it’s really a question of, like okay.

So we’re a vivid. We’re looking around. You can look all around and see the whole three-dimensional version of your business. You can hear people.

There’s, like, a tactile, like, here’s what my business is.

And that just includes what do you do in a week, and that could be three years out in a week where I had on that block that I shared, I spend fourteen hours a week on the business itself. The rest of the time I spend on podcast and on writing books and on guesting and possibly on traveling.

So that would be a thing that you would do. In a week, you would spend block out two days of the week. You’re very intentional. Two days of the week is there for business itself, for operations, meetings with your team.

That’s Monday, Tuesday. This is getting very vivid. Right? So Monday, Tuesday, I give myself to my team.

Thursday, Friday are writing days for me. Wednesday is podcasting day. Saturday, I do x, y, or z if Saturday factors in because it’s three years out and life looks different. Maybe your kids are boarding school.

Not that I’m saying they should you know what I mean?

Yeah.

So that’s what I would say.

Just just search for the c so that you know in three years, you’re not spending forty hours a week on the business. Clients barely see you. And when they do, they’re so happy to see you, because you’re not easy to access anymore.

Yeah.

So at that point, now I’m thinking, like because right now, I’m obviously gonna be the one to, like, present the retainer and be like, this is what we so in three years from now, I guess, would that also look like that?

Like, that’s what you’re showing up for is just those things?

Or That’s all your financial goals are, I would say. Like, do you want to have a salesperson at that point? Do you wanna have and if you if if you don’t wanna be running those calls, you want to have someone closing for you, then you need a salesperson. Okay. So what needs to happen in order for you to get there?

Oh, I mean, like, you know, like, presenting the project. Like, okay. This is what we did for you this month. Well, that part. Yes.

Yes. Manager.

You probably unless like, depends how much time you wanna spend on the business in that year. If you’re if you’re like, I’m all in. I don’t wanna write a book. I will have written the book in twenty twenty six.

So twenty twenty seven, I’m back all in on this business, and we’re just exploding it. Then maybe you are on those on all on a lot more calls than you’d expect because you’re really white gloving everything in order to get that feedback in. It’s a learning year for you. You wanna make sure clients are so happy and all they’re doing is talking about you.

Okay. Cool. Then you’re on those calls.

But that depends on what your overall goal is in order to know what that day of today looks like.

Mhmm. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Thank you. Awesome. Thanks, Cody. Britney?

This would be helpful for me. I don’t know about anyone else, but I would love, like, five to ten examples of what a retainer standardized offer looks like. What are people offering for the five grand retainer? Like I just want examples so that because I’m finding myself, like, going kind of more than I need to above and beyond, and I really need to pull that back. And so Most most and you’re not alone there, Britney.

A lot of people jump too. I should shove more stuff in here.

What which the more you get to have these conversations with the right ICP, the right business that forwards you and wants this stuff, they don’t actually want more from you. Like, they’re not nobody is sitting around tallying up how much did Britney give us this week. They’re really just like, what are the results? Like, what happened?

What’s my problem? Exactly. Okay. So cool. So I I know there are people in here.

I’m looking at Andrew. Andrew’s running retainer projects that are optimization. That’s exactly the idea.

What I what what a lot of creams gloss over is that we were guessing. We were guessing. It’s a really strong educated guess, but the first thing we put out there is just a guess. Good guess. Might be wrong though.

And I know that might sound like, well, who would sell that as a service to fix the mistakes that I might have just made back here? But it’s, it’s not a mistake. It’s part of the process, and the right ICP absolutely knows that. They know that you don’t hand over perfect work that converts at a hundred percent. It might convert at two percent. It might convert less they had before. That’s normal.

But if you abandon it, if you walk away, then no one on their team no one set it up. So how are they going to be able to optimize it? They weren’t even available to set the thing up. So you come in and say, okay.

I can set this up, but let’s work on this as a full project. That means I’m gonna set this up for you and then I’m gonna spend six months making it better. Okay? So if that’s the fundamental idea behind the retainer, then it’s only what you you break off pieces of the thing that you set up upfront while measuring it.

So, Andrew, maybe you can chime in with what you’re doing. This is like for Boxcar, our email agency that was all about set up do an audit upfront, then you create a road map out of that. That includes you do setup for a thing, then you do maximization, and then you do optimization. And this was all only for email.

So we do an email program audit. This worked really well for ecommerce in particular, but SaaS as well. But ecommerce, yes, because they do have a lot of automations that are running outside of campaigns.

So you set the you do the audit of everything going on that was fifty k or whatever the price was, something like that, and then there’s the road map that comes off of that that says okay now we’re going to go fix the automation that you already have, then we enter into a three ish maximization program.

Maximization is where you’re like anything could be changed here. We’re going to possibly rewrite entire emails. We might tear that one down that we just put up because we put it out there in like crickets and start all over again, or we might not. But during maximization mode, we’re like pushing resources in to getting lift.

Optimization mode is like, cool, we spent three months maxing, now we’re gonna spend three months making that the product of maximization better. But what you’re getting month after month is, like, an army of people thinking like a small army. It’s a dedicated little, like, four person pod thinking about what how to make your stuff better.

So I don’t know if that’s that’s the example. The core example is email.

Always email. But you can take that and do the same thing with ads, with full funnels, with evergreen webinar campaigns, or evergreen webinar funnels. Andrew, do you wanna share what your retainer is for Britney?

Yeah. I’m happy to share. It’s definitely not, it’s far from perfect. This is the first time I was able to really sell kind of an optimization retainer, so I was sorts of things that need to be figured out.

Right now, it’s basically set up that I am there to support them with one test on their website per month, and that includes going back to pages that we did once and maybe, you know, okay. We have reached statistical significance, and we got, you know, more people clicking the CTA button, which is a good indication, but, you know, the test didn’t work. The test itself didn’t work. Let’s try it again.

So we do move around from page to page. It’s not the same thing over, which would be nice, but it didn’t work out, with this client. But, it is nice, being able to kind of keep going back to the same thing. It’s a little bit of a loose scope right now. I have a good amount of trust with the client that I work with, so I’m able to kind of tell him what’s realistic to get done in the month, what might take longer, that kind of thing.

But, yeah, have him chat more about it.

So I have to put this on for Does Anybody else have any that they’re working if they wanna share?

Yeah. It’s I recognize that for a lot of people, it is a tough nut to crack, but that is mostly due to the fact that you’re not talking about optimization when you’re talking about your work, and that’s true across creatives. Right? Like, nobody talks about nobody wants to admit the first effort was just a start.

But if you can start saying that, and that’s, like, refreshing for people to hear and other creatives to hear that as well, like, it’s so true. It’s so true. Like, it was a good guess. It was super solid guess, but now we have to optimize it, make it better.

Andrew says, the first client I pitched it to worked. Yeah. Yeah. Have you pitched it yet, Britney, or are you still just busy working through the idea?

Yeah. I haven’t pitched the but I’m getting close with a client where, like, they need to put me on retainer, but I just wanna make sure I’m not overriding and that I have space to do other work so that I can keep growing. You know?

So yeah, because that’s like profits die when you do new work the whole way through a retainer.

Like, no.

So that’s fair. And we can talk more about this as well, and that’s what we do talk about all the time, the retainers and standardized offers and stacking multiple ones together.

Okay. So, Jessica says they’re ICP.

Hold on. Oh, she’s talking to somebody else. Okay. Cool.

Awesome. And or nice. Okay. So that wraps up today’s session. Thank you for staying late, everybody. I know that we’re spending more time on the work than on taking questions right now, but, really, this, I’m very, very hopeful that you can wrap this up.

Not I don’t I don’t fantasize that everybody’s going to have a perfect plan in place, and it’ll be unchanging.

But if we can get closer closer to that, then you can actually know what you’re working on. And and next year, as you continue working through Coffee School Pro and other training and coaching, whatever things that you have added in, you know what to work on and what not to work on. So it’s not just like shiny objects syndrome, which can be very distracting to entrepreneurs galore. You, like, choose the things based on where your constraints are, what your goals are, and how you’re gonna get there.

That’s awesome. Okay. Cool. Wonderful. Alright. We’ll see you all in Slack and in our Thursday session.

Have a good day, y’all. Bye.

The ROI of hiring (or the cost of hiring wrong / not hiring at all)

The ROI of hiring (or the cost of hiring wrong / not hiring at all)

Transcript

Every person you hire at an agency helps you make money. That’s not true in other businesses. You’re gonna you start a software company, most of your team does not help you make money. They’re all expensive developers. They’re not helping you make anything other than usually the product they wanna make.

That’s not true for agencies. Every single person you hire helps you make money and I mean directly helps you make money. So if you’re at all good at selling and getting your team members to do decent work and the more you specialize, the easier that part is, then it’s it’s actually kind of it’s foolish I would say not to hire unless you have of course health problems or these challenges that you know are currently insurmountable.

But if you don’t have currently insurmountable health or other such challenges, dig in. It’s time to hire. Alright. So I’m gonna share my screen. We’re gonna talk about this calculator, then I’ll share this around with y’all afterward.

I’m gonna make it bigger in case you’re on a laptop or something smaller than that even.

Okay.

So this is a general way of looking at how to afford things and can you.

So it starts with a breakeven calculator just to see, like, when am I gonna actually start making money, and we’ll get into all of those across these different tabs. The general tab here is just you setting your goals for good, better, best. Now in the intensive freelancing, which I think everybody here comes from, except Caroline, I don’t know if you did it. In the intensive freelancing, though, I’d say ten thousand dollars for your core project, five thousand dollars for your retainer.

My assumption here is your retainer average is about six months. It could be more, and, of course, your numbers go up if it’s more. We wanna also break down what it costs to run a project and what it costs every month to run a retainer. So if you are and this is why you really wanna get time tracking down.

Every single minute that your team member spends on something they shouldn’t be working on is literally costing you profit. So this all comes from, a variety of things. So we have to figure out what your salary is, what their salary is, how much time, how many hours it takes to do a project, usually about fifty is what we’re trying to budget, and how many hours it takes to to do a retainer every month, usually about twenty. And, again, you can see that if this suddenly takes thirty hours, now the project just got more expensive or the retainer just got more expensive. It takes forty hours, people are just pissing away your time. Now a project that should have cost a little over a grand cost you two, and that’s real money.

Actual money that you could just not do the work and just sit there, and that would be better than you waste energy on low profit projects. So we don’t want to have our numbers go up, our hours go up as soon as they do. It’s really like, the math is right there. It’s a lot.

We don’t want that. Don’t do it. And, of course, the more, expensive people, spend time on things, the less profit you have. So let’s say if you didn’t have a VA or a junior copywriter or a copywriter working with you, that means a hundred percent of the costs are suddenly yours.

So let’s say instead, there’s that. So now with the project without me deleting those, the project is now forty four hundred bucks instead of being thirty two hundred bucks. Right? So it costs you twelve hundred dollars to keep hiring yourself for these projects instead of hiring help to get you there.

So when you think of that, it can be easier to think, oh, it’s gonna be expensive to hire someone. But the reality is it’ll cost you an extra twelve hundred dollars for you to just keep hiring yourself for this with these, like, basic numbers in play. So we don’t want to do that. And, of course, as your salary goes up now these are all in salaries that we have here.

All the taxes and other things that you might be paying. If you were at a hundred and twenty five thousand salary in Canada, you’re probably going to end up spending about a hundred and seventy somewhere in there. The government’s gonna take a whole bunch, and all the other overhead that comes with it. So a hundred and seventy five thousand now if you are even more expensive than that.

The copywriter salary doesn’t keep getting more expensive. If you hire someone for copywriter and biz dev, that doesn’t keep getting more expensive and the VA doesn’t keep getting more expensive but you do. So as soon as this goes up, if you’re at two fifty suddenly because you’re like I work hard then everything gets more and more expensive the more involved you are. So we don’t want to involve you more than we have to in things that you could hire other people to do and train them to do it.

But the question usually is, okay, well, Joe, when do I hire someone? The answer is usually you should have already, but there’s another way to look at it. So what I want you to do is think about and I’m gonna share this with you afterward and I want you just to, like, put your own numbers in here. And you might find that you have to adjust them of the math, etcetera.

That’s fine.

That’s totally cool. This was me doing this all in an assumption of what goes on for people when they follow a general rule of project plus retainer. Every other month you get every month you get one new retainer in the last six months. Okay.

So this is the good year project projection where the year was about five hundred thousand where we have twenty projects and retainers are at sixty. I think that’s what we’re working with here. They take fifty hours a week. This is the breakdown of hours when you go through this.

Profit is showing up here. You as the CEO, if you were the only person doing the work here, you would actually max out at month four. You’ve got two projects a month and three retainers a month. You max out on available hours.

There’s nothing else left. There’s not there’s no time for biz dev in there. Nope. Even here, you have five hours a week for biz dev this month.

So when we think about that, you’re not gonna be able to grow your business very long. This is why a lot of people get stuck. They get stuck when they’re like, wow. I’ve got a lot of great work coming in.

I can’t do the business development work that my business needs me to do. So now here I am. I’ve got nice profit. I’m making good money.

I feel good about that. Anybody who’s made, who’s had a three hundred thousand dollars year and then found themselves dropping down afterward or wanting to drop down afterward is this is what was usually going on for you. And it’s just the numbers, They might budge a little, but they don’t lie. So if you’re going to max out, if you’ve got a hundred and sixty hours that you are technically selling, then what would that’s great.

That’s fine. You get you get nice profit, but you’re burned out. You can’t grow anymore, so we have to go back to this month maybe where it’s, you know, decent profit.

But, again, you’ve only got twenty hours in the month for biz dev, which means you’re working after hours or, again, you’re not developing your business.

No partnerships, no marketing, nothing going on and wondering why you’re only at five thousand profit, why there’s really not much left after you pay yourself and maybe your very part time VA who helps you run things a little bit. So this can be a deceiving little area to be in. I don’t need people. I’m making five thousand a month.

It’s not enough to hire anybody because nobody will come in for sixty thousand dollars a year and really make my life easier, but let’s look down. Once we’ve actually hired someone and we are bringing them on board, revenue has gone up because we’re open and available to actually do business development so we can keep bringing more projects in, keep converting those into more business, get those systems down. Right? Now we’ve got revenue of fifty thousand and salaries of about thirty three thousand.

And that sounds like a lot, but your profit and this is with all overhead built in, your profit is actually much higher month after month after month after month versus this one little month. Right? So you end up with profit of about a hundred and thirty six thousand. If you’re thinking like a business owner, you’re thinking shit.

If every person I hire is worth lots of extra money to me, I don’t wanna end the year with a hundred and thirty six thousand dollars just sitting there. I should have hired two more people along the way because I could afford them, and they would further explode my opportunities to grow. And I could bring in somebody who is going to be my salesperson or somebody who does account based marketing to get bigger themes coming in. I could have done that because I have all this profit.

But I decided to camp out in this little zone that feels safe. I don’t have to hire people. Everything’s fine. I can’t really do much, but it’s okay.

Right? It’s wrong. You’re gonna burn out. This is where you burn out. This is where life goes badly even though it appears to be going great.

So the ROI, the focus of today’s lesson is what is the ROI of hiring? The actual ROI shows right up here, and this is taking time for all of the right work. So we have basically a layout of what your life would look like if you were to start doing this right away. You bring a VA on board if you don’t already have one.

This is the person who in the intensive freelancing when we have week three where we show you your VA is doing this, this, this, this, this, and this, and here are templates for them, that’s what they’re trained on. They’re doing that work here. Week one, this is broken down by weeks. Basically, four weeks at a time, which is great because in the fifth week, your clients don’t need you in that week so you could kinda sorta take that time off according to this schedule.

Now you’ve got forty hours a week as the CEO.

Your VA, you’ve got them in for about five or six hours a week because you don’t need them to do other things. Anybody who hires their VA to be the copywriter, I know a lot of VA’s end up writing copy. I don’t understand who hires a VA to write copy though, especially if you are a copywriter.

What I would say, if you were like, I like the idea of having a good year like this where I’m free to close two projects a month and convert a bunch of those into retainers that last about six months and my profit is really good and I can see myself building a really nice business that grows, okay, then you should hire a copywriter right now. Recruit one right now. It’s expensive.

It seems to be in the short term, but we already have the numbers unless you can’t close a ten thousand dollar project. And we haven’t even talked about what happens if those prices go up. The project doesn’t change. But suddenly, we’re making way more. We can bring our retainer up to seventy five hundred, make way more, and the project and retainer stay the same. So we can see that there’s a lot of leverage ahead, but not if we keep doing everything ourselves.

So we hire a copywriter.

We don’t have a biz dev copywriter person yet, but we have them on the horizon. It’s in our org chart. Very likely, it ended up in your org chart. This is how much time you’re spending a week.

You’re working with clients, and you’re also dealing with this person shadowing you. So we have that under team slash skills. Now client time needed for the month, we’ve copied over from here. These are client time needed for the month.

They’re over here now. So as long as our clients as long as we have a hundred hours spent on client work, we’re good to go, which we do. We’ve got twenty, twenty, twenty, twenty, and then our VA is putting in this for admin work. Cool.

That’s covered. We can then allocate fifteen hours a week to training this that’s two full days of training this person who is going to be able to start taking on jobs the next month because you have spent an exhausting amount of time treating them because you planned your week to the hour. You’re not going overtime, forty hours. You’re not even putting in the normal sixty or eighty it takes to build this thing because it’s an agency, and every person you hire is somebody who turns their job into more money for you as long as you’ll spend the time on it and take the leap and hire quickly because we wanna get this person onboarded and taking on a little bit of client work a week.

So like every morning they’re doing client work and every afternoon they’re training, and you’re doing a little bit of the training to help them get there, but you know it’s important and we’re still solving for what our clients need from us. We’re still allowing ourselves to have business development time of twenty hours a month or a week, which is phenomenal when you think about how that would look if you were to manage your calendar that way. Now business dev also can mean administration and other things that help support the business itself, but it shouldn’t mean I’m doing payroll all the time.

You have to run payroll twice a month, and it’s for three people. So, like, it’s fine. You just have to hit yes on payroll, and then it’s done. But we are actually over.

We’ve got more than twenty hours spent on client work in this month. So that’s kinda cool, but we’re willing to do that because even though it means an actual expense to us, we allocated more than we were actually charging for and if needed to, we were training this person. So it’s an acceptable It’s the season of spending in order to get that copywriter trained up. You’re okay with it.

You can handle it. You still walk away with the business getting eighty four hours of your time in there and some VA time as well. Your team has been upscaled to the tune of a hundred and twenty hours and you participated in that which only makes you stronger as the person who’s doing the training. Then by month three, where we’re again going back to all of this and the salaries here match that.

So month two, you’re not making any money. Month three, though, you’re starting to make money because that person is now working more and more. So every one of these tabs all work together. So you can see that by the time you hire, so month four, you’re recruiting the next copywriter, month five.

And when this is happening, you’re gonna be like, this is too fucking slow. We have to go faster than this. There’s so much opportunity if I just keep hiring people. Month five, you’ll be like, I shoulda hired you three months ago.

And you may wanna actually think about that depending on what your pipeline looks like. But you’ve got month four where they’re being recruited. Month five, they’re hired and onboarded. And month six, they’re starting to do client work.

You can see that your client time is going way down in this period. You are now officially working on the business, not in the business, still doing things to help your team, but your copywriter is empowered to work directly with your new copywriter who also does biz dev work for you so that you’re not also entirely the person in charge of biz dev because we don’t want single points of failure. Why? Lots of reasons.

One of them is vacation time. Eventually this copywriter is gonna need a freaking break and you don’t wanna be the one doing that work when the copywriter goes away for a week. Nor should the copywriter come back and go, you didn’t do anything while I was gone. Do I have to do everything around here?

And then they’re burning out and you train them and now they’re ready to leave. We don’t want that. We want them to go on vacation.

Other copywriters this, they do this work. You might do a little more, but we’re even seeing that by this point, you’re not doing more. You’re still only up five hours. This copywriter was able to take over in that time, and now you get to start going on vacations too.

So you decide you’re gonna do this. We still have an excess of hours that we’re dedicating to clients. We’re not we’re not skimming or doing anything less than. We’re doing exactly what our clients need us to do if we’re keeping to the rules around how much time we spend on each project.

And if those change wait. Where are the rules? There. If these change, then none of this works the same way, which is why you have got to time track if you want ROI from your copywriting team in an agency.

And eventually, I want you to look at this and go like, I don’t wanna have these extra hours hanging out. If an hour of my time is worth what’s my hour worth? Ninety bucks And we keep a hun or we keep ten of them at the end of the month that we didn’t use that we like kinda pissed away on client work that we shouldn’t have been putting my time into, that’s nine hundred dollars wasted. That’s the copywriter at this, that’s five hundred dollars wasted.

And it’s time that we could have put towards something else. So you, to be successful in bringing copywriters on staff, anybody on staff, need to be a real stickler for this. We don’t want to be over. We want it to always be at zero.

This is a great month. We did exactly enough for clients and not a smidgen more, and we were able to grow our business and add new team members here. We’re a little over, so that that means we could do something in here or we could say, well, ten extra hours.

If we how much do we need for a project, for a retainer?

By the time we get here, we could take on another retainer if we can maintain this. What can I do up here to maybe squeeze this so we can add another retainer in sooner?

And maybe we budge some of these numbers around and maybe the team and skills part shifts a little bit so that you can take on another retainer. And now it’s the same amount of money that you’re spending, but you’re getting more out of it and making more. Does this all make sense?

It’s a lot of numbers in a spreadsheet, but CEOs love spreadsheets.

And there’s lots of different tabs to go through and we’ve only done this for Goodyear. We haven’t done this for better year or best year, nor are they updated so that we have got if this number changes, everything else here changes. So that’s not happening at this point, but you can imagine and hypothesize that if you charged a little more and if you sold a few more projects and couple more retainers because you know what you’re doing, because you’ve specialized, because you have time available to do biz dev instead of you thinking you have to do all the work yourself, that’s how we make money. That’s where the money comes from in an agency, and that’s why agencies are so profitable.

That’s why we’ve reopened agencies every every time we’re like, alright. Let’s do another agency. We got lots of people in the pipeline. Just gotta hire a bunch of copywriters, and then by the end of that, we printed cash.

So I’m gonna share this out with you. That is the takeaway.

I wonder what would keep you from hiring copywriters if you could see and see as we saw today. Let’s imagine that you’re able to spend more time on biz dev, biz dev being everything to do with partnerships. So you’ve got your workshop, and if you know you have thirty hours a week to do things like pitching, to partners, you could do your workshop in front of, doing all of your Instagram lives and everything that engages your audience, posting to LinkedIn, running your newsletter, all of that stuff that’s actually the most fun as a CEO, what’s really getting in the way of hiring and training copywriters to do the work so that you don’t do that work anymore?

I know not everybody’s hiring. Most people are not hiring at all.

What’s going on?

And it’s like a real talk. It’s not like, shame on you. But, like, what’s getting in the way? Is it finding copywriters?

Is it training them? Is it that you haven’t looked at the numbers and how unprofitable it is for you with your expenses and your skills to be doing this project and retainer work that it’s actually bad for business for you to do that work?

Anybody have any ideas?

Jess?

So I think for me, it’s two things. One is, yeah, finding a copywriter who would agree to get paid that much money because working with contractors, they’re definitely more expensive, but they’re really good. So then the oversight is, like, you you don’t really have to oversee them as much. So that’s the one thing. And then I think the second thing is like not knowing a hundred percent that the clients will come in. And for me, just being in this new industry and targeting a new type of client, I think I’ll get more comfortable with that as time goes on. But, yeah, it feels just kind of like a I hope that’s the way that it works, but I’m I’m not a hundred percent certain at this time.

Yeah. So the second part, hiring someone is an incredible forcing function.

You’re like, alright.

I got payroll.

I have to make payroll. I’m gonna go figure out how to bring more clients in for this. Without payroll, you can take the summer off. And then you’re like, that was a good summer, but I guess I still have to go do this business. Where do I start? Like, you shouldn’t have stopped. You should have been at this the whole time.

So there’s that. The second part is I think that you might be surprised by how many copywriters are out there who are actually talented and who would need your help learning how to do things your way with your unique, this is what we do and this is how we do it. But if you have that baked in, that training time so most businesses that are successful don’t hire the, like, unicorns that we talked about before.

You don’t hire the great copywriter early. You make you are that great copywriter. You’re making copywriter someone who’s really good at this, someone who’s really good at that, and then later hire them. And this this is, like, across the board.

Think of a business.

No business that I that I know of at all hires the best person when they’re first starting unless they’re VC funded, and that’s it. Otherwise, you gotta hire cheap and start training them. Every agency on the planet hires cheap trains, and that’s where you get, like, a bit of a churn. So every two years, you can expect that that person put in a crap ton of time learning under you, not making that much money, but then still going and then they’re like, cool.

It’s been a great two years. I found a cool job at a tech company. I’m gonna go take that. Of course you are.

But that’s why we’re always training new copywriters and bringing new ones on board.

So I think that part one isn’t actually true. You’re probably shopping in the copy hackers world. So what I would say is go outside of the copy hackers world. Those who haven’t discovered that their talents are valuable, go post that to LinkedIn, in LinkedIn jobs.

And then the second half, yeah, as discussed. So I get it.

I can tell you from the other side.

This is this is the reality. Go through to the numbers.

You don’t know what if people are coming. How what are you doing for marketing today? What are you doing to intentionally are you spending for one thirty hours a week on business development to marketing?

Right now, no.

No. How much are you how much are you spending a week on biz dev and marketing?

Not a lot, to be honest.

That’s why I’ve just been trying to work yeah. That’s why I’m trying to work through, like, all the intensive stuff and then get into, like, doing everything else. But yeah. Yeah.

So that’s where I knew you could hire you.

Yeah. Second version of you to do thirty hours of biz dev a week for the price of a hundred thousand dollars a year.

If you found a guest who could do all of the work with your brain for your audience and they cost a hundred thousand dollars, you get thirty hours of their time a week and they’re on, would that be worth it?

Mhmm.

It would be worth it, and that’s all it takes to hire a copywriter who frees you up for that. Right? A hundred thousand dollars all in. Most copywriters that work for CXL get paid fifty thousand dollars a year.

Fifty thousand dollars a year. They’re we’re not expensive out there, just in here. Just in this world we are. But out there, great talented copywriters are available.

Just stop looking within this network. It’s not gonna it’s gonna be expensive.

Okay. Yeah. But yeah. You were otherwise just sitting there doing client work. That is probably best outsourced to somebody that you train.

Yeah. Cool. But thanks for sharing that, Jess. And I think that’s the reality for everybody as well.

Katie says, I don’t feel like I know my offer well enough to hire or train someone in it yet. Also waiting on clients in the pipeline.

Yep. That’s the thing. The waiting.

Right? The waiting because you don’t get to do the marketing and business development at thirty hours a week would be, like, bliss. Like, you could do so much with a hundred and twenty hours a month.

There’s so much there. I wish I had a hundred and twenty hours a month to do that stuff. But yeah. And then I get that. I get that. You wanna make sure that you have everything ready to go to train somebody well on it. That’s fair.

What what’s getting in the way of you having everything ready to go? If it’s actually costing you potentially a hundred and thirty six thousand dollars in profit this year after paying yourself and team members well, if it’s costing you big profits, could you pause, go off to a little hotel room for three days, charge to the business? I know everybody has family and things they need. It’s a work trip. You’re going off and you’re sitting down with your laptop at a not good resort, I’m talking at a Holiday Inn by an airport, you sit there in your shitty room and you type out all of this stuff, you bring a big post it note thing and you’re drawing and writing and figuring things out.

That’s three days of your time, two hundred bucks a night, fifty bucks a day in food. It’s pretty solid excursion, a meeting with yourself in order to have what it takes to then move forward.

That’s my take on it. Marina, what what are you thinking right now?

I’m glad you did that spreadsheet. I have something similar on my whiteboard downstairs, and I was going like, figuring out those hours and going, I’m gonna run out of time. Like, I have not.

Yeah. So then thinking about, like, when to hire it. But my question then is, do you maybe this is really bad business sense.

Do you have a line of credit that you You should have two months for an agency, you should have two months worth of payroll in your account.

That’s it. That’s not true for larger businesses or for, like, other kinds of businesses, but that’s what you need there. So before you hire a person, especially if your pay is usually if it’s a thirty day invoice Yeah. If it’s sixty, obviously, that’s worse. But that’s sometimes the reality. So okay. But if you have two months payroll sitting in your account, you’re more than ready to hire someone unless you have reason to believe that the world is about to explode, which I know we’re all traumatized.

We’re all dealing with PTSD. Thank COVID and everything getting really weird. And then thanks ChatGPT for making it weirder right afterward.

But we’ve survived, so we have to, like, focus and breathe.

The world the the sky is not falling. And if it does, then it’s gonna fall for everybody, and then you’ll have to adjust course or, like, abort mission.

But we can’t build a business thinking the sky is falling. You just you won’t. You’ll go work for the government part time, like and your life will suck, just to be clear.

So I would say if you think you don’t have enough time to do that work, you you don’t.

Now what?

Just do less work? Yeah. But you still need the money. So we have to, like, hire and train people.

Right. Have those two months of salary ready to go. And that’s it. But you have to hire before you’re ready to.

Every agency that I run, I’ve put cash into it upfront, twenty thousand dollars upfront. Mhmm.

And that was what we ran with. Yeah. Okay.

That’s what that’s what I was wondering.

Like, if you put seed capital in just to, like Yeah.

Get you through that Yeah.

Bit and then You’ll take it back out, like, three of her months later.

It’s like a very brief loan from one business to the other.

And it’ll just work like a dog. So to Katie’s point about waiting for clients in the pipeline Mhmm.

And I said I’m in implementation. So I then would it make sense then? I just wanna know if I’m procrastinating or if this is, like, good sense.

So reaching out for workshops.

So then once I start booking workshops and hopefully getting some calls, so concurrent to that, starting to look for potential copywriters and continuing to, like, refine the process so it’s easier to train Yes, sir.

So that when I land a client, then I can bring that copywriter on.

Yeah.

And then just What we can say is if you’re not currently closing two projects a month, which is, like, on that spreadsheet, you’ll see you may be closing two ten thousand dollar projects a month.

If you’re not doing that, like, you don’t have pipeline that shows you can do that, then when we talk about the constraints that we talked about a couple weeks ago, to me, the constraint is you’re not bringing enough leads to close on the project or your sales process needs to be improved.

I want you bringing in at least two projects that you’re closing every month in order to be ready to hire. So once you have two months of those under your belt, I did two projects.

And, I mean, it really quickly though. It really quickly switches to, like once you sell the project, selling the retainer is easier, and that’s why the retainer exists. It’s not to, like, make your life harder. It’s to make it so much easier to sell more ongoing services that give you results to the same clients you just spent all that effort trying to acquire, where a ten thousand dollar project might, at some point, not even feel profitable to you. It should based on what we’ve already seen in the numbers, but it’s like, no. That’s the retainer is what we’re really going for. That’s the easiest money, especially if you do a great job with it and it lasts longer than six months.

But you need to first close those projects. So if you’re working with one core client, your constraint is you need more leads and you need more of those to close into your projects.

And then once you sort that’s like the assembly line. Right? That’s the factory of making your business and a client along it.

You can’t even do anything further. Nobody down the assembly line is getting anything. They’re all just sitting there going like, where’s the rest of where’s the shit? So you have to fix the frontage. You gotta start pushing more into the assembly line So lead generation is a big thing for you, which means if you are dealing with one client right now, or one or two, then and if they’re not the product based thing that we’re talking about here, then you should be spending a lot of your day on biz dev, a lot of your day, a lot of your week to get to a place where you can do all of this other stuff that we’re talking about. Does that make sense, Marina?

Yes. That is helpful.

But But I was like, it’s a little bit cart before the horse, I think.

So Right.

Yeah. But but but this is speed wins here. Like, go faster. Just like Right. Speed will win when it comes to building an agency.

I I can’t think of an example of when that hasn’t worked.

Get out there. Get your message out there. Put some lead gen forms together.

Start calling. Start putting your phone number on your website. Like, do things to get people to say, like, okay. Let’s do this.

Let’s do this. Not like this slow and steady wins the race. Slow and steady gets put out of business in, like, three months. Like, it takes no time for that to fall apart.

So up to. Okay.

Get those leads. Yamar Yamar everywhere. Andrew.

Yeah.

Thanks.

Yeah. All of these are are resonating with me. I have no problem coming up with, list of fears and reasons not to do things.

I think something that I’ve noticed that’s a little bit different from what anyone else has said is, I’m having a little bit of fear of, like, having all of, like, having a lot of clients at once.

So right now, I have three clients, and I’m subcontracting for one of them and have project manager for two of the others, which is helping but still not exactly what we’re talking about here. And, yeah, I don’t know. I I guess I don’t know. I I still feel very attached to the idea that each client is getting a good amount of my attention, and I really know what’s going on with them. And so, I guess I start to worry about the overhead the mental overhead, that comes with, you know, remembering, like, a bunch of different clients and what they care about and, you know, all all these details. So I guess I could use I’m I’m sure there are some practical things here that I have like, skills that I haven’t learned yet that where you still know what the client cares about, but you’re not necessarily all the way down the weeds the way that I am right now.

Yeah. So when you unpack me what care about looks like for you when you say that.

Yeah. I guess okay. So I guess it’s a couple different things. So on so in terms of what they care about, I guess that’s maybe not the right thing to that maybe that’s not exactly what I what I’m worried about.

I guess it’s like, when I think of the level of detail that I have to go into right now in order to, like, write a landing page for someone, you know, and I’m presenting the copy, it’s really detailed. It’s little things. It’s, you know, at the at the level of features and things like that. And, I guess, I worry that if I have more clients, I’m kind of juggling, like, am I gonna forget what this I don’t know.

I guess I’m just I’m just I guess it’s a it’s a fear, and I don’t maybe I don’t know exactly what I’m afraid of with that. But, yeah, I think it probably all just comes back to, like, a fear of responsibility, complexity, all of those kinds of things.

I I do. I get that, and thanks for clarifying.

I think about that transition from being the service provider to being the agency founder.

Do you know Will Reynolds?

No. I do not.

Okay. He started this big SEO agency out of Philadelphia and have the multiple locations.

He by, like, year end of year one, he was only showing up on kickoff calls and, like, important calls with clients. And this and, like, he was the face of his business. And if you think that wasn’t hard for him to say, like, okay. Some other people have to take over and present what what was good about it. What many things. One, it freed him up to work on the business and go out and be an authority.

The less you’re in front of your clients, like, this is just human psychology, the more attractive you are to them. The less access they get to you, the more once you do show up, they’re, like, excited. Like, oh, cool. Andrew’s here.

And I think that it would be valuable for you to start, you know, kind of meditating on that, like what would change for me my happiness and what signals would it give to my clients as well if I wasn’t the one who appeared to be doing everything.

So you think it’s valuable, you think, hey, they’re getting me and they don’t recognize quite that getting you is amazing. But once you start vanishing, now getting you is amazing.

So I didn’t show up for tons of my client calls at all. That’s what Rashi was for. That’s what Carolyn was for. That’s what Aaron was for. Other people did that job. Sometimes they fucked it up.

Delegate with risk of failure. That’s fine. But but way more often, they didn’t they nailed it. And so all you really have to do then if you’re worried about releasing that control, what’s the mechanism you can put in place to make sure that you feel in control? You show up for certain meetings and you do, like, recording reviews.

So you can record your client your team member presenting to your client, and then you have meeting with the team members under your team skills area on your sheet, that’s just like, hey. Let’s look at your recording, and let’s talk about it. And you can point out, here’s how you should behave differently. Here’s what you did great.

Here’s what you didn’t do great. That’s it. It’s a game tape for you. That’s it.

I know that sounds simple, but but the numbers are are like they’re just they’re not going to lie.

So if they’re if if you are too expensive put in front of your clients, which I would argue you are too expensive to be doing this work, then it’s like, tell your business brain you are mismanaging funds right now by putting yourself a high value copywriter on every project.

Isn’t that copywriter likely to burn out too? And aren’t they responsible for business development as well? And if they go, doesn’t our whole business collapse? I feel like these are those feel like bigger concerns than my clients might not get as much access to me, or they might not understand why that cross head was written that that way. Does that make sense, Andrew?

Okay. Good. I know I’m talking about this.

I get very passionate.

Muted myself. No. That especially that last part. Definitely, yeah, the cost cost is not doing it. It’s greater than that.

Okay. Cool.

Cool. Wonderful. Katie?

Hi.

Okay. This is all really good. Delegate with risk of failure. I just wrote on a post it to stay my periphery.

But I’m so I’m operating with, like I only have there’s a fix in my business.

Yeah.

That’s what I’ve got right now. I have oh, okay.

K. Yeah. And, so I’m, like, deep in this debt now. Like, that’s kind of all I’m doing.

I know I’m not moving fast enough. Just gonna say that.

But I’m wondering, like, how right now, yes, I have time to work on, like, training materials and, actually, what you described about having, like, a head down mapping everything out session, like, that’s kind of in my calendar for this week. Okay.

But I’m like, at this point where I have my, like, remaining nest egg, I’m like, does that does it make sense to think about hiring at all this point? I guess you said no if it’s two clients in the pipeline.

But would it be crazy to invest in ads at this point?

I guess, because I’m like, I I see the the hiring roots, and I trust the profitability of that.

Does it make sense with, like, limited funds to invest in ads to bring those clients in?

No. It yes. It makes sense. Have you done ads before for your services?

No. Okay. I bought a course, like, two years ago, and I have yet to watch it. So I’m, like, back also on my list of things.

Is it Claire Peltz course?

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. It’s good, though. Okay.

So, yeah, watch the course.

Watch the short workshop I think she has. It’s actually better than the long one.

And it takes, like it’s an hour on a Saturday, and you’ll have an ad set up. And, actually, mine got rejected.

I remember when I did it. But it was I got I it was fun. I I took away enough that I could fix the parts that got rejected. But, yes to doing ads. Yes. Because you don’t have to spend that much money on them, but you really do have to figure out that offer. How are you going to get them to book a call?

Does it make sense to do retargeting ads? Is there a place where you can, like, buy a list that you can then upload? I know that sounds sketchy, but it’s actually not that expensive to buy a list.

And then it’s just a matter of uploading it, creating a look alike from it in Facebook.

And then yeah.

And I just don’t know if there are other places that are better than that other than I I talk about Facebook.

Maybe you meant Google Ads or something else or both.

So So my plan would have been add to the workshop with retargeting ads to my ROI calculator.

K. Yeah.

And then, yeah, and then that’s that’s as far as my plan went currently. And I’m it’s just like, in the background I have I wanted like, for example, Claire Pals is, like, a dream client that I would love to pitch this offer to. So I’m like I just am afraid, I guess, at this point of, like, burning bridges with prospective clients because I’m not like, that my, like, really, like, size are dream clients. I’m afraid to pitch them too early before I’ve, like, worked the kinks out of a new offer.

Then start with the semi driven clients.

Who’s the next tier down from Claire Pels? Who wants to be the next Claire Pels?

Yeah. I start there. And, I mean, we never talk about account based marketing here, but, effectively, you’re doing account based marketing. Right? Like, if you really want Claire Pels, you can really make that happen. It’s just it’s gonna feel like stalking and there’s going to be weird gifts involved.

But it’s all like a doable thing. It’s just, yeah. Think of it as account based marketing when you’re trying to get clients in right now. Like, account based marketing doesn’t scale as well as the rest of the marketing that we’re talking about, but it can actually help you land those key clients right away or the next tier down. So I’d Jess says, what do you mean by account based marketing?

If you even just Google ABM, account based marketing is where you say marketing to sales come together.

Instead of marketing pushing to sales, marketing and sales align, which is you sitting and talking to yourself and saying, like, okay. So here’s an account that we really want. What can we do to get them? It’s really all it comes down to.

There’s more to it than that, but that’s that’s effectively we’re gonna ship them. We’re gonna have a three tier process where we go phase or fear phase process. Phase one, we’re gonna ship an envelope to them that just introduces us to them. We have to make sure it lands on their desk.

So we’re gonna take an hour to look for their mailing address and freaking make sure it’s theirs. Okay. Fine. So we start the mailing process then seven days later, we know the package is supposed to arrive there or we did FedEx tracking on it.

We got a ping that said, hey. It arrived. Now we ping them on LinkedIn at the exact same moment and start a message with them. And if they still don’t reply, phase two begins and that’s another mailer.

And that’s LinkedIn plus maybe we call them. We get their phone number. They have seen our name now. So all in, you invest three, four hundred bucks in an account but if you can see it being worth thirty thousand, forty thousand dollars, that’s money very well spent versus three hundred dollars on a Facebook ad that might generate nothing.

You know, it’s just this takes time but account based marketing is is an opportunity when you’re really trying to just land some business.

Yeah.

And never underestimate the power of, like, hopping on a call, calling someone, especially if you are retargeting them. Have the call me number right in, like, your Facebook retargeting ads. It’s like, call. Like, call me, and then take the call, which sucks. And now you have to take calls. And they’re like, I don’t know who that person is.

But yeah. Does that help at all, Katie?

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

Actually, I’m rewatching Mad Men, so the account based marketing is, like, giving me good. I’m like, yeah. I can see how this how this can work.

Nice.

Okay. Thank you.

Cool. No worries. And Jess says, do you have a separate number for that? Eventually. I think for now, I just put your number out there. And you can set it up. Like, Zoom will sell you a phone number, and you can get phone numbers all over.

Our sales team uses their own phone.

We just I’ve put my phone number out there, and it’s just like, you’re my number. It’s in my signature.

Yeah.

Just take the call. And then if you’re, like, inundated with calls, that’s a high class problem to have. That means people are seeing it. And then you can address, do I need a new phone number?

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Okay.

And, oh, their dog walker is here.

Alright. Any any other questions that we want to cover today? Does anybody did anybody arrive with other questions or more of the same questions or panic that it’s time to hire? It’s really actually exciting when you start hiring. I think you’ll find that you will you will rise to the occasion and make money.

Jess. Jess, come on. Andrew, what’s up?

Yeah. I guess so, you know, I I know I’m a little bit of a special case here. As you mentioned earlier, like, health health issues is definitely a thing for me.

I guess there’s I I feel a little bit like I’m sort of straddling two kinds of worlds here. Like, one is to, like, grow, grow, grow, build an agency, hire people as fast as you can, and the other is like, okay. Like, relax. You don’t have an unlimited amount of, like, energy Yeah.

Emotional, physical, like, all all of that stuff. And so I feel like I’m I’m trying to sort of, like, okay. How can I still do this, but also but do it kind of, like, on a smaller scale? And, like, I’m picturing, you know, can I do this with I have a, you know, maybe a business manager, a VA, and a copywriter or something like that?

Like Yeah. Does it is that still a feasible path, or am I screwing myself by trying to, like, be in the middle of two different approaches, and I should be, like, choosing one or the other? Or is there a middle ground that still is, like, credible and worth it?

Yeah. So a couple of things. One, you do need to plan for a future where you have clients and someone wants to go on vacation. And that’s where redundancy goes a long way. That’s why I’m, like, hire a few copywriters. Okay. Okay.

Also, I can’t help but think that this model is better for you because there are times when you can’t work or you don’t have enough energy for it. Right? Cody is saying something similar.

I a hundred percent get that. There’s a reason I’m on Zoloft. It’s like real I they’re not the same as yours. Don’t get me wrong. But I get not wanting to just be at the mercy of, oh my gosh. I have to do all this stuff. That’s what teams actually help with.

If I didn’t have Tina coaching, I’d be coaching. And everyone’s like, no.

And so Tina frees me up so that I can do other things. And sometimes those things are no things. Sometimes it’s just like I need Friday off because I didn’t sleep last night, and I’m kinda dying. And that’s my feeling today. I’m like, but I got a full day because I’m hiring another person, and I need a few interviews today.

So that just means that I’m gonna be low energy tonight.

But the goal is that in interviewing these people in a month’s time, now marketing is not my responsibility like it currently is. Right? So I know it sucks right now, and I’d much rather be napping, but I’m not.

And that’s it. But every team member I hire frees me up to do more. It’s not there’s no luxury. I don’t have a VA or an assistant as much as I watch Veep and want my own Gary. For anybody who knows Veep and Gary, like, I definitely want one, but that’s a luxury. I’m hiring people who free up my time so I can work on the right thing. So I would look, Andrew, at the, worksheet.

Once I send it out, go on team time, that team time tab and look under the CEO column. You can see that as you grow into doing more and more of the business development stuff, that might you might not need all of the time showing there. So you’ll see that there’s, like, by month three with this model knowing it’s not gonna work as perfectly as a model shows, but it’s a starting point. Right? So with this you’ve got twenty five hours a week on business development.

The reality is you don’t need twenty five hours a week on business development. You might need twenty five hours a month on business development if you’re working on the right things. So you then instead do ten hours a week on client work, five hours a week on getting your team in a good place, and another five hours a week on business development. That’s a twenty hour week suddenly instead of a forty or sixty hour week, so this doesn’t have to be as bad as it seems like because that’s what employees are there to do. Does that make sense?

It’s gonna be hard until you do it.

Yeah. Yeah. A hundred percent. Yeah. So I think, like, two having two copywriters and business, like, project manager type person, like, that that sounds manageable to me.

So Yeah.

And those copywriters, I mean, there’s a lot of good things to be said about hiring two copywriters together to work under you.

They’ll help you make content as well. Like, they’ll help in so many ways. Like, Carolyn was so useful as a team member, beyond just being a really great conversion copywriter.

Yeah. And she was actually in the copy hacker sphere for those who were like, where do you find one then? They’re there. So all of them are just like, I do good work, and I don’t wanna sell my projects anymore.

I just wanna, like, go work somewhere and do the work. Cool. I got you. But it’s not gonna be the same unlimited salary that you had when you were on your own.

Yeah.

I like to sound a lot.

Thank you.

Awesome. Thanks, Andrew. Marina, did you have something to add?

Well, I was just gonna say, yeah, where do you find these non copy hackers, copywriters?

And they are out there.

So it’s I mean, Carolyn was sitting in ten x FC. She would ask good questions.

So if I have access to freelancing school, look for the people who ask good questions.

And then, like, great. Like, you try to hire that person if you can.

Right. Start start talking with them. Yeah.

Yeah. Cool. Alright, y’all. Okay. I know we already have okay. We’re end of time. Oh, sorry.

Okay. Alright. So thank you, and be sure to sign up for the hot seat this Thursday with Ry to work through whatever thing is your biggest constraint right now or if you’re not sure what your constraint is or if it’s time to hire or whatever you’re working on.

You can talk through it on Thursday. Alright? And if you’re not in the hot seat, please show up for your fellow copywriters, and you can also, like, catch interesting insights by hearing what they’re going through and maybe even sharing your own story with them. Okay?

Worksheet

Break-Even Calculator

Worksheet

Break-Even Calculator

Transcript

Every person you hire at an agency helps you make money. That’s not true in other businesses. You’re gonna you start a software company, most of your team does not help you make money. They’re all expensive developers. They’re not helping you make anything other than usually the product they wanna make.

That’s not true for agencies. Every single person you hire helps you make money and I mean directly helps you make money. So if you’re at all good at selling and getting your team members to do decent work and the more you specialize, the easier that part is, then it’s it’s actually kind of it’s foolish I would say not to hire unless you have of course health problems or these challenges that you know are currently insurmountable.

But if you don’t have currently insurmountable health or other such challenges, dig in. It’s time to hire. Alright. So I’m gonna share my screen. We’re gonna talk about this calculator, then I’ll share this around with y’all afterward.

I’m gonna make it bigger in case you’re on a laptop or something smaller than that even.

Okay.

So this is a general way of looking at how to afford things and can you.

So it starts with a breakeven calculator just to see, like, when am I gonna actually start making money, and we’ll get into all of those across these different tabs. The general tab here is just you setting your goals for good, better, best. Now in the intensive freelancing, which I think everybody here comes from, except Caroline, I don’t know if you did it. In the intensive freelancing, though, I’d say ten thousand dollars for your core project, five thousand dollars for your retainer.

My assumption here is your retainer average is about six months. It could be more, and, of course, your numbers go up if it’s more. We wanna also break down what it costs to run a project and what it costs every month to run a retainer. So if you are and this is why you really wanna get time tracking down.

Every single minute that your team member spends on something they shouldn’t be working on is literally costing you profit. So this all comes from, a variety of things. So we have to figure out what your salary is, what their salary is, how much time, how many hours it takes to do a project, usually about fifty is what we’re trying to budget, and how many hours it takes to to do a retainer every month, usually about twenty. And, again, you can see that if this suddenly takes thirty hours, now the project just got more expensive or the retainer just got more expensive. It takes forty hours, people are just pissing away your time. Now a project that should have cost a little over a grand cost you two, and that’s real money.

Actual money that you could just not do the work and just sit there, and that would be better than you waste energy on low profit projects. So we don’t want to have our numbers go up, our hours go up as soon as they do. It’s really like, the math is right there. It’s a lot.

We don’t want that. Don’t do it. And, of course, the more, expensive people, spend time on things, the less profit you have. So let’s say if you didn’t have a VA or a junior copywriter or a copywriter working with you, that means a hundred percent of the costs are suddenly yours.

So let’s say instead, there’s that. So now with the project without me deleting those, the project is now forty four hundred bucks instead of being thirty two hundred bucks. Right? So it costs you twelve hundred dollars to keep hiring yourself for these projects instead of hiring help to get you there.

So when you think of that, it can be easier to think, oh, it’s gonna be expensive to hire someone. But the reality is it’ll cost you an extra twelve hundred dollars for you to just keep hiring yourself for this with these, like, basic numbers in play. So we don’t want to do that. And, of course, as your salary goes up now these are all in salaries that we have here.

All the taxes and other things that you might be paying. If you were at a hundred and twenty five thousand salary in Canada, you’re probably going to end up spending about a hundred and seventy somewhere in there. The government’s gonna take a whole bunch, and all the other overhead that comes with it. So a hundred and seventy five thousand now if you are even more expensive than that.

The copywriter salary doesn’t keep getting more expensive. If you hire someone for copywriter and biz dev, that doesn’t keep getting more expensive and the VA doesn’t keep getting more expensive but you do. So as soon as this goes up, if you’re at two fifty suddenly because you’re like I work hard then everything gets more and more expensive the more involved you are. So we don’t want to involve you more than we have to in things that you could hire other people to do and train them to do it.

But the question usually is, okay, well, Joe, when do I hire someone? The answer is usually you should have already, but there’s another way to look at it. So what I want you to do is think about and I’m gonna share this with you afterward and I want you just to, like, put your own numbers in here. And you might find that you have to adjust them of the math, etcetera.

That’s fine.

That’s totally cool. This was me doing this all in an assumption of what goes on for people when they follow a general rule of project plus retainer. Every other month you get every month you get one new retainer in the last six months. Okay.

So this is the good year project projection where the year was about five hundred thousand where we have twenty projects and retainers are at sixty. I think that’s what we’re working with here. They take fifty hours a week. This is the breakdown of hours when you go through this.

Profit is showing up here. You as the CEO, if you were the only person doing the work here, you would actually max out at month four. You’ve got two projects a month and three retainers a month. You max out on available hours.

There’s nothing else left. There’s not there’s no time for biz dev in there. Nope. Even here, you have five hours a week for biz dev this month.

So when we think about that, you’re not gonna be able to grow your business very long. This is why a lot of people get stuck. They get stuck when they’re like, wow. I’ve got a lot of great work coming in.

I can’t do the business development work that my business needs me to do. So now here I am. I’ve got nice profit. I’m making good money.

I feel good about that. Anybody who’s made, who’s had a three hundred thousand dollars year and then found themselves dropping down afterward or wanting to drop down afterward is this is what was usually going on for you. And it’s just the numbers, They might budge a little, but they don’t lie. So if you’re going to max out, if you’ve got a hundred and sixty hours that you are technically selling, then what would that’s great.

That’s fine. You get you get nice profit, but you’re burned out. You can’t grow anymore, so we have to go back to this month maybe where it’s, you know, decent profit.

But, again, you’ve only got twenty hours in the month for biz dev, which means you’re working after hours or, again, you’re not developing your business.

No partnerships, no marketing, nothing going on and wondering why you’re only at five thousand profit, why there’s really not much left after you pay yourself and maybe your very part time VA who helps you run things a little bit. So this can be a deceiving little area to be in. I don’t need people. I’m making five thousand a month.

It’s not enough to hire anybody because nobody will come in for sixty thousand dollars a year and really make my life easier, but let’s look down. Once we’ve actually hired someone and we are bringing them on board, revenue has gone up because we’re open and available to actually do business development so we can keep bringing more projects in, keep converting those into more business, get those systems down. Right? Now we’ve got revenue of fifty thousand and salaries of about thirty three thousand.

And that sounds like a lot, but your profit and this is with all overhead built in, your profit is actually much higher month after month after month after month versus this one little month. Right? So you end up with profit of about a hundred and thirty six thousand. If you’re thinking like a business owner, you’re thinking shit.

If every person I hire is worth lots of extra money to me, I don’t wanna end the year with a hundred and thirty six thousand dollars just sitting there. I should have hired two more people along the way because I could afford them, and they would further explode my opportunities to grow. And I could bring in somebody who is going to be my salesperson or somebody who does account based marketing to get bigger themes coming in. I could have done that because I have all this profit.

But I decided to camp out in this little zone that feels safe. I don’t have to hire people. Everything’s fine. I can’t really do much, but it’s okay.

Right? It’s wrong. You’re gonna burn out. This is where you burn out. This is where life goes badly even though it appears to be going great.

So the ROI, the focus of today’s lesson is what is the ROI of hiring? The actual ROI shows right up here, and this is taking time for all of the right work. So we have basically a layout of what your life would look like if you were to start doing this right away. You bring a VA on board if you don’t already have one.

This is the person who in the intensive freelancing when we have week three where we show you your VA is doing this, this, this, this, this, and this, and here are templates for them, that’s what they’re trained on. They’re doing that work here. Week one, this is broken down by weeks. Basically, four weeks at a time, which is great because in the fifth week, your clients don’t need you in that week so you could kinda sorta take that time off according to this schedule.

Now you’ve got forty hours a week as the CEO.

Your VA, you’ve got them in for about five or six hours a week because you don’t need them to do other things. Anybody who hires their VA to be the copywriter, I know a lot of VA’s end up writing copy. I don’t understand who hires a VA to write copy though, especially if you are a copywriter.

What I would say, if you were like, I like the idea of having a good year like this where I’m free to close two projects a month and convert a bunch of those into retainers that last about six months and my profit is really good and I can see myself building a really nice business that grows, okay, then you should hire a copywriter right now. Recruit one right now. It’s expensive.

It seems to be in the short term, but we already have the numbers unless you can’t close a ten thousand dollar project. And we haven’t even talked about what happens if those prices go up. The project doesn’t change. But suddenly, we’re making way more. We can bring our retainer up to seventy five hundred, make way more, and the project and retainer stay the same. So we can see that there’s a lot of leverage ahead, but not if we keep doing everything ourselves.

So we hire a copywriter.

We don’t have a biz dev copywriter person yet, but we have them on the horizon. It’s in our org chart. Very likely, it ended up in your org chart. This is how much time you’re spending a week.

You’re working with clients, and you’re also dealing with this person shadowing you. So we have that under team slash skills. Now client time needed for the month, we’ve copied over from here. These are client time needed for the month.

They’re over here now. So as long as our clients as long as we have a hundred hours spent on client work, we’re good to go, which we do. We’ve got twenty, twenty, twenty, twenty, and then our VA is putting in this for admin work. Cool.

That’s covered. We can then allocate fifteen hours a week to training this that’s two full days of training this person who is going to be able to start taking on jobs the next month because you have spent an exhausting amount of time treating them because you planned your week to the hour. You’re not going overtime, forty hours. You’re not even putting in the normal sixty or eighty it takes to build this thing because it’s an agency, and every person you hire is somebody who turns their job into more money for you as long as you’ll spend the time on it and take the leap and hire quickly because we wanna get this person onboarded and taking on a little bit of client work a week.

So like every morning they’re doing client work and every afternoon they’re training, and you’re doing a little bit of the training to help them get there, but you know it’s important and we’re still solving for what our clients need from us. We’re still allowing ourselves to have business development time of twenty hours a month or a week, which is phenomenal when you think about how that would look if you were to manage your calendar that way. Now business dev also can mean administration and other things that help support the business itself, but it shouldn’t mean I’m doing payroll all the time.

You have to run payroll twice a month, and it’s for three people. So, like, it’s fine. You just have to hit yes on payroll, and then it’s done. But we are actually over.

We’ve got more than twenty hours spent on client work in this month. So that’s kinda cool, but we’re willing to do that because even though it means an actual expense to us, we allocated more than we were actually charging for and if needed to, we were training this person. So it’s an acceptable It’s the season of spending in order to get that copywriter trained up. You’re okay with it.

You can handle it. You still walk away with the business getting eighty four hours of your time in there and some VA time as well. Your team has been upscaled to the tune of a hundred and twenty hours and you participated in that which only makes you stronger as the person who’s doing the training. Then by month three, where we’re again going back to all of this and the salaries here match that.

So month two, you’re not making any money. Month three, though, you’re starting to make money because that person is now working more and more. So every one of these tabs all work together. So you can see that by the time you hire, so month four, you’re recruiting the next copywriter, month five.

And when this is happening, you’re gonna be like, this is too fucking slow. We have to go faster than this. There’s so much opportunity if I just keep hiring people. Month five, you’ll be like, I shoulda hired you three months ago.

And you may wanna actually think about that depending on what your pipeline looks like. But you’ve got month four where they’re being recruited. Month five, they’re hired and onboarded. And month six, they’re starting to do client work.

You can see that your client time is going way down in this period. You are now officially working on the business, not in the business, still doing things to help your team, but your copywriter is empowered to work directly with your new copywriter who also does biz dev work for you so that you’re not also entirely the person in charge of biz dev because we don’t want single points of failure. Why? Lots of reasons.

One of them is vacation time. Eventually this copywriter is gonna need a freaking break and you don’t wanna be the one doing that work when the copywriter goes away for a week. Nor should the copywriter come back and go, you didn’t do anything while I was gone. Do I have to do everything around here?

And then they’re burning out and you train them and now they’re ready to leave. We don’t want that. We want them to go on vacation.

Other copywriters this, they do this work. You might do a little more, but we’re even seeing that by this point, you’re not doing more. You’re still only up five hours. This copywriter was able to take over in that time, and now you get to start going on vacations too.

So you decide you’re gonna do this. We still have an excess of hours that we’re dedicating to clients. We’re not we’re not skimming or doing anything less than. We’re doing exactly what our clients need us to do if we’re keeping to the rules around how much time we spend on each project.

And if those change wait. Where are the rules? There. If these change, then none of this works the same way, which is why you have got to time track if you want ROI from your copywriting team in an agency.

And eventually, I want you to look at this and go like, I don’t wanna have these extra hours hanging out. If an hour of my time is worth what’s my hour worth? Ninety bucks And we keep a hun or we keep ten of them at the end of the month that we didn’t use that we like kinda pissed away on client work that we shouldn’t have been putting my time into, that’s nine hundred dollars wasted. That’s the copywriter at this, that’s five hundred dollars wasted.

And it’s time that we could have put towards something else. So you, to be successful in bringing copywriters on staff, anybody on staff, need to be a real stickler for this. We don’t want to be over. We want it to always be at zero.

This is a great month. We did exactly enough for clients and not a smidgen more, and we were able to grow our business and add new team members here. We’re a little over, so that that means we could do something in here or we could say, well, ten extra hours.

If we how much do we need for a project, for a retainer?

By the time we get here, we could take on another retainer if we can maintain this. What can I do up here to maybe squeeze this so we can add another retainer in sooner?

And maybe we budge some of these numbers around and maybe the team and skills part shifts a little bit so that you can take on another retainer. And now it’s the same amount of money that you’re spending, but you’re getting more out of it and making more. Does this all make sense?

It’s a lot of numbers in a spreadsheet, but CEOs love spreadsheets.

And there’s lots of different tabs to go through and we’ve only done this for Goodyear. We haven’t done this for better year or best year, nor are they updated so that we have got if this number changes, everything else here changes. So that’s not happening at this point, but you can imagine and hypothesize that if you charged a little more and if you sold a few more projects and couple more retainers because you know what you’re doing, because you’ve specialized, because you have time available to do biz dev instead of you thinking you have to do all the work yourself, that’s how we make money. That’s where the money comes from in an agency, and that’s why agencies are so profitable.

That’s why we’ve reopened agencies every every time we’re like, alright. Let’s do another agency. We got lots of people in the pipeline. Just gotta hire a bunch of copywriters, and then by the end of that, we printed cash.

So I’m gonna share this out with you. That is the takeaway.

I wonder what would keep you from hiring copywriters if you could see and see as we saw today. Let’s imagine that you’re able to spend more time on biz dev, biz dev being everything to do with partnerships. So you’ve got your workshop, and if you know you have thirty hours a week to do things like pitching, to partners, you could do your workshop in front of, doing all of your Instagram lives and everything that engages your audience, posting to LinkedIn, running your newsletter, all of that stuff that’s actually the most fun as a CEO, what’s really getting in the way of hiring and training copywriters to do the work so that you don’t do that work anymore?

I know not everybody’s hiring. Most people are not hiring at all.

What’s going on?

And it’s like a real talk. It’s not like, shame on you. But, like, what’s getting in the way? Is it finding copywriters?

Is it training them? Is it that you haven’t looked at the numbers and how unprofitable it is for you with your expenses and your skills to be doing this project and retainer work that it’s actually bad for business for you to do that work?

Anybody have any ideas?

Jess?

So I think for me, it’s two things. One is, yeah, finding a copywriter who would agree to get paid that much money because working with contractors, they’re definitely more expensive, but they’re really good. So then the oversight is, like, you you don’t really have to oversee them as much. So that’s the one thing. And then I think the second thing is like not knowing a hundred percent that the clients will come in. And for me, just being in this new industry and targeting a new type of client, I think I’ll get more comfortable with that as time goes on. But, yeah, it feels just kind of like a I hope that’s the way that it works, but I’m I’m not a hundred percent certain at this time.

Yeah. So the second part, hiring someone is an incredible forcing function.

You’re like, alright.

I got payroll.

I have to make payroll. I’m gonna go figure out how to bring more clients in for this. Without payroll, you can take the summer off. And then you’re like, that was a good summer, but I guess I still have to go do this business. Where do I start? Like, you shouldn’t have stopped. You should have been at this the whole time.

So there’s that. The second part is I think that you might be surprised by how many copywriters are out there who are actually talented and who would need your help learning how to do things your way with your unique, this is what we do and this is how we do it. But if you have that baked in, that training time so most businesses that are successful don’t hire the, like, unicorns that we talked about before.

You don’t hire the great copywriter early. You make you are that great copywriter. You’re making copywriter someone who’s really good at this, someone who’s really good at that, and then later hire them. And this this is, like, across the board.

Think of a business.

No business that I that I know of at all hires the best person when they’re first starting unless they’re VC funded, and that’s it. Otherwise, you gotta hire cheap and start training them. Every agency on the planet hires cheap trains, and that’s where you get, like, a bit of a churn. So every two years, you can expect that that person put in a crap ton of time learning under you, not making that much money, but then still going and then they’re like, cool.

It’s been a great two years. I found a cool job at a tech company. I’m gonna go take that. Of course you are.

But that’s why we’re always training new copywriters and bringing new ones on board.

So I think that part one isn’t actually true. You’re probably shopping in the copy hackers world. So what I would say is go outside of the copy hackers world. Those who haven’t discovered that their talents are valuable, go post that to LinkedIn, in LinkedIn jobs.

And then the second half, yeah, as discussed. So I get it.

I can tell you from the other side.

This is this is the reality. Go through to the numbers.

You don’t know what if people are coming. How what are you doing for marketing today? What are you doing to intentionally are you spending for one thirty hours a week on business development to marketing?

Right now, no.

No. How much are you how much are you spending a week on biz dev and marketing?

Not a lot, to be honest.

That’s why I’ve just been trying to work yeah. That’s why I’m trying to work through, like, all the intensive stuff and then get into, like, doing everything else. But yeah. Yeah.

So that’s where I knew you could hire you.

Yeah. Second version of you to do thirty hours of biz dev a week for the price of a hundred thousand dollars a year.

If you found a guest who could do all of the work with your brain for your audience and they cost a hundred thousand dollars, you get thirty hours of their time a week and they’re on, would that be worth it?

Mhmm.

It would be worth it, and that’s all it takes to hire a copywriter who frees you up for that. Right? A hundred thousand dollars all in. Most copywriters that work for CXL get paid fifty thousand dollars a year.

Fifty thousand dollars a year. They’re we’re not expensive out there, just in here. Just in this world we are. But out there, great talented copywriters are available.

Just stop looking within this network. It’s not gonna it’s gonna be expensive.

Okay. Yeah. But yeah. You were otherwise just sitting there doing client work. That is probably best outsourced to somebody that you train.

Yeah. Cool. But thanks for sharing that, Jess. And I think that’s the reality for everybody as well.

Katie says, I don’t feel like I know my offer well enough to hire or train someone in it yet. Also waiting on clients in the pipeline.

Yep. That’s the thing. The waiting.

Right? The waiting because you don’t get to do the marketing and business development at thirty hours a week would be, like, bliss. Like, you could do so much with a hundred and twenty hours a month.

There’s so much there. I wish I had a hundred and twenty hours a month to do that stuff. But yeah. And then I get that. I get that. You wanna make sure that you have everything ready to go to train somebody well on it. That’s fair.

What what’s getting in the way of you having everything ready to go? If it’s actually costing you potentially a hundred and thirty six thousand dollars in profit this year after paying yourself and team members well, if it’s costing you big profits, could you pause, go off to a little hotel room for three days, charge to the business? I know everybody has family and things they need. It’s a work trip. You’re going off and you’re sitting down with your laptop at a not good resort, I’m talking at a Holiday Inn by an airport, you sit there in your shitty room and you type out all of this stuff, you bring a big post it note thing and you’re drawing and writing and figuring things out.

That’s three days of your time, two hundred bucks a night, fifty bucks a day in food. It’s pretty solid excursion, a meeting with yourself in order to have what it takes to then move forward.

That’s my take on it. Marina, what what are you thinking right now?

I’m glad you did that spreadsheet. I have something similar on my whiteboard downstairs, and I was going like, figuring out those hours and going, I’m gonna run out of time. Like, I have not.

Yeah. So then thinking about, like, when to hire it. But my question then is, do you maybe this is really bad business sense.

Do you have a line of credit that you You should have two months for an agency, you should have two months worth of payroll in your account.

That’s it. That’s not true for larger businesses or for, like, other kinds of businesses, but that’s what you need there. So before you hire a person, especially if your pay is usually if it’s a thirty day invoice Yeah. If it’s sixty, obviously, that’s worse. But that’s sometimes the reality. So okay. But if you have two months payroll sitting in your account, you’re more than ready to hire someone unless you have reason to believe that the world is about to explode, which I know we’re all traumatized.

We’re all dealing with PTSD. Thank COVID and everything getting really weird. And then thanks ChatGPT for making it weirder right afterward.

But we’ve survived, so we have to, like, focus and breathe.

The world the the sky is not falling. And if it does, then it’s gonna fall for everybody, and then you’ll have to adjust course or, like, abort mission.

But we can’t build a business thinking the sky is falling. You just you won’t. You’ll go work for the government part time, like and your life will suck, just to be clear.

So I would say if you think you don’t have enough time to do that work, you you don’t.

Now what?

Just do less work? Yeah. But you still need the money. So we have to, like, hire and train people.

Right. Have those two months of salary ready to go. And that’s it. But you have to hire before you’re ready to.

Every agency that I run, I’ve put cash into it upfront, twenty thousand dollars upfront. Mhmm.

And that was what we ran with. Yeah. Okay.

That’s what that’s what I was wondering.

Like, if you put seed capital in just to, like Yeah.

Get you through that Yeah.

Bit and then You’ll take it back out, like, three of her months later.

It’s like a very brief loan from one business to the other.

And it’ll just work like a dog. So to Katie’s point about waiting for clients in the pipeline Mhmm.

And I said I’m in implementation. So I then would it make sense then? I just wanna know if I’m procrastinating or if this is, like, good sense.

So reaching out for workshops.

So then once I start booking workshops and hopefully getting some calls, so concurrent to that, starting to look for potential copywriters and continuing to, like, refine the process so it’s easier to train Yes, sir.

So that when I land a client, then I can bring that copywriter on.

Yeah.

And then just What we can say is if you’re not currently closing two projects a month, which is, like, on that spreadsheet, you’ll see you may be closing two ten thousand dollar projects a month.

If you’re not doing that, like, you don’t have pipeline that shows you can do that, then when we talk about the constraints that we talked about a couple weeks ago, to me, the constraint is you’re not bringing enough leads to close on the project or your sales process needs to be improved.

I want you bringing in at least two projects that you’re closing every month in order to be ready to hire. So once you have two months of those under your belt, I did two projects.

And, I mean, it really quickly though. It really quickly switches to, like once you sell the project, selling the retainer is easier, and that’s why the retainer exists. It’s not to, like, make your life harder. It’s to make it so much easier to sell more ongoing services that give you results to the same clients you just spent all that effort trying to acquire, where a ten thousand dollar project might, at some point, not even feel profitable to you. It should based on what we’ve already seen in the numbers, but it’s like, no. That’s the retainer is what we’re really going for. That’s the easiest money, especially if you do a great job with it and it lasts longer than six months.

But you need to first close those projects. So if you’re working with one core client, your constraint is you need more leads and you need more of those to close into your projects.

And then once you sort that’s like the assembly line. Right? That’s the factory of making your business and a client along it.

You can’t even do anything further. Nobody down the assembly line is getting anything. They’re all just sitting there going like, where’s the rest of where’s the shit? So you have to fix the frontage. You gotta start pushing more into the assembly line So lead generation is a big thing for you, which means if you are dealing with one client right now, or one or two, then and if they’re not the product based thing that we’re talking about here, then you should be spending a lot of your day on biz dev, a lot of your day, a lot of your week to get to a place where you can do all of this other stuff that we’re talking about. Does that make sense, Marina?

Yes. That is helpful.

But But I was like, it’s a little bit cart before the horse, I think.

So Right.

Yeah. But but but this is speed wins here. Like, go faster. Just like Right. Speed will win when it comes to building an agency.

I I can’t think of an example of when that hasn’t worked.

Get out there. Get your message out there. Put some lead gen forms together.

Start calling. Start putting your phone number on your website. Like, do things to get people to say, like, okay. Let’s do this.

Let’s do this. Not like this slow and steady wins the race. Slow and steady gets put out of business in, like, three months. Like, it takes no time for that to fall apart.

So up to. Okay.

Get those leads. Yamar Yamar everywhere. Andrew.

Yeah.

Thanks.

Yeah. All of these are are resonating with me. I have no problem coming up with, list of fears and reasons not to do things.

I think something that I’ve noticed that’s a little bit different from what anyone else has said is, I’m having a little bit of fear of, like, having all of, like, having a lot of clients at once.

So right now, I have three clients, and I’m subcontracting for one of them and have project manager for two of the others, which is helping but still not exactly what we’re talking about here. And, yeah, I don’t know. I I guess I don’t know. I I still feel very attached to the idea that each client is getting a good amount of my attention, and I really know what’s going on with them. And so, I guess I start to worry about the overhead the mental overhead, that comes with, you know, remembering, like, a bunch of different clients and what they care about and, you know, all all these details. So I guess I could use I’m I’m sure there are some practical things here that I have like, skills that I haven’t learned yet that where you still know what the client cares about, but you’re not necessarily all the way down the weeds the way that I am right now.

Yeah. So when you unpack me what care about looks like for you when you say that.

Yeah. I guess okay. So I guess it’s a couple different things. So on so in terms of what they care about, I guess that’s maybe not the right thing to that maybe that’s not exactly what I what I’m worried about.

I guess it’s like, when I think of the level of detail that I have to go into right now in order to, like, write a landing page for someone, you know, and I’m presenting the copy, it’s really detailed. It’s little things. It’s, you know, at the at the level of features and things like that. And, I guess, I worry that if I have more clients, I’m kind of juggling, like, am I gonna forget what this I don’t know.

I guess I’m just I’m just I guess it’s a it’s a fear, and I don’t maybe I don’t know exactly what I’m afraid of with that. But, yeah, I think it probably all just comes back to, like, a fear of responsibility, complexity, all of those kinds of things.

I I do. I get that, and thanks for clarifying.

I think about that transition from being the service provider to being the agency founder.

Do you know Will Reynolds?

No. I do not.

Okay. He started this big SEO agency out of Philadelphia and have the multiple locations.

He by, like, year end of year one, he was only showing up on kickoff calls and, like, important calls with clients. And this and, like, he was the face of his business. And if you think that wasn’t hard for him to say, like, okay. Some other people have to take over and present what what was good about it. What many things. One, it freed him up to work on the business and go out and be an authority.

The less you’re in front of your clients, like, this is just human psychology, the more attractive you are to them. The less access they get to you, the more once you do show up, they’re, like, excited. Like, oh, cool. Andrew’s here.

And I think that it would be valuable for you to start, you know, kind of meditating on that, like what would change for me my happiness and what signals would it give to my clients as well if I wasn’t the one who appeared to be doing everything.

So you think it’s valuable, you think, hey, they’re getting me and they don’t recognize quite that getting you is amazing. But once you start vanishing, now getting you is amazing.

So I didn’t show up for tons of my client calls at all. That’s what Rashi was for. That’s what Carolyn was for. That’s what Aaron was for. Other people did that job. Sometimes they fucked it up.

Delegate with risk of failure. That’s fine. But but way more often, they didn’t they nailed it. And so all you really have to do then if you’re worried about releasing that control, what’s the mechanism you can put in place to make sure that you feel in control? You show up for certain meetings and you do, like, recording reviews.

So you can record your client your team member presenting to your client, and then you have meeting with the team members under your team skills area on your sheet, that’s just like, hey. Let’s look at your recording, and let’s talk about it. And you can point out, here’s how you should behave differently. Here’s what you did great.

Here’s what you didn’t do great. That’s it. It’s a game tape for you. That’s it.

I know that sounds simple, but but the numbers are are like they’re just they’re not going to lie.

So if they’re if if you are too expensive put in front of your clients, which I would argue you are too expensive to be doing this work, then it’s like, tell your business brain you are mismanaging funds right now by putting yourself a high value copywriter on every project.

Isn’t that copywriter likely to burn out too? And aren’t they responsible for business development as well? And if they go, doesn’t our whole business collapse? I feel like these are those feel like bigger concerns than my clients might not get as much access to me, or they might not understand why that cross head was written that that way. Does that make sense, Andrew?

Okay. Good. I know I’m talking about this.

I get very passionate.

Muted myself. No. That especially that last part. Definitely, yeah, the cost cost is not doing it. It’s greater than that.

Okay. Cool.

Cool. Wonderful. Katie?

Hi.

Okay. This is all really good. Delegate with risk of failure. I just wrote on a post it to stay my periphery.

But I’m so I’m operating with, like I only have there’s a fix in my business.

Yeah.

That’s what I’ve got right now. I have oh, okay.

K. Yeah. And, so I’m, like, deep in this debt now. Like, that’s kind of all I’m doing.

I know I’m not moving fast enough. Just gonna say that.

But I’m wondering, like, how right now, yes, I have time to work on, like, training materials and, actually, what you described about having, like, a head down mapping everything out session, like, that’s kind of in my calendar for this week. Okay.

But I’m like, at this point where I have my, like, remaining nest egg, I’m like, does that does it make sense to think about hiring at all this point? I guess you said no if it’s two clients in the pipeline.

But would it be crazy to invest in ads at this point?

I guess, because I’m like, I I see the the hiring roots, and I trust the profitability of that.

Does it make sense with, like, limited funds to invest in ads to bring those clients in?

No. It yes. It makes sense. Have you done ads before for your services?

No. Okay. I bought a course, like, two years ago, and I have yet to watch it. So I’m, like, back also on my list of things.

Is it Claire Peltz course?

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. It’s good, though. Okay.

So, yeah, watch the course.

Watch the short workshop I think she has. It’s actually better than the long one.

And it takes, like it’s an hour on a Saturday, and you’ll have an ad set up. And, actually, mine got rejected.

I remember when I did it. But it was I got I it was fun. I I took away enough that I could fix the parts that got rejected. But, yes to doing ads. Yes. Because you don’t have to spend that much money on them, but you really do have to figure out that offer. How are you going to get them to book a call?

Does it make sense to do retargeting ads? Is there a place where you can, like, buy a list that you can then upload? I know that sounds sketchy, but it’s actually not that expensive to buy a list.

And then it’s just a matter of uploading it, creating a look alike from it in Facebook.

And then yeah.

And I just don’t know if there are other places that are better than that other than I I talk about Facebook.

Maybe you meant Google Ads or something else or both.

So So my plan would have been add to the workshop with retargeting ads to my ROI calculator.

K. Yeah.

And then, yeah, and then that’s that’s as far as my plan went currently. And I’m it’s just like, in the background I have I wanted like, for example, Claire Pals is, like, a dream client that I would love to pitch this offer to. So I’m like I just am afraid, I guess, at this point of, like, burning bridges with prospective clients because I’m not like, that my, like, really, like, size are dream clients. I’m afraid to pitch them too early before I’ve, like, worked the kinks out of a new offer.

Then start with the semi driven clients.

Who’s the next tier down from Claire Pels? Who wants to be the next Claire Pels?

Yeah. I start there. And, I mean, we never talk about account based marketing here, but, effectively, you’re doing account based marketing. Right? Like, if you really want Claire Pels, you can really make that happen. It’s just it’s gonna feel like stalking and there’s going to be weird gifts involved.

But it’s all like a doable thing. It’s just, yeah. Think of it as account based marketing when you’re trying to get clients in right now. Like, account based marketing doesn’t scale as well as the rest of the marketing that we’re talking about, but it can actually help you land those key clients right away or the next tier down. So I’d Jess says, what do you mean by account based marketing?

If you even just Google ABM, account based marketing is where you say marketing to sales come together.

Instead of marketing pushing to sales, marketing and sales align, which is you sitting and talking to yourself and saying, like, okay. So here’s an account that we really want. What can we do to get them? It’s really all it comes down to.

There’s more to it than that, but that’s that’s effectively we’re gonna ship them. We’re gonna have a three tier process where we go phase or fear phase process. Phase one, we’re gonna ship an envelope to them that just introduces us to them. We have to make sure it lands on their desk.

So we’re gonna take an hour to look for their mailing address and freaking make sure it’s theirs. Okay. Fine. So we start the mailing process then seven days later, we know the package is supposed to arrive there or we did FedEx tracking on it.

We got a ping that said, hey. It arrived. Now we ping them on LinkedIn at the exact same moment and start a message with them. And if they still don’t reply, phase two begins and that’s another mailer.

And that’s LinkedIn plus maybe we call them. We get their phone number. They have seen our name now. So all in, you invest three, four hundred bucks in an account but if you can see it being worth thirty thousand, forty thousand dollars, that’s money very well spent versus three hundred dollars on a Facebook ad that might generate nothing.

You know, it’s just this takes time but account based marketing is is an opportunity when you’re really trying to just land some business.

Yeah.

And never underestimate the power of, like, hopping on a call, calling someone, especially if you are retargeting them. Have the call me number right in, like, your Facebook retargeting ads. It’s like, call. Like, call me, and then take the call, which sucks. And now you have to take calls. And they’re like, I don’t know who that person is.

But yeah. Does that help at all, Katie?

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

Actually, I’m rewatching Mad Men, so the account based marketing is, like, giving me good. I’m like, yeah. I can see how this how this can work.

Nice.

Okay. Thank you.

Cool. No worries. And Jess says, do you have a separate number for that? Eventually. I think for now, I just put your number out there. And you can set it up. Like, Zoom will sell you a phone number, and you can get phone numbers all over.

Our sales team uses their own phone.

We just I’ve put my phone number out there, and it’s just like, you’re my number. It’s in my signature.

Yeah.

Just take the call. And then if you’re, like, inundated with calls, that’s a high class problem to have. That means people are seeing it. And then you can address, do I need a new phone number?

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Okay.

And, oh, their dog walker is here.

Alright. Any any other questions that we want to cover today? Does anybody did anybody arrive with other questions or more of the same questions or panic that it’s time to hire? It’s really actually exciting when you start hiring. I think you’ll find that you will you will rise to the occasion and make money.

Jess. Jess, come on. Andrew, what’s up?

Yeah. I guess so, you know, I I know I’m a little bit of a special case here. As you mentioned earlier, like, health health issues is definitely a thing for me.

I guess there’s I I feel a little bit like I’m sort of straddling two kinds of worlds here. Like, one is to, like, grow, grow, grow, build an agency, hire people as fast as you can, and the other is like, okay. Like, relax. You don’t have an unlimited amount of, like, energy Yeah.

Emotional, physical, like, all all of that stuff. And so I feel like I’m I’m trying to sort of, like, okay. How can I still do this, but also but do it kind of, like, on a smaller scale? And, like, I’m picturing, you know, can I do this with I have a, you know, maybe a business manager, a VA, and a copywriter or something like that?

Like Yeah. Does it is that still a feasible path, or am I screwing myself by trying to, like, be in the middle of two different approaches, and I should be, like, choosing one or the other? Or is there a middle ground that still is, like, credible and worth it?

Yeah. So a couple of things. One, you do need to plan for a future where you have clients and someone wants to go on vacation. And that’s where redundancy goes a long way. That’s why I’m, like, hire a few copywriters. Okay. Okay.

Also, I can’t help but think that this model is better for you because there are times when you can’t work or you don’t have enough energy for it. Right? Cody is saying something similar.

I a hundred percent get that. There’s a reason I’m on Zoloft. It’s like real I they’re not the same as yours. Don’t get me wrong. But I get not wanting to just be at the mercy of, oh my gosh. I have to do all this stuff. That’s what teams actually help with.

If I didn’t have Tina coaching, I’d be coaching. And everyone’s like, no.

And so Tina frees me up so that I can do other things. And sometimes those things are no things. Sometimes it’s just like I need Friday off because I didn’t sleep last night, and I’m kinda dying. And that’s my feeling today. I’m like, but I got a full day because I’m hiring another person, and I need a few interviews today.

So that just means that I’m gonna be low energy tonight.

But the goal is that in interviewing these people in a month’s time, now marketing is not my responsibility like it currently is. Right? So I know it sucks right now, and I’d much rather be napping, but I’m not.

And that’s it. But every team member I hire frees me up to do more. It’s not there’s no luxury. I don’t have a VA or an assistant as much as I watch Veep and want my own Gary. For anybody who knows Veep and Gary, like, I definitely want one, but that’s a luxury. I’m hiring people who free up my time so I can work on the right thing. So I would look, Andrew, at the, worksheet.

Once I send it out, go on team time, that team time tab and look under the CEO column. You can see that as you grow into doing more and more of the business development stuff, that might you might not need all of the time showing there. So you’ll see that there’s, like, by month three with this model knowing it’s not gonna work as perfectly as a model shows, but it’s a starting point. Right? So with this you’ve got twenty five hours a week on business development.

The reality is you don’t need twenty five hours a week on business development. You might need twenty five hours a month on business development if you’re working on the right things. So you then instead do ten hours a week on client work, five hours a week on getting your team in a good place, and another five hours a week on business development. That’s a twenty hour week suddenly instead of a forty or sixty hour week, so this doesn’t have to be as bad as it seems like because that’s what employees are there to do. Does that make sense?

It’s gonna be hard until you do it.

Yeah. Yeah. A hundred percent. Yeah. So I think, like, two having two copywriters and business, like, project manager type person, like, that that sounds manageable to me.

So Yeah.

And those copywriters, I mean, there’s a lot of good things to be said about hiring two copywriters together to work under you.

They’ll help you make content as well. Like, they’ll help in so many ways. Like, Carolyn was so useful as a team member, beyond just being a really great conversion copywriter.

Yeah. And she was actually in the copy hacker sphere for those who were like, where do you find one then? They’re there. So all of them are just like, I do good work, and I don’t wanna sell my projects anymore.

I just wanna, like, go work somewhere and do the work. Cool. I got you. But it’s not gonna be the same unlimited salary that you had when you were on your own.

Yeah.

I like to sound a lot.

Thank you.

Awesome. Thanks, Andrew. Marina, did you have something to add?

Well, I was just gonna say, yeah, where do you find these non copy hackers, copywriters?

And they are out there.

So it’s I mean, Carolyn was sitting in ten x FC. She would ask good questions.

So if I have access to freelancing school, look for the people who ask good questions.

And then, like, great. Like, you try to hire that person if you can.

Right. Start start talking with them. Yeah.

Yeah. Cool. Alright, y’all. Okay. I know we already have okay. We’re end of time. Oh, sorry.

Okay. Alright. So thank you, and be sure to sign up for the hot seat this Thursday with Ry to work through whatever thing is your biggest constraint right now or if you’re not sure what your constraint is or if it’s time to hire or whatever you’re working on.

You can talk through it on Thursday. Alright? And if you’re not in the hot seat, please show up for your fellow copywriters, and you can also, like, catch interesting insights by hearing what they’re going through and maybe even sharing your own story with them. Okay?

Leverage training with Jo: How to Hire (and when to fire)

Growth Constraints

Transcript

Okay.

Alright.

Did we get constraints documented?

Anybody identify a constraint they have in booking calls?

If you did, please chat it over or share it by coming off mute.

Everyone’s constraint free? Well done. Marina.

I just have everything in progress because I’m starting from scratch when I started.

Mhmm.

And so it’s everything all at once.

Mhmm.

And so I’m just making my way through all the things, but I can see how all of the work that I’ve been doing is converging so that it will it will come together. It is coming together, but it’s not there yet.

Cool. Cool. Okay. Thanks, Marina. Andrew?

My biggest constraints are at the beginning and the end of the production line. So, there isn’t a whole lot of consistency in terms of, like, what I’m doing to generate leads in the first place.

That’s the kind of stuff that I often gets pushed to the side because, client work and not making time for it. And then, on the other end of the spectrum is, like, again, my calendar, just having, like, time and energy for a lot of new stuff coming in. So sometimes I think I don’t go as hard on the lead generation stuff because I’m kind of like, oh, I’m already, like, kind of busy as it is. So I think he wants to maybe needing some help with the lead gen stuff and also needing just to get better at, finally outsourcing or or a big delivery work.

Yeah. The delivery side of it. Okay. Cool.

Getting tired of.

It. Yeah. Yeah.

Thanks, Andrew. Okay. So we’re gonna move on to the next part of the process. So someone’s booked a triage call. Cool. Now we gotta get them to sign a contract.

Map this thing up. This is just going to contract signed for good rates, by the way. It’s easy to close people when your price is way lower than they thought it was going to be. Typically, it’s easy.

So for the right rate, for a real price, We’re gonna map that out.

Four minutes. Just go really fast. You’ll it should only be the really the stuff that you know. Don’t get too detailed. K? Four minutes.

Also, I’m doing these along with y’all, and it is just eye opening all the time. I’m like, oh, yeah. We need to work on that and that and that. Like, it never stops.

Okay. Cool.

Did anybody find a constraint here that they could possibly hire out or make part of a role for somebody?

Are you feeling good that you can do this? The constraint is really you.

But if you can just find more time, just like every part of the process, you know, it’s like, who has ten million dollars to give me to hire all the people I need, please?

Yeah. I hear that. Yeah. There’s always there’s always someone else to hire. Does anybody wanna share a constraint here?

Andrew?

You are muted just as a side note or a full on straight note.

Yeah. That’s yeah. Not not a side note.

Yeah. So I don’t know I’m not sure yet if or how hiring could help with these, but the biggest kind of bottlenecks or or pain points in this process, that I’ve had is that, like, one, sometimes we need multiple follow-up calls. So we’ll have that fit call, that kinda, like, pre proposals type call, and then sometimes there’s just, like, more and more that needs to be figured out. And I’ve I’ve tried sort of standardizing and creating, like, a road map that they paid, but for whatever reason, I’ve had trouble kind of, like, selling it and standardizing it.

So that’s one area where where things are there there could be a constraint there. And then something else that I’ve noticed has been getting worse recently for whatever reason is that the contracts that companies have been signing me have gotten more and more ridiculous. Mhmm. And so I have to redline them, which kind of takes a while.

And then they have send to have a bottleneck on their side where I’ll send back and they’ll say, hey. Great to move forward. We just need to update these five things or whatever. And, they’ll be like, oh, yeah. Legal moves, like, really slow. So there’s gonna be, like, three months if we need red lines, and then I have to figure out some sort of workaround if we sign a contract that, like, conflicts with it and stuff like that. So those are my I don’t not wouldn’t be stoked about, like, hiring a a lawyer or something to help with that, but I’m open to to the idea if that’s something that could help.

Yeah. Okay. So you’ve identified a constraint there around getting that contract figured out, which a few other people have done as well here.

And that might be in part you hiring yourself to sit down and really think how can I like, what can I do differently to get this thing move forward faster? How do I get ahead of that? And then if you can find that way, because it’ll vary, then maybe there is somebody you can train for that. And given that a lot of people have the same challenge here with, like, template of proposal, contract invoicing, all of it, you know, makes you wonder if there’s not a world where someone shares people share a subcontractor here that, like, knows how to do this exact stuff.

But okay. Cool. Nonetheless, we’re not solving. We’re just looking at okay. There are constraints and probably someone that you could hire to help you with that in case you doing it is just too damn hard, takes too long, isn’t a good use of your five hundred dollar an hour, thousand dollar an hour.

Okay.

Maybe this one’s easier. We’re going to map the assembly line of onboarding and then managing clients. So this is let’s just imagine in this world, whatever your standardized offer is rather than the retainer, potentially, just to keep it simple or retainer only or whatever other thing that you’ve been selling here.

So, ideally, it’s where you wanna go, though. So you don’t wanna hire for the past. You wanna hire for your future life.

So map the assembly line of how a new client so they’ve signed.

Now what? How do you turn them into a happy client?

Alright. And for that, three minutes.

And it was I have the Zoom update that I think everybody else on the planet has had.

And, anyway, I’m learning it all over again. Okay.

Constraints here?

I would imagine constraints here. Abby, do you wanna go?

Yeah. Sure. So, the first thing I do is send, like, the welcome pack, which my VA has started doing, so that’s good. And then the cost for research, like, I was all set up to, like, outsource that.

Like, my mom was gonna do it, and then I just got in my head because I was like, oh, but, like, the customer research is where like, as I’m organizing it, that’s kind of where I get my ideas. Mhmm. And then I was looking at the copywriting. It’s like, I wanna do all of that.

And then I’m like, how how much of it is, like, just excuses because I don’t wanna, like, let it go. Like, I’m not I don’t wanna, like like, I just feel like I need to do everything.

Like Yeah. How do you, like I mean, is that just like a learning path that the It’s just it’s Yeah.

I think it’s recognizing when someone shows you. You’re a unicorn.

You that’s the thing. You cannot like, we need to start outsourcing the other parts if you wanna grow. Right? We’re talking growth constraints.

If you wanna stay where you are, which I know you don’t, I know you’ve got lots of opportunity and potential there. So it would be it to me, it sounds like you are a constraint. This is a moment where you’re identifying that you, as the person who thinks they have to do all the hands on work here to generate the ideas, you’re the constraint. However, what’s keeping you from putting that from letting somebody else take over, I would suggest, that you probably need to hire someone that you strongly believe is skilled in that area.

So if you your mom’s great. She could probably do a lot of things. Do you feel comfortable handling the core of what makes your work special off to somebody who maybe doesn’t think the same way you do? And this is I hire a lot of family.

I have four family members, five working for me right now. So I get hiring family, but I would hire them for things that they can be successful at. I would never I would never hire a family member to write copy or do research. Like, I I love them all dearly, and they’ve all taken copy school and sat by me all this time.

And I’m still like, no. If I’m gonna hire a copywriter, they have to be a copywriter.

And so that’s something for you to think about.

If that’s a constraint, you already know it’s a constraint. You can only grow to that constraint. So it’s always gotta be on you, then how are you then every other constraint has to be relieved by hiring. If you’re like, no.

I’m going to always do the research. Okay. Then then fine. But every other part that you’re also doing has to then be offloaded to somebody else.

Does that make sense?

Because you can’t do it all.

Are you ready to hire somebody who loves research? There are definitely a lot of copywriters who do and who you can train to think about it the way you think about it patiently knowing it takes six months to onboard somebody.

I don’t know.

Yeah. I know. It’s hard. I don’t have a single copywriter working for me.

I I just don’t. It’s hard. It’s too hard when you’re, like, a perfectionist about it. And your whole reputation is staked on it. Right? So I get why it’s gotta be you.

Alright.

Oh, wait. Someone just chatted something.

Good. Anybody else or anybody wanna give any notes to help Abby through this? Has anybody outsourced the core of the work that they do successfully?

No. It’s hard. It’s hard, but it’s a real constraint. It’s an absolute constraint.

Good news to start off your week. Alright.

Let’s yeah.

Andrew totally agreed. Now I have agencies, though. Don’t get me wrong. I have had great copywriters and research people there.

I just don’t bring it in house. It’s for me to do here, but it is completely doable. They’re all around. They’re usually much quieter than anybody else in the room.

You don’t know who they are. You haven’t ever heard from them.

But if you read one blog post that they wrote, like, that’s how I found Carolyn, and she was amazing and is still amazing.

Took a ton of work off my plate, thought exactly the way I do about things, and didn’t and then there were other parts that I would do that she didn’t wanna do. So it was a really good fit.

Carolyn was great. Hannah was great. Like, there are lots of great people out there. They’re usually quieter.

So, like, pay attention to the quiet ones who might have some really good shit that they just they don’t market themselves or they don’t want to.

All of the things that, yeah, that you can do instead. So they’re out there.

I think we have this one last one, and then we’re done.

Then you can, like, synthesize who you’re going to hire in all of these for all these needs.

The last one here for three minutes is delivering and measuring work. So how do you turn these new clients? Great. You delivered work well. Now what?

Now what? Most freelancers stop here. This is it. But we’re not freelancers here. We’re growing our businesses. We have more to do after this, especially if you are selling, retainer work. So what are you doing to measure it, to keep them coming back for more, to make referrals happen?

Because this will lead back to beginning of the assembly line, which is all about where leads come from. In this case, it will be somebody saying great work. Did they do it on video? Did they are you just hoping that they’ll sell tell somebody about you?

Or you’re more specific and deliberate with it? Are you measuring the work? Are you involved in measuring it? How involved?

When does that happen? Is there a meeting in place? Are there meetings in place? Do you know who is measuring their work?

Do you trust the person that they have that’s measuring the work? Or do you get to do it because you implement too? Alright. Two minutes on this one.

Okeydoke.

So the objective at this point is to, fill in the next page. I’ve put two in there, but, obviously, those are just examples.

We want to list out the biggest areas you identified as constraints. Just write them out. And then basically, like, circle, put group put them in groups. Like, I think all of this stuff sounds very administrative or all of this stuff sounds like a copywriter who has a background in research could do this, or or or, but we wanna write them out. So we know, like, this is basically job descriptions. And if you don’t hire people who can do these things, then you haven’t solved for those constraints.

And, yeah, I do wanna take some time with this. We’re gonna take four minutes to just roughly jot down what those are, then you don’t have to figure out what those next three hires are hires are in this call. But I want that to be a homework for you. And I would think that you want that to be homework for you too so you know who’s needed next. Alright. Three minutes. List them out and maybe you’ll be able to start grouping them and coming up with titles too.

Okay. So we may not know exactly what we need next, but we’re close to getting there.

Does anybody know exactly who they want to hire next?

Yeah. Does anybody wanna share?

If you do, come off mute.

No?

Katie?

I know that I need someone to help me with the, like, data and analytics from acquiring the leads to, like, client acquisition and then also through to delivery of my final product. Like, the tracking of numbers and analytics is something that I want to not be bogging down my brain with.

Okay.

It just, like, not you know, I’m happy to do the extrapolation, but I don’t want to be making the numbers come up on the screen, if that makes sense.

So Yeah.

I guess, like, my question I I know that I want somebody to support me with that, but when do you know, like, does that sound is that I hire a contractor to build the dashboard and that’s a one off thing? Or is that something where you see that being, like, having a tech person on your team?

Yeah. I mean, when it comes to so it could be a human solve or it could be a software solve or both. Right? So have you when it comes to the side of the business where it’s you, sounds like trying to figure mapping leads to delivery, you said. I wrote that down. So where leads come from all the way through to conversion, and then there’s a separate part of you having somebody help you measure how your work is producing.

Okay. Yeah.

So for the first half of that and maybe there’s one person there.

I mean, I know a killer person at this who is one of those quiet people you never hear from or about, Nicole Luke, who worked with me at Vox Car. I’ve known her for twenty years. She’s Sarah gets tired of me talking about how awesome Nicole is, but she’s just I just love her.

So smart, and very underpriced.

So, I’d go out there and, like, post on LinkedIn that you’re looking for some just know that, like, it’s not gonna be the first person to put up their hand because, again, it’s gonna be a quiet person who’s like, I don’t know if I could do this. Yes. You could. You could do this. But it could just be somebody that you hire as a contractor. So, like, look for a Google Analytics contractor on, like even go over to, Clarity is still a perfectly fine place to book somebody for an hour of their time to set up your dashboards for you to get everything connected for you for, like, three hundred bucks or whatever they charge.

But then there’s also are you using a dashboard tool at all right now?

Like, do you I tried to hire this out in the spring, and then the contractor bailed on me, and I haven’t revisited it since then.

Yeah. So this is, like there’s really good dashboard software now. Like, there wasn’t for the longest time, but, Sigmetrics is one that we use. We also know the dude there from a mastermind I was in with him before.

So that’s part of the reason I use it, but it connects with SamCart, which very few do. So if you use SamCart or plan to, SegMetrix is a really good way to go. We use Databox for real business analytics to see where people are coming from, how Instagram is performing, all of that kind of stuff. So I would go Databox.

I would look into Databox and say metrics if I were you, and choose one because they’re both, like, three hundred bucks a month. I don’t know if it if there’s, like, a smaller account. I don’t know. I know that for what we need it for.

I think it’s about three hundred bucks a month for each.

And so there’s that. So you wanna make sure that you’re using it and it’s set up right, and that’s where spending, again, three hundred bucks for an hour of someone’s time for them to say, here are the metrics you’re gonna need to pull in from here, here, here, and here. And then walking you through that on that call is money really, really, really well spent. If it’s that important to you to get that information, which when you’re growing your business, for sure it is. The leads to delivery side is probably where I would hire a contractor like Nicole, Luke, or somebody out there who, can go in, who has, like, a masters in math, who just, like, really gets this stuff and then can put a slide deck together.

Not gonna go on and talk to the client about that. That’ll be on you because usually they just talk about numbers instead of talking about what the business cares about. But I would just hire a contractor for that need. Because even Nicole at Boxcar, we had lots of like, a good number of clients who needed ongoing performance measurement.

And, she was like, what am I doing with half my time? I’m just sitting here. So I didn’t need her full time. I just wanted her full time. So you probably won’t need this person full time.

Yeah.

Does that make sense?

So you recur hiring them on a recurring basis, but not needing to hire them full time?

Yeah. Exactly. Like, ask them if I could buy an a day of your time a month. What would that look like? And you probably get everything done for every client you have in that time.

And so when you’re working with like, if I’m looking at this, like, seven mid seven bigger coaches who likely have their own tech person on their team, like, in the delivery, assembly line, I wrote down, like, implement, like, that’s and then, you know, this is when it all gets added to their email service provider.

Would you normally assume that their tech person is going to implement? I mean, okay. So we would handle that. Because I just don’t I don’t know whether people are gonna want to hand over that implementation in their back end.

This is where I think you have to get even more narrow with your audience because seven figures for a course creator or coach is one million to ten million.

Very different.

Yeah. So the feedback I got is gonna be, like, three to seven, like, mid.

Yeah. I’d go up. I’d go five to ten just because three is when they’re starting to make more strategic hiring decisions.

By five million, they’ve made them. So they have good unless they looped way out with a really great webinar funnel or something like that that brought them a crap ton of cash.

In almost every other case, they’ve made good strategic hiring decisions that have the right people in place. And you have to think, five to ten million is still not a lot of money every year when you think about the cost of hiring people and what things just cost. And so when you have a five million dollar business, you have the right strategic minds in place that you probably like, I don’t even know if they would necessarily have somebody that they absolutely trust as their tech person, their tech person more. But you can do this just by, like, asking.

And maybe you already did ask, and that’s why you know that. But as one of those companies, I can say that we don’t have a tech person. We have people who are all empowered to do these things. And then when we need something more technical done, we go out to an agency that we have a relationship with.

So I would if someone came in and said, Joe, I’m gonna write your emails for you, and I’m gonna implement them an active ActiveCampaign. I wouldn’t have a problem with that. I would just wanna make sure that they know what they’re doing in ActiveCampaign. So just, like, know what you’re doing, and then don’t hit send.

Just always make sure that that’s part of it.

But all that to say, at this Would that extend to if that person said, like, I’m gonna go into ActiveCampaign and set up an automation that triggers when that person does this? Like All of it.

Okay. Yeah. I would I would think that you should do it all unless they have an email person on staff, in which case that person will say, no. I’ll do that.

And you’ll just work with them and say, cool. But I need to be in there. You understand why I need to be in there looking at this stuff. Right?

And if they don’t understand that, then you’ll just talk them through why you would need to get in there and look at this stuff.

Yeah. Okay. Okay.

Cool. So ongoing contractor for my own needs and then ongoing contractor or, like and or tech tool and then ongoing contractor for the printing up the data on the retainer calls Yeah. As well.

Yeah. I wouldn’t hire a person for your needs. I’d just hire software for that. Yeah.

Okay. For the client’s needs, I would hire a person. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Katie.

Alright.

Anybody else wanna share who they think they’re going to hire next?

No?

Yes. She does have a data course.

Yeah. Perfect. Okay. And me, I know we’re at the end of our time, but hopefully that was useful for you.

Transcript

Okay.

Alright.

Did we get constraints documented?

Anybody identify a constraint they have in booking calls?

If you did, please chat it over or share it by coming off mute.

Everyone’s constraint free? Well done. Marina.

I just have everything in progress because I’m starting from scratch when I started.

Mhmm.

And so it’s everything all at once.

Mhmm.

And so I’m just making my way through all the things, but I can see how all of the work that I’ve been doing is converging so that it will it will come together. It is coming together, but it’s not there yet.

Cool. Cool. Okay. Thanks, Marina. Andrew?

My biggest constraints are at the beginning and the end of the production line. So, there isn’t a whole lot of consistency in terms of, like, what I’m doing to generate leads in the first place.

That’s the kind of stuff that I often gets pushed to the side because, client work and not making time for it. And then, on the other end of the spectrum is, like, again, my calendar, just having, like, time and energy for a lot of new stuff coming in. So sometimes I think I don’t go as hard on the lead generation stuff because I’m kind of like, oh, I’m already, like, kind of busy as it is. So I think he wants to maybe needing some help with the lead gen stuff and also needing just to get better at, finally outsourcing or or a big delivery work.

Yeah. The delivery side of it. Okay. Cool.

Getting tired of.

It. Yeah. Yeah.

Thanks, Andrew. Okay. So we’re gonna move on to the next part of the process. So someone’s booked a triage call. Cool. Now we gotta get them to sign a contract.

Map this thing up. This is just going to contract signed for good rates, by the way. It’s easy to close people when your price is way lower than they thought it was going to be. Typically, it’s easy.

So for the right rate, for a real price, We’re gonna map that out.

Four minutes. Just go really fast. You’ll it should only be the really the stuff that you know. Don’t get too detailed. K? Four minutes.

Also, I’m doing these along with y’all, and it is just eye opening all the time. I’m like, oh, yeah. We need to work on that and that and that. Like, it never stops.

Okay. Cool.

Did anybody find a constraint here that they could possibly hire out or make part of a role for somebody?

Are you feeling good that you can do this? The constraint is really you.

But if you can just find more time, just like every part of the process, you know, it’s like, who has ten million dollars to give me to hire all the people I need, please?

Yeah. I hear that. Yeah. There’s always there’s always someone else to hire. Does anybody wanna share a constraint here?

Andrew?

You are muted just as a side note or a full on straight note.

Yeah. That’s yeah. Not not a side note.

Yeah. So I don’t know I’m not sure yet if or how hiring could help with these, but the biggest kind of bottlenecks or or pain points in this process, that I’ve had is that, like, one, sometimes we need multiple follow-up calls. So we’ll have that fit call, that kinda, like, pre proposals type call, and then sometimes there’s just, like, more and more that needs to be figured out. And I’ve I’ve tried sort of standardizing and creating, like, a road map that they paid, but for whatever reason, I’ve had trouble kind of, like, selling it and standardizing it.

So that’s one area where where things are there there could be a constraint there. And then something else that I’ve noticed has been getting worse recently for whatever reason is that the contracts that companies have been signing me have gotten more and more ridiculous. Mhmm. And so I have to redline them, which kind of takes a while.

And then they have send to have a bottleneck on their side where I’ll send back and they’ll say, hey. Great to move forward. We just need to update these five things or whatever. And, they’ll be like, oh, yeah. Legal moves, like, really slow. So there’s gonna be, like, three months if we need red lines, and then I have to figure out some sort of workaround if we sign a contract that, like, conflicts with it and stuff like that. So those are my I don’t not wouldn’t be stoked about, like, hiring a a lawyer or something to help with that, but I’m open to to the idea if that’s something that could help.

Yeah. Okay. So you’ve identified a constraint there around getting that contract figured out, which a few other people have done as well here.

And that might be in part you hiring yourself to sit down and really think how can I like, what can I do differently to get this thing move forward faster? How do I get ahead of that? And then if you can find that way, because it’ll vary, then maybe there is somebody you can train for that. And given that a lot of people have the same challenge here with, like, template of proposal, contract invoicing, all of it, you know, makes you wonder if there’s not a world where someone shares people share a subcontractor here that, like, knows how to do this exact stuff.

But okay. Cool. Nonetheless, we’re not solving. We’re just looking at okay. There are constraints and probably someone that you could hire to help you with that in case you doing it is just too damn hard, takes too long, isn’t a good use of your five hundred dollar an hour, thousand dollar an hour.

Okay.

Maybe this one’s easier. We’re going to map the assembly line of onboarding and then managing clients. So this is let’s just imagine in this world, whatever your standardized offer is rather than the retainer, potentially, just to keep it simple or retainer only or whatever other thing that you’ve been selling here.

So, ideally, it’s where you wanna go, though. So you don’t wanna hire for the past. You wanna hire for your future life.

So map the assembly line of how a new client so they’ve signed.

Now what? How do you turn them into a happy client?

Alright. And for that, three minutes.

And it was I have the Zoom update that I think everybody else on the planet has had.

And, anyway, I’m learning it all over again. Okay.

Constraints here?

I would imagine constraints here. Abby, do you wanna go?

Yeah. Sure. So, the first thing I do is send, like, the welcome pack, which my VA has started doing, so that’s good. And then the cost for research, like, I was all set up to, like, outsource that.

Like, my mom was gonna do it, and then I just got in my head because I was like, oh, but, like, the customer research is where like, as I’m organizing it, that’s kind of where I get my ideas. Mhmm. And then I was looking at the copywriting. It’s like, I wanna do all of that.

And then I’m like, how how much of it is, like, just excuses because I don’t wanna, like, let it go. Like, I’m not I don’t wanna, like like, I just feel like I need to do everything.

Like Yeah. How do you, like I mean, is that just like a learning path that the It’s just it’s Yeah.

I think it’s recognizing when someone shows you. You’re a unicorn.

You that’s the thing. You cannot like, we need to start outsourcing the other parts if you wanna grow. Right? We’re talking growth constraints.

If you wanna stay where you are, which I know you don’t, I know you’ve got lots of opportunity and potential there. So it would be it to me, it sounds like you are a constraint. This is a moment where you’re identifying that you, as the person who thinks they have to do all the hands on work here to generate the ideas, you’re the constraint. However, what’s keeping you from putting that from letting somebody else take over, I would suggest, that you probably need to hire someone that you strongly believe is skilled in that area.

So if you your mom’s great. She could probably do a lot of things. Do you feel comfortable handling the core of what makes your work special off to somebody who maybe doesn’t think the same way you do? And this is I hire a lot of family.

I have four family members, five working for me right now. So I get hiring family, but I would hire them for things that they can be successful at. I would never I would never hire a family member to write copy or do research. Like, I I love them all dearly, and they’ve all taken copy school and sat by me all this time.

And I’m still like, no. If I’m gonna hire a copywriter, they have to be a copywriter.

And so that’s something for you to think about.

If that’s a constraint, you already know it’s a constraint. You can only grow to that constraint. So it’s always gotta be on you, then how are you then every other constraint has to be relieved by hiring. If you’re like, no.

I’m going to always do the research. Okay. Then then fine. But every other part that you’re also doing has to then be offloaded to somebody else.

Does that make sense?

Because you can’t do it all.

Are you ready to hire somebody who loves research? There are definitely a lot of copywriters who do and who you can train to think about it the way you think about it patiently knowing it takes six months to onboard somebody.

I don’t know.

Yeah. I know. It’s hard. I don’t have a single copywriter working for me.

I I just don’t. It’s hard. It’s too hard when you’re, like, a perfectionist about it. And your whole reputation is staked on it. Right? So I get why it’s gotta be you.

Alright.

Oh, wait. Someone just chatted something.

Good. Anybody else or anybody wanna give any notes to help Abby through this? Has anybody outsourced the core of the work that they do successfully?

No. It’s hard. It’s hard, but it’s a real constraint. It’s an absolute constraint.

Good news to start off your week. Alright.

Let’s yeah.

Andrew totally agreed. Now I have agencies, though. Don’t get me wrong. I have had great copywriters and research people there.

I just don’t bring it in house. It’s for me to do here, but it is completely doable. They’re all around. They’re usually much quieter than anybody else in the room.

You don’t know who they are. You haven’t ever heard from them.

But if you read one blog post that they wrote, like, that’s how I found Carolyn, and she was amazing and is still amazing.

Took a ton of work off my plate, thought exactly the way I do about things, and didn’t and then there were other parts that I would do that she didn’t wanna do. So it was a really good fit.

Carolyn was great. Hannah was great. Like, there are lots of great people out there. They’re usually quieter.

So, like, pay attention to the quiet ones who might have some really good shit that they just they don’t market themselves or they don’t want to.

All of the things that, yeah, that you can do instead. So they’re out there.

I think we have this one last one, and then we’re done.

Then you can, like, synthesize who you’re going to hire in all of these for all these needs.

The last one here for three minutes is delivering and measuring work. So how do you turn these new clients? Great. You delivered work well. Now what?

Now what? Most freelancers stop here. This is it. But we’re not freelancers here. We’re growing our businesses. We have more to do after this, especially if you are selling, retainer work. So what are you doing to measure it, to keep them coming back for more, to make referrals happen?

Because this will lead back to beginning of the assembly line, which is all about where leads come from. In this case, it will be somebody saying great work. Did they do it on video? Did they are you just hoping that they’ll sell tell somebody about you?

Or you’re more specific and deliberate with it? Are you measuring the work? Are you involved in measuring it? How involved?

When does that happen? Is there a meeting in place? Are there meetings in place? Do you know who is measuring their work?

Do you trust the person that they have that’s measuring the work? Or do you get to do it because you implement too? Alright. Two minutes on this one.

Okeydoke.

So the objective at this point is to, fill in the next page. I’ve put two in there, but, obviously, those are just examples.

We want to list out the biggest areas you identified as constraints. Just write them out. And then basically, like, circle, put group put them in groups. Like, I think all of this stuff sounds very administrative or all of this stuff sounds like a copywriter who has a background in research could do this, or or or, but we wanna write them out. So we know, like, this is basically job descriptions. And if you don’t hire people who can do these things, then you haven’t solved for those constraints.

And, yeah, I do wanna take some time with this. We’re gonna take four minutes to just roughly jot down what those are, then you don’t have to figure out what those next three hires are hires are in this call. But I want that to be a homework for you. And I would think that you want that to be homework for you too so you know who’s needed next. Alright. Three minutes. List them out and maybe you’ll be able to start grouping them and coming up with titles too.

Okay. So we may not know exactly what we need next, but we’re close to getting there.

Does anybody know exactly who they want to hire next?

Yeah. Does anybody wanna share?

If you do, come off mute.

No?

Katie?

I know that I need someone to help me with the, like, data and analytics from acquiring the leads to, like, client acquisition and then also through to delivery of my final product. Like, the tracking of numbers and analytics is something that I want to not be bogging down my brain with.

Okay.

It just, like, not you know, I’m happy to do the extrapolation, but I don’t want to be making the numbers come up on the screen, if that makes sense.

So Yeah.

I guess, like, my question I I know that I want somebody to support me with that, but when do you know, like, does that sound is that I hire a contractor to build the dashboard and that’s a one off thing? Or is that something where you see that being, like, having a tech person on your team?

Yeah. I mean, when it comes to so it could be a human solve or it could be a software solve or both. Right? So have you when it comes to the side of the business where it’s you, sounds like trying to figure mapping leads to delivery, you said. I wrote that down. So where leads come from all the way through to conversion, and then there’s a separate part of you having somebody help you measure how your work is producing.

Okay. Yeah.

So for the first half of that and maybe there’s one person there.

I mean, I know a killer person at this who is one of those quiet people you never hear from or about, Nicole Luke, who worked with me at Vox Car. I’ve known her for twenty years. She’s Sarah gets tired of me talking about how awesome Nicole is, but she’s just I just love her.

So smart, and very underpriced.

So, I’d go out there and, like, post on LinkedIn that you’re looking for some just know that, like, it’s not gonna be the first person to put up their hand because, again, it’s gonna be a quiet person who’s like, I don’t know if I could do this. Yes. You could. You could do this. But it could just be somebody that you hire as a contractor. So, like, look for a Google Analytics contractor on, like even go over to, Clarity is still a perfectly fine place to book somebody for an hour of their time to set up your dashboards for you to get everything connected for you for, like, three hundred bucks or whatever they charge.

But then there’s also are you using a dashboard tool at all right now?

Like, do you I tried to hire this out in the spring, and then the contractor bailed on me, and I haven’t revisited it since then.

Yeah. So this is, like there’s really good dashboard software now. Like, there wasn’t for the longest time, but, Sigmetrics is one that we use. We also know the dude there from a mastermind I was in with him before.

So that’s part of the reason I use it, but it connects with SamCart, which very few do. So if you use SamCart or plan to, SegMetrix is a really good way to go. We use Databox for real business analytics to see where people are coming from, how Instagram is performing, all of that kind of stuff. So I would go Databox.

I would look into Databox and say metrics if I were you, and choose one because they’re both, like, three hundred bucks a month. I don’t know if it if there’s, like, a smaller account. I don’t know. I know that for what we need it for.

I think it’s about three hundred bucks a month for each.

And so there’s that. So you wanna make sure that you’re using it and it’s set up right, and that’s where spending, again, three hundred bucks for an hour of someone’s time for them to say, here are the metrics you’re gonna need to pull in from here, here, here, and here. And then walking you through that on that call is money really, really, really well spent. If it’s that important to you to get that information, which when you’re growing your business, for sure it is. The leads to delivery side is probably where I would hire a contractor like Nicole, Luke, or somebody out there who, can go in, who has, like, a masters in math, who just, like, really gets this stuff and then can put a slide deck together.

Not gonna go on and talk to the client about that. That’ll be on you because usually they just talk about numbers instead of talking about what the business cares about. But I would just hire a contractor for that need. Because even Nicole at Boxcar, we had lots of like, a good number of clients who needed ongoing performance measurement.

And, she was like, what am I doing with half my time? I’m just sitting here. So I didn’t need her full time. I just wanted her full time. So you probably won’t need this person full time.

Yeah.

Does that make sense?

So you recur hiring them on a recurring basis, but not needing to hire them full time?

Yeah. Exactly. Like, ask them if I could buy an a day of your time a month. What would that look like? And you probably get everything done for every client you have in that time.

And so when you’re working with like, if I’m looking at this, like, seven mid seven bigger coaches who likely have their own tech person on their team, like, in the delivery, assembly line, I wrote down, like, implement, like, that’s and then, you know, this is when it all gets added to their email service provider.

Would you normally assume that their tech person is going to implement? I mean, okay. So we would handle that. Because I just don’t I don’t know whether people are gonna want to hand over that implementation in their back end.

This is where I think you have to get even more narrow with your audience because seven figures for a course creator or coach is one million to ten million.

Very different.

Yeah. So the feedback I got is gonna be, like, three to seven, like, mid.

Yeah. I’d go up. I’d go five to ten just because three is when they’re starting to make more strategic hiring decisions.

By five million, they’ve made them. So they have good unless they looped way out with a really great webinar funnel or something like that that brought them a crap ton of cash.

In almost every other case, they’ve made good strategic hiring decisions that have the right people in place. And you have to think, five to ten million is still not a lot of money every year when you think about the cost of hiring people and what things just cost. And so when you have a five million dollar business, you have the right strategic minds in place that you probably like, I don’t even know if they would necessarily have somebody that they absolutely trust as their tech person, their tech person more. But you can do this just by, like, asking.

And maybe you already did ask, and that’s why you know that. But as one of those companies, I can say that we don’t have a tech person. We have people who are all empowered to do these things. And then when we need something more technical done, we go out to an agency that we have a relationship with.

So I would if someone came in and said, Joe, I’m gonna write your emails for you, and I’m gonna implement them an active ActiveCampaign. I wouldn’t have a problem with that. I would just wanna make sure that they know what they’re doing in ActiveCampaign. So just, like, know what you’re doing, and then don’t hit send.

Just always make sure that that’s part of it.

But all that to say, at this Would that extend to if that person said, like, I’m gonna go into ActiveCampaign and set up an automation that triggers when that person does this? Like All of it.

Okay. Yeah. I would I would think that you should do it all unless they have an email person on staff, in which case that person will say, no. I’ll do that.

And you’ll just work with them and say, cool. But I need to be in there. You understand why I need to be in there looking at this stuff. Right?

And if they don’t understand that, then you’ll just talk them through why you would need to get in there and look at this stuff.

Yeah. Okay. Okay.

Cool. So ongoing contractor for my own needs and then ongoing contractor or, like and or tech tool and then ongoing contractor for the printing up the data on the retainer calls Yeah. As well.

Yeah. I wouldn’t hire a person for your needs. I’d just hire software for that. Yeah.

Okay. For the client’s needs, I would hire a person. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Katie.

Alright.

Anybody else wanna share who they think they’re going to hire next?

No?

Yes. She does have a data course.

Yeah. Perfect. Okay. And me, I know we’re at the end of our time, but hopefully that was useful for you.

The Buyer Handbook: Find and Attract Your Ideal Buyers

The Buyer Handbook: Find and Attract Your Ideal Buyers

Transcript

Excellent. Okay. So we have a few more people joining. Of course, this is recording, but this is our Copy School Pro call of the week. This week, we are talking continuing on with our final week, actually, of the buyer handbook.

Next week, as you’ll see in the Coffee School Pro training area very soon, next week, we will have a whole new theme starting, and that one for the month of July is under the sunshine growth model.

When you look at the skills part of the sunshine growth model and the skills that you use, those are used to grow your business, like administrative stuff or things like list building and social followers. That’s what we’re doing next month is all about list building, and getting more social followers where social can be the best path toward building your list today. But we’ll talk more about that all next starting next week. We’re gonna get started on Instagram.

We’re gonna get into gamifying list building, with Shane. We’ll do a webinar, like, how to create a waking up to the problem webinar that you can present to other people’s audiences. I’ll be running that. So if you are wondering how to get in front of other audiences, like what we’re gonna talk about today, then this will be useful for you.

So there’s a lot coming up in July. Watch for all of that. Two lessons a week as usual.

And then this week this week oh, yeah. This week, we have Shane wrapping up, our, buyer handbook month with using AI to create your business’ actual buyer handbook. So that should be fun and exciting.

Alright.

It’s a bit of a working session today. We’ll be doing some actual work, which I hope is good for everybody in the room. And, yeah, there will, of course, be a replay, and there is the worksheet. So if you can open up the worksheet that we that Sarah sent out over the weekend that has the buyer handbook, find and attract your ideal buyers. I’m about to share my screen.

This is, of course, a really this is a fundamental topic, finding people who will buy the stuff that you’ve got, pretty important.

We we we need to do that. That’s just how life works. Now, hopefully, they’ll find you right back, but you still need to show up conveniently where they are. So that’s what we’re gonna talk about here today. Let me just go into presentation mode.

If you haven’t watched other sessions from the month of June on the buyer handbook, go back through the Coffee School Pro training area and pick up some more stuff there where we’re talking about ICPs, personas, personas underneath your ICP, all of that kind of stuff that, is critical to understanding who you’re talking to and if they’re the right person to talk to right now. And, of course, they will talk about where they are. So this is going to be very useful for you. If you wanna find out where your ICPs are, you will need to have your laptop open in front of you to do this work.

If not, your phone might be okay, but we’re gonna go into a tool, today. And maybe you already have access to that tool. And if you do, awesome. And if you don’t, that’s okay. They have a free thing that you can use today.

And then after this, you’re going to be ready to start pitching brands, not people.

Brands on partnering to share your content. Now there are people at the brands, but what people often talk about for freelancers with cold pitching is go cold pitch a potential client. And there’s nothing technically wrong with that, except it doesn’t scale very well. It takes a lot of work to do it, and we would all rather people just come to us.

So we’re gonna borrow the authority of other brands, which I talk about all the time, because that’s how I got here. So if not for me, absolutely latching on to the authority of other brands, way back in the beginning, I would not have the business that I have today. Not at all. And I’m very happy with the business I have today.

And so I can say, and I think a lot of people who look back at their growth or their lack of growth will be able to look at the network that they tapped into or did not tap into early on. So for me, Hacker News was a big part of it. So that’s community. What community can and should you participate in right now? We’re gonna work on finding those communities today.

It would be better if you’d started working in that community five years ago. Of course, it would everything better if we’d started doing any of this stuff five years ago, but we didn’t. So we’re going to do it today and not let any of the crap in because this crap always comes in. Oh, there’s no way in. It’s saturated, etcetera, etcetera. Shush.

We’re just gonna do the work. Just do the work and don’t think about it.

I also partnered with brands.

Unbounce was just starting out. HubSpot was still small enough that people weren’t necessarily that familiar with everything HubSpot could do. It wasn’t ubiquitous like it is today when I was starting out. Leadpages was like a whole different thing at the time, and Wistia was two dudes.

That was it. So but we partnered with them early on, and now their brands have grown. Our brands have grown and been able to, like, carry on. Our brand has grown and been able to carry on with it.

So I borrowed their authority. You need to do the same because there is an a early version of Wistia out there right now. There’s an early version of Unbounce out there right now.

Partner with them. They have as much hustle as anybody else had twelve, fifteen years ago, they are people to, partner with. So we’re gonna talk about who those, like, hidden gems are, and that’s really the goal today. When you find where your people are at, then we want you to put a webinar, which you’ll probably call a workshop, in front of them as soon as humanly possible.

And you’re going to force it to snowball. You’re not going to sit there and go, okay, I wonder if this is gonna work. You are going to make it work because that is how we get shit done. That’s what separates us here. We will force the snowball effect. Okay. So how do we even get started?

We’re gonna find people online using SparkToro. Has anybody used SparkToro before?

Yes. Cool. Are you using it now?

Good. It’s very easy to start and cancel, start and cancel. That’s actually you know, anybody who’s worked with them knows that’s a an actual challenge for them. As you use it, get everything you need out of it, and then you cancel, but you might come back four months later and use it all over again. So it’s a bit of a a different subscription model. But will you use SparkToro, in order to find out where people are, obviously, that’s what SparkToro does. It helps you find out what they’re talking about, etcetera.

But oftentimes when you’re using SparkToro and I’m just gonna open this up, over to the side as I move Zoom around. When you’re using SparkToro, it’s often defined, like, keywords and things like that.

Not keywords for social necessarily, what brand should I be looking up?

Just mine. And so I’m what brand should I be looking up? Just mine. And so I’m going to recommend that you look up a complementor. So instead of a competitor, this is someone who is like a competitor, but they’re more complimentary. So for us, ConvertKit or Kit might be a complimenter for us because we share a similar audience of digital creators, but we want to find a group that has more traffic, ideally, significantly more traffic than we get.

So for me, I might look up convertkit dot com, or I might look at other complementors. April Dunford and I have similar audiences in some ways. It depends on what I’m trying to sell. In other ways, we have very different audiences.

So that might be somebody that I look up to see, what because we can’t look up ourselves. Right? If you’re if you have a brand new website or you’ve got, like, five people coming a day to your website, you can’t really use SparkToro or yourself to get a sense of it. So we need to go and basically get a sense of the audience that our complementors or even full on competitors have.

So if you’re like, okay. I’m serving this market, but I know that this other brand is huge and they’re serving the same market I am. We’re just gonna use this over here in SparkToro. So you should now be seeing the SparkToro interface where you wanna go to the tab audience research.

What I recommend is right now, while I’m chattering, if you’re not using SparkToro, start an account right now. It’s free. You just, like, go to SparkToro dot com, use your Gmail or whatever to create an account quickly, get in there because we’re going to go to the audience research tab and this there’s all sorts of things.

Claire, did you work with Jia and Claire on SparkToro stuff?

Sorry. Muted. I have someone on the tab. Yes. I did. Okay.

Wait back to before two point o.

You would know, of course, more than I I’ve used for Arturo on and off, but I’m not, like, a power user of it. So, Claire, if you have anything to add, please do feel free to at any point or anybody who uses this and and has something to add here, please please do.

What we wanna do today is start by listing out three brands, ideally, the dot com version, like, the actual website that gets the audience you wish you could get. Now that could a really obvious one is some sort of software Software made for different audiences. So if you’re like, I want to work primarily with nonprofits, then you’d go look you should know what software people who are at nonprofits use. If you were like, I only work with real estate developers, then you’ll know or or realtors. And you might say, like, okay. Realtors use follow-up boss. So I’m going to look up follow-up boss and see what comes up.

And that’s what I’ll use to get started here on filling this in.

We have to wait for it to load, so we’re gonna do that. While that’s happening, make sure you’ve started your SparkToro account and start thinking of these people. So you have to first first know who your ideal audience is and then what they trust. So I don’t have a part on here for your ideal audience because you already know that That’s, like, very introductory basic stuff.

Tell Rand what did you say? Oh, got it. Fine. To pedal faster?

Is he in a race right now? Is he, like, biking somewhere, Andrew?

Or Andrew?

Are you chatting to us? Oh, he’s powering the sparktor.

I got it. I didn’t get that. Okay.

Now I got it.

I was slow. It’s my damn slow. Yeah. It’s taking a while to load up. Is it slow is it slow for everybody?

No? For some? Okay.

So we’ll just set that aside, and I will walk through what our objective is, like, what we’re going to do along the way. So if you can list out those three to five groups, you’re going to enter and repeat this process for those three to five different groups in here. For follow-up, boss, really?

Okay. So we’ll go through a creative free SparkToro account, go to audience research, search the website or domain of a complementor, then we’re going to fill this in for for, like, three to five of those groups. Knowing that as just happened here, sometimes, Barktoro won’t have enough data for it. So just keep that in mind, and then just repeat. Then afterward, we’re going to save this and downloaded data because you can export data on, SparkToro from SparkToro to wherever. This is the kind of thing that you’ll want to share with your VA as you move forward or just have for yourself as you, like, get deeper and deeper into building your business.

Knowing more about who and where they are is everything. It’s the thing that keeps people from growing is I don’t know how to get in front of my audience because I don’t know where they are. What are they paying attention to? And then everybody gravitates to the exact same people.

Well, all Chorus creators want to get or or follow Amy Porterfield. Okay. Great. But what software are they using?

What plug ins for that software are available? What Chrome extensions are they using? Can you partner with those smaller groups in order to get some traction? Because everybody can’t go around pitching Amy Porterfield, and her audience gets fatigued too versus the smaller companies that are out there that are gaining traction and would love to help an x to have an expert like you come in and teach their audience.

This is a big thing. Unbounce wanted me to come in and teach their audience to be better at making landing pages because it’s good for Unbounce. Same was true for Leadpages. Same was true for ConvertKit.

All of these different groups early on want you to come train their audience, and the good thing is you want to do that too. You wanna be an authority in front of them, so we need to find out where they are. So we’re gonna use SparkToro to find out where your buyers are. It might not be your audience.

Now if your audience if your website gets a lot of traffic, then this is gonna be really directly applicable for you. Like, oh, this is where my audience is coming from. That’s cool to know. What you’ll really wanna focus on, though, are not, like, the top accounts, but the hidden gems.

So you’ll see when you do oh, now they do have stuff. You’ll see when you go through here that, they have these bigger accounts, like, how are you going to pitch Realtor magazine?

Instead, you’ll probably wanna look at some hidden gems. Now they don’t have any hidden gems here, so that would be a thing where I’d have to then go do another search. But what I want to do is not just focus on all of these giant places to pitch, but where are my buyers going? What websites are they visiting is step one.

So we wanna write in the websites that they visit based on what you’re seeing here. Focus only on the ones that where you can actually answer. I can guest here, or I can advertise here. If it’s not an option, although this is a column that I have on the worksheet, if you can’t do anything with this, like, if you’re like, well, I can’t do anything with Keller Williams.

Like, it’s a giant broker brand. What what might I do? That’s too hard for me to conceive of putting a web webinar together. I mean, maybe maybe it’s a ten x that’s worth it more than, like, something else that could feel like a two x.

But try to be, like, realistic because you could list out all the websites they visit that are huge names. And then you think, okay. I can guess here. And if you get no’s across the board, you’re going to not feel good about it. So we wanna be able to get you wins in here. So maybe put some big websites in alongside some smaller websites in.

Don’t underestimate the power of directly advertising in some of these spaces. That doesn’t mean you go to their advertised page, but there are ways to get in. We’re not gonna talk about those today.

But you can, in some cases, advertise where they’re at, and that’s gonna get more real as we get into newsletters and podcasts that look more like sponsorships.

Then you’ll go through and look at their, YouTube channels. This is really straightforward stuff. Right? Like, you just go through and use SparkToro, but document what you’re learning so that you’re not just like, oh, yeah.

Cool. I’m gonna, like, probably hit home lights. We’ll write it down. Write it down and then say, okay.

I can guess here. Because at the end of this, we’re gonna go through and make an actual plan for what you will do over the next ninety days. This will feel like, big work, but it’s useful work to do. It’s where your buyers are at right now.

Like they’re sitting there right now.

So we want to go get them. So we’ll go through and look at YouTube channels that they watch. There are a lot of columns here. Websites are a little trickier, so I didn’t put that many or a lot of rows.

Sorry. I didn’t put that many rows in here because a website could feel like, what do I even do with the website? What we’re really saying is the brand behind the website. A YouTube channel is far more specific.

If you know that they’re all going to let’s see where they’re going. HomeLight. Okay. So HomeLight is really popular as a YouTube channel, I guess, for people in the realtor space.

So you could write in home light, and then you could figure out what am I going to do with this. Go look. Go look into what HomeLight is doing on YouTube. Is there anything you could do there?

It might just be as simple as I can try to advertise. I can put a video together for these people. I can try to figure something out. Can you guest there?

You’d have to watch and see. Like, do they have podcasts that are also video that they post there? Can you try to pitch them on getting on that? If you can and if it’s a big enough swing, it’s going to be worth your time.

If it’s a small swing, then you have to make sure it’s a really scalable thing. And that’s, like, put one workshop together, which we’ll be talking about next month, that you can then pitch and you keep repeating that workshop in all of these smaller places. It’s a twenty minute workshop. The leads come directly to you, not to them, etcetera. We’ll get into that next month.

But first of all, you need to know where you’re gonna pitch it. Otherwise, when you put the webinar together next month, you’ll be like, well, what the hell do I do with this thing now? So this is that work.

Every second page in this workbook is for you to make notes to self. So if you haven’t printed this off and started going through it, I recommend you do. If you don’t print it off, if you just, like, go through and mark up the PDF, absolutely cool too. But some people will look at this table and do nothing with it.

Go like, oh, yeah. Cool. Good lesson. And move on. I don’t want you to be that person.

You’re here right now. Do the thing.

Add notes to self. Add notes for a VA if you’ve got one.

What are you thinking right now about the Homelight YouTube channel? What are you thinking? Write down your notes as they come up. If I’m chattering, turn the volume down on me. You can come back and watch the replay later if you’re actually doing work and I’m talking through your work. I’m good with you muting me. I just can’t mute myself because other people have to still do the work.

Continuing on. Oh, Claire. Yes.

Sorry to interrupt.

I I can build a list on Airtable. So I’ve got I’ve got a list of, like, fifty websites.

Sorry. Eight hundred websites, actually. Fifty YouTube channels and a bunch of subreddits that I kind of narrowed down. The subreddits were actually easiest to narrow down to my OCD.

Yes. Yes. They’re also obviously the easiest to, like, research and post on. But when it comes to YouTube and websites and I’m looking at, like, big brands, like, let’s say Crazy Egg, for example.

They do SaaS. They do analytics. People who are interested in that are probably interested in what I do. Mhmm.

But, wow, how do I begin to, like, even start narrowing down all of the different sites and also, like, figure out if they allow advertising. Because a lot of places have stopped having, like, a guest posts available page because they get crazy. Right. So yeah.

So, yeah, any advice on that?

That’s where I I firmly believe that if you can run a workshop that gets recorded and played and that brand then puts it on their YouTube. It comes up as a search result when your name is searched.

That’s what we wanna do. I would focus entirely on what is an audience.

It could be Crazy Egg if you’re subscribed. So step one, make sure you’re actually subscribed to that brand’s newsletter or email list, however that comes in. If that means you have to get a free, a free user account, free trial account, then do it. Do it and start, like, looking through.

Does Crazy Egg ever invite people to workshops?

Like and if they do, have a look at it because you might be like, Kajabi invites a lot of people to workshops, but then they’re also affiliates for all of those workshops. So you have to sell something in the workshop. So that’s not gonna be a good fit because Kajabi would be like, no. Because you’re not selling anything at the end, and so we’re not gonna make any affiliate revenue off of this.

Okay, fine. So the more you know about what they’re doing to create content and share content for their audience, the better. So that would be step one. And then then the challenge is not a guest blog post because a lot of people are not publishing guest blog posts right now.

Written content is not what it was.

So what can you do? Can you get in front of their Instagram audience somehow?

Can you I would really, really put all my eggs honestly in the basket of workshop, workshop, workshop.

They’re going to do live events of some kind. I mean, live online events.

Any brand that is scrappy enough to try to break in right now that has a little bit of money to spend is teaching their users to be better users. It’s just like a really classic playbook for getting your SaaS brand out there.

So if you if you can say, okay. I’m really clear on who my ICP is on the persona under that that this group does watch workshops.

Workshops get a bad rap. No one watches a webinar. No people people don’t watch low value stuff. But if it’s coming from a brand that they trust, then they’re more likely to watch it.

So I will watch all the webinars that Gong dot IO puts out, because they teach good stuff about sales calls and all of the stuff that matters to me. They’re not putting crap out there. I don’t get three tips for running a sales call. I get, like, here’s how to do multithreading four zero one, which is really valuable.

Right? So you do need a workshop.

It needs to be the right value level for the audience you’re trying to attract that will wake them up to their problem. So not thirteen copywriting tips, obviously, but something more strategic, something that where five people who attend reach out to you immediately, not some other thing, which, again, we’ll talk about next month when we talk about the workshop that you should be getting out there. But, Claire, as a long answer to your question, focus on getting that workshop together and then finding the right group based on what you know about how they’re creating content and promoting it to pitch because Crazy Egg might not be the way to go.

Does that make sense?

Got it. Super helpful. Yes.

I love that you have that giant air table.

That’s great. Oh, yeah.

Yeah. Like, pay for it. It’s so expensive as software.

So I might as well use this.

Yeah. Totally.

Yeah. The tricky thing about, like, lists of eight hundred is, like, where do you start? Right? So that’s very tricky. And that’s why I frankly like limiting it to, like, only the size of this worksheet.

If you can take that table you already have all filled in and start, like, limiting your options, putting those constraints around it. You’re only allowed twelve podcasts that they listen to only right in twelve then. Every this is ninety days. This isn’t the rest of your life. This is the next ninety days. What are you going to do? Where are you gonna pitch?

So same as these for podcasts. They listen to make notes to self subreddits that they frequent.

And that might not be where you create content, but you can get involved in conversations, obviously.

Any notes to self there, social accounts that they follow, these are gonna be hidden gems, not the big ones necessarily, but not tiny ones either. So you wanna look through and make sure and next month, we’ll talk more about Instagram followers and stuff like that.

But keep in mind, when I say buyers throughout this, I don’t just mean ICP. So not just that ideal client profile, but the persona under it. So you might say, people who are in a marketing capacity are your persona, and a lot of them are women. So they may be on x social space versus other groups.

So what I want you to do is not discount. I’ve had people discount. Oh, nobody’s on social. None of my the people that I’m trying to reach are on social.

And I’m like, that’s Europe to lunch. Of course, they’re on social. We’re all on some form of social unless you’ve actively chosen not to be, and then chances are good you’re not in digital marketing because you you gotta be on social if you’re in digital marketing. And if you’re hearing this and going, but I’m not on social and I’m in digital marketing, get on social.

It’s time. You have to. You have to. If I have to, you have to. Because I have to, and I’m not always happy about it.

Then we wanna get into keywords and topics. This is just not so that you’re creating content that is keyword rich or keyword targeted necessarily.

But when it comes time as we get deeper and deeper into the work, this isn’t just it’s not none of the work we do is siloed. Right? It feels like it because it’s a rectangular document, and it effectively looks like a silo. But it’s not.

This is all gonna work together. So you might not use trending keywords you can post about right now. But since you’re in SparkToro and it will share with you what some of those trending keywords are, you can see all the keywords. Obviously, it’s Rand.

Document them because that could be stuff that you can pitch content about. If it’s trending in particular, you can then adjust your workshop or webinars that the title is more about that trending keyword, but it’s still actually about the same thing. And this would just be a trending keyword that’s related to what you do. So if you’re like, oh, none of these keywords are related to what I do, that’s okay.

Just put a strike through it so that you know you did the work and nothing was there or do an NA or whatever, but I just don’t want it to look blank. I find that frustrating when things are blank. Maybe you don’t. Okay.

Now this is gonna wrapping up this conversation here. I know that we can’t do all the work because SparkToro is being a slow little bunny.

But go off and do it afterward, please. It’s on your business. Your business wants you to. That’s why you’re part of Coffee School Pro. So make sure that you do it.

Hacker News was where I started. I swear by finding a community and being of value to it before you try to take anything out of it. So add to the bank. Keep adding to the bank, and then later, you can start withdrawing.

Start now. If you don’t have a community that you’re part of, start now. It’s time to. Got it. And it could pay off a lot faster than, like, I wasn’t using Hacker News for a thing. I was just interested in what people were doing on Hacker News, like, cool, fun startup ideas and stuff like that. It’s, like, scrappy atmosphere.

So I want you to know what your Hacker News is.

I found that if you go on Reddit, you can find a lot of good communities talked about on Reddit. So go on there immediately.

Most of us are on Reddit for some things anyway, just for fun even. If you can go on Reddit and search something as simple like where are marketers hanging out? And you’ll see all sorts of responses. You can just Google Reddit and then that search phrase or whatever you want to look or, you’ll find them.

They’re listed there. Slack group. You need a couple Slack groups that you could request to join. So, ideally, they won’t just be open to everybody.

If there are a hundred and twenty thousand people in there, don’t do it. Don’t you go into that Slack group. That is going to be a waste of your time.

So Slack groups that are limited or private membership or even that are, like, you have to pay the cost of the monthly Slack charge, like, eight bucks a month plus two dollars for the administrative person who has to take care of all of this, that’s going to narrow the number of people who are in that Slack group, and that’s good for you. You don’t want a hundred and twenty thousand people in a Slack group, in a Discord, in in bigger communities maybe.

You you really do wanna focus on a concentrated group of professionals.

So if that means joining the paid product led growth Slack group, if there’s a way to do that without taking the course, I don’t recommend the course. But if you can do that, cool. Because now you’re in a product led growth Slack community, and everybody in there is concerned about product led growth. And most of them are just actively in start ups or tech companies that are using product led growth.

If that’s your ideal audience, it only makes good sense for you to participate in that group. Adding value, not taking it out, not saying, hey. I’ll do that for you. Wait until people are like, woah.

Wait. You’re a SaaS copywriter, and you do the research?

I had no idea that’s true for you. Can we talk? That’s exciting. That’s better. That’s good. So find a Slack group.

Discord, particularly if you work with tech in any way. There’s going to be a bunch of nerds who said no to Slack and yes to Discord.

So go check out Discords as well, which, of course, Reddit is also very good for nerds. So you can find all the Discord groups on Reddit too.

Clearly, I am more targeted at tech and SaaS companies than I am health and wellness and other groups like that. However, you can apply the same rules to finding same stuff for health and wellness. And if you’re like, Reddit doesn’t work for that, well, then something else, the health and wellness equivalent of Reddit.

Be resourceful. Figure that part out. The point is you need to walk away with at least one really solid Slack group for that your ideal audience is in so that you can start participating and adding value, answering questions, posting useful resources, all of those sorts of things that make you a useful part of that community. And then when it’s time for you to, like, withdraw a little from the bank, you got lots of credit there.

You got lots that you can do there. So go ahead and make sure you’re brainstorming based on everything you’re seeing on SparkToro, based on the idea of participating in a Slack group. What are you going to do? Can you come up with a brand that you could partner with?

Can you come up with three brands that you could partner with? And I mean, Unbounce thirteen years ago, Wistia twelve years ago, those sorts of groups.

Who are they today?

Can you find a way to partner with them? Where are they showing up? Where are their heads of growth showing up? Or where are the CEOs slash CMO slash cheap garbage take routers? Like, they’re doing everything.

Where are they right now? Where are they consuming content? Where are they hoping to find that next great idea?

Get in front of them. But you need to brainstorm this stuff, move through it, and then start to figure out, okay.

If it’s x brand, whoever it is, if it’s boards, let’s say words is up and coming. They’re doing lots of cool stuff. They’ve got lots and lots of users, but they really wanna scale. Boards could be my audience.

What webinar could I pitch to boards? What would make the users of boards better users of boards? Maybe it’s around x. And if it doesn’t make sense to it, you’re like, oh, no.

They need me to, like, help them write social posts and stuff. Forget it. Not boards. Next.

Cool. Eliminate things. That’s a big part of, like, finding the gold is washing away everything else until you get to the gold. Right?

So put a whole bunch of stuff in there and then start figuring out what to do. That’s the point of brainstorming. One page should not be enough. If you can do it all in one page, that was like a brain drizzle.

We wanna go on full storm, really stormy stuff, lots of stuff. And then that’ll help you get down to a ninety day attraction plan, which is free. It’s free and loose because all of this is there to tighten up your ideas where you can be. Now once you’ve got a brainstorm in place, what are you going to do over the next ninety days?

That’s July, August, September. Or if you’re watching the replay, whatever month you’re in, plus two more after that. What are you going to do for that, for the next ninety days? Are you going to pitch?

First, you have to put that webinar idea together pretty loosely because you wanna get it approved before you start actually going out and putting a full workshop together only to find out that nobody wants the damn thing. So what are you going to do to try to get out there? Keep in mind that next month we have full training on more stuff around using social media and getting your workshop in front of other audiences.

Any questions on this really quick run through of finding your buyer?

Thoughts or concerns?

No?

Andrew’s thinking.

Okay.

That is the training for today.

Do you have any questions about it, or are we ready to move on? Oh, I just saw your thing about the joke. Are we ready to move on, to the AMA part of today’s call? Good. Yes.

Alright.

Cool.

Let’s do that then. So as usual, if you have any questions, please start by, sharing your win, win of the week. Jessica has put up her hand. So what win do you have to share with us first? And if you could I know, Jess, you’re on your treadmill, I think, so you probably don’t want to come on camera.

But feel free to. It’s also encouraging.

Yeah. Share your win. Ask your question. And if you want everybody in the room to weigh in, please be sure to open it up to everyone. Otherwise, I’ll just jump in. Jessica?

Thank you. Sorry. I’m in the dark right now, actually, so that’s why I’m not on camera.

You can hear me alright? Yes. Okay. Perfect. So my win is leads into my question.

So I thought on Friday, my win was, I don’t know if people saw, but I’ve been doing the big pivot back to books. And that’s great. I feel really, really solid about that.

And I was in the middle when I made the shift. I was in the middle of a VIP client potentially hiring me for a optimization retainer for their ecommerce emails. So I was in the middle of that conversation when this shift kind of happened, but it was kinda looking that good, I guess.

Also a client who’s not ideal, so it was a very stupid choice anyway.

The win was on Friday, I kind of thought that I made it clear that this was not going to move forward via an email. I tried in a meeting. It didn’t work out. I made it clear in the email. I’ve since gotten a so I felt really good.

The winners, I felt really good because I was like, yes.

All in on books. Let’s go.

But since then, I’ve gotten a reply, and it’s kind of become clear that this it’s a fractional CMO. She would really like to work with me, but she’s really it’s, like, it’s becoming the classic thing you always coach Joe about when they can’t afford you and the things they want. And it’s like, a guarantee and promises and when can we see results or whatever. And so, of course, I stupidly used in my email response finally to just really cut this off. I I said that I I kind of attributed it to her need for guarantees and promise of results in the first like, by month two even though month one was spent on strategy. We need to analyze your data. We need to look at all the things, whatever.

So, anyway, my point is is basically, I need to now cut this off completely, and I’ve really just made a freaking mess of it. And, I don’t know. She she wrote me this long email trying to justify I misunderstood, and we can continue working. I just want clarity around the promises and the potential results and all that, and it’s just a mess. I’ve made a mess of this, and I need to get out of it.

Okay. So you’re trying to get out of it while preserving the relationship?

Yeah. I mean I mean, at least at least in a I know we’re not gonna work together in the future, but I don’t wanna be an asshole.

Oh, you came to the wrong place. Just kidding. Sorry.

It might be a bit of just kidding.

Okay. So what do we so this person had enough time to write you a long email instead of just saying, hey. Can we hop on a call? You’d already hopped on a call before, Jessica?

Yes.

Last week, I tried to hop I did hop on a call with her to say, look.

I this isn’t, you know, whatever. And I’m I know it’s a growth area. I I need to work on this, but I did I was like, oh, okay. Yeah. We can work out a and stupid. It was my fault.

So you were saying we can work something out?

It was more like I defaulted to okay.

I wouldn’t say we work yes. Sure. Let’s go with that. Yeah.

It’s okay.

I’m gonna need No.

No. No. No. No. No. No. It’s hard to say no, especially if you haven’t practiced saying no.

So I think that’s completely fair.

But now you have to practice saying no. So, it’s awkward. It is. Even when you practice at it, it’s still awkward because you have to let them down.

But one way that I would recommend going about it is saying, like, hey. Something’s changed for me. I’ve actually been running two different service businesses, and the other one is taking off big time. So I need to now reprioritize my efforts on that one because it’s a service, and I am the service provider. So I can’t move forward with you on the ecommerce side of things. And that’s absolutely true. And how could she argue with that?

No. She really can’t. I think it’s I think it was just my yeah. I I should have led with that. I’m kicking myself. I should have led with that.

That’s okay. I mean, I think you’re do so, like, so what? You’re not honestly, she’ll be over it within a minute.

I’m moving on, so I wouldn’t I wouldn’t overthink it. I think it’s nice that you’re worrying about it. Just tell her the fact in a nice way, and then she’s released to go look for someone else instead of waiting around hoping that it might work out with you.

Yeah. Okay. Good? Thank you. That’s cool. It still feels like garbage. But Yeah.

It does. Lots of the things will feel like garbage as you grow.

That’s why you have to make a lot of money to make up for when you feel shitty. Yeah.

Yeah. You’re right. Okay. I’ll add that to the list, become millionaire faster than I wanted to be Exactly.

So because of this. I like that. I like that. Except it needs a deadline. Okay.

Alright. Cool. Awesome, Jessica. Good luck. Thanks. Thanks.

Johnson, what’s your win?

Hey.

So a win, for this weekend is related to the question is that, I developed, three to four more outlines for various products within narrative selling to follow the sort of land and expand model that you, were talking about. And, it actually came fairly easily once I was kinda looking at it from that perspective, and it’s quite exciting.

So my question is that I’ve, I have this this this new idea for a for a product wise, a service based product, that I’m calling the founder’s narrative, as a sort of standardized offer with the authority building offer that you’ve seen in in that document as the, sort of upsell and then ongoing retainer.

So the the founders product is basically to help founders, find their story and and message, like, a kind of a well, a few elements of it, but but but a key story that is sort of their why, their, their meaning, behind their sort of their mission, and then, signifier stories that can be reframed in in multiple ways to convey various, aspects of, their their product.

And then there’s some other stuff about how to tell stories and how to adjust them for various audiences.

So my question is, does that sound like a good pairing and a good choice for the land and expand?

And, also, do you have any thoughts about the the document that you placed on?

Yes. The document. Thanks.

Yes. So so the idea with the founder’s narrative for land and expand is you’re brought in to work on the founders narrative, and then you work through other departments?

Yeah. Sort of to to look for founders who are keen to be out there, get in front of people, talk about, their stuff, which I I feel like won’t be hard to find, and, and to give them a framework to do that that that they, that that helps, helps them resonate with their target audience, basically.

Okay. Cool.

Let me open the doc then. Okay. So if you feel good about that as your land and expand, that’s cool. The only question I have around expand is if it’s a founder’s narrative, how big is the ICP that you’re going after?

How many employees does it have?

Well, I guess somewhere between sort of ten and fifty is a very sort of rough number. I’m imagining around, twenty to thirty, probably on on average, in this sort of, in that sort of range.

Do you think there’s a do you think it’s it might be too small?

Well, there’s just not much room to expand there. Where land and expand when you’re, like, talking about going up market is I mean, you still can.

You would just land in c suite and then expand to marketing might want the product narrative, I guess.

Yeah. I’ve got something for for marketing and sales as well.

So it was sort of like get the founders on board, make them love us, and then it felt like it would be an easier sell to the rest of the the teams.

Yeah.

And maybe that’s so in looking over your pricing, the thing about the founder’s narrative and, like, it’s cool and, like, I don’t know.

It feels like there’s it’s got legs because it’s a lot like positioning, but for the founder, which is cool.

So you could definitely, like, piggyback off of a lot of what April Dunford’s done. Like, if April did it, you should do it.

So that’s worth considering.

I guess I just wonder about the retainer side of it.

April also doesn’t have a retainer model for hers. However, there is this, like, there is more of a land and expand, which might be more of the retainer for you, where you would instead start with the founder’s narrative as the thing that you’re standing up, impress the crap out of the founder with that, and then say, okay. You know, we can do the same thing for your products, or we can do the same thing for your different groups, like the sales team or whatever. You’d have to figure that out. When I look through your document, the part that’s tricky is, like, the the execution y stuff, like monthly lead magnet development, it feels like forcing the issue, in order to get that easier performance based retainer in there or performance driven retainer in there.

So I would for you, I would say, okay. This week, I’m going to pause thinking about my business as stand up offer followed by retainer and instead think of my business as fully land and expand. Okay. That’s all I’m going to do. If I were to do that, what would expand look like? So land is the templated thing that then gets applied to different departments.

For that to work, what did my what would my ICP need to look like? What would they need to believe?

What would need to be their struggles right now? Because you have to solve those by repeating this thing across everywhere, which is doable. But I would put aside anything that has to do with, execution.

I’d keep it at the strategic level, and you can always recommend other people to execute. Yeah. I know. Right?

Johnson, you just graduated from executing. Well done.

That’s awesome.

My word. Yeah. Yes. Yeah. There’s a win for me. I was having a conversation with my, teammate where we were discussing, like, just how much I want to move away from delivery, of execution of products, and onto consulting.

Yeah. Cool. So And if you’re down for traveling too, the only side note is that if you’re going to go in and impress founders, they often need to see you in real life.

So you have to travel.

Fair.

And if I was willing to, sorry to hold the mic. But if I was willing to, switch up because, again, like, I feel like there’s a lot of ways I could apply these ideas, and there’s a lot of ways I could go with it.

If I wanted to look at a more sort of enterprise y level of the really upmarket, sort of land and expand.

Do you have any thoughts about, just the maybe the land product?

The problem is I really like the idea of the founder’s narrative.

I feel like it reminds me of this is so stupid.

It reminds me of on Friends when Jennifer Aniston says something about apartment pants to her, boss, who’s like, now I want apartment pants. They’re not even a thing, but it’s such a good, like, idea. Like, you could sell it.

So she’s like, let’s invent apartment pants.

And that’s the same kind of thing here. Like, the founder’s narrative just sounds really good. You know, you can see that founders would be like, I want a narrative. I need a narrative.

Get me a narrative. I want this, just like apartment pants. So now you just have to figure out what the founder’s narrative is. Stacy just said leaders narrative, potentially.

Yeah. Right?

I think that there’s if it’s blank narrative, you’ve got a big idea there that although people have been saying narrative, it’s kind of like story brand. It’s blank brand. But your blank narrative But then you just you gotta be ready to go all in and, like, own narrative. And I think that’s cool. I think that’s great and strategic and potentially expensive.

But, yeah, you do have to rethink that. Maybe it is leaders’ enter leaders’ narrative.

Maybe. Yeah. I love that. Yeah.

I I love that, Stacy.

Thank you.

And, okay, just one other tiny, tiny, tiny thing, because I feel like you will know the answer to this. I have this, as far as, like, coming out with this idea and talking about it and being this, thought leader, and creating all of the content, I have this fear that someone is going to take the the developed idea as far as it’s developed right now and then run with it faster than I can, and rename it, rebrand it into something else.

Is that, not stupid, but, like, is that something worth worrying about?

Yeah. Except you’re gonna do it better. You’re going to stay with it. People will steal your ideas all day.

So many. But they’re also lazy and quickly bored because they don’t have their own ideas. So I would say, like, don’t worry about it. They’ll come in.

They’ll swoop in. They’ll try to steal it.

The more you can’t. So that’s the worrying side of it. You can protect it as well. You can’t protect it from some parts of the world.

But once you’ve trademarked the thing, you’re good. You’re pretty good from there. People will still try to knock you off, but there was actually a story that Bob from Rewired Group was telling me a couple of weeks. I think it was Bob was saying, that one of his friends has, like, this big IP.

And someone from, like, McKinsey came to his friend and said, like, oh, we love your, we love or no. It was Blair Ends, maybe. I mean, we love your, blah blah blah product, the program, the framework. We use it across we’ve been using it across our x y z clients.

He sent them an invoice for his consulting fees on that because it’s his protected IP, and you cannot teach it. And so he got paid, like, three million dollars or something because this guy from McKinsey didn’t know better than to keep it to himself.

There was legal shit involved. Not that it wasn’t just like, oh, we’ll pay this invoice. Like, there was stuff. But that said, write a book about it.

Knock that thing out. You can do a better edition once it gets traction. Like, second edition is actually good. Like, well written.

First one is just great ideas. Document your framework. Own the title, trademark what you can, and then no people will steal it. And you just have to push through and be better at it.

Don’t switch to something else. Yeah. Yeah. So, yeah, it will happen.

Alright.

It’s just the way it is.

Okay. Okay. Alright. That’s helpful. Thank you, Joe.

Sure. I look forward to reading the book in a couple months.

Yes.

Yes. Good. Awesome.

Deadline’s next ninety days.

Got it.

Oh, good. I hope so. Andrew, what is your win?

Hey. Can you hear me okay? Yeah.

Cool.

My win is that, I gay I did a, redid a client’s, land paid search landing page, maybe that they started testing about six weeks ago. And as of today, they they’ve a little bit lower traffic, so we’re using eighty percent as, significance. And as of today, I have a winner, at about twenty eight percent increase Nice. At eighty percent significance.

So, you know, not Getting there.

You know? Yeah. Amazon is not, you know, not gonna count that as a win, but it’s been consistently leading, and the copy from before was really bad. So I’m pretty confident that it’s that it’s true, but there’s some some reality behind the those numbers. So that’s exciting. That definitely lights me up. I like that stuff.

I love that. Cool. Nice work.

Yeah. That’s a big that that that’s the stuff that really lights me up is checking, like, to go into the, into Optimizely and be like, winning.

Anyway, so my my main question is that what I’ve noticed is that the companies that I tend to have the most success with, are companies that are, like, doing fairly well. Like, let’s say, they’re already at, you know, maybe fifty million, a hundred million, but have obviously bad copy on their website. Like, you can go in, and it’s usually, like, a problem, and it’s just, like, way too technical. Like, you know, clients that like, I have a client who’s running a headline. It’s, like, accelerate analytic productivity, and it’s, like, okay. What?

So what I’m so I’m kind of wondering, like, is that, like, a reasonable strategy to sort of look for companies that are, like, succeeding despite bad copy? Because I just I just feel, like, a lot more confident going into those situations where it’s, like, I can just look at their website and just know that I’m gonna be able to make it better.

Guess the question is I would look at their team. Why is the copy bad?

It’s because it’s use often because they’re having their product marketers write it, and their product marketers are really smart, but they’re very technical and write in a sort of academic tone, and nobody really knows. Like, when I come in and start talking, like, copy hacker stuff, their minds are exploding.

Yeah. Cool.

I love hearing that.

No. I’m sorry. I’m just kidding. Thank you.

Thank you for Okay.

Can you are you willing to pick a fight with product marketers writing copy? Would you write a headline ever that says product marketers can’t write copy?

Yeah. I’ll take some whack with that as a former product marketer.

But yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

I’m sure a lot of them would be like, yeah.

No. That shouldn’t be my job in the first fucking place, by the way.

Yeah. Doing a very respectful way.

Well, that’s the thing. In a if the real challenge is, can you put a banner up that says product marketers can’t or shouldn’t write copy?

But you have like, if you can stand behind that, if you could put it on a T shirt, then you might be on to something.

Right? Because then then you can go out to these groups and or they’ll come to you and they’ll see, like, oh, this person understands that product marketers, maybe the word is shouldn’t. But what you need to know when figuring out if this is what’s keeping them from writing good copy, if it’s not just bureaucracy, if it’s not just dilution of things as more features are added, If it’s really product marketers are writing this stuff and they shouldn’t, that may need to be the fight that you pick. And if that’s the fight that you pick, you have to be willing to fight that fight.

And that really does mean you have to pick a fight. You have to say product marketers shouldn’t write copy, and it’s everywhere. And that doesn’t mean that’s going to be your tagline, but you have to be willing to do that. Like, your head has to get right with that, with the big statement, whatever that big statement is.

So I think, yes, if you’re willing to stand behind it and really say something.

Yeah. Otherwise, there’s no point.

Yeah. I mean, I think I would as maybe a question of when I back in when I need to start doing internal interviews with the people I just called out.

Hey. You guys are so smart. Love what you do. But, I mean, honestly, that’s part of the problem.

Right? Is that they they know the product too well. They don’t have any objectivity. They’ve learned it in a kind of academic way.

And so they’re just disconnected from how people are going to buy, you know, I mean, you you send them to copy school, then sure, they can do it.

But if they haven’t done that yet, then they’re just not the people who should be writing your conversion focus Exactly.

Conversion copy. Yeah.

So as long as you have the support for that, then I think but you just have to be willing to say it. You have to go on LinkedIn and say it, and then support it with everything that you just said. If not just LinkedIn, I actually whatever. But I know everybody else likes, like, LinkedIn.

Go wherever you’re going online and and say the thing, and then support it like you just did. And they will buy in. They’ll agree with you. That’s just the way it is. Yeah. And some won’t, and that’s good. Some shouldn’t.

Yeah.

Okay? Then we can pipe it. Cool. Thank you. Sure. Awesome.

Thank you. Claire, what’s your win?

Hey. Well, I just completed my win, which was narrowing my Reddit parse my Reddit, like where is the subreddit? So where is the subreddits?

Sorry. It’s late for me.

My YouTube and my website’s down. Also under forty. So each of them is under forty, which is a good start. And I’ve got some, like, moonshots in there and some, like, realistic ones.

Interestingly, I don’t know if anyone else is targeting b to b SaaS, but here’s quick fun insight.

Everyone’s YouTube channel, like, if you are targeting people who, like, follow April Dunford, for example, are interested in product led growth, those brands’ YouTube channels, crap.

Like, as far as the scale of YouTube goes, like, their view count is pretty low, and their cadence is pretty low as well Okay.

Which is really interesting. What’s the opportunity there when you know that? What do you think the opportunity is then?

Well, Crazy Egg hasn’t posted a video in three years. But three weeks ago, they posted a video, and I’m like, oh, does that mean Coming back. That they’re trying to do something? Does that mean that some marketer in there has gone like, crap, guys.

We really need to work on our, you know, stuff.

And some executive has gone, yeah. Find people.

Yes. Totally. And you, like, miraculously show up at the right time.

Right time, right place.

Love it. So nice.

That’s the one thing.

Cool.

Okay. So I you told me a while ago to name, what I’ve been working on, which is onboarding flows. So I’m gonna say, like, broadly this this is for everyone, by the way. Broadly, this flow, will include include emails at its most basic.

It’s more complicated. It will take someone from free to paid. So that means the in app prompts the sign up page for when you, like, click the, sign up button or stop for free, that page, and even the pricing page in future. That’s like the expanded version.

It’s, like, comprehensive.

So I’ve got a few options that I’ve narrowed it down to. Two of them were like, oh my god. Like, that might work moments.

And two of them were chat GPT moments. So the premise being that onboarding flows, typically, most people understand them as like a linear path. Right? And my fight that I’m picking is that, no. It’s not a linear path.

It is very much, and this is my latest one, like a pinball machine. Right? So the user, like, drops it, and then they get, like, knocked all over. Maybe get close to converting, visiting a pricing page, and then nope back to product experience.

Yeah.

So, the pinball onboarding machine, TM was one idea.

The pinball what? Onboarding machine. Onboarding machine. Okay. Okay. Yeah. Interesting.

And then my brand name is Coby Ireland. I had, like, a little wobble about whether or not I need to change that and ultimately decided that the effort of changing it probably wouldn’t be worth the payoff.

But bucket list onboarding was another kind of concept where the user has to go through, like, a bucket list of things that they need to check. Basically, points k.

In order to actually activate.

K.

That was the one.

And then the other two are Japanese. I love Japan. Obsessed.

Also, my audience is fairly, like, interested being nerds and all.

So the one is pretty classic. Kaizen is a Japanese philosophy of continuous small improvements Yep. Which has three kind of main principles of involvement of everyone. So that would be like sales, customer success, etcetera. Standardization of the practice that would be more about the optimizing side and the process. That would be the process of confiding someone.

K.

There were two other Japanese words that I thought could be could work with onboarding flow or activation flow. The one was, which means to wake up something dormant, and kumiki, which is the Japanese woodwork. I don’t know if you guys know about it, but they very carefully cut, their wood so it slots together. Like, their houses are built with no nails they used to be.

The workmanship is extremely precise so that everything, the whole big picture just slots together.

Yeah.

Those old ideas. Anyone any of them feels sticky? I was driving myself.

Anybody wanna chime in?

I have thoughts.

I would just on the on the Japanese words, I would caution against that right now because of the whole issues with cultural appropriation and things like that. So I don’t know that I would want to latch onto another culture’s term for, you know, for commercial gain.

That’s something that I would be beware of. I I love the pinball concept, and I think you have a lot of potential with that.

You know, pinball pinball onboarding, don’t tilt, you know, get the high score or all the kinds of things. I mean, there’s a lot you could do with that. It’s kinda it’s fun and and memorable.

Just my my take.

Cool feedback.

Anybody else have a note for Claire on this?

So I like the I like that pinball is a known thing. For me, pinball means chaos, though. Like, it flies everywhere.

So I wonder if there’s, like if you could dig into pinball the way you dug into these Japanese terms.

What are the little toggle guys called? What are the what are the parts called?

And I would, like, try or what’s, like, the outcome or the sound when you when you land it? Like, what’s the like, when the the ball goes in the hole? Whatever hole that is. What are the I would dig more into that famous pinball players even, in the past and stuff like that simply because I like the analogy.

I like metaphor. I like I like that it’s pinball.

I don’t love the visual chaos of things going everywhere, Right.

Because you’re not going to bring chaos. It might be that things are popping all over the place.

But, yeah, what’s the oak? What’s the I dig into it because I think there’s something there. And maybe it’s just me. Maybe I’m the only one who thinks chaos with that word.

So there’s that to consider, but I like it. It’s it’s a thing. It’s a known thing. I know what it is.

I could talk about it. It’s pinball.

When it comes to the Japanese stuff, I didn’t see it the same way that Stacy does, but I think it’s valid and worth considering, of course.

The Kanuki one seemed most interesting simply because Kaizen, I feel like a lot of tech companies were talking Kaizen, like, seven years ago or somewhere in there. Yeah.

Although I really like that the model has, like, those three parts that you could, like, model out, no share, use as your diagnostic, and things like that.

But the visual of the Kanuki is nice. I think it was Kanuki is what you said. Kanuki? Kanuki?

It’s with an m, but pretty close. Okay.

I don’t know it.

But that could be interesting and also, like, ownable and still in the the area of Kaizen and everything that we learned from Toyota and all of these other great brands that are extremely efficient.

So, yeah, those are my thoughts. I like where you’re going, and I love that you’re giving it a name. Oh my gosh. Yes to naming things. Yes.

But naming is extremely difficult while we’re on the subject. So yeah. Yeah. And pinball dot I o is twenty five thousand US dollars to buy.

Mhmm. Interested in really going in on that and only getting an I o out of it while we’re on the subject. So, yeah. Johnson, do you have to add do you want me to add anything here for Claire?

Oh, mine’s, that’s, well, it’s, like, related to knitting, but, I don’t you I I don’t wanna cut off the phone. Claire.

K. Claire, is that helping at all? Like yeah. Yeah. Load it also over in the Slack group for those who weren’t here today.

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. In the CSP part, not just in the intensive because it’s a CSP.

Okay. Perfect. Cool. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Claire.

Johnson, you’re back.

I’m just getting in all the questions I should have gotten in Do it.

Over the last excellent. Yes. On naming things, right, which you just mentioned.

So you might remember, I my sort of and, Stacy, I would love your feedback on this too if you’re willing.

The the name I came up for my idea was narrative selling. And that was gonna be sort of the overarching concept. And now we’ve got, like, founders narrative and company narrative and product narrative and narrative selling itself as, like, its own sort of subdivision, of it. But I’m just wondering if you have any thoughts on how narrative selling as a as the overarching, sort of as the forget the final, as the jobs to be done, like, does that make sense as a, as a name, or is there maybe a different direction I should think about?

Stacy, do you wanna share your thoughts since you were invited?

I mean, I’ve as a name for you mean, like, a brandable name for your Yep. It’s too generic to be a brandable name, I think, because, I mean, there’s already there’s so many people talking about narrative selling already. It’s just a thing. You know? I mean, I Sassy writes sales narratives.

It it’s just, you know, lots of people are doing narrative selling and talking about narrative selling. So I would find another brandable name that you can own and figure out, you know I mean, and make that narrative selling could be what it is, but I would I wouldn’t necessarily call it that unless you’re and with you’re talking about that as a product. Do you know what I mean?

Yeah. Yeah. Sure.

I mean, I I maybe I’m not I’m probably not in the same circles as you, but, do they call it narrative selling as, like, the the that combination of words, or is there just talk about narrative and selling as, like, a sort of Well, like, I mean, like, StoryBrand has a whole thing on, you know, selling with story, and there’s a whole they have a whole course in that.

And I’m I’m very, very involved in story because I’ve, you know, ingested, like, pretty much everything having to do with story. I have all the, you know, all the books and all the things because I’ve been a StoryBrand I’ve been a StoryBrand certified guide for six years, and, about thirty percent of the StoryBrand certified guides use my software.

So I’m very, very steeply involved in story.

So, I would just you you know, if you want something brandable, I would just say that narrative selling is a generic term. That’s that’s all I’m saying.

Cool.

That’s a thing. It’s a valid thing. And if you can talk about narrative selling, that’s fine to talk about it. But if it’s if you’re looking for a brandable term, I don’t think that you’re gonna have success with that as a brandable term.

Got it. That’s really helpful, Stacy. Thank you. I didn’t know that you, you’ve worked so much with story branding.

That’s cool. I will we have to do a coffee meet soon, actually. I meant to message you. Sorry.

Okay. Jo, do you have any thoughts?

Yeah. I mean, I feel like, okay. Cool. So totally fair on maybe narrative selling, but I still think there’s room there.

I honestly do. I think, it doesn’t have to be that. I like I really like the founder’s narrative. People have been talking about storytelling and narrative for all time, and no one’s ever nailed it.

Like, there’s still you walk away even with StoryBrand. We get all people that copy hackers coming over from StoryBrand because they’re like, well but I can’t actually, like, write the stuff. Like, I can put it mapped very well, and that’s great. But, like, now my clients need the next step, and I can’t do that.

And that’s fair. It’s fine to stay higher level. That’s fine. It just means I think that it leaves what it’s speaking to is that there’s room in the market for more gap filling.

I I every time you say you talk about this, Johnson, I think of The Message and the Messenger, which is a book that I would write if it made sense for me too.

What what I keep seeing from brands is right now, they don’t know there’s a mismatch between what they’re saying and who they are, and they’re publicly demonstrating that on social media, trying to be something that the brand isn’t, But that’s because a brand has a hard time being authentic, but a person can be authentic. Like, a person can be real. And so a founder wants to be the right messenger for his brands or her brands or their brands message. So so to me, it feels like there’s an opportunity opening up, thanks to social media largely, where the messenger needs to have the right message, and it has to come together. It has to work.

And that’s where the founder’s narrative is interesting.

To me, I would try to break it, though. I think that we should always try to break the things before we invest. So how could that be broken? Maybe it does get confused with StoryBrand.

Maybe it gets confused somehow with Rem’s book Lost and Founder somehow.

You don’t you don’t know. Right? But you just, like, start trying to break it. And then, okay, if we can break it, now let’s rebuild it stronger and better so it can’t be, which could be trying to break it for me would be like, okay.

If the founder’s narrative is my land, my expand has to be getting into other parts of the organization.

So what are those called? Is it like, we were talking about, is it product narrative? Uh-uh. Not great.

Is it the sales narrative also not really meaty?

So play around with that. You’re I think there’s something there. I would also, like, try to work through how Simon Sinek got to start with why. Because we are talking about something strategic here. We are talking about something that would attract a lot of c levels if they heard it, if they saw you on stage or heard you on a podcast.

It would feed their ego, honestly, to have their own narrative created by some great person from England with an accent. Like, there’s a lot there, honestly, as this I know that sounds stupid, but I think it would sell extremely well.

Interesting.

So what is the name?

If it’s not the founder’s narrative, stay in that vicinity, though, and see Well, I I do like that.

Yeah. I mean, I, like, I do like the founder’s narrative as a, as a name for this particular product.

And I I’m just I I feel like I I keep kind of asking this thing. It’s like, is this the right umbrella to put my these ideas under? Because I know that once this is done and I invest it and I buy the websites and, like, that’s it. It’s locked in. And I just kind of wanna I know names are maybe the least important part in many ways of Okay. You know? Oh.

They’re both not important and entirely everything.

So, yeah, if you get it right, it doesn’t matter. If you get it wrong, you’re screwed.

Right. I mean, I think founders narrative is is great. I really like that one. I think that’s strong and that the the the thing that I don’t like about that is that it doesn’t bring you into the enterprise market, which is why you can have founders narrative for the smaller companies and leaders narrative for the enterprise companies. And for the for the enterprise companies, leaders narrative is great because every enterprise wants to harness their workforce to help them establish thought leadership.

So if you’re if you’re going into an enterprise and helping them establish thought leadership across the enterprise by teaching them a process of the leader’s narrative and then empowering everybody to share the same story, you can make a fortune doing this.

So I did have an idea that I’ve called the organizational narrative, which was a sort of internal look at the narratives that are at play sort of strategically within the organization where there’s conflicting, perceptions essentially about, well, the stories, the the narratives that exist within the company, of what teams are doing, of what C suite wants and does.

And that was a that was a sort of next the next sort of one I wanted to start fleshing out a little bit.

Yeah. So cool. Okay.

I mean, it sounds like You’re separating it from the human element then, though.

You’re breaking up the organizational narrative. That’s like the people are what matter when you’re telling stories. Right? So the if you you you make the leaders narrative align with the organizational priorities, and then you have happy people who have their own story that they get to share that’s aligned with the organization.

Does that make sense? What do you think, Joanna? Yeah.

I fully agree. Yeah. Organizational narrative bored me immediately, and it’s, it’s it’s probably because it’s missing people. Yeah. Yeah. Cool.

Alright. Okay.

And think about the job that they’re actually hiring this to do. It might feel like they’re hiring it. They’re hiring this service to do, so a a job inter I would say they’re hiring it for they’re likely going to wanna come out of this, feeling better about themselves. It’ll be a personal job they’re really hiring it for, feeling valuable, feeling, of course, like they can can perform better and go out into the world and really understand their message.

But but so if you know it’s about you’re gonna have people making people based decisions, name it in a way where it’s, like, gotta have it.

This thing, the leadership story deck, there’s a guy, David Hutchins. His book is, The Circle of the Nine Muses. He has this great deck of cards, and it’s all about stories. And it’s the stories that individual people can tell, and it breaks it down into this whole framework of, like, when to use what story for what. It’s really fantastic. I think if you checked it out, it would be a a good, thing for sparking ideas for creating your own thing. But he goes in and does workshops, and it it becomes, actually a personal transformation for the attendees.

It’s it’s about them transforming themselves by learning to tell these stories and to to do it through work. So that’s a that’s another thing to think about. Think about the people, the people.

Alright.

Okay. That’s really helpful. Thank you.

And so narrative selling maybe as an umbrella term is not, possibly not the the best way to go, but something narrative was narrative something, maybe still to keep these all under a similar sort of, format.

Yeah. I think so. Yeah.

Alright. Thank you so much, guys. This was incredibly helpful. That was, like, a little bit of a electricity for me there. Thank you.

Good. I, I love it.

Okay. Excellent. Good stuff. Alright. Thanks, y’all. Thanks for hanging on, and see you later. Have a good one.

Thanks, Stacy. Thanks, Jared.

Bye.

Transcript

Excellent. Okay. So we have a few more people joining. Of course, this is recording, but this is our Copy School Pro call of the week. This week, we are talking continuing on with our final week, actually, of the buyer handbook.

Next week, as you’ll see in the Coffee School Pro training area very soon, next week, we will have a whole new theme starting, and that one for the month of July is under the sunshine growth model.

When you look at the skills part of the sunshine growth model and the skills that you use, those are used to grow your business, like administrative stuff or things like list building and social followers. That’s what we’re doing next month is all about list building, and getting more social followers where social can be the best path toward building your list today. But we’ll talk more about that all next starting next week. We’re gonna get started on Instagram.

We’re gonna get into gamifying list building, with Shane. We’ll do a webinar, like, how to create a waking up to the problem webinar that you can present to other people’s audiences. I’ll be running that. So if you are wondering how to get in front of other audiences, like what we’re gonna talk about today, then this will be useful for you.

So there’s a lot coming up in July. Watch for all of that. Two lessons a week as usual.

And then this week this week oh, yeah. This week, we have Shane wrapping up, our, buyer handbook month with using AI to create your business’ actual buyer handbook. So that should be fun and exciting.

Alright.

It’s a bit of a working session today. We’ll be doing some actual work, which I hope is good for everybody in the room. And, yeah, there will, of course, be a replay, and there is the worksheet. So if you can open up the worksheet that we that Sarah sent out over the weekend that has the buyer handbook, find and attract your ideal buyers. I’m about to share my screen.

This is, of course, a really this is a fundamental topic, finding people who will buy the stuff that you’ve got, pretty important.

We we we need to do that. That’s just how life works. Now, hopefully, they’ll find you right back, but you still need to show up conveniently where they are. So that’s what we’re gonna talk about here today. Let me just go into presentation mode.

If you haven’t watched other sessions from the month of June on the buyer handbook, go back through the Coffee School Pro training area and pick up some more stuff there where we’re talking about ICPs, personas, personas underneath your ICP, all of that kind of stuff that, is critical to understanding who you’re talking to and if they’re the right person to talk to right now. And, of course, they will talk about where they are. So this is going to be very useful for you. If you wanna find out where your ICPs are, you will need to have your laptop open in front of you to do this work.

If not, your phone might be okay, but we’re gonna go into a tool, today. And maybe you already have access to that tool. And if you do, awesome. And if you don’t, that’s okay. They have a free thing that you can use today.

And then after this, you’re going to be ready to start pitching brands, not people.

Brands on partnering to share your content. Now there are people at the brands, but what people often talk about for freelancers with cold pitching is go cold pitch a potential client. And there’s nothing technically wrong with that, except it doesn’t scale very well. It takes a lot of work to do it, and we would all rather people just come to us.

So we’re gonna borrow the authority of other brands, which I talk about all the time, because that’s how I got here. So if not for me, absolutely latching on to the authority of other brands, way back in the beginning, I would not have the business that I have today. Not at all. And I’m very happy with the business I have today.

And so I can say, and I think a lot of people who look back at their growth or their lack of growth will be able to look at the network that they tapped into or did not tap into early on. So for me, Hacker News was a big part of it. So that’s community. What community can and should you participate in right now? We’re gonna work on finding those communities today.

It would be better if you’d started working in that community five years ago. Of course, it would everything better if we’d started doing any of this stuff five years ago, but we didn’t. So we’re going to do it today and not let any of the crap in because this crap always comes in. Oh, there’s no way in. It’s saturated, etcetera, etcetera. Shush.

We’re just gonna do the work. Just do the work and don’t think about it.

I also partnered with brands.

Unbounce was just starting out. HubSpot was still small enough that people weren’t necessarily that familiar with everything HubSpot could do. It wasn’t ubiquitous like it is today when I was starting out. Leadpages was like a whole different thing at the time, and Wistia was two dudes.

That was it. So but we partnered with them early on, and now their brands have grown. Our brands have grown and been able to, like, carry on. Our brand has grown and been able to carry on with it.

So I borrowed their authority. You need to do the same because there is an a early version of Wistia out there right now. There’s an early version of Unbounce out there right now.

Partner with them. They have as much hustle as anybody else had twelve, fifteen years ago, they are people to, partner with. So we’re gonna talk about who those, like, hidden gems are, and that’s really the goal today. When you find where your people are at, then we want you to put a webinar, which you’ll probably call a workshop, in front of them as soon as humanly possible.

And you’re going to force it to snowball. You’re not going to sit there and go, okay, I wonder if this is gonna work. You are going to make it work because that is how we get shit done. That’s what separates us here. We will force the snowball effect. Okay. So how do we even get started?

We’re gonna find people online using SparkToro. Has anybody used SparkToro before?

Yes. Cool. Are you using it now?

Good. It’s very easy to start and cancel, start and cancel. That’s actually you know, anybody who’s worked with them knows that’s a an actual challenge for them. As you use it, get everything you need out of it, and then you cancel, but you might come back four months later and use it all over again. So it’s a bit of a a different subscription model. But will you use SparkToro, in order to find out where people are, obviously, that’s what SparkToro does. It helps you find out what they’re talking about, etcetera.

But oftentimes when you’re using SparkToro and I’m just gonna open this up, over to the side as I move Zoom around. When you’re using SparkToro, it’s often defined, like, keywords and things like that.

Not keywords for social necessarily, what brand should I be looking up?

Just mine. And so I’m what brand should I be looking up? Just mine. And so I’m going to recommend that you look up a complementor. So instead of a competitor, this is someone who is like a competitor, but they’re more complimentary. So for us, ConvertKit or Kit might be a complimenter for us because we share a similar audience of digital creators, but we want to find a group that has more traffic, ideally, significantly more traffic than we get.

So for me, I might look up convertkit dot com, or I might look at other complementors. April Dunford and I have similar audiences in some ways. It depends on what I’m trying to sell. In other ways, we have very different audiences.

So that might be somebody that I look up to see, what because we can’t look up ourselves. Right? If you’re if you have a brand new website or you’ve got, like, five people coming a day to your website, you can’t really use SparkToro or yourself to get a sense of it. So we need to go and basically get a sense of the audience that our complementors or even full on competitors have.

So if you’re like, okay. I’m serving this market, but I know that this other brand is huge and they’re serving the same market I am. We’re just gonna use this over here in SparkToro. So you should now be seeing the SparkToro interface where you wanna go to the tab audience research.

What I recommend is right now, while I’m chattering, if you’re not using SparkToro, start an account right now. It’s free. You just, like, go to SparkToro dot com, use your Gmail or whatever to create an account quickly, get in there because we’re going to go to the audience research tab and this there’s all sorts of things.

Claire, did you work with Jia and Claire on SparkToro stuff?

Sorry. Muted. I have someone on the tab. Yes. I did. Okay.

Wait back to before two point o.

You would know, of course, more than I I’ve used for Arturo on and off, but I’m not, like, a power user of it. So, Claire, if you have anything to add, please do feel free to at any point or anybody who uses this and and has something to add here, please please do.

What we wanna do today is start by listing out three brands, ideally, the dot com version, like, the actual website that gets the audience you wish you could get. Now that could a really obvious one is some sort of software Software made for different audiences. So if you’re like, I want to work primarily with nonprofits, then you’d go look you should know what software people who are at nonprofits use. If you were like, I only work with real estate developers, then you’ll know or or realtors. And you might say, like, okay. Realtors use follow-up boss. So I’m going to look up follow-up boss and see what comes up.

And that’s what I’ll use to get started here on filling this in.

We have to wait for it to load, so we’re gonna do that. While that’s happening, make sure you’ve started your SparkToro account and start thinking of these people. So you have to first first know who your ideal audience is and then what they trust. So I don’t have a part on here for your ideal audience because you already know that That’s, like, very introductory basic stuff.

Tell Rand what did you say? Oh, got it. Fine. To pedal faster?

Is he in a race right now? Is he, like, biking somewhere, Andrew?

Or Andrew?

Are you chatting to us? Oh, he’s powering the sparktor.

I got it. I didn’t get that. Okay.

Now I got it.

I was slow. It’s my damn slow. Yeah. It’s taking a while to load up. Is it slow is it slow for everybody?

No? For some? Okay.

So we’ll just set that aside, and I will walk through what our objective is, like, what we’re going to do along the way. So if you can list out those three to five groups, you’re going to enter and repeat this process for those three to five different groups in here. For follow-up, boss, really?

Okay. So we’ll go through a creative free SparkToro account, go to audience research, search the website or domain of a complementor, then we’re going to fill this in for for, like, three to five of those groups. Knowing that as just happened here, sometimes, Barktoro won’t have enough data for it. So just keep that in mind, and then just repeat. Then afterward, we’re going to save this and downloaded data because you can export data on, SparkToro from SparkToro to wherever. This is the kind of thing that you’ll want to share with your VA as you move forward or just have for yourself as you, like, get deeper and deeper into building your business.

Knowing more about who and where they are is everything. It’s the thing that keeps people from growing is I don’t know how to get in front of my audience because I don’t know where they are. What are they paying attention to? And then everybody gravitates to the exact same people.

Well, all Chorus creators want to get or or follow Amy Porterfield. Okay. Great. But what software are they using?

What plug ins for that software are available? What Chrome extensions are they using? Can you partner with those smaller groups in order to get some traction? Because everybody can’t go around pitching Amy Porterfield, and her audience gets fatigued too versus the smaller companies that are out there that are gaining traction and would love to help an x to have an expert like you come in and teach their audience.

This is a big thing. Unbounce wanted me to come in and teach their audience to be better at making landing pages because it’s good for Unbounce. Same was true for Leadpages. Same was true for ConvertKit.

All of these different groups early on want you to come train their audience, and the good thing is you want to do that too. You wanna be an authority in front of them, so we need to find out where they are. So we’re gonna use SparkToro to find out where your buyers are. It might not be your audience.

Now if your audience if your website gets a lot of traffic, then this is gonna be really directly applicable for you. Like, oh, this is where my audience is coming from. That’s cool to know. What you’ll really wanna focus on, though, are not, like, the top accounts, but the hidden gems.

So you’ll see when you do oh, now they do have stuff. You’ll see when you go through here that, they have these bigger accounts, like, how are you going to pitch Realtor magazine?

Instead, you’ll probably wanna look at some hidden gems. Now they don’t have any hidden gems here, so that would be a thing where I’d have to then go do another search. But what I want to do is not just focus on all of these giant places to pitch, but where are my buyers going? What websites are they visiting is step one.

So we wanna write in the websites that they visit based on what you’re seeing here. Focus only on the ones that where you can actually answer. I can guest here, or I can advertise here. If it’s not an option, although this is a column that I have on the worksheet, if you can’t do anything with this, like, if you’re like, well, I can’t do anything with Keller Williams.

Like, it’s a giant broker brand. What what might I do? That’s too hard for me to conceive of putting a web webinar together. I mean, maybe maybe it’s a ten x that’s worth it more than, like, something else that could feel like a two x.

But try to be, like, realistic because you could list out all the websites they visit that are huge names. And then you think, okay. I can guess here. And if you get no’s across the board, you’re going to not feel good about it. So we wanna be able to get you wins in here. So maybe put some big websites in alongside some smaller websites in.

Don’t underestimate the power of directly advertising in some of these spaces. That doesn’t mean you go to their advertised page, but there are ways to get in. We’re not gonna talk about those today.

But you can, in some cases, advertise where they’re at, and that’s gonna get more real as we get into newsletters and podcasts that look more like sponsorships.

Then you’ll go through and look at their, YouTube channels. This is really straightforward stuff. Right? Like, you just go through and use SparkToro, but document what you’re learning so that you’re not just like, oh, yeah.

Cool. I’m gonna, like, probably hit home lights. We’ll write it down. Write it down and then say, okay.

I can guess here. Because at the end of this, we’re gonna go through and make an actual plan for what you will do over the next ninety days. This will feel like, big work, but it’s useful work to do. It’s where your buyers are at right now.

Like they’re sitting there right now.

So we want to go get them. So we’ll go through and look at YouTube channels that they watch. There are a lot of columns here. Websites are a little trickier, so I didn’t put that many or a lot of rows.

Sorry. I didn’t put that many rows in here because a website could feel like, what do I even do with the website? What we’re really saying is the brand behind the website. A YouTube channel is far more specific.

If you know that they’re all going to let’s see where they’re going. HomeLight. Okay. So HomeLight is really popular as a YouTube channel, I guess, for people in the realtor space.

So you could write in home light, and then you could figure out what am I going to do with this. Go look. Go look into what HomeLight is doing on YouTube. Is there anything you could do there?

It might just be as simple as I can try to advertise. I can put a video together for these people. I can try to figure something out. Can you guest there?

You’d have to watch and see. Like, do they have podcasts that are also video that they post there? Can you try to pitch them on getting on that? If you can and if it’s a big enough swing, it’s going to be worth your time.

If it’s a small swing, then you have to make sure it’s a really scalable thing. And that’s, like, put one workshop together, which we’ll be talking about next month, that you can then pitch and you keep repeating that workshop in all of these smaller places. It’s a twenty minute workshop. The leads come directly to you, not to them, etcetera. We’ll get into that next month.

But first of all, you need to know where you’re gonna pitch it. Otherwise, when you put the webinar together next month, you’ll be like, well, what the hell do I do with this thing now? So this is that work.

Every second page in this workbook is for you to make notes to self. So if you haven’t printed this off and started going through it, I recommend you do. If you don’t print it off, if you just, like, go through and mark up the PDF, absolutely cool too. But some people will look at this table and do nothing with it.

Go like, oh, yeah. Cool. Good lesson. And move on. I don’t want you to be that person.

You’re here right now. Do the thing.

Add notes to self. Add notes for a VA if you’ve got one.

What are you thinking right now about the Homelight YouTube channel? What are you thinking? Write down your notes as they come up. If I’m chattering, turn the volume down on me. You can come back and watch the replay later if you’re actually doing work and I’m talking through your work. I’m good with you muting me. I just can’t mute myself because other people have to still do the work.

Continuing on. Oh, Claire. Yes.

Sorry to interrupt.

I I can build a list on Airtable. So I’ve got I’ve got a list of, like, fifty websites.

Sorry. Eight hundred websites, actually. Fifty YouTube channels and a bunch of subreddits that I kind of narrowed down. The subreddits were actually easiest to narrow down to my OCD.

Yes. Yes. They’re also obviously the easiest to, like, research and post on. But when it comes to YouTube and websites and I’m looking at, like, big brands, like, let’s say Crazy Egg, for example.

They do SaaS. They do analytics. People who are interested in that are probably interested in what I do. Mhmm.

But, wow, how do I begin to, like, even start narrowing down all of the different sites and also, like, figure out if they allow advertising. Because a lot of places have stopped having, like, a guest posts available page because they get crazy. Right. So yeah.

So, yeah, any advice on that?

That’s where I I firmly believe that if you can run a workshop that gets recorded and played and that brand then puts it on their YouTube. It comes up as a search result when your name is searched.

That’s what we wanna do. I would focus entirely on what is an audience.

It could be Crazy Egg if you’re subscribed. So step one, make sure you’re actually subscribed to that brand’s newsletter or email list, however that comes in. If that means you have to get a free, a free user account, free trial account, then do it. Do it and start, like, looking through.

Does Crazy Egg ever invite people to workshops?

Like and if they do, have a look at it because you might be like, Kajabi invites a lot of people to workshops, but then they’re also affiliates for all of those workshops. So you have to sell something in the workshop. So that’s not gonna be a good fit because Kajabi would be like, no. Because you’re not selling anything at the end, and so we’re not gonna make any affiliate revenue off of this.

Okay, fine. So the more you know about what they’re doing to create content and share content for their audience, the better. So that would be step one. And then then the challenge is not a guest blog post because a lot of people are not publishing guest blog posts right now.

Written content is not what it was.

So what can you do? Can you get in front of their Instagram audience somehow?

Can you I would really, really put all my eggs honestly in the basket of workshop, workshop, workshop.

They’re going to do live events of some kind. I mean, live online events.

Any brand that is scrappy enough to try to break in right now that has a little bit of money to spend is teaching their users to be better users. It’s just like a really classic playbook for getting your SaaS brand out there.

So if you if you can say, okay. I’m really clear on who my ICP is on the persona under that that this group does watch workshops.

Workshops get a bad rap. No one watches a webinar. No people people don’t watch low value stuff. But if it’s coming from a brand that they trust, then they’re more likely to watch it.

So I will watch all the webinars that Gong dot IO puts out, because they teach good stuff about sales calls and all of the stuff that matters to me. They’re not putting crap out there. I don’t get three tips for running a sales call. I get, like, here’s how to do multithreading four zero one, which is really valuable.

Right? So you do need a workshop.

It needs to be the right value level for the audience you’re trying to attract that will wake them up to their problem. So not thirteen copywriting tips, obviously, but something more strategic, something that where five people who attend reach out to you immediately, not some other thing, which, again, we’ll talk about next month when we talk about the workshop that you should be getting out there. But, Claire, as a long answer to your question, focus on getting that workshop together and then finding the right group based on what you know about how they’re creating content and promoting it to pitch because Crazy Egg might not be the way to go.

Does that make sense?

Got it. Super helpful. Yes.

I love that you have that giant air table.

That’s great. Oh, yeah.

Yeah. Like, pay for it. It’s so expensive as software.

So I might as well use this.

Yeah. Totally.

Yeah. The tricky thing about, like, lists of eight hundred is, like, where do you start? Right? So that’s very tricky. And that’s why I frankly like limiting it to, like, only the size of this worksheet.

If you can take that table you already have all filled in and start, like, limiting your options, putting those constraints around it. You’re only allowed twelve podcasts that they listen to only right in twelve then. Every this is ninety days. This isn’t the rest of your life. This is the next ninety days. What are you going to do? Where are you gonna pitch?

So same as these for podcasts. They listen to make notes to self subreddits that they frequent.

And that might not be where you create content, but you can get involved in conversations, obviously.

Any notes to self there, social accounts that they follow, these are gonna be hidden gems, not the big ones necessarily, but not tiny ones either. So you wanna look through and make sure and next month, we’ll talk more about Instagram followers and stuff like that.

But keep in mind, when I say buyers throughout this, I don’t just mean ICP. So not just that ideal client profile, but the persona under it. So you might say, people who are in a marketing capacity are your persona, and a lot of them are women. So they may be on x social space versus other groups.

So what I want you to do is not discount. I’ve had people discount. Oh, nobody’s on social. None of my the people that I’m trying to reach are on social.

And I’m like, that’s Europe to lunch. Of course, they’re on social. We’re all on some form of social unless you’ve actively chosen not to be, and then chances are good you’re not in digital marketing because you you gotta be on social if you’re in digital marketing. And if you’re hearing this and going, but I’m not on social and I’m in digital marketing, get on social.

It’s time. You have to. You have to. If I have to, you have to. Because I have to, and I’m not always happy about it.

Then we wanna get into keywords and topics. This is just not so that you’re creating content that is keyword rich or keyword targeted necessarily.

But when it comes time as we get deeper and deeper into the work, this isn’t just it’s not none of the work we do is siloed. Right? It feels like it because it’s a rectangular document, and it effectively looks like a silo. But it’s not.

This is all gonna work together. So you might not use trending keywords you can post about right now. But since you’re in SparkToro and it will share with you what some of those trending keywords are, you can see all the keywords. Obviously, it’s Rand.

Document them because that could be stuff that you can pitch content about. If it’s trending in particular, you can then adjust your workshop or webinars that the title is more about that trending keyword, but it’s still actually about the same thing. And this would just be a trending keyword that’s related to what you do. So if you’re like, oh, none of these keywords are related to what I do, that’s okay.

Just put a strike through it so that you know you did the work and nothing was there or do an NA or whatever, but I just don’t want it to look blank. I find that frustrating when things are blank. Maybe you don’t. Okay.

Now this is gonna wrapping up this conversation here. I know that we can’t do all the work because SparkToro is being a slow little bunny.

But go off and do it afterward, please. It’s on your business. Your business wants you to. That’s why you’re part of Coffee School Pro. So make sure that you do it.

Hacker News was where I started. I swear by finding a community and being of value to it before you try to take anything out of it. So add to the bank. Keep adding to the bank, and then later, you can start withdrawing.

Start now. If you don’t have a community that you’re part of, start now. It’s time to. Got it. And it could pay off a lot faster than, like, I wasn’t using Hacker News for a thing. I was just interested in what people were doing on Hacker News, like, cool, fun startup ideas and stuff like that. It’s, like, scrappy atmosphere.

So I want you to know what your Hacker News is.

I found that if you go on Reddit, you can find a lot of good communities talked about on Reddit. So go on there immediately.

Most of us are on Reddit for some things anyway, just for fun even. If you can go on Reddit and search something as simple like where are marketers hanging out? And you’ll see all sorts of responses. You can just Google Reddit and then that search phrase or whatever you want to look or, you’ll find them.

They’re listed there. Slack group. You need a couple Slack groups that you could request to join. So, ideally, they won’t just be open to everybody.

If there are a hundred and twenty thousand people in there, don’t do it. Don’t you go into that Slack group. That is going to be a waste of your time.

So Slack groups that are limited or private membership or even that are, like, you have to pay the cost of the monthly Slack charge, like, eight bucks a month plus two dollars for the administrative person who has to take care of all of this, that’s going to narrow the number of people who are in that Slack group, and that’s good for you. You don’t want a hundred and twenty thousand people in a Slack group, in a Discord, in in bigger communities maybe.

You you really do wanna focus on a concentrated group of professionals.

So if that means joining the paid product led growth Slack group, if there’s a way to do that without taking the course, I don’t recommend the course. But if you can do that, cool. Because now you’re in a product led growth Slack community, and everybody in there is concerned about product led growth. And most of them are just actively in start ups or tech companies that are using product led growth.

If that’s your ideal audience, it only makes good sense for you to participate in that group. Adding value, not taking it out, not saying, hey. I’ll do that for you. Wait until people are like, woah.

Wait. You’re a SaaS copywriter, and you do the research?

I had no idea that’s true for you. Can we talk? That’s exciting. That’s better. That’s good. So find a Slack group.

Discord, particularly if you work with tech in any way. There’s going to be a bunch of nerds who said no to Slack and yes to Discord.

So go check out Discords as well, which, of course, Reddit is also very good for nerds. So you can find all the Discord groups on Reddit too.

Clearly, I am more targeted at tech and SaaS companies than I am health and wellness and other groups like that. However, you can apply the same rules to finding same stuff for health and wellness. And if you’re like, Reddit doesn’t work for that, well, then something else, the health and wellness equivalent of Reddit.

Be resourceful. Figure that part out. The point is you need to walk away with at least one really solid Slack group for that your ideal audience is in so that you can start participating and adding value, answering questions, posting useful resources, all of those sorts of things that make you a useful part of that community. And then when it’s time for you to, like, withdraw a little from the bank, you got lots of credit there.

You got lots that you can do there. So go ahead and make sure you’re brainstorming based on everything you’re seeing on SparkToro, based on the idea of participating in a Slack group. What are you going to do? Can you come up with a brand that you could partner with?

Can you come up with three brands that you could partner with? And I mean, Unbounce thirteen years ago, Wistia twelve years ago, those sorts of groups.

Who are they today?

Can you find a way to partner with them? Where are they showing up? Where are their heads of growth showing up? Or where are the CEOs slash CMO slash cheap garbage take routers? Like, they’re doing everything.

Where are they right now? Where are they consuming content? Where are they hoping to find that next great idea?

Get in front of them. But you need to brainstorm this stuff, move through it, and then start to figure out, okay.

If it’s x brand, whoever it is, if it’s boards, let’s say words is up and coming. They’re doing lots of cool stuff. They’ve got lots and lots of users, but they really wanna scale. Boards could be my audience.

What webinar could I pitch to boards? What would make the users of boards better users of boards? Maybe it’s around x. And if it doesn’t make sense to it, you’re like, oh, no.

They need me to, like, help them write social posts and stuff. Forget it. Not boards. Next.

Cool. Eliminate things. That’s a big part of, like, finding the gold is washing away everything else until you get to the gold. Right?

So put a whole bunch of stuff in there and then start figuring out what to do. That’s the point of brainstorming. One page should not be enough. If you can do it all in one page, that was like a brain drizzle.

We wanna go on full storm, really stormy stuff, lots of stuff. And then that’ll help you get down to a ninety day attraction plan, which is free. It’s free and loose because all of this is there to tighten up your ideas where you can be. Now once you’ve got a brainstorm in place, what are you going to do over the next ninety days?

That’s July, August, September. Or if you’re watching the replay, whatever month you’re in, plus two more after that. What are you going to do for that, for the next ninety days? Are you going to pitch?

First, you have to put that webinar idea together pretty loosely because you wanna get it approved before you start actually going out and putting a full workshop together only to find out that nobody wants the damn thing. So what are you going to do to try to get out there? Keep in mind that next month we have full training on more stuff around using social media and getting your workshop in front of other audiences.

Any questions on this really quick run through of finding your buyer?

Thoughts or concerns?

No?

Andrew’s thinking.

Okay.

That is the training for today.

Do you have any questions about it, or are we ready to move on? Oh, I just saw your thing about the joke. Are we ready to move on, to the AMA part of today’s call? Good. Yes.

Alright.

Cool.

Let’s do that then. So as usual, if you have any questions, please start by, sharing your win, win of the week. Jessica has put up her hand. So what win do you have to share with us first? And if you could I know, Jess, you’re on your treadmill, I think, so you probably don’t want to come on camera.

But feel free to. It’s also encouraging.

Yeah. Share your win. Ask your question. And if you want everybody in the room to weigh in, please be sure to open it up to everyone. Otherwise, I’ll just jump in. Jessica?

Thank you. Sorry. I’m in the dark right now, actually, so that’s why I’m not on camera.

You can hear me alright? Yes. Okay. Perfect. So my win is leads into my question.

So I thought on Friday, my win was, I don’t know if people saw, but I’ve been doing the big pivot back to books. And that’s great. I feel really, really solid about that.

And I was in the middle when I made the shift. I was in the middle of a VIP client potentially hiring me for a optimization retainer for their ecommerce emails. So I was in the middle of that conversation when this shift kind of happened, but it was kinda looking that good, I guess.

Also a client who’s not ideal, so it was a very stupid choice anyway.

The win was on Friday, I kind of thought that I made it clear that this was not going to move forward via an email. I tried in a meeting. It didn’t work out. I made it clear in the email. I’ve since gotten a so I felt really good.

The winners, I felt really good because I was like, yes.

All in on books. Let’s go.

But since then, I’ve gotten a reply, and it’s kind of become clear that this it’s a fractional CMO. She would really like to work with me, but she’s really it’s, like, it’s becoming the classic thing you always coach Joe about when they can’t afford you and the things they want. And it’s like, a guarantee and promises and when can we see results or whatever. And so, of course, I stupidly used in my email response finally to just really cut this off. I I said that I I kind of attributed it to her need for guarantees and promise of results in the first like, by month two even though month one was spent on strategy. We need to analyze your data. We need to look at all the things, whatever.

So, anyway, my point is is basically, I need to now cut this off completely, and I’ve really just made a freaking mess of it. And, I don’t know. She she wrote me this long email trying to justify I misunderstood, and we can continue working. I just want clarity around the promises and the potential results and all that, and it’s just a mess. I’ve made a mess of this, and I need to get out of it.

Okay. So you’re trying to get out of it while preserving the relationship?

Yeah. I mean I mean, at least at least in a I know we’re not gonna work together in the future, but I don’t wanna be an asshole.

Oh, you came to the wrong place. Just kidding. Sorry.

It might be a bit of just kidding.

Okay. So what do we so this person had enough time to write you a long email instead of just saying, hey. Can we hop on a call? You’d already hopped on a call before, Jessica?

Yes.

Last week, I tried to hop I did hop on a call with her to say, look.

I this isn’t, you know, whatever. And I’m I know it’s a growth area. I I need to work on this, but I did I was like, oh, okay. Yeah. We can work out a and stupid. It was my fault.

So you were saying we can work something out?

It was more like I defaulted to okay.

I wouldn’t say we work yes. Sure. Let’s go with that. Yeah.

It’s okay.

I’m gonna need No.

No. No. No. No. No. No. It’s hard to say no, especially if you haven’t practiced saying no.

So I think that’s completely fair.

But now you have to practice saying no. So, it’s awkward. It is. Even when you practice at it, it’s still awkward because you have to let them down.

But one way that I would recommend going about it is saying, like, hey. Something’s changed for me. I’ve actually been running two different service businesses, and the other one is taking off big time. So I need to now reprioritize my efforts on that one because it’s a service, and I am the service provider. So I can’t move forward with you on the ecommerce side of things. And that’s absolutely true. And how could she argue with that?

No. She really can’t. I think it’s I think it was just my yeah. I I should have led with that. I’m kicking myself. I should have led with that.

That’s okay. I mean, I think you’re do so, like, so what? You’re not honestly, she’ll be over it within a minute.

I’m moving on, so I wouldn’t I wouldn’t overthink it. I think it’s nice that you’re worrying about it. Just tell her the fact in a nice way, and then she’s released to go look for someone else instead of waiting around hoping that it might work out with you.

Yeah. Okay. Good? Thank you. That’s cool. It still feels like garbage. But Yeah.

It does. Lots of the things will feel like garbage as you grow.

That’s why you have to make a lot of money to make up for when you feel shitty. Yeah.

Yeah. You’re right. Okay. I’ll add that to the list, become millionaire faster than I wanted to be Exactly.

So because of this. I like that. I like that. Except it needs a deadline. Okay.

Alright. Cool. Awesome, Jessica. Good luck. Thanks. Thanks.

Johnson, what’s your win?

Hey.

So a win, for this weekend is related to the question is that, I developed, three to four more outlines for various products within narrative selling to follow the sort of land and expand model that you, were talking about. And, it actually came fairly easily once I was kinda looking at it from that perspective, and it’s quite exciting.

So my question is that I’ve, I have this this this new idea for a for a product wise, a service based product, that I’m calling the founder’s narrative, as a sort of standardized offer with the authority building offer that you’ve seen in in that document as the, sort of upsell and then ongoing retainer.

So the the founders product is basically to help founders, find their story and and message, like, a kind of a well, a few elements of it, but but but a key story that is sort of their why, their, their meaning, behind their sort of their mission, and then, signifier stories that can be reframed in in multiple ways to convey various, aspects of, their their product.

And then there’s some other stuff about how to tell stories and how to adjust them for various audiences.

So my question is, does that sound like a good pairing and a good choice for the land and expand?

And, also, do you have any thoughts about the the document that you placed on?

Yes. The document. Thanks.

Yes. So so the idea with the founder’s narrative for land and expand is you’re brought in to work on the founders narrative, and then you work through other departments?

Yeah. Sort of to to look for founders who are keen to be out there, get in front of people, talk about, their stuff, which I I feel like won’t be hard to find, and, and to give them a framework to do that that that they, that that helps, helps them resonate with their target audience, basically.

Okay. Cool.

Let me open the doc then. Okay. So if you feel good about that as your land and expand, that’s cool. The only question I have around expand is if it’s a founder’s narrative, how big is the ICP that you’re going after?

How many employees does it have?

Well, I guess somewhere between sort of ten and fifty is a very sort of rough number. I’m imagining around, twenty to thirty, probably on on average, in this sort of, in that sort of range.

Do you think there’s a do you think it’s it might be too small?

Well, there’s just not much room to expand there. Where land and expand when you’re, like, talking about going up market is I mean, you still can.

You would just land in c suite and then expand to marketing might want the product narrative, I guess.

Yeah. I’ve got something for for marketing and sales as well.

So it was sort of like get the founders on board, make them love us, and then it felt like it would be an easier sell to the rest of the the teams.

Yeah.

And maybe that’s so in looking over your pricing, the thing about the founder’s narrative and, like, it’s cool and, like, I don’t know.

It feels like there’s it’s got legs because it’s a lot like positioning, but for the founder, which is cool.

So you could definitely, like, piggyback off of a lot of what April Dunford’s done. Like, if April did it, you should do it.

So that’s worth considering.

I guess I just wonder about the retainer side of it.

April also doesn’t have a retainer model for hers. However, there is this, like, there is more of a land and expand, which might be more of the retainer for you, where you would instead start with the founder’s narrative as the thing that you’re standing up, impress the crap out of the founder with that, and then say, okay. You know, we can do the same thing for your products, or we can do the same thing for your different groups, like the sales team or whatever. You’d have to figure that out. When I look through your document, the part that’s tricky is, like, the the execution y stuff, like monthly lead magnet development, it feels like forcing the issue, in order to get that easier performance based retainer in there or performance driven retainer in there.

So I would for you, I would say, okay. This week, I’m going to pause thinking about my business as stand up offer followed by retainer and instead think of my business as fully land and expand. Okay. That’s all I’m going to do. If I were to do that, what would expand look like? So land is the templated thing that then gets applied to different departments.

For that to work, what did my what would my ICP need to look like? What would they need to believe?

What would need to be their struggles right now? Because you have to solve those by repeating this thing across everywhere, which is doable. But I would put aside anything that has to do with, execution.

I’d keep it at the strategic level, and you can always recommend other people to execute. Yeah. I know. Right?

Johnson, you just graduated from executing. Well done.

That’s awesome.

My word. Yeah. Yes. Yeah. There’s a win for me. I was having a conversation with my, teammate where we were discussing, like, just how much I want to move away from delivery, of execution of products, and onto consulting.

Yeah. Cool. So And if you’re down for traveling too, the only side note is that if you’re going to go in and impress founders, they often need to see you in real life.

So you have to travel.

Fair.

And if I was willing to, sorry to hold the mic. But if I was willing to, switch up because, again, like, I feel like there’s a lot of ways I could apply these ideas, and there’s a lot of ways I could go with it.

If I wanted to look at a more sort of enterprise y level of the really upmarket, sort of land and expand.

Do you have any thoughts about, just the maybe the land product?

The problem is I really like the idea of the founder’s narrative.

I feel like it reminds me of this is so stupid.

It reminds me of on Friends when Jennifer Aniston says something about apartment pants to her, boss, who’s like, now I want apartment pants. They’re not even a thing, but it’s such a good, like, idea. Like, you could sell it.

So she’s like, let’s invent apartment pants.

And that’s the same kind of thing here. Like, the founder’s narrative just sounds really good. You know, you can see that founders would be like, I want a narrative. I need a narrative.

Get me a narrative. I want this, just like apartment pants. So now you just have to figure out what the founder’s narrative is. Stacy just said leaders narrative, potentially.

Yeah. Right?

I think that there’s if it’s blank narrative, you’ve got a big idea there that although people have been saying narrative, it’s kind of like story brand. It’s blank brand. But your blank narrative But then you just you gotta be ready to go all in and, like, own narrative. And I think that’s cool. I think that’s great and strategic and potentially expensive.

But, yeah, you do have to rethink that. Maybe it is leaders’ enter leaders’ narrative.

Maybe. Yeah. I love that. Yeah.

I I love that, Stacy.

Thank you.

And, okay, just one other tiny, tiny, tiny thing, because I feel like you will know the answer to this. I have this, as far as, like, coming out with this idea and talking about it and being this, thought leader, and creating all of the content, I have this fear that someone is going to take the the developed idea as far as it’s developed right now and then run with it faster than I can, and rename it, rebrand it into something else.

Is that, not stupid, but, like, is that something worth worrying about?

Yeah. Except you’re gonna do it better. You’re going to stay with it. People will steal your ideas all day.

So many. But they’re also lazy and quickly bored because they don’t have their own ideas. So I would say, like, don’t worry about it. They’ll come in.

They’ll swoop in. They’ll try to steal it.

The more you can’t. So that’s the worrying side of it. You can protect it as well. You can’t protect it from some parts of the world.

But once you’ve trademarked the thing, you’re good. You’re pretty good from there. People will still try to knock you off, but there was actually a story that Bob from Rewired Group was telling me a couple of weeks. I think it was Bob was saying, that one of his friends has, like, this big IP.

And someone from, like, McKinsey came to his friend and said, like, oh, we love your, we love or no. It was Blair Ends, maybe. I mean, we love your, blah blah blah product, the program, the framework. We use it across we’ve been using it across our x y z clients.

He sent them an invoice for his consulting fees on that because it’s his protected IP, and you cannot teach it. And so he got paid, like, three million dollars or something because this guy from McKinsey didn’t know better than to keep it to himself.

There was legal shit involved. Not that it wasn’t just like, oh, we’ll pay this invoice. Like, there was stuff. But that said, write a book about it.

Knock that thing out. You can do a better edition once it gets traction. Like, second edition is actually good. Like, well written.

First one is just great ideas. Document your framework. Own the title, trademark what you can, and then no people will steal it. And you just have to push through and be better at it.

Don’t switch to something else. Yeah. Yeah. So, yeah, it will happen.

Alright.

It’s just the way it is.

Okay. Okay. Alright. That’s helpful. Thank you, Joe.

Sure. I look forward to reading the book in a couple months.

Yes.

Yes. Good. Awesome.

Deadline’s next ninety days.

Got it.

Oh, good. I hope so. Andrew, what is your win?

Hey. Can you hear me okay? Yeah.

Cool.

My win is that, I gay I did a, redid a client’s, land paid search landing page, maybe that they started testing about six weeks ago. And as of today, they they’ve a little bit lower traffic, so we’re using eighty percent as, significance. And as of today, I have a winner, at about twenty eight percent increase Nice. At eighty percent significance.

So, you know, not Getting there.

You know? Yeah. Amazon is not, you know, not gonna count that as a win, but it’s been consistently leading, and the copy from before was really bad. So I’m pretty confident that it’s that it’s true, but there’s some some reality behind the those numbers. So that’s exciting. That definitely lights me up. I like that stuff.

I love that. Cool. Nice work.

Yeah. That’s a big that that that’s the stuff that really lights me up is checking, like, to go into the, into Optimizely and be like, winning.

Anyway, so my my main question is that what I’ve noticed is that the companies that I tend to have the most success with, are companies that are, like, doing fairly well. Like, let’s say, they’re already at, you know, maybe fifty million, a hundred million, but have obviously bad copy on their website. Like, you can go in, and it’s usually, like, a problem, and it’s just, like, way too technical. Like, you know, clients that like, I have a client who’s running a headline. It’s, like, accelerate analytic productivity, and it’s, like, okay. What?

So what I’m so I’m kind of wondering, like, is that, like, a reasonable strategy to sort of look for companies that are, like, succeeding despite bad copy? Because I just I just feel, like, a lot more confident going into those situations where it’s, like, I can just look at their website and just know that I’m gonna be able to make it better.

Guess the question is I would look at their team. Why is the copy bad?

It’s because it’s use often because they’re having their product marketers write it, and their product marketers are really smart, but they’re very technical and write in a sort of academic tone, and nobody really knows. Like, when I come in and start talking, like, copy hacker stuff, their minds are exploding.

Yeah. Cool.

I love hearing that.

No. I’m sorry. I’m just kidding. Thank you.

Thank you for Okay.

Can you are you willing to pick a fight with product marketers writing copy? Would you write a headline ever that says product marketers can’t write copy?

Yeah. I’ll take some whack with that as a former product marketer.

But yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

I’m sure a lot of them would be like, yeah.

No. That shouldn’t be my job in the first fucking place, by the way.

Yeah. Doing a very respectful way.

Well, that’s the thing. In a if the real challenge is, can you put a banner up that says product marketers can’t or shouldn’t write copy?

But you have like, if you can stand behind that, if you could put it on a T shirt, then you might be on to something.

Right? Because then then you can go out to these groups and or they’ll come to you and they’ll see, like, oh, this person understands that product marketers, maybe the word is shouldn’t. But what you need to know when figuring out if this is what’s keeping them from writing good copy, if it’s not just bureaucracy, if it’s not just dilution of things as more features are added, If it’s really product marketers are writing this stuff and they shouldn’t, that may need to be the fight that you pick. And if that’s the fight that you pick, you have to be willing to fight that fight.

And that really does mean you have to pick a fight. You have to say product marketers shouldn’t write copy, and it’s everywhere. And that doesn’t mean that’s going to be your tagline, but you have to be willing to do that. Like, your head has to get right with that, with the big statement, whatever that big statement is.

So I think, yes, if you’re willing to stand behind it and really say something.

Yeah. Otherwise, there’s no point.

Yeah. I mean, I think I would as maybe a question of when I back in when I need to start doing internal interviews with the people I just called out.

Hey. You guys are so smart. Love what you do. But, I mean, honestly, that’s part of the problem.

Right? Is that they they know the product too well. They don’t have any objectivity. They’ve learned it in a kind of academic way.

And so they’re just disconnected from how people are going to buy, you know, I mean, you you send them to copy school, then sure, they can do it.

But if they haven’t done that yet, then they’re just not the people who should be writing your conversion focus Exactly.

Conversion copy. Yeah.

So as long as you have the support for that, then I think but you just have to be willing to say it. You have to go on LinkedIn and say it, and then support it with everything that you just said. If not just LinkedIn, I actually whatever. But I know everybody else likes, like, LinkedIn.

Go wherever you’re going online and and say the thing, and then support it like you just did. And they will buy in. They’ll agree with you. That’s just the way it is. Yeah. And some won’t, and that’s good. Some shouldn’t.

Yeah.

Okay? Then we can pipe it. Cool. Thank you. Sure. Awesome.

Thank you. Claire, what’s your win?

Hey. Well, I just completed my win, which was narrowing my Reddit parse my Reddit, like where is the subreddit? So where is the subreddits?

Sorry. It’s late for me.

My YouTube and my website’s down. Also under forty. So each of them is under forty, which is a good start. And I’ve got some, like, moonshots in there and some, like, realistic ones.

Interestingly, I don’t know if anyone else is targeting b to b SaaS, but here’s quick fun insight.

Everyone’s YouTube channel, like, if you are targeting people who, like, follow April Dunford, for example, are interested in product led growth, those brands’ YouTube channels, crap.

Like, as far as the scale of YouTube goes, like, their view count is pretty low, and their cadence is pretty low as well Okay.

Which is really interesting. What’s the opportunity there when you know that? What do you think the opportunity is then?

Well, Crazy Egg hasn’t posted a video in three years. But three weeks ago, they posted a video, and I’m like, oh, does that mean Coming back. That they’re trying to do something? Does that mean that some marketer in there has gone like, crap, guys.

We really need to work on our, you know, stuff.

And some executive has gone, yeah. Find people.

Yes. Totally. And you, like, miraculously show up at the right time.

Right time, right place.

Love it. So nice.

That’s the one thing.

Cool.

Okay. So I you told me a while ago to name, what I’ve been working on, which is onboarding flows. So I’m gonna say, like, broadly this this is for everyone, by the way. Broadly, this flow, will include include emails at its most basic.

It’s more complicated. It will take someone from free to paid. So that means the in app prompts the sign up page for when you, like, click the, sign up button or stop for free, that page, and even the pricing page in future. That’s like the expanded version.

It’s, like, comprehensive.

So I’ve got a few options that I’ve narrowed it down to. Two of them were like, oh my god. Like, that might work moments.

And two of them were chat GPT moments. So the premise being that onboarding flows, typically, most people understand them as like a linear path. Right? And my fight that I’m picking is that, no. It’s not a linear path.

It is very much, and this is my latest one, like a pinball machine. Right? So the user, like, drops it, and then they get, like, knocked all over. Maybe get close to converting, visiting a pricing page, and then nope back to product experience.

Yeah.

So, the pinball onboarding machine, TM was one idea.

The pinball what? Onboarding machine. Onboarding machine. Okay. Okay. Yeah. Interesting.

And then my brand name is Coby Ireland. I had, like, a little wobble about whether or not I need to change that and ultimately decided that the effort of changing it probably wouldn’t be worth the payoff.

But bucket list onboarding was another kind of concept where the user has to go through, like, a bucket list of things that they need to check. Basically, points k.

In order to actually activate.

K.

That was the one.

And then the other two are Japanese. I love Japan. Obsessed.

Also, my audience is fairly, like, interested being nerds and all.

So the one is pretty classic. Kaizen is a Japanese philosophy of continuous small improvements Yep. Which has three kind of main principles of involvement of everyone. So that would be like sales, customer success, etcetera. Standardization of the practice that would be more about the optimizing side and the process. That would be the process of confiding someone.

K.

There were two other Japanese words that I thought could be could work with onboarding flow or activation flow. The one was, which means to wake up something dormant, and kumiki, which is the Japanese woodwork. I don’t know if you guys know about it, but they very carefully cut, their wood so it slots together. Like, their houses are built with no nails they used to be.

The workmanship is extremely precise so that everything, the whole big picture just slots together.

Yeah.

Those old ideas. Anyone any of them feels sticky? I was driving myself.

Anybody wanna chime in?

I have thoughts.

I would just on the on the Japanese words, I would caution against that right now because of the whole issues with cultural appropriation and things like that. So I don’t know that I would want to latch onto another culture’s term for, you know, for commercial gain.

That’s something that I would be beware of. I I love the pinball concept, and I think you have a lot of potential with that.

You know, pinball pinball onboarding, don’t tilt, you know, get the high score or all the kinds of things. I mean, there’s a lot you could do with that. It’s kinda it’s fun and and memorable.

Just my my take.

Cool feedback.

Anybody else have a note for Claire on this?

So I like the I like that pinball is a known thing. For me, pinball means chaos, though. Like, it flies everywhere.

So I wonder if there’s, like if you could dig into pinball the way you dug into these Japanese terms.

What are the little toggle guys called? What are the what are the parts called?

And I would, like, try or what’s, like, the outcome or the sound when you when you land it? Like, what’s the like, when the the ball goes in the hole? Whatever hole that is. What are the I would dig more into that famous pinball players even, in the past and stuff like that simply because I like the analogy.

I like metaphor. I like I like that it’s pinball.

I don’t love the visual chaos of things going everywhere, Right.

Because you’re not going to bring chaos. It might be that things are popping all over the place.

But, yeah, what’s the oak? What’s the I dig into it because I think there’s something there. And maybe it’s just me. Maybe I’m the only one who thinks chaos with that word.

So there’s that to consider, but I like it. It’s it’s a thing. It’s a known thing. I know what it is.

I could talk about it. It’s pinball.

When it comes to the Japanese stuff, I didn’t see it the same way that Stacy does, but I think it’s valid and worth considering, of course.

The Kanuki one seemed most interesting simply because Kaizen, I feel like a lot of tech companies were talking Kaizen, like, seven years ago or somewhere in there. Yeah.

Although I really like that the model has, like, those three parts that you could, like, model out, no share, use as your diagnostic, and things like that.

But the visual of the Kanuki is nice. I think it was Kanuki is what you said. Kanuki? Kanuki?

It’s with an m, but pretty close. Okay.

I don’t know it.

But that could be interesting and also, like, ownable and still in the the area of Kaizen and everything that we learned from Toyota and all of these other great brands that are extremely efficient.

So, yeah, those are my thoughts. I like where you’re going, and I love that you’re giving it a name. Oh my gosh. Yes to naming things. Yes.

But naming is extremely difficult while we’re on the subject. So yeah. Yeah. And pinball dot I o is twenty five thousand US dollars to buy.

Mhmm. Interested in really going in on that and only getting an I o out of it while we’re on the subject. So, yeah. Johnson, do you have to add do you want me to add anything here for Claire?

Oh, mine’s, that’s, well, it’s, like, related to knitting, but, I don’t you I I don’t wanna cut off the phone. Claire.

K. Claire, is that helping at all? Like yeah. Yeah. Load it also over in the Slack group for those who weren’t here today.

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. In the CSP part, not just in the intensive because it’s a CSP.

Okay. Perfect. Cool. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Claire.

Johnson, you’re back.

I’m just getting in all the questions I should have gotten in Do it.

Over the last excellent. Yes. On naming things, right, which you just mentioned.

So you might remember, I my sort of and, Stacy, I would love your feedback on this too if you’re willing.

The the name I came up for my idea was narrative selling. And that was gonna be sort of the overarching concept. And now we’ve got, like, founders narrative and company narrative and product narrative and narrative selling itself as, like, its own sort of subdivision, of it. But I’m just wondering if you have any thoughts on how narrative selling as a as the overarching, sort of as the forget the final, as the jobs to be done, like, does that make sense as a, as a name, or is there maybe a different direction I should think about?

Stacy, do you wanna share your thoughts since you were invited?

I mean, I’ve as a name for you mean, like, a brandable name for your Yep. It’s too generic to be a brandable name, I think, because, I mean, there’s already there’s so many people talking about narrative selling already. It’s just a thing. You know? I mean, I Sassy writes sales narratives.

It it’s just, you know, lots of people are doing narrative selling and talking about narrative selling. So I would find another brandable name that you can own and figure out, you know I mean, and make that narrative selling could be what it is, but I would I wouldn’t necessarily call it that unless you’re and with you’re talking about that as a product. Do you know what I mean?

Yeah. Yeah. Sure.

I mean, I I maybe I’m not I’m probably not in the same circles as you, but, do they call it narrative selling as, like, the the that combination of words, or is there just talk about narrative and selling as, like, a sort of Well, like, I mean, like, StoryBrand has a whole thing on, you know, selling with story, and there’s a whole they have a whole course in that.

And I’m I’m very, very involved in story because I’ve, you know, ingested, like, pretty much everything having to do with story. I have all the, you know, all the books and all the things because I’ve been a StoryBrand I’ve been a StoryBrand certified guide for six years, and, about thirty percent of the StoryBrand certified guides use my software.

So I’m very, very steeply involved in story.

So, I would just you you know, if you want something brandable, I would just say that narrative selling is a generic term. That’s that’s all I’m saying.

Cool.

That’s a thing. It’s a valid thing. And if you can talk about narrative selling, that’s fine to talk about it. But if it’s if you’re looking for a brandable term, I don’t think that you’re gonna have success with that as a brandable term.

Got it. That’s really helpful, Stacy. Thank you. I didn’t know that you, you’ve worked so much with story branding.

That’s cool. I will we have to do a coffee meet soon, actually. I meant to message you. Sorry.

Okay. Jo, do you have any thoughts?

Yeah. I mean, I feel like, okay. Cool. So totally fair on maybe narrative selling, but I still think there’s room there.

I honestly do. I think, it doesn’t have to be that. I like I really like the founder’s narrative. People have been talking about storytelling and narrative for all time, and no one’s ever nailed it.

Like, there’s still you walk away even with StoryBrand. We get all people that copy hackers coming over from StoryBrand because they’re like, well but I can’t actually, like, write the stuff. Like, I can put it mapped very well, and that’s great. But, like, now my clients need the next step, and I can’t do that.

And that’s fair. It’s fine to stay higher level. That’s fine. It just means I think that it leaves what it’s speaking to is that there’s room in the market for more gap filling.

I I every time you say you talk about this, Johnson, I think of The Message and the Messenger, which is a book that I would write if it made sense for me too.

What what I keep seeing from brands is right now, they don’t know there’s a mismatch between what they’re saying and who they are, and they’re publicly demonstrating that on social media, trying to be something that the brand isn’t, But that’s because a brand has a hard time being authentic, but a person can be authentic. Like, a person can be real. And so a founder wants to be the right messenger for his brands or her brands or their brands message. So so to me, it feels like there’s an opportunity opening up, thanks to social media largely, where the messenger needs to have the right message, and it has to come together. It has to work.

And that’s where the founder’s narrative is interesting.

To me, I would try to break it, though. I think that we should always try to break the things before we invest. So how could that be broken? Maybe it does get confused with StoryBrand.

Maybe it gets confused somehow with Rem’s book Lost and Founder somehow.

You don’t you don’t know. Right? But you just, like, start trying to break it. And then, okay, if we can break it, now let’s rebuild it stronger and better so it can’t be, which could be trying to break it for me would be like, okay.

If the founder’s narrative is my land, my expand has to be getting into other parts of the organization.

So what are those called? Is it like, we were talking about, is it product narrative? Uh-uh. Not great.

Is it the sales narrative also not really meaty?

So play around with that. You’re I think there’s something there. I would also, like, try to work through how Simon Sinek got to start with why. Because we are talking about something strategic here. We are talking about something that would attract a lot of c levels if they heard it, if they saw you on stage or heard you on a podcast.

It would feed their ego, honestly, to have their own narrative created by some great person from England with an accent. Like, there’s a lot there, honestly, as this I know that sounds stupid, but I think it would sell extremely well.

Interesting.

So what is the name?

If it’s not the founder’s narrative, stay in that vicinity, though, and see Well, I I do like that.

Yeah. I mean, I, like, I do like the founder’s narrative as a, as a name for this particular product.

And I I’m just I I feel like I I keep kind of asking this thing. It’s like, is this the right umbrella to put my these ideas under? Because I know that once this is done and I invest it and I buy the websites and, like, that’s it. It’s locked in. And I just kind of wanna I know names are maybe the least important part in many ways of Okay. You know? Oh.

They’re both not important and entirely everything.

So, yeah, if you get it right, it doesn’t matter. If you get it wrong, you’re screwed.

Right. I mean, I think founders narrative is is great. I really like that one. I think that’s strong and that the the the thing that I don’t like about that is that it doesn’t bring you into the enterprise market, which is why you can have founders narrative for the smaller companies and leaders narrative for the enterprise companies. And for the for the enterprise companies, leaders narrative is great because every enterprise wants to harness their workforce to help them establish thought leadership.

So if you’re if you’re going into an enterprise and helping them establish thought leadership across the enterprise by teaching them a process of the leader’s narrative and then empowering everybody to share the same story, you can make a fortune doing this.

So I did have an idea that I’ve called the organizational narrative, which was a sort of internal look at the narratives that are at play sort of strategically within the organization where there’s conflicting, perceptions essentially about, well, the stories, the the narratives that exist within the company, of what teams are doing, of what C suite wants and does.

And that was a that was a sort of next the next sort of one I wanted to start fleshing out a little bit.

Yeah. So cool. Okay.

I mean, it sounds like You’re separating it from the human element then, though.

You’re breaking up the organizational narrative. That’s like the people are what matter when you’re telling stories. Right? So the if you you you make the leaders narrative align with the organizational priorities, and then you have happy people who have their own story that they get to share that’s aligned with the organization.

Does that make sense? What do you think, Joanna? Yeah.

I fully agree. Yeah. Organizational narrative bored me immediately, and it’s, it’s it’s probably because it’s missing people. Yeah. Yeah. Cool.

Alright. Okay.

And think about the job that they’re actually hiring this to do. It might feel like they’re hiring it. They’re hiring this service to do, so a a job inter I would say they’re hiring it for they’re likely going to wanna come out of this, feeling better about themselves. It’ll be a personal job they’re really hiring it for, feeling valuable, feeling, of course, like they can can perform better and go out into the world and really understand their message.

But but so if you know it’s about you’re gonna have people making people based decisions, name it in a way where it’s, like, gotta have it.

This thing, the leadership story deck, there’s a guy, David Hutchins. His book is, The Circle of the Nine Muses. He has this great deck of cards, and it’s all about stories. And it’s the stories that individual people can tell, and it breaks it down into this whole framework of, like, when to use what story for what. It’s really fantastic. I think if you checked it out, it would be a a good, thing for sparking ideas for creating your own thing. But he goes in and does workshops, and it it becomes, actually a personal transformation for the attendees.

It’s it’s about them transforming themselves by learning to tell these stories and to to do it through work. So that’s a that’s another thing to think about. Think about the people, the people.

Alright.

Okay. That’s really helpful. Thank you.

And so narrative selling maybe as an umbrella term is not, possibly not the the best way to go, but something narrative was narrative something, maybe still to keep these all under a similar sort of, format.

Yeah. I think so. Yeah.

Alright. Thank you so much, guys. This was incredibly helpful. That was, like, a little bit of a electricity for me there. Thank you.

Good. I, I love it.

Okay. Excellent. Good stuff. Alright. Thanks, y’all. Thanks for hanging on, and see you later. Have a good one.

Thanks, Stacy. Thanks, Jared.

Bye.